NOT MEASUREMENT

SENSITIVE

MIL-STD-1388-2B

28 MARCH 1991

NOTICE 1

21 JANUARY 93

SUPERSEDING

MIL-STD1388-2A

10 JULY 84

MILITARY STANDARD 

DOD REQUIREMENTS FOR A

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD

AMSC NO. A6045 FCS ILSS

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release; distribution is

unlimited.
- a - 

MILITARY STANDARD

MIL-STD-1388-2B

Notice 1

21 Jan 93

DOD REQUIREMENTS FOR A LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD

TO ALL HOLDERS OF MIL-STD-1388-2B

1. THE FOLLOWING PAGES OF MIL-STD-1388-2B HAVE BEEN REVISED AND SUPERSEDE THE

PAGES LISTED:

NEW PAGE(S) DATE SUPERSEDED PAGE(S) DATE

v 28 March 1991 v REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

vi and vii 21 January 1993 vi and vii 28 March 1991

viii 28 March 1991 viii REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

ix/x 21 January 1993 ix/x 28 March 1991

7 and 8 21 January 1993 7 and 8 28 March 1991

9 28 March 1991 9 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

10 thru 14 21 January 1993 10 thru 14 28 March 1991

17 28 March 1991 17 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

18 and 19/20 21 January 1993 18 and 19/20 28 March 1991

23 and 24 21 January 1993 23 and 24 28 March 1991

25 28 March 1991 25 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

26 21 January 1993 26 28 March 1991

29 21 January 1993 29 28 March 1991

30 28 March 1991 30 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

37 28 March 1991 37 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

38 and 39 21 January 1993 38 and 39 28 March 1991

40 and 41 28 March 1991 40 and 41 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

42 21 January 1993 42 28 March 1991

43 28 March 1991 43 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

44 21 January 1993 44 28 March 1991

55 and 56 21 January 1993 55 and 56 28 March 1991

59 thru 61 21 January 1993 59 thru 61 28 March 1991

62 and 63 28 March 1991 62 and 63 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

64 thru 66 21 January 1993 64 thru 66 28 March 1991

71 28 March 1991 71 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

72 21 January 1993 72 28 March 1991

75 thru 77 21 January 1993 75 thru 77 28 March 1991

78 28 March 1991 78 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

79 thru 81 21 January 1993 79 thru 81 28 March 1991

82 28 March 1991 82 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

95 21 January 1993 95 28 March 1991

95a 21 January 1993 NEW

96 21 January 1993 96 28 March 1991

99 and 100 21 January 1993 99 and 100 28 March 1991

102 21 January 1993 102 28 March 1991

103 28 March 1991 103 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

107 28 March 1991 107 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

108 thru 110 21 January 1993 108 thru 110 28 March 1991

AMSC NO A6045 FSC ILSS

DISTRIBUTION STATEMENT A. Approved for public release: distribution is

unlimited.
- b - 

MILITARY STANDARD

129 21 January 1993 129 28 March 1991

130 and 131 28 March 1991 130 and 131 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

132 and 133 21 January 1993 132 and 133 28 March 1991

134 28 March 1991 134 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

135 21 January 1993 135 28 March 1991

136 28 March 1991 136 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

137 21 January 1993 137 28 March 1991

138 28 March 1991 138 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

139 21 January 1993 139 28 March 1991

140 28 March 1991 140 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

143 21 January 1993 143 28 March 1991

144 28 March 1991 144 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

149 21 January 1993 149 28 March 1991

150 thru 155 21 January 1993 150 thru 155 28 March 1991

156 28 March 1991 156 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

159 thru 162 21 January 1993 159 thru 162 28 March 1991

163 28 March 1991 163 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

164 thru 168 21 January 1993 164 thru 168 28 March 1991

173 28 March 1991 173 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

174 and 175 21 January 1993 174 and 175 28 March 1991

176 28 March 1991 176 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

177 21 January 1993 177 28 March 1991

178 and 179 28 March 1991 178 and 179 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

180 thru 186 21 January 1993 180 thru 186 28 March 1991

187 28 March 1991 187 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

188 21 January 1993 188 28 March 1991

193 28 March 1991 193 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

194 21 January 1993 194 28 March 1991

219 28 March 1991 219 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

220 thru 225 21 January 1993 220 thru 225 28 March 1991

226 and 227 28 March 1991 226 and 227 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

228 21 January 1993 228 28 March 1991

251 28 March 1991 251 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

252 21 January 1993 252 28 March 1991

255 28 March 1991 255 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

256 21 January 1993 256 28 March 1991

257 28 March 1991 257 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

258 21 January 1993 258 28 March 1991

261 28 March 1991 261 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

262 21 January 1993 262 28 March 1991

271 28 March 1991 271 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

272 21 January 1993 272 28 March 1991

273 thru 275 21 January 1993 273 thru 275 28 March 1991

276 28 March 1991 276 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

281 21 January 1993 281 28 March 1991

282 28 March 1991 282 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

303 28 March 1991 303 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

304 21 January 1993 304 28 March 1991

319 28 March 1991 319 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

320 21 January 1993 320 28 March 1991

335 21 January 1993 335 28 March 1991

336 and 337 28 March 1991 336 and 337 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

338 thru 340 21 January 1993 338 thru 340 28 March 1991
- c - 

MILITARY STANDARD

341 28 March 1991 341 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

342 thru 353 21 January 1993 342 thru 353 28 March 1991

354 and 355 28 March 1991 354 and 355 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

356 21 January 1993 356 28 March 1991

387 28 March 1991 387 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

388 thru 401 21 January 1993 388 thru 401 28 March 1991

401a thru 401e 21 January 1993 NEW

402 28 March 1991 402 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

419 28 March 1991 419 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

420 21 January 1993 420 28 March 1991

439 21 January 1993 439 28 March 1991

440 28 March 1991 440 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

445 and 446 21 January 1993 445 and 446 28 March 1991

451 21 January 1993 451 28 March 1991

452 28 March 1991 452 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

471 28 March 1991 471 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

472 21 January 1993 472 28 March 1991

483 28 March 1991 483 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

484 21 January 1993 484 28 March 1991

485 28 March 1991 485 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

486 21 January 1993 486 28 March 1991

491 28 March 1991 491 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

492 21 January 1993 492 28 March 1991

513 21 January 1993 513 28 March 1991

513a thru 513f 21 January 1993 NEW

514 28 March 1991 514 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

515 21 January 1993 515 28 March 1991

516 28 March 1991 516 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

529 28 March 1991 529 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

530 and 531 21 January 1993 530 and 531 28 March 1991

532 28 March 1991 532 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

557 21 January 1993 557 28 March 1991

558 28 March 1991 558 REPRINTED WITHOUT CHANGE

571 thru 599/600 21 January 1993 571 thru 599/600 28 March 1991

2. RETAIN THIS NOTICE AND INSERT BEFORE TABLE OF CONTENTS.

3. Holders of MIL-STD-1388-2B will verify that the page change indicated

herein have been entered. This notice will be retained as a check sheet.

This issuance is a separate publication. Each notice is to be retained by

stocking points until the Military Standard is completely revised or

cancelled.

Custodians:

Army - TM

Navy - AS

Air Force - 95

Preparing Activity

Army - TM

(Project No. ILSS-0003)

Reviewing Activities:

Army - ME, MI, AV, AT, CR

Navy - SH, YD, OS, MC

Air Force - 11, 13, 15, 16, 17

Miscellaneous DOD/NASA - NS, NA, DC, DH, DS
 ii 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

FOREWORD

1. This military standard is approved for use by all departments and agencies

of the Department of Defense (DOD).

2. Beneficial comments (recommendations, additions, deletions) and any

pertinent data which may be of use in improving this document should be

addressed to:

a. Director, OASD(P&L) Weapon Support Improvement Group

Room 2B322

Pentagon

Washington, DC

Telephone: (513) 255-3754

b. USAMC Materiel Readiness Support Activity

ATTN: AMXMD-EL

Lexington, KY 40511-5101

Telephone: (606) 293-3962

3. Each DOD service maintains a Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) support

office. In order to ensure that a service-wide position is presented to the

proponent office, comments originating with a particular DOD service should

be forwarded through that service’s LSA support office as listed below:

a. Air Force:

ALD/LSA

Wright-Patterson AFB, OH 45433

Telephone: (606) 293-3962

b. Army:

Commander, USAMC Materiel Readiness Support Activity

ATTN: AMXMD-EL

Lexington, KY 40511-5101

Telephone: (606) 293-3964

c. Marine Corps:

Commanding General, Marine Corps Research, Development and

Acquisition Command

ATTN: PSL-S

Washington, DC 20380-0001

Telephone: (703) 696-1180
iii 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

d. Navy:

Commander, Naval Air Systems Command

ATTN: NAVAIR 41112

Washington, DC 20361

Telephone: (703) 692-0028

4. Comments may be submitted using the self-addressed Standardization

Document Improvement Proposals (DD Form 1426) appearing at the end of this

document, or by letter.

5. This standard is based on the joint efforts of the military services and

the Federal Aviation Administration with assistance from private industry.

The goal of this standard is to establish uniform requirements for

development and delivery of LSA Record (LSAR) data. The LSA documentation,

including LSAR data, is generated as a result of performing any of all of the

analyses specified in MIL-STD-1388-1, Logistic Support Analysis (LSA). The

requirements of this standard are applicable to major and less than major

system/equipment acquisition programs, major modification programs, and

applicable research and development projects.

6. The LSAR, as designed herein, is intentionally structured to accommodate

the maximum range of data potentially required by all services and all

Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) element functional areas. This approach

permits standardization of field lengths and Data Element Definitions (DED),

and establishes “one face to industry” for government required LSAR data.

However, LSA documentation must be tailored to each acquisition program and

life cycle phase. The tailoring of LSAR data should be consistent with the

level and depth of LSA performed In Accordance With (IAW) MIL-STD-1388-1 as

required to readiness and affordability of the acquisition program IAW

Department of DOD Directive (DODD) 5000.39. An application guidance appendix

(appendix D) is included herein to provide guidance on tailoring of LSAR data

requirements to meet individual program objectives in a cost-effective

manner. The general requirements of this standard also require completion of

LSAR data selection sheets (DD Form 1949-1) to identify specific data for

each program in order to prevent indiscriminate blanket applications of the

data requirements.

7. This standard is directed toward improving the cost-effectiveness of the

generation, maintenance, acquisition, and use of the technical data required

to support an ILS program. This is accomplished through the following:

a. Standardization of LSAR DEDs, field lengths, and formats between the

services and industry.

b. Consolidation of logistics oriented technical information for the

various engineering disciplines and ILS elements into one file to reduce

redundancy, facilitate timely usage, and enhance consistency between elements

and disciplines.

c. Maximum use of industry-developed integrated data systems tied to

engineering, manufacturing, and product support databases as sources of LSA

documentation.
- - iv 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

d. Requiring delivery of LSAR data in a format which promotes/

accommodates current database technology.

8. The LSAR documents data across all ILS functional areas. This

characteristic makes the LSAR an ideal vehicle for integration of systems’

engineering design, manufacturing, and product support databases for life

cycle management of a system. The relational design of LSAR data is intended

to facilitate such integration and to encourage independent development of

useful ad hoc queries which promote use of the data in the design process.

The use of industry-developed, cost-effective automation tools which link

“islands of automation” (e.g., computerized drawings and technical manual

authoring systems) through the LSAR is encouraged.

9. This standard allows for delivery of LSAR data in manual or automated

mode, and online access to LSAR data, as specified by the requiring

authority. It does not prescribe Automated Data Processing (ADP) software

that must be used to process LSAR data. The minimum ADP design requirements

that must be adhered to for industry-developed LSAR ADP systems are described

under General Requirements, paragraph 4.2.2.1. These requirements are the

basis for validation by government of

industry-developed LSAR ADP systems.

10. Conversion of existing programs to MIL-STD-1388-2B data table format is

encouraged. In order to assist in this effort, the Materiel Readiness

Support Activity will provide, on request, software to convert

MIL-STD-1388-2A master files to MIL-STD-1388-2B data table format.
 v 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

CONTENTS

Paragraph Page

1. SCOPE ............................................. 1

1.1 Purpose .......................................... 1

1.2 Application of standard .......................... 1

1.2.1 Content of appendices ........................... 1

1.2.2 Tailoring ....................................... 1

1.2.3 LSA data documentation process .................. 1

2. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS .............................. 6

2.1 General .......................................... 6

3. DEFINITIONS ....................................... 9

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS .............................. 10

4.1 LSAR data selection sheets ....................... 11

4.2 LSAR data ........................................ 11

4.2.1 Manual LSAR data ................................ 12

4.2.1.1 Manual LSAR report generation .................. 12

4.2.2 Automated LSAR data ............................. 12

4.2.2.1 Performing activity LSAR ADP system ............ 12

4.2.2.2 LSAR ADP system criteria ....................... 12

5. DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS FOR MANUAL/AUTOMATED

PREPARATION OF LSAR RELATIONAL TABLES ............. 13

5.1 Requiring authority data tables .................. 13

5.1.1 Cross functional requirement .................... 13

5.1.2 Operations and maintenance requirements ......... 13

5.2 Performing activity data tables .................. 13

5.2.1 Reliability, availability, maintainability;

Failure modes, effects and criticality

analysis; maintainability analysis .............. 14

5.2.2 Task analysis and personnel and support

requirements .................................... 14

5.2.3 Support equipment and training material

requirements .................................... 15

5.2.4 Unit under test requirements and justification .. 15

5.2.5 Facilities considerations ....................... 15

5.2.6 Personnel skill considerations .................. 15

5.2.7 Packaging and provisioning requirement .......... 16

5.2.8 Transportability engineering analysis ........... 16

5.3 LCN assignment and structure .................... 16

5.4 LSA/LSAR guidance conference .................... 16

6. NOTES ............................................. 17

6.1 Intended use ..................................... 17

6.2 Issue of DODISS .................................. 17

6.3 Consideration of data requirements ............... 17

6.4 Subject term (key word) listing .................. 19

6.5 Suppression data ................................. 19

6.6 Changes from previous issue ...................... 19
vi 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A. LSAR RELATIONAL TABLES .............................. 21

10. SCOPE ............................................. 21

20. CONCEPT ........................................... 21

30. RELATIONAL DATA TABLE FORMAT ...................... 21

30.1 Functional LSAR relational table listing

and table relationships .......................... 21

30.2 LSAR relational tables ........................... 22

30.3 LSAR Data Table Exchange/Delivery ................. 24

40. CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT ...................... 26

50. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT ............ 32

60. RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, AND MAINTAINABILITY;

FAILURE MODES, EFFECTS, AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS;

AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS ...................... 40

70. TASK ANALYSIS AND PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT

REQUIREMENTS ...................................... 53

80. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND TRAINING MATERIEL

REQUIREMENTS ...................................... 62

90. UNIT UNDER TEST REQUIREMENTS AND DESCRIPTION ...... 72

100. FACILITIES CONSIDERATIONS ......................... 81

110 PERSONNEL SKILL CONSIDERATIONS .................... 86

120 PACKAGING AND PROVISIONING REQUIREMENT ............ 90

130 TRANSPORTABILITY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS ............. 105

APPENDIX B. LSAR REPORTS ....................................... 115

10. PURPOSE ........................................... 115

20. CONCEPT ........................................... 115

20.1 LSAR data table to report matrix ................. 115

20.2 General report selection criteria ................ 115

30. LSAR REPORTS ...................................... 116

30.1 LSA-001, Annual Man-Hours by Skill Specialty Code

and Level of Maintenance ........................... 116

30.2 LSA-003, Maintenance Summary ..................... 117

30.3 LSA-004, Maintenance Allocation Chart ............ 118

30.4 LSA-005, Support Items Utilization Summary ....... 120

30.5 LSA-006, Critical Maintenance Task Summary ....... 121

30.6 LSA-007, Support Equipment Requirements .......... 121

30.7 LSA-008, Support Items Validation Summary ........ 121

30.8 LSA-009, Support Items List 122

30.9 LSA-010, Parts Standardization Summary ........... 122

30.10 LSA-011, Special Training Equipment/Device

Summary .......................................... 122

30.11 LSA-012, Facility Requirement .................... 122

30.12 LSA-013, Support Equipment Grouping Number

Utilization Summary .............................. 123

30.13 LSA-014, Training Task List ...................... 123

30.14 LSA-016, Preliminary Maintenance Allocation

Chart ............................................ 123

30.15 LSA-018, Task Inventory Report ................... 124

30.16 LSA-019, Task Analysis Summary ................... 124

30.17 LSA-023, Maintenance Plan Summary ................ 125

30.18 LSA-024, Maintenance Plan ........................ 126

30.19 LSA-025, Packaging Requirements Data ............. 129
 vii 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

30.20 LSA-026, Packaging Developmental Data ............ 129

30.21 LSA-027, Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary ........ 129

30.22 LSA-030, Indentured Parts List ................... 130

30.23 LSA-032, Defense Logistics Services Center

(DLSC) Submittals ................................ 133

30.24 LSA-033, Preventive Maintenance Checks and

Services (PMCS) .................................. 135

30.25 LSA-036, Provisioning Requirements ............... 135

30.26 LSA-037, Spares and Support Equipment

Identification List .............................. 141

30.27 LSA-039, Critical and Strategic Item Summary ..... 141

30.28 LSA-040, Authorization List Items Summary ........ 141

30.29 LSA-046, Nuclear Hardness Critical Item

Summary .......................................... 142

30.30 LSA-050, Reliability Centered Maintenance

Summary .......................................... 142

30.31 LSA-056, Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality

Analysis (FMECA) Report .......................... 143

30.32 LSA-058, Reliability and Maintainability Analysis

Summary .......................................... 143

30.33 LSA-065, Manpower Requirements Criteria .......... 144

30.34 LSA-070, Support Equipment Recommendation

Data (SERD) ...................................... 144

30.35 LSA-071, Support Equipment Candidate List ........ 145

30.36 LSA-072, Test Measurement and Diagnostic

Equipment (TMDE) Requirements Summary ............ 145

30.37 LSA-074, Support Equipment Tool List ............. 145

30.38 LSA-075, Consolidated Manpower, Personnel and

Training Report .................................. 146

30.39 LSA-076, Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary .................................... 146

30.40 LSA-077, Depot Maintenance Interservice

Data Summary ..................................... 147

30.41 LSA-078, Hazardous Materials Summary ............. 147

30.42 LSA-080, Bill of Materials ....................... 147

30.43 LSA-085, Transportability Summary ................ 149

30.44 LSA-126, Hardware Generation Breakdown Tree ...... 149

30.45 LSA-151, Provisioning Parts List Index ........... 149

30.46 LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment ........... 149

30.47 LSA-154, Provisioning Parts Breakout Summary ..... 152

30.48 LSA-155, Recommended Spare Parts List for

Spares Acquisition Integrated with Production

(SAIP) ........................................... 152

APPENDIX C. GUIDANCE FOR ASSIGNMENT OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT

ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER (LCN), ALTERNATE LCN

CODE, LCN TYPE AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)............ 323

10. PURPOSE ........................................... 323

10.1 Traditional LCN assignments ...................... 323

10.2 Functional and physical LCN assignments:

a new perspective ................................ 323

20. LCN ASSIGNMENT .................................... 323

20.1 Classical LCN assignment method................... 324

20.2 Modified classical assignment method ............. 324

20.3 Sequential assignment method ..................... 324
viii

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

30. ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) .......................... 328

30.1 ALC usage for a single configuration/model ....... 328

30.2 ALC usage for LSAR reports ....................... 330

30.3 Lower tiered LCN/ALC selections .................. 330

40. LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER

TYPE (LCN-TYPE) ................................... 330

50. USABLE ON CODE .................................... 330

50.1 ALC And UOC relationship ......................... 332

50.2 UOC and ALC usage for LSAR reports ............... 332

60. SERIAL NUMBER CONTROL AS AN ALTERNATIVE FOR

CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT .......................... 332

70. SUMMARY ........................................... 334

APPENDIX D. APPLICATION AND TAILORING GUIDANCE FOR THE

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD (LSAR) ............ 335

10. GENERAL ........................................... 335

10.1 Purpose ......................................... 335

10.2 How to use this appendix ......................... 335

20. LSAR APPLICATION AND USE BY LIFE CYCLE PHASE ...... 335

20.1 LSA process ...................................... 335

20.2 Pre-concept and concept exploration (CE) phase ... 336

20.3 Demonstration and validation phase ............... 336

20.4 Full scale development (FSD) phase ............... 337

20.5 Production and Deployment Phase .................. 337

30. TAILORING LSAR REQUIREMENTS ....................... 337

30.1 LSA task selection ............................... 337

30.2 Interfacing and coordination with other

program elements ................................. 338

40. SCHEDULING OF LSAR DATA ........................... 339

50. ALTERNATIVES FOR DATA DELIVERY .................... 340

APPENDIX E. DATA ELEMENT DICTIONARY ............................ 355

10. PURPOSE ........................................... 355

20. SECTIONS .......................................... 355

20.1 Section 1: Index of data element titles ......... 355

20.2 Section 2: Table of codes and titles ............ 355

20.3 Section 3: Data element definitions ............. 355

APPENDIX F. LIST OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD ACRONYMS

10. PURPOSE ........................................... 563

20. ACRONYMS .......................................... 563

FIGURES

Figure Page

1 LSA data documentation process ................... 2

2 LSAR data flow and system engineering interface .. 3

3 LSAR R&M parameter interface ..................... 4

4 X table relationships ............................ 27

5 A table relationships ............................ 33

6 B table relationships ............................ 41

7 C table relationships ............................ 54

8 E table relationships ............................ 63

9 U table relationships ............................ 73

10 F table relationships ............................ 82
 ix 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

11 G table relationships ............................ 87

12 H table relationships ............................ 91

13 J table relationships ............................ 106

14 LSAR data tables to report matrix ................ 153

15 thru 62 Standard LSAR reports ............................ 193

63 Classical LCN assignment method .................. 325

64 Modified classical LCN assignment method ......... 326

65 Sequential LCN assignment method ................. 327

66 Alternate LCN code usage .......................... 329

67 Functional versus physical LCN assignment ......... 331

68 Usable on code and alternate LCN code usage ...... 333

69 LSAR data table utilization by hardware

breakdown ........................................ 342

70 Preconcept and concept exploration phase LSAR .... 344

71 Example of DD Form 1949-3 ........................ 571

TABLES

Table Page

I LSA-036 report format ............................ 136

II LSAR data tables related to MIL-STD-1388-1

tasks ............................................ 345

III Data item description relationships to

the LSAR ......................................... 346
 x 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
 1 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

1. SCOPE.

1.1 Purpose. This standard prescribes the data element definitions (DED),

data field lengths, and formats for Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Record

(LSAR) data. It identifies the LSAR reports that are generated from the LSAR

data and identifies the LSAR relational tables and automated data processing

(ADP) specifications for transmittal and delivery of automated LSAR data.

1.2 Application of standard. This standard applies to all system/equipment

acquisition programs, major modification programs, and applicable research and

development projects through all phases of the system/equipment life cycle.

This standard is for use by both contractor and government activities. As

used in this standard, the requiring authority is generally a government

activity but may be a contractor when LSA documentation requirements are

levied on subcontractors. The performing activity may be either a contractor

or government activity. The use of the term, contract, in this standard

includes any document of agreement between organizations to include between a

government activity and another government activity, between a government

activity and a contractor, or between a contractor and another contractor.

1.2.1 Content of appendices. There are six appendices in the standard.

Appendix A contains the LSAR relational tables necessary for the development

of a relational LSAR database. A description and the required format for each

LSAR report is contained in appendix B. All reports contained in appendix B

may be generated either manually or via automated techniques by using the LSAR

data defined in this military standard. Appendices C, D, and F are guidance

appendices covering assignment of the key data elements LSA Control Number

(LCN), Alternate LCN Code (ALC), Usable On Codes (UOC); tailoring of the LSAR

data; and, LSAR acronyms. Appendix E contains an LSAR Data Element Dictionary

providing definitions for all data specified by appendix A. All appendices,

except for C, D, and F, establish requirements and can be included/referenced

in contractual documents.

1.2.2 Tailoring. This standard shall not be specified in a contract without

also specifying MIL-STD-1388-1, LSA. The requiring authority will use

MIL-STD-1388-1 in the selection of tasks for inclusion in the contract

statement of work (SOW) and shall establish the LSA documentation requirements

based upon the elements identified in those tasks. Further tailoring of LSA

documentation requirements shall be based on MIL-STD-1388-1 tasks performed in

previous program phases, other system engineering program requirements, and

logistics related data item descriptions (DID) included in the solicitation

document. Detailed guidance on tailoring the LSAR data requirements is

included in appendix D.

1.2.3 LSA data documentation process. The LSA process is conducted on an

iterative basis through all phases of the system/equipment life cycle to

satisfy the support analysis objectives. Similarly, LSA data is generated in

all phases of the system/equipment life cycle and is used as input to

follow-on analyses and as an aid in developing logistics products. Although

automation of the LSAR data as depicted on figure 1 is not mandatory, it is

strongly encouraged and should be a consideration in tailoring the LSA data

effort. A more detailed display of the LSAR data flow and its interface, with

the system engineering and the logistics functional organizations, is
 2 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 
 3 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 
4 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 
 5 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 
 6 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

provided on figure 2. The figure represents general data table generation

relationships and organizational elements normally responsible for generation

of LSAR data. Figure 2 should not be misconstrued to mean that one type of

data table must be completed in its entirety before the next data table can be

completed. For example, certain reliability and maintainability (R&M)

estimates included on the B tables must be completed prior to estimating

logistics elements on other tables (R&M relationships are shown on figure 3).

However, generation of LSAR data is also dependent on the design engineering

process and release of drawings (preliminary, development, or final).

Completion of B and C tables for a single assembly would provide the

information necessary for initiation of data tables associated with support

items (H tables), and also data related to support and test equipment (E & U

tables), facilities (F tables), and skills evaluation and justification

(G tables) when peculiar requirements are identified. The LSAR data flow will

be repeated for each repairable item comprising a system/end item until the

total logistics data requirements are established.

2. REFERENCED DOCUMENTS.

2.1 General. Completion of the LSAR data requires use of many related

documents from which the appropriate data/codes can be obtained. The specific

use of each document is identified in the appropriate section or appendix of

this standard. Unless otherwise specified, the following standards and

handbooks of the issue listed in that issue of the Department of Defense Index

of Specifications and Standards (DODISS), specified in the solicitation form,

a part of this standard to the extent specified, herein.

Military Standards.

MIL-STD-12 Abbreviations for Use on Drawings, Specifications,

Standards, and in Technical Type Publications

DOD-STD-100 Engineering Drawings Practices

MIL-STD-155 Joint Photographic Type Designation System

MIL-STD-196 Joint Electronics Type Designation System

MIL-M-49502 Manuals, Technical: Repair Parts and Special Tools List

MIL-STD-470 Maintainability Program for Systems and Equipment

MIL-STD-482 Configuration Status Accounting Data Elements and

Related Features

MIL-STD-785 Reliability Program for Systems and Equipment

Development and Production

MIL-STD-815 Designation System for Liquid, Solid and LiquidSolid (Hybrid) Propellant Rocket Engines and Motors

MIL-STD-875 Type Designation System for Aeronautical and Support

Equipment
 7 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

MIL-STD-879 Designation of Aircraft Propulsion Gas Turbine Engines

MIL-STD-882 System Safety Program Requirements

MIL-STD-965 Parts Control Program

MIL-STD-1388-1 Logistic Support Analysis

MIL-STD-1390 Level of Repair Analysis

MIL-STD-1478 Task Performance Analysis

MIL-STD-1519 Test Requirements Documents, Preparation of

MIL-STD-1629 Procedures for Performing a Failure Mode, Effects

and Criticality Analysis

MIL-STD-1839 Calibration and Measurement Requirements

MIL-STD-1843 Reliability Centered Maintenance for Aircraft, Engines,

and Equipment

MIL-STD-2073-1 DOD Materiel, Procedures for Development and Application

of Packaging Requirements

MIL-STD-2073-2 Packaging Requirement Codes

MIL-STD-2097 Acquisition of Support Equipment and Associated Integrated

Logistics Support

MIL-STD-2173 Reliability Centered Maintenance Requirements for Naval

Aircraft, Weapon Systems, and Support Equipment

DOD-STD-2121(Navy) Determination of Electronic Test Equipment Parameters

Military Handbooks.

MIL-HDBK-59 Computer-Aided Acquisition and Logistic Support (CALS)

Program Implementation Guide

MIL-HDBK-217 Reliability Prediction of Electronic Equipment

Military Specifications.

MIL-T-31000 Technical Data Packages, General Specifications for

MIL-C-7024 Calibrating Fluid, Aircraft Fuel System Components

MIL-M-63036 Manuals, Technical: Operator's, Preparation of (Army)
 8 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

MIL-M-63038 Manuals, Technical: Unit or Aviation Unit Direct Support,

Aviation Intermediate, and General Support Maintenance,

Requirements for

MIL-M-83495 Manuals, Technical: On-Equipment Set, Organizational

Maintenance Manuals; Detailed Requirements for

Preparation of (For USAF Equipment)

Federal Manuals and Catalogs.

H4/H8 Commercial and Government Entity Code

H6-1 Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging

(Unless otherwise indicated, copies of federal and military specifications,

standards, and handbooks are available from the Standardization Documents

Order Desk, Building 4D, 700 Robbins Avenue, Philadelphia, PA, 19111-5094.)

Bulletins.

ANA Bulletin 306 Engines, Aircraft Turbine and Jet, Designation of

ANA Bulletin 395 Engines, Aircraft Reciprocating, Designation of

Other Documents.

DOD 4l00.38-M DOD Provisioning and Other Preprocurement Screening

Manual

DOD 5000.12-M DOD Manual for Standard Data Elements

DODD 5000.2 Acquisition Management Policies and Procedures

AR 70-50 Designating and Naming Defense Equipment

NAVMATINST 8800.3 Military Aerospace Vehicles

AFR 82-5

AR 700-26

NAVAIRINST 13100.1 Designating and Naming Military Aircraft

AFR 66-11

AR 700-82

OPNAVINST 4410.2 Joint Regulation Governing the Use and Application

AFR 66-45 of Uniform Source Maintenance and Recoverability Codes

MCO 4400.120

DSAR 4100.6

NAVFAC P-72 Category Codes for Real Property, Navy

NAVPERS 15839 Manual of Navy Officer Classifications

NAVPERS 18068 Manual of Navy Enlisted Manpower and Personnel

Classifications and Occupational Standards

MCO P 1200.7 Military Occupational Specialties
9 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

AR 415-28 Department of the Army Facility Classes and Construction

Categories

AR 611-101 Manual of Commissioned Officer Military Occupational

Specialties

AR 611-112 Manual of Warrant Officer Military Occupational

Specialties

AR 611-201 Enlisted Military Occupational Specialties

AFR 36-1 Officer Classification Manual

AFR 39-1 Airman Classification Manual

AFM 86-2 Standard Facility Requirements

FPM Supplement Civil Service Commission, Job Grading Standard

512-1

SB 700-20 Army Adopted/Other Items Selected for Authorization/

List of Reportable Items

JCS PUB 1 Dictionary of United States Military Terms for Joint

Usage

DA CPR 502 Department of Army - Civilian Personnel Regulations,

Standardized Job Descriptions

DA PAM 700-20 Department of Army - Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic

Equipment Register

Industry Documents.

ANSI Y32.16 Reference Designations for Electrical and Electronics

Parts and Equipments

(Non-Government standards and other publications are normally available from

the organizations that prepare or distribute the documents. These documents

also may be available in or through libraries or other informational

services.)

3. DEFINITIONS. The LSAR data elements are defined in the description of the

LSAR reports contained in appendix B and in the LSAR data element dictionary

comprising appendix E of this standard. In addition, for the purposes of this

standard, the following definitions shall apply:

3.1 Assembly. A number of parts or subassemblies, or any combination

thereof, joined together to perform a specific function and capable of

disassembly (e.g., power shovel-front, fan assembly, audio frequency

amplifier). NOTE: The distinction between an assembly and subassembly is

determined by the individual application. An assembly, in one instance, may

be a subassembly in another where it forms a portion of an assembly.

3.2 Attaching part. An item used to attach assemblies or parts to the

equipment or to each other.
MIL-STD-1388-2B

- 10 - 

3.3 Component. An assembly or any combination of parts, subassemblies, and

assemblies mounted together normally capable of independent operation in a

variety of situations.

3.4 Design Change. An approved engineering change incorporated into the end

item which modifies, adds to, deletes, or supersedes parts in the end item.

3.5 End Article/Product. A component, assembly or subassembly being procured

as the top item on the contract.

3.6 End Item. A final combination of end products, component parts/materials

which is ready for its intended use, e.g., ship, tank, mobile machine shop,

aircraft, receiver, rifle, or recorder.

3.7 LSA Candidate. A component, subassembly, assembly, software, or end

item/article on which maintenance action is considered feasible as a result of

a preliminary or detailed tradeoff analysis.

3.8 LSA Documentation. All data resulting from performance of LSA tasks,

conducted under MIL-STD-1388-1, to include LSAR, pertaining to an acquisition

program.

3.9 Manufacturers Part Number. See reference number.

3.10 Part. One, two or more pieces, joined together which are not normally

subject to disassembly without destruction or impairment of designed use.

3.11 Part Number. See reference number.

3.12 Reference Number. Any number, other than a government activity stock

number, used to identify an item of production, or used by itself or in

conjunction with other reference numbers to identify an item of supply.

Reference numbers include: manufacturer's part, drawing, model, type, or

source controlling numbers; manufacturer's trade name; specification or

standard numbers; and, specification or standard part, drawing, or type

numbers. See appendix E, Data Element Definition 337.

3.13 Repair Part. Material capable of separate supply and replacement which

is required for the maintenance, overhaul, or repair of a system, equipment or

end item. This definition does not include Support Equipment, but does include

repiar parts for support equipment.

3.14 Spares. Articles identical to or interchangeable with the end articles

on contract which are procured over and above the quantity needed for initial

installation for support of a system.

3.15 Subassembly. Two or more parts which form a portion of an assembly or a

component replaceable as a whole, but having a part or parts which are

individually replaceable (e.g., gun mount stand, window recoil mechanism,

floating piston, telephone dial, mounting board with mounted parts, power

shovel dipper stick).

3.16 Support Equipment. "Support Equipment" is that equipment required to

make an item, system, or facility operational in its intended environment.

This includes all equipment required to maintain and operate the item, system,

or facility including aerospace ground equipment and ground equipment.
 11 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

3.17 Support Items. Items subordinate to or associated with an end item,

i.e., spares, repair parts, and support equipment.

3.18 Topdown. A breakdown accomplished by sequencing all parts comprising

the end item in a lateral and descending "family tree/generation breakdown".

This breakdown shall consist of the end item, including all components,

listing every assembly, subassembly, and parts which can be disassembled,

reassembled/replaced. All parts are listed in their relation to the end item,

component, assembly, or installation system in which they are contained and to

their own further sub-subassemblies and parts. This relationship is shown by

means of an indenture code.

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. LSA documentation, including LSAR data, is

generated as a result of the analysis tasks specified in MIL-STD-1388-1. As

such, the LSAR data shall serve as the Integrated Logistic Support (ILS)

technical database applicable to all materiel acquisition programs to satisfy

the support acquisition. The DEDs, data field lengths, and data formats

described in appendices A and E shall be adhered to by the performing activity

in establishing the LSAR database. The specific data entry media, storage,

and maintenance procedures are left to the performing activity. Validated

LSAR ADP systems are available for automated storage of the LSAR data. A list

of these LSAR ADP systems may be obtained from the USAMC Materiel Readiness

Support Activity, ATTN: AMXMD-EL, Lexington, KY 40511-5101. The LSAR data

forms a database to:

a. Determine the impact of design features on logistics support.

b. Determine the impact of the proposed logistics support system on the

system/equipment availability and maintainability goals.

c. Provide data for tradeoff studies, life cycle costing, and logistic

support modeling.

d. Exchange valid data among functional organizations.

e. Influence the system/equipment design.

f. Provide data for the preparation of logistics products specified by

DIDs.

g. Provide the means to assess supportability of the fielded item.

h. Provide the means to evaluate the impact of engineering change,

product improvement, major modification or alternative proposals.

4.1 LSAR data requirements form. The LSAR data requirements form

(DD Form 1949-3, figure 71) provides a vehicle for identifying the required

LSAR data elements to be completed and, when applicable, the media of delivery

(e.g., floppy disk, magnetic tape, etc.). Preparation of the LSAR data

requirements form should be a result of the LSAR tailoring process discussed in

appendix D. The data requiremetns form are used to identify the specific data

elements that are required and identified on the relational data tables. In

addition, the form will be used to specify the data elements required for

each Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD) list or packaging

categorization of items required. Generation of the PTD lists (format shown
 12 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

as table I, LSA-036 report) may be accomplished manually or via automation

techniques. When more than one option of entry for a data element is

possible, the options are spelled out as part of the data element dictionary.

In a similar manner, the LSAR data requirements form list the options for data

elements that have more than one option for entry. Only one option will be

specified for a data element with multiple entry options. The LSAR data

requiremetns form will be attached to the contract SOW and attached to the

Contract Data Requirements List (CDRL), DD Form 1423, for the applicable DIDs.

Detailed instructions for completing DD Form 1949-3 are provided in appendix B,

paragraph 20.1 and figure 14.

4.2 LSAR data. The preparation and maintenance of LSAR data is directly

related to the hardware and software design of an end item. The requiring

authority is responsible for specifying the equipment indenture level and the

level(s) of maintenance for which LSAR data will be prepared and maintained.

The LSAR data may be prepared and maintained manually, using the LSAR data

tables displayed in appendix A, or equivalent formats approved by the

requiring authority. It may also be prepared and maintained automatically

through use of current computer technology. The decision to automate the LSAR

data versus a manual LSAR must take into account the following factors:

a. Costs and schedules of preparation.

b. Availability of an ADP system.

c. Hardware complexity.

d. Acquisition/life cycle phase.

e. Requiring authority's schedule requirements.

f. Design stability.

g. Compatibility with other LSAR preparers, as well as the requiring

authority's ADP system.

h. Requiring authority involvement.

4.2.1 Manual LSAR data. While not preferred, the LSAR data may be prepared

and maintained in hard copy format by using the LSAR data tables displayed in

appendix A as guidelines for data groupings. When the LSAR data is prepared

and maintained manually, the data displayed on the LSAR tables shall be

grouped into LSAR data packages documenting individual reparable assemblies,

embedded computer software, and support/test equipment. The LSAR data

packages shall be sequenced by LCN. The data displayed on support equipment,

facilities, and new or modified skill requirements shall be included in the

applicable system/end item LSAR packages, or as directed by the requiring

authority. LSAR data displayed on the support item identification and

application data shall be sequenced by reference number and LCN within each

reference number.

4.2.1.1 Manual LSAR report generation. When required, any or all of the LSAR

reports contained in appendix B can be produced in a nonautomated environment.

When the LSAR reports are produced by nonautomated means, the reports shall be

in accordance with (IAW) the content, format, sequence, and computational

requirements contained in paragraph 30 of appendix B.
 13 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

4.2.2 Automated LSAR data. The LSAR data may be automated and, as such, a

validated LSAR ADP system shall be used as follows.

4.2.2.1 Performing activity LSAR ADP system. The performing activity shall

use a validated LSAR ADP system. Validation will be accomplished by the USAMC

Materiel Readiness Support Activity (MRSA). The systems shall be capable of

fulfilling the basic criteria defined in paragraph 4.2.2.2 of this standard.

These systems shall be validated by exhibiting processing capability to input,

edit, and build LSAR relational tables and output the relational tables and

standard LSAR reports. Detailed validation procedures will be provide on

request by MRSA.

4.2.2.2 LSAR ADP system criteria. The independently developed LSAR ADP

system will be validated based on the following design criteria:

a. Shall be capable of automatically accepting relational table data in

the formats displayed in appendix A, using the data elements, definitions,

data element edits, data field lengths, and data relationships contained in

appendices A and E.

b. Shall be capable of producing LSAR reports as displayed in appendix B.

c. Shall be capable, as a minimum, of satisfying all appendix E data

elements.

d. Shall be capable of outputting LSAR ADP relational tables as displayed

in appendix A.

e. Shall be capable of outputting change only data from last delivery of

LSAR data.

f. Shall provide automated user comment capability.

These minimum design criteria are required to secure system validation.

Additional system automation is strongly encouraged.

5. DETAILED INSTRUCTIONS FOR AUTOMATED OR MANUAL PREPARATION OF LSAR

RELATIONAL TABLES. These instructions are applicable for either the automated

or manual preparation of the LSAR data. Each data table contained in

appendix A is identified by a three-position code. The first position of this

code identifies the functional area most directly associated with the

information contained within the data table. These codes are consistent with

the data record letter identifications used in the previous version of this

standard, e.g., support item identification is identified by an "H" in the

first position of the table code. The second position uniquely identifies the

table within a functional area. The third position may be used to insert

additional data tables at a later date.

5.1 Requiring authority data tables. Information in the "A" and portions of

the "X" tables will be provided by the requiring authority and may be

incorporated with the solicitation, or addressed at the LSA/LSAR guidance

conference. This information will also be documented on the DD form 1949-3,

Figure 71.

5.1.1 Cross functional requirements. These data tables have attributes which

cross multiple functional areas or are used as a link to various functional
MIL-STD-1388-2B

- 14 - 

data tables. The tables are used by the requiring authority to document

supply, maintenance and personnel data in support of tradeoff analysis. The

individual data elements may be used in conjunction with other LSA data in

several LSA models with only minor adjustment, if any, for compatibility of

units.

5.1.2 Operations and maintenance requirements. These tables are structured

to consolidate the pertinent information related to the anticipated operation

of the system, environment in which the system will be operated and

maintained, and the system maintenance requirements which must be met. This

information is prepared for the system, and for each subsystem for which

maintenance requirements are to be imposed, and will also be prepared for

government furnished equipment (GFE). When separate operational/maintenance

requirements are established for wartime and peacetime scenarios, each set of

requirements will be documented as separate table rows. The number of rows of

information that will be prepared shall be based on the tasks contained in

MIL-STD-1388-1, or as specified by the requiring authority. The performing

activity shall incorporate this information into the LSAR and shall complete

the appropriate key fields, unless the field has been completed by the

requiring authority. Detailed instructions for completion of this information

are contained in appendices A and E.

5.2 Performing activity data tables. The performing activity shall complete

the required fields of data tables "B", "C", and "E", "F", "G", "H", "J", "U"

and portions of the "X" IAW the information contained in appendices A and E

and to the extent specified by DD Form 1949-3. When DEDs state that specific

information will be provided by the requiring authority, the information may

be included in the solicitation or not later than the LSA/LSAR guidance

conference.

5.2.1 Reliability, availability, maintainability; failure modes, effects, and

criticality analysis; and maintainability analysis. The "B" data tables

provide a description of the function of each item within the system; outline

the maintenance concept to be utilized for design and support planning

purposes; and, identify any design conditions such as fail-safe requirements/

environmental or nuclear hardness considerations imposed upon the system.

The tables summarize the reliability, maintainability, and related

availability characteristics of the item resulting from the failure modes and

effects, criticality, and maintainability analyses, and accommodates a

narrative description of any analysis related to the potential redesign of an

item. A separate row of information is prepared for the system, for each

subsystem contained in the system, and for each level of breakdown for that

subsystem until the lowest reparable item has been documented. The degree of

breakdown shall be specified by the requiring authority. Additional "B" data

tables are designed to accommodate the Failure Modes and Effects Analysis

(FMEA), as described by task 101 of MIL-STD-1629. These tables will also

accommodate the Damage Mode and Effects Analysis, to be utilized for

survivability and vulnerability assessments, as described in task 104 of

MIL-STD-1629, and accommodates the criticality and maintainability analyses,

as described in tasks 102 and 103 of MIL-STD-1629. The purpose of the

criticality analysis is to rank each identified failure according to the

combined influence of severity classification and failure probability of

occurrence. The relative ranking of the calculated item criticality numbers

highlights system high risk items. The maintainability analysis serves as the

starting point for maintenance task analysis. The FMEA documents the effects
 15

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

of an item failure upon system operations and is used to classify each

potential failure according to the severity of those effects. The FMEA is

initiated as an integral part of the early design process and is derived

through a functional analysis. To provide concise information on the failure

analysis, functional block diagrams should be provided. Subsequent to this

effort, data is prepared to an indenture level, as specified by the requiring

authority. The results are used as a guide in evaluating design features and

as a basis for initial quantitative predictions. The analysis identifies high

risk items, facilitates the evaluation of design features, and provides the

basis for criticality and maintainability analyses. The failure effects data

are the basis for developing fault location and troubleshooting routines.

These tables also document Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) logic

results and accommodates a narrative description of any analysis related to

the potential redesign of an item. These tables are completed to the same

indenture level as the item R&M Characteristics tables.

5.2.2. Task inventory, task analysis, personnel and support requirements.

The Operation and Maintenance summary information is used to consolidate the

operations and maintenance tasks identified for each reparable assembly and

indicates necessary support requirements (e.g., facilities, training

equipment, tools, and support equipment). Included are the identification of

the combination of all human performances required for operation and

maintenance of a one-person position in a system (e.g., A job is that of a

driver; one of the duties of a driver is emergency repair; a task within

emergency repair is changing a flat tire). The task identification

information on these tables is developed from the RCM analysis,

maintainability analysis, and from the maintenance task analysis. This

information is completed to the same indenture level as the R&M and FMECA

Tables. This information is identified on "C" data tables. Additional "C"

data tables provide a detailed step-by-step narrative description of how tasks

identified on the Task Summary are to be performed, the specific skill

specialty requirements, and applicable task man-hours per skill speciality.

These tables identify training, personnel, support equipment, and supply

support requirements necessary for the accomplishment of the individual tasks.

Man-hours per skill specialty are also recorded on these tables. Data on

these tables provide information necessary for the development of technical

publications, training programs of instruction, supply support, and personnel

requirements. This information will be initiated during the detailed

system/equipment design effort. For all operational and maintenance level

tasks, specific requirements for the completion of the task analysis,

including the documentation of maintenance levels, specific hardware items,

and indenture levels, will be as specified by the requiring authority.

Included in this documentation are the combination of all human performances

required for operation and maintenance in a hierarchical breakdown, e.g.,

mission, scenario, function, job, duty, task, subtask and element, as

described in MIL-STD-1388-1.

5.2.3 Support equipment and training material requirements. Data tables

identified by "E" are structured to consolidate the pertinent information

related to existing or new support/test equipment or training material, e.g.,

physical characteristics, calibration requirements, and test parameters. This

information also serves as identification of hardware and software elements

required to conduct off-line tests.
16

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

5.2.4 Unit under test requirements and justification. Data tables "U" are

structured to identify the Unit Under Test (UUT), which will be removed from

the system and those hardware and software elements required to test the UUT

with off-line support/test equipment. The unique combination of these

elements required for a specific UUT and support/test equipment configuration

is a Test Program Set (TPS). In addition to defining the TPS elements, this

information provides configuration identification of the UUT (i.e., UUT, and

the support/test equipment to be used in the test). This information is

established for each UUT, which has a requirement to be tested by the

support/test equipment documented.

5.2.5 Facility considerations. Data tables identified by "F" are used to

describe and justify all proposed special or additional facility requirements,

which are indicated as a result of the maintenance task analysis. Sketches or

other information may be incorporated as part of the hard copy storage by

entering the control fields (LCN and task code when applicable) on the

supplemental data. These data are required to provide facility designers with

the technical information necessary to prepare facility plans.

5.2.6 Personnel skill considerations. Data tables identified by "G" are used

to describe and justify any new or modified personnel skills required to

support the system/equipment. This information shall be completed for each

new or modified skill required as a result of the maintenance task analysis

and skill analysis.

5.2.7 Packaging and provisioning requirement. Data tables identified by "H"

are used to document the static parts data (nonapplication dependent) related

to provisioning screening results, packaging data, price analysis data, parts

breakout coding results, and common maintenance data. This information is

completed for each item that comprises a system (by reference number) to

include, as specified by the requiring authority, reparable items,

nonreparable items, bulk materials, common hardware, and common and peculiar

support equipment. Additional "H" data tables are used to capture application

data of items identified by the static data tables. This information will be

prepared for each application of the item in a different next higher assembly

and will document that data required for initial support requirements

determination, repair parts manual, etc.

5.2.8 Transportability engineering analysis. Data tables identified by "J"

are designed to capture the transportability engineering requirements for an

end item. This information shall be prepared for the end item in its shipping

configuration. In the event the end item is sectionalized for transport, the

information shall be completed for each section of the end item. It may also

be completed for critical subcomponents or as specified by the requiring

authority. External items, which are removed and stored inside the package

during transport, are not considered sectionalization for transport.

5.3 LCN assignment and structure. The development of the LCN structure and

assignment of individual LCNs is the responsibility of the performing

activity, and the resulting structure should be approved by the requiring

authority. The LCN structure should represent a topdown generation or

functional breakdown of hardware and software IAW the standard engineering

drawing structure. LCN sequencing assignment shall adhere to the American

Standard Code for Information Interchange (ASCII). Guidance for assignment of

LCN, ALC, and UOC are contained in appendix C. This appendix is not
17

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

contractual and does not establish requirements. However, the guidance in

appendix C should be followed to ensure proper assignment of LCNs for a given

system/equipment, as this is critical for successful configuration management

and ILS product development.

5.4 LSA/LSAR guidance conference. The purpose of this conference is to

ensure the performing activity and requiring authority have a firm

understanding of the relationship of the LSA tasks to the LSA documentation,

task milestones, and funding levels contractually required. When a guidance

conference is not contractually specified and the performing activity desires

a conference, the performing activity shall propose a date and place. The

proposal shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after contract award. The

specific date and place for the guidance conference will be determined by the

requiring authority and performing activity. The guidance provided to the

performing activity by the requiring authority may include, but shall not be

limited to, the following:

a. Performing activity inquiries relative to contractual LSAR

requirements.

b. Operational and maintenance concepts, i.e., program data.

c. Baseline logistics data, i.e., available skills, training programs,

tools, test equipment, and facilities.

d. Requirement for joint service validation of the performing activity

developed LSAR ADP system, when applicable.

e. Guidance relative to the use and application of LSAR data elements.

f. Review of the LSA candidate list.

6. NOTES. (This section contains information of a general or explanatory

nature that is helpful, but is not mandatory.)

6.1 Intended use. This standard contains requirements which are applicable

to the acquisition of military systems and equipment.

6.2 Issue of DODISS. When this standard is used in acquisition, the issue of

the DODISS to be applicable to this solicitation must be cited in this

solicitation (see 2.1).

6.3 Consideration of data requirements. The following should be considered

when this standard is applied on a contract. The applicable DIDs should be

reviewed in conjunction with the specific acquisition to ensure that only

essential data are requested/provided and that the DIDs are tailored to

reflect the requirements of the specific acquisition. To ensure correct

contractual application of the data requirements, a CDRL (DD Form 1423) must

be prepared to obtain the data, except where DOD FAR Supplement 27.475-1

exempts the requirement for a DD Form 1423. Refer to appendix D of this

standard for suggested tailoring guidance.
18 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

Paragraph Number DID Number DID Title

5.2 DI-ILSS-81173 Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR)

Data

Appendix B, 30.1 DI-ILSS-81138A LSA-001, Annual Man-Hours by Skill

Specialty Code and Level of Maintenance

Appendix B, 30.2 DI-ILSS-81139A LSA-003, Maintenance Summary

Appendix B, 30.3 DI-ILSS-81140A LSA-004, Maintenance Allocation Chart

Appendix B, 30.4 DI-ILSS-81141A LSA-005, Support Item Utilization Summary

Appendix B, 30.5 DI-ILSS-81142A LSA-006, Critical Maintenance Task Summary

Appendix B, 30.6 DI-ILSS-81143A LSA-007, Support Equipment Requirements

Appendix B, 30.7 DI-ILSS-81144A LSA-008, Support Items Validation Summary

Appendix B, 30.8 DI-ILSS-81145A LSA-009, Support Items List

Appendix B, 30.9 DI-ILSS-81146A LSA-010, Parts Standardization Summary

Appendix B, 30.10 DI-ILSS-81147A LSA-011, Requirements for Special Training

Device

Appendix B, 30.11 DI-ILSS-81148A LSA-012, Facility Requirements

Appendix B, 30.12 DI-ILSS-81149A LSA-013, Support Equipment Grouping Number

Utilization Summary

Appendix B, 30.13 DI-ILSS-81150A LSA-014, Training Task List

Appendix B, 30.14 DI-ILSS-81151A LSA-016, Preliminary Maintenance

Allocation Chart

Appendix B, 30.15 DI-ILSS-81152 LSA-018, Task Inventory Report

Appendix B, 30.16 DI-ILSS-81153A LSA-019, Task Analysis Summary

Appendix B, 30.17 DI-ILSS-81183A LSA-023, Maintenance Plan Summary

Appendix B, 30.18 DI-ILSS-80119C LSA-024, Maintenance Plan

Appendix B, 30.19 DI-PACK-80120 Preservation and Packing Data

Appendix B, 30.20 DI-ILSS-81154A LSA-026, Packaging Developmental Data

Appendix B, 30.21 DI-ILSS-81155A LSA-027, Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary

Appendix B, 30.22 DI-ILSS-81156A LSA-030, Indentured Parts Lists

Appendix B, 30.23 DI-ILSS-81286 Provisioning and other Preprocurement

Screening Data

Appendix B, 30.24 DI-ILSS-81157A LSA-033, Preventive Maintenance Checks

and Services (PMCS)

Appendix B, 30.25 DI-ILSS-81285 Provisioning Technical Documentation

Provisioning Parts List

Short Form Provisioning Parts List

Long Lead Time Items List

Repairable Items List

Interim Support Items List

Tools and Test Equipment List

Common and Bulk Items List

Design Change Notices

Post Conference List

System Configuration Provisioning List

Appendix B, 30.26 DI-ILSS-81158A LSA-037 Spares and Support Equipment

Identification List

Appendix B, 30.27 DI-ILSS-81159A LSA-039, Critical and Strategic Item

Summary

Appendix B, 30.28 DI-ILSS-81160A LSA-040, Authorization List Items Summary

Appendix B, 30.29 DI-ILSS-81161A LSA-046, Nuclear Hardness Critical Item

Summary

Appendix B, 30.30 DI-ILSS-81162A LSA-050, Reliability Centered Maintenance

Summary
 19

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

Appendix B, 30.31 DI-ILSS-81163A LSA-056, Failure Modes, Effects and

Criticality Analysis (FMECA) Report

Appendix B, 30.32 DI-ILSS-81164A LSA-058, Reliability and Maintainability

Analysis Summary

Appendix B, 30.33 DI-ILSS-81165A LSA-065, Manpower Requirements Criteria

Appendix B, 30.34 DI-ILSS-80118C LSA-070, Support Equipment Recommendation

Data (SERD)

Appendix B, 30.35 DI-ILSS-81166A LSA-071, Support Equipment Candidate List

Appendix B, 30.36 DI-ILSS-80288B LSA-072, Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic

Equipment (TMDE) Requirements Summary

Appendix B, 30.37 DI-ILSS-80289B LSA-074, Support Equipment Tool List

Appendix B, 30.38 DI-ILSS-80290B LSA-075, Consolidated Manpower, Personnel

and Training Report

Appendix B, 30.39 DI-ILSS-81167A LSA-076, Calibration and Measurement

Requirements Summary

Appendix B, 30.40 DI-ILSS-80291B LSA-077, Depot Maintenance Interservice

Data Summary

Appendix B, 30.41 DI-ILSS-81168A LSA-078, Hazardous Materials Summary

Appendix B, 30.42 DI-ILSS-81169A LSA-080, Bill of Materials

Appendix B, 30.43 DI-ILSS-81170A LSA-085, Transportability Summary

Appendix B, 30.44 DI-ILSS-81171A LSA-126, Hardware Generation Breakdown

Tree

Appendix B, 30.45 DI-ILSS-81287 LSA-151, Provisioning Parts List Index

Appendix B, 30.46 DI-ILSS-81172 LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment

Appendix B, 30.47 DI-ILSS-80292B LSA-154, Provisioning Parts Breakout

Summary

Appendix B, 30.48 DI-ILSS-80293B LSA-155, Recommended Spare Parts List for

Spares Acquisition Integrated with

Production (SAIP)

The above DIDs were those cleared as of the date of this standard. The

current issue of DOD 5010.12-L, Acquisition Management Systems and Data

Requirements Control List (AMSDL), must be researched to ensure that only

current, cleared DIDs are cited on DD Form 1423.

6.4 Subject term (key word) listing.

Provisioning

CALS

Support equipment

Task analysis

Training

Transportability

6.5 Supersession data. This standard includes the requirements of

MIL-STD-1388-2A, dated 20 Jul 84.

6.6 Changes from previous issue. Marginal notations are used in this

revision to identify changes with respect to the previous issue.
 20 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- - 

CONCLUDING MATERIAL

Custodians:

Army - TM

Navy - AS

Air Force - 95

Preparing Activity:

Army - TM

(Project No. ILSS-0003)

Review Activities:

Army - ME, MI, AV, AT, CR

Navy - SH, YD, OS, MC

Air Force - 11, 13, 15, 16, 17

Miscellaneous DOD/NASA - DH, NS, NA, DS, DC
21

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

APPENDIX A

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD RELATIONAL TABLES

10. SCOPE. This appendix establishes the Logistic Support Analysis (LSA)

Record (LSAR) relational table titles and data content and format to be

produced by an LSAR relational Automated Data Processing (ADP) system. It

defines all the relational tables that comprise an LSAR database.

20. CONCEPT. In a relational database system, information is organized in

the form of tables. Categories or columns of information are listed across

the top of each table. Individual sets of information are listed as rows.

LSAR relational tables are two-dimensional matrices of related data. Tables

are defined in terms of columns (or data element definitions (DED)) and rows

(or multiple sets of the columnar data elements). Information in this format

can be easily visualized and understood. Within each table, certain data may

be defined as foreign key, or key, e.g., required to be present when a new row

of data is established. These data keys comprise a unique set of identifiers

for each row of information in the data table. Relational tables are

structured according to the data associations which dictate the table

configuration. Although each relational table is independent and equal, data

integrity rules will dictate that a row of information be established in a

table from which foreign keys originate, prior to the establishment of the

lower-tiered data table. The interrelationships and data hierarchy between

tables are only established through common data element keys and data values.

The tables listed in this appendix comprise the total LSAR relational

database.

30. RELATIONAL DATA TABLES FORMAT. The relational tables are shown in this

appendix by functional areas in the following sequence:

a. X, Cross functional requirement

b. A, Operations and maintenance requirement

c. B, Reliability, availability, and maintainability; failure modes,

effects, and criticality analysis; and, maintainability analysis

d. C, Task inventory, task analysis, personnel and support requirements

e. E, Support equipment and training materiel requirements

f. U, Unit under test requirements and description

g. F, Facilities considerations

h. G, Personnel skill considerations

i. H, Packaging and provisioning requirement

j. J, Transportability engineering analysis

30.1 Functional LSAR relational table listing and table relationships.

Preceding the data tables for each functional area are a listing of the

applicable data tables and an illustration showing the data table
22

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

relationships. The listing contains each LSAR relational table code and

title. These table codes cannot be modified when establishing/creating a

relational LSAR ADP System. This list of relational tables comprises the LSAR

database. Each figure depicts the table title and code. Starting at the top

of the figure, table keys are migrated down to each successive level of

related tables shown through line relationships. Only additional keys are

shown as you progress from top to bottom (e.g., figure 4, contains table XB.

This table has data keys End Item Acronym Code (EIAC) (migrated from table

XA) and LSA Control Number (LCN), Alternate LCN Code (ALC), and LCN Type

(listed beneath the line in the table block)).

30.2 LSAR relational tables. The detailed portion of each functional area

contains each LSAR table, a brief description of the table contents and

business rules, and the format and content of the table elements. Each table

contains the following entries:

a. Table code

b. Table title

c. Table description

d. Columnar listing of the table contents

(1) DED code

(2) Data element title or role name

(3) Data element field format

(4) DED number

(5) Key indicator

30.2.1 Format. The general format for the relational tables is as follows:

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

(Description of table)

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE/ROLE NAME FORMAT DED KEY

30.2.2 Definition of Terms.

30.2.2.1 Table Code. The three-position code, left-justified, assigned to

each table in the relational LSAR used for locating and referencing the data

elements to the appropriate relational LSAR table in the DED cross-reference

index.

30.2.2.2 Table Title. A descriptive phrase used to identify the relational

table. Sufficient adjectival modifiers are used with the phrase to ensure

unique identification.

30.2.2.3 Table Description. A short statement outlining the contents and

associated business rules of the data table.
 23

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

30.2.2.4 Data Element Code (CODE). A nine-position code, left-justified,

used to identify the DED. Each DED Code is unique within the table in which

the DED is listed. The DED Code cannot be changed or modified when

independently developing a relational LSAR ADP System. The last three

positions of the code are the table code. When a key migrates to a new table,

thus becoming a foreign key, it will retain the table code where the key

originated, unless the key is required to assume a "roll name" in the new

table. Origination of foreign keys which assume roll names are defined in the

business rules for the data table.

30.2.2.5 Data Element Title. The noun phrase used to identify the data

element. Sufficient modifiers are used with the noun name to ensure title

uniqueness for a specific data element definition.

30.2.2.6 Field Format. A specification for the length, type, positional

justification, and decimal placement of a data element field, or subfield

thereof, as described below:

a. Length. The number of character positions in the data element. In

the event the length is variable, the maximum length is specified.

b. Type. A specification of the character type, wherein:

"A" specifies that all characters of the data field, except narrative

fields, are upper case alphabetical.

"N" specifies that all characters of the data field are numerical.

"X" specifies that characters of the data field are upper case

alphabetical (except narrative fields), numerical, special, or any

combination thereof.

"D" specifies that characters of the data field are numerical with

floating decimal. Decimals may be entered as required or

exponentially, e.g., "0.0000325" or "3.25E-5".

c. Justification. Specifies from which side of the field the characters

of the data element are entered. Those starting at the left are left

justified (L), those starting at the right are right justified (R); and, those

which always occupy the entire field are fixed (F). A dash (-) is used if

this column is not applicable.

d. Decimal Placement. Specifies the number of character positions to the

right of the assumed decimal point when the data element is numeric in all

character positions with a fixed decimal location. A dash (-) is used if this

column is not applicable. AS means "As Specified" and the detailed

instructions will indicate the location of decimal points.

e. Field formats for extended narrative data fields are capable of

accepting a maximum of 99,999, 65-character lines, of information by means of

a text sequencing code.

30.2.2.7 DED Number. A sequentially assigned number to each data element in

the dictionary for use in locating and referencing it throughout the

dictionary and the relational data tables.
24 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

30.2.2.8 Key Data Element Code (KEY). An indicator that identifies key and

mandatory data within a data table. The indicators are "F", foreign key, "K",

key, or "M", mandatory, nonidentifying data element. Key data cannot have a

null value (unless specified in the business rules) when attempting to

establish a data row in a given data table.

30.2.2.9 Role Name. A unique modifier of a data element title which

describes the use/application of the data element within a specific relational

data table location.

30.3 LSAR Data Table Exchange/Delivery. Depending upon contractual language,

exchange/delivery of the LSAR data may take the form of full file replacement

or "change only" data (changes to the MIL-STD-1388-2B data tables since the

previous submittal of the LSAR data). Both capabilities are required of

validated MIL-STD-1388-2B LSAR systems. Validated LSAR systems may employ

table upload edits differently; therefore, each system shall be responsible

for sorting tables of imported LSAR files as necessary to pass their table

upload edits. Also, LSAR data tables shall be exchanged/delivered via

variable length ASCII file formats. All data elements shall be positioned at

their respective offsets in the table row field. The following paragraphs

define the requirements to insure that automated LSAR systems will produce and

load standard outputs not only for all data tables (full file replacement),

but also standard outputs for "change only" data. Each type of transaction

shall be identified by the use of an update code (UC); multiple transactions

are possible for "change only" data delivery. The UC is not a data element

within each relational table; instead, the UC appends the appropriate table

row(s) identifying the transactions which have occurred.

30.3.1 Full file replacement. When providing an initial LSAR file delivery

or a full file replacement, a UC = * must be present for the appropriate row

of Table XA. The file structure for full file replacement is as follows:

|UC|Table ID|Table Row|

The UC (*) identifies the type of transaction as being full file replacement

or initial delivery. The Table ID is XA in this case and the Table Row only

needs the key data element (EIAC) input. Each element of the transaction

shall be contiguous and without the vertical lines shown above.

30.3.2 Change only data delivery. "Change only" data delivery requires

multiple types of change transactions. Each type of change transaction is

listed below with its definition and appropriate UC.

a. Add Transaction - UC = A. The Add Transaction Code identifies that

the record to be loaded is a new record to be added to the respective table.

The appearance of an add implies that the key data elements do not already

exist in the table being accessed. However, those key data elements must

already exist in the prerequisite tables. The add record shall contain

required key fields and shall invoke a full record insert to specified table.

b. Delete Transaction - UC = D. The Delete Transaction Code identifies

the transaction record as a delete of an existing record pertaining to the

identified key data elements. If the table is prerequisite to another table

and there is data in the other table matching on the identified keys, this

transaction shall not delete the data in the specified table. A global delete

transaction (identified below) shall delete table records and associated
 25

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

subordinate table records with respect to identified key data elements.

c. Element Change Transaction - UC = C. The appearance of an Element

Change Transaction Code for a given table and keys implies that data already

exists and is being modified. An Element Change Transaction shall only

contain data in the key fields and the fields which are being modified. The

Element Change Transaction shall update only the specified data element(s).

d. Element Delete Transaction - UC = X. If deletion of one or more data

elements from a table is desired, each element will contain a "D" in the first

position of its respective table position. An Element Delete Transaction

shall also contain the appropriate key data for the specified data table. The

Element Delete Transaction shall delete only the specified data element(s).

e. Global Delete Transaction - UC = R. In the Global Delete Transaction,

the identified key data shall be deleted from the specified table as well as

from all tables which are subordinate to the specified table.

f. File Structure for Change Transactions A, D, C, X, and R. The

following file structure shall be used for the subject change transactions:

|UC|Table ID|Table Row|

The UC (A, D, C, X, or R) identifies the type of transaction. The Table ID is

the data table identification (i.e., XB, CA, etc.). The Table Row is self

explanatory for each type of transaction. Each element of the transaction

shall be contiguous and without the vertical lines shown above.

g. Key Field Change Transaction - UC = K. In the Key Field Change

Transaction, the identified key data shall be changed in the specified table

as well as in all tables which are subordinate to the specified table. If a

key data element in the specified table has a foreign key identification, the

"Change To" key data element (see file structure in next paragraph) must be

established in the foreign key file (and other prerequisite files) before the

change can be implemented (e.g., changing an existing LCN to a new LCN can

only be accomplished in Table XB, where LCN is first introduced as a key data

element).

h. File Structure for Change Transaction K. The following file structure

shall be used for Key Field Change Transactions:

|UC|Table ID|Table Row "Change From"|Table Row "Change To"|

|Key Values |Key Values |

The UC (K) identifies the transaction as a Key Field Change Transaction. The

Table ID is the data table identification. The Table Row "Change From" Key

Values are the identified table key values which exist in the table and are to

be changed. The Table Row "Change To" Key Values are values to which all

applicable table keys are being changed. Each element of the transaction

shall be contiguous and without the vertical lines shown above.

30.3.2.1 Update code sort order. The order for the incorporation of change

transactions into a database is critical and shall be dependent upon the UC.

The UC sort order is R, K, D, X, A, and C.
26 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

40. CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT. The following "X" data tables have

attributes which cross multiple functional areas or are used as a link to

various functional data tables. Included under these tables are the

functional and physical breakdown LCN, assignment and application of UOCs,

technical manual numbers, and government provided level of repair analysis

(LORA) modeling information. Figure 4 depicts the key relationships for

these tables.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

XA End Item Acronym Code

XB LCN Indentured Item

XC System/End Item

XD System/End Item Serial Number

XE LCN to Serial Number Usable On Code

XF LCN to System/End Item Usable On Code

XG Functional/Physical LCN Mapping

XH Commercial and Government Entity

XI Technical Manual Code and Number Index

40.1 Table XA, End Item Acronym Code. This table contains the EIAC

(EIACODXA) used to define the LSAR system documented in the relational

database. Also included in this table are LORA modeling parameters provided

by the requiring authority. When the classical or modified classical LCN

assignment is used (see Appendix C), then an entry is required in LCN

structure (LCNSTRXA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 K

LCNSTRXA LCN STRUCTURE 18 N L - 202

ADDLTMXA ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME 2 N R - 014

CTDLTMXA CONTACT TEAM DELAY TIME 3 N R - 052

CONTNOXA CONTRACT NUMBER 19 X L - 055

CSREORXA COST PER REORDER ACTION 4 N R 2 061

CSPRRQXA COST PER REQUISITION 4 N R 2 062

DEMILCXA DEMILITARIZATION COST 2 N R - 077

DISCNTXA DISCOUNT RATE 3 N R 2 083

ESSALVXA ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE 2 N R - 102

HLCSPCXA HOLDING COST PERCENTAGE 2 N R - 160

INTBINXA INITIAL BIN COST 4 N R - 166

INCATCXA INITIAL CATALOGING COST 4 N R - 167

INTRATXA INTEREST RATE 3 N R 2 173

INVSTGXA INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST 4 N R 2 176

LODFACXA LOADING FACTOR 3 N R 2 195

WSOPLVXA OPERATION LEVEL 2 N R - 271
 27 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
 28 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

OPRLIFXA OPERATION LIFE 2 N R - 272

PRSTOVXA PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/CIV 2 N R - 289

PRSTOMXA PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/MIL 2 N R - 289

PROFACXA PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR 3 N R 2 300

RCBINCXA RECURRING BIN COST 4 N R - 333

RCCATCXA RECURRING CATALOGING COST 4 N R - 334

RESTCRXA RETAIL STOCKAGE CRITERIA 2 N R - 359

SAFLVLXA SAFETY LEVEL 2 N R - 363

SECSFCXA SUPPORT OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 3 N R 2 421

COST FACTOR

TRNCSTXA TRANSPORTATION COST 4 N R 2 466

WSTYAQXA TYPE ACQUISITION 1 A F - 478

TSSCODXA TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM CODE 1 A F - 484

40.2 Table XB, LSA Control Number Indentured Item. This table contains all

LCNs and information about the indentured location of the LCN in the hardware/

functional configuration of the system/equipment. Table keys include: EIAC

(EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB); and, LCN Type (LCNTYPXB).

a. If LCN Structure from table XA (LCNSTRXA) is blank, LCN Indenture Code

(LCNINDXB) is mandatory.

b. If LCN Structure is not blank, the LCN (LSACONXB) must match an

indenture level length specified by the LCN Structure, or be a greater length

than the total of all LCN Structure indenture levels, e.g., if the LCN

Structure is "12233", an LCN must be either 1, 3, 5, 8, 11, or greater than 11

positions. If the LCN is greater than 11 positions, the LCN Indenture Code

becomes mandatory.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 K

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 K

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 K

LCNINDXB LCN INDENTURE CODE 1 A F - 200

LCNAMEXB LCN NOMENCLATURE 19 X L - 201

TMFGCDXB TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL 11 X L - 438

GROUP CODE (MAINTENANCE

ALLOCATION CHART)

SYSIDNXB SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER 1 A F - 423

SECITMXB SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION 1 A F - 367

INDICATOR

RAMINDXB RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAIN- 1 A F - 342

TAINABILITY INDICATOR

40.3 Table XC, System/End Item. This table contains only those LCNs

representing a system/End Item (EI) or "A" indenture coded item. A system/EI

is an item capable of independent operation for its intended use, e.g., rifle,

radio receiver, or is a class or group of equipment that is managed and

provisioned under a separate Provisioning Contract Control Number (PCCN).

Table keys include: EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB); and, LCN

Type (LCNTYPXB).
29

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

a. The System/EI Identifier (SYSIDNXB) of "S" or "E" identifies LCNs as

representing System/EIs from table XB for entry into this table.

b. For identical PCCNs (PCCNUMXC), the UOCs (UOCSEIXC) must be

different.

c. All alternate assemblies of the same LCN must have the same PCCN.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

UOCSEIXC USABLE ON CODE 3 X L - 501 M

PCCNUMXC SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING CONTRACT 6 X F - 307 M

CONTROL NUMBER

ITMDESXC SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE 26 X L - 179

PLISNOXC SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 5 X L - 309

SEQUENCE NUMBER

TOCCODXC SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 1 A F - 481

QTYASYXC SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 4 X - - 316

QTYPEIXC SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM 5 X - - 317

TRASEIXC TRANSPORTATION END ITEM 1 A F - 467

INDICATOR

40.4 Table XD, System/End Item Serial Number. This table is only used when

parts configuration control is managed by serial numbers (S/N) of a system/EI.

It contains Serial Numbers applicable to a System/End Item, and if required,

Serial Number UOC assignments, e.g., for model V10, identified in table XC,

applicable serial numbers may be 110 through 118, 121 and 125-130, while for

model V10A, also identified in table XC, the applicable serial numbers may be

119, 122-124, and 131-150. For these serial number(s) specific serial number

UOCs may be assigned as follows:

Model Serial Number UOC Serial Number(s)

(ITMDESXC) (SNUUOCXD) (FRSNUMXD) (TOSNUMXD)

V10 A 110 - 118

V10 B 121 - 121

V10 C 125 - 130

V10A D 119 - 119

V10A E 122 - 124

V10A F 131 - 150

a. S/N From (FRSNUMXD) must be less than or equal to S/N To (TOSNUMXD).

b. S/N UOCs must be different for all EIAC, LCN, ALC and LCN Type

combinations within the same PCCN (pulled from table XC for subject

keys).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F
 30

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

FRSNUMXD SERIAL NUMBER FROM 10 X L - 373 K

TOSNUMXD SERIAL NUMBER TO 10 X L - 373 K

SNUUOCXD SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE 3 A L - 375 M

40.5 Table XE, LCN to Serial Number Usable On Code. This table contains LCN

and system/EI S/N LCNs in order to determine the associated S/N and S/N UOCs

for the LCN. Table keys include all columns.

a. Table keys LSACONXE, ALTLCNXE, and LCNTYPXE migrate from table XB.

Table keys LCNSEIXE, ALCSEIXE, and LTYSEIXE migrate from table XD. EIACODXA

is identical for keys from tables XB and XD for a given row of data.

b. Rows of information from this table with LCNTYPXE and LTYSEIXE of "P"

must match entries in table HN, when this table is established.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXE S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXE S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXE S/N ITEM LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

LCNSEIXE S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN 18 X L - 199 F

ALCSEIXE S/N SYSTEM/EI ALC 2 N F - 019 F

LTYSEIXE S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FRSNUMXE S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM 10 X L - 373 F

TOSNUMXE S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO 10 X L - 373 F

40.6 Table XF, LCN to System/End Item Usable On Code. This table contains

LCNs and System/EI LCNs in order to determine the associated UOC for the LCN.

This table and table HO (for provisioning) are critical to qualify an LCN for

report requests when a specific UOC is required for report selection. Table

keys include all columns.

a. Table keys LSACONXF, ALTLCNXF, and LCNTYPXF originate in table XB.

Table keys LCNSEIXF, ALCSEIXF, and LTYSEIXF migrate from table XC. EIACODXA

is identical for keys from tables XB and XC for a given row of data.

b. Rows of information from this table with LCNTYPXF and LTYSEIXF of "P"

must match entries in table HO, when this table is established.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXF UOC ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXF UOC ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXF UOC ITEM LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

LCNSEIXF UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN 18 X L - 199 F

ALCSEIXF UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC 2 N F - 019 F

LTYSEIXF UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

40.7 Table XG, Functional/Physical LCN Mapping. This table contains a crosslisting of functional/physical LCNs. All data, except EIACODXA, originate in
 31

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

table XB. EIACODXA is identical for all keys and mandatory data elements

across a given row of data. Physical LCN Type must always be "P"; Functional

LCN Type must always be "F". When a functional and physical LCN are mapped

through this table, all data contained against the functional LCN shall

migrate to the physical LCN (physical LCN data shall take precedence if data

duplication has occurred). After the data is migrated, data additions and

updates for this item shall only occur against the physical LCN.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

PLSACNXG PHYSICAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

PALCNCXG PHYSICAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

PLCNTYXG PHYSICAL LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FLSACNXG FUNCTIONAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER 18 X L - 199 M

FALCNCXG FUNCTIONAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 M

FLCNTYXG FUNCTIONAL LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 M

40.8 Table XH, Commercial and Government Entity Code. This table contains

all Commercial And Government Entity (CAGE) codes and the CAGE addresses. A

CAGE street (CASTREXH), city (CACITYXH), state (CASTATXH), nation (CANATNXH),

or postal zone (CAPOZOXH) cannot be included without a CAGE name (CANAMEXH).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY 5 X F - 046 K

(CAGE) CODE

CANAMEXH CAGE NAME 25 X L - 047

CASTREXH CAGE STREET 25 X L - 047

CACITYXH CAGE CITY 20 X L - 047

CASTATXH CAGE STATE 2 A F - 047

CANATNXH CAGE NATION 20 X L - 047

CAPOZOXH CAGE POSTAL ZONE 10 X L - 047

40.9 Table XI, Technical Manual Code and Number Index. This table contains a

cross-reference of TM code to TM number(s). Table keys include both columns.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

TMCODEXI TM CODE 3 X F - 437 K

TMNUMBXI TM NUMBER 30 X L - 440
 32 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

50. OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS. Data tables beginning with "A"

in the first position of the table code are structured to consolidate

information related to the anticipated operation of the system, environment in

which the system will be operated and maintained, and maintenance requirements

of the system which must be met. This information is prepared for the system

and for each subsystem for which maintenance requirements are to be imposed.

Figure 5 depicts the relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

AA Operations and Maintenance Requirements

AB War Peace Operations and Maintenance Requirement

AC Maintenance Level Requirement

AD Organizational Level Requirement

AE Skill Operations and Maintenance Requirement

AF War Peace Additional Requirements Narrative

AG Reliability Requirement

AH Interoperability Requirement

AI Modeling Data

AJ Operations and Maintenance Shipping Requirements

AK System End Item Narrative

50.1 Table AA, Operations and Maintenance Requirement. This table identifies

operations, maintenance, and reliability requirements for the new

system/equipment by the service designator code. Table keys consist of EIAC

(EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), and Service

Designator Code (SERDESAA). For a given row of information, Percentile

(PERCENAA) is not allowed without a Maximum Time to Repair (MAXTTRAA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 K

MAXTTRAA REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 5 N R 2 222

PERCENAA REQUIRED PERCENTILE 2 N F - 286

ACHAVAAA REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 001

INHAVAAA REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 164

OMAMDTAA OPERATIONAL MEAN ACTIVE 6 N R 1 223

MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME

TMAMDTAA TECHNICAL MEAN ACTIVE 6 N R 1 223

MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME
 33 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
34 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

OPMTTRAA REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME 5 N R 2 236

TO REPAIR

TEMTTRAA REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME 5 N R 2 236

TO REPAIR

NUOPLOAA NUMBER OPERATING LOCATIONS 4 N R - 262

CREWSZAA CREW SIZE 4 N R - 064

TOSYSUAA TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 6 N R - 454

RCMLOGAA RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE 32 X - - 345

LOGIC UTILIZED

50.2 Table AB, War/Peace Operations and Maintenance Requirement. This table

identifies O/M requirements for the new system/equipment based on its

projected wartime and peacetime missions for a given service designator code.

Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN

Type (LCNTYPXB), Service Designator Code (SERDESAA), and Operational

Requirement Indicator (OPRQINAB). For a given row, Mean Mission Duration

(MMISDUAB) and Mean Mission Duration Measurement Base (MMISDMAB) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 F

OPRQINAB OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 K

INDICATOR

ANNOMIAB ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS 6 N R - 021

ANOPDAAB ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS 3 N R - 022

ANOPTIAB ANNUAL OPERATING TIME 4 N R - 024

MMISDUAB MEAN MISSION DURATION 6 N R 1 228

MMISDMAB MEAN MISSION DURATION 1 A F - 238

MEASUREMENT BASE

OPAVAIAB REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 273

OPALDTAB REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE AND 3 N R - 013

LOGISTIC DELAY TIME

OSTBTIAB REQUIRED STANDBY TIME 4 N R - 403

50.3 Table AC, Maintenance Level Requirement. This table identifies

O/M requirements for the new system/equipment by O/M level, wartime/peacetime

scenario, and service designator code. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA),

LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Service Designator Code

(SERDESAA), Operational Requirement Indicator (OPRQINAB), and O/M Level Code

(OMLVLCAC). For a given row, Maintenance Level Percentile (MLPERCAC) is not

allowed without a Maintenance Level Maximum Time to Repair (MLMTTRAC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 F

OPRQINAB OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 F
 35 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

INDICATOR

OMLVLCAC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 277 K

LEVEL CODE

MLMTTRAC MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME 5 N R 2 222

TO REPAIR

MLPERCAC MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE 2 N F - 286

MLNSSUAC NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 6 N R - 265

MLSAMHAC MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED 6 N R 1 020

ANNUAL MAN-HOURS

MLUAMHAC MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED 6 N R 1 020

ANNUAL MAN-HOURS

MLSMHOAC SCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING 8 N R 5 215

HOUR

MLUMHOAC UNSCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER 8 N R 5 215

OPERATING HOUR

MLUMETAC UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN 5 N R 2 499

ELAPSED TIME

MLUMMHAC UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN 5 N R 2 499

MAN-HOURS

50.4 Table AD, Organizational Level Requirement. This table identifies

organizational level O/M requirements for the new system/equipment by

wartime/peacetime scenario, O/M level, and service designator code. Table

keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), Service Designator Code (SERDESAA), Operational Requirement

Indicator (OPRQINAB), and O/M Level Code (OMLVLCAC). For a given row, only

"C" and "O" for the O/M Level Code (OMLVLCAC) are allowed for this table.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 F

OPRQINAB OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 F

INDICATOR

OMLVLCAC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 277 F

LEVEL CODE

DINMETAD DAILY INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED 5 N R 2 280

TIME

DINMMHAD DAILY INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 5 N R 2 280

PREMETAD PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

ELAPSED TIME

PREMMHAD PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

MAN-HOURS

POIMETAD POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

ELAPSED TIME

POIMMHAD POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

MAN-HOURS

PINMETAD PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

ELAPSED TIME

PINMMHAD PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

MAN-HOURS

MPCMETAD MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN 5 N R 2 280
 36 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

ELAPSED TIME

MPCMMHAD MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN 5 N R 2 280

MAN-HOURS

TINMETAD TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

ELAPSED TIME

TINMMHAD TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN 5 N R 2 280

MAN-HOURS

50.5 Table AE, Skill Operations and Maintenance Requirement. This table

identifies operational maintenance manpower constraints by SSC at specific

O/M levels given a wartime/peacetime scenario and service designator code.

Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN

Type (LCNTYPXB), Service Designator Code (SERDESAA), Operational Requirement

Indicator (OPRQINAB), O/M Level Code (OMLVLCAL), and SSC (SKSPCDGA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 F

OPRQINAB OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 F

INDICATOR

OMLVLCAC OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 277 F

LEVEL CODE

SKSPCDGA SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 7 X L - 387 F

AVAIMHAE AVAILABLE MAN HOUR 6 N R - 028

QTYAVAAE AVAILABLE QUANTITY 5 N R - 324

UTRATIAE UTILIZATION RATIO 3 N R 2 503

50.6 Table AF, War/Peace Additional Requirements Narrative. This is a

narrative table which identifies the additional O/M requirements for the new

system/equipment by wartime/peacetime and service designator code. Table keys

consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), Service Designator Code (SERDESAA), Operational Requirement

Indicator (OPRQINAB), and Additional Requirements Text Sequencing Code

(TEXSEQAF).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SERDESAA SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 1 A F - 376 F

OPRQINAB OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 F

INDICATOR

TEXSEQAF ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

WPADDRAF ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 65 X - - 009

50.7 Table AG, Reliability Requirement. This table identifies reliability

requirement parameters for the new system/equipment that are dependent on
 37

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

measurement base (MB). There can be multiple tables depending upon the annual

operating requirements (AOR) MB. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN

(LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), and AOR MB (MEASBSAG). For a

given row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to table AG:

a. AOR (ANOPREAG) and AOR MB (MEASBSAG) must either both be blank, or

have entries.

b. Reliability Operational Requirements Indicator (OPRQINAG) must match

Operational Requirements Indicator (OPRQINAB) in Table AB for the given keys.

The keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), and LCN

Type (LCNTYPXB).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

MEASBSAG ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 238 K

MEASUREMENT BASE

ANOPREAG ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT 6 N R - 023 M

OPRQINAG RELIABILITY OPERATIONAL 1 A F - 275 M

REQUIREMENTS INDICATOR

OPMTBFAG REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME 10 D - - 229

BETWEEN FAILURES

TEMTBFAG REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME 10 D - - 229

BETWEEN FAILURES

OPMRBMAG REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME 10 D - - 230

BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS

TMTBMAAG REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME 10 D - - 230

BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS

MTBRXXAG REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN 10 D - - 235

REMOVALS

50.8 Table AH, Interoperability Requirement. This table identifies item

name, national stock number (NSN), and the TM of the system/equipment with

which the new system/equipment must be able to be transported by/interoperate

with. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB),

LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Interoperable Item Name (IONAMEAH), and Interoperable

Item Number Type (IOINTYAH). For a given row of information, the following

cross-element edits apply to table AH:

a. Interoperable CAGE Number (IOCAGEAH) and Interoperable Reference

Number (IOREFNAH) must either both be blank, or both have entries.

b. Interoperable Item National Item Identification Number (IONIINAH) and

Interoperable Item NSN Federal Supply Classification (IONFSCAH) must either

both be blank, or both have entries.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X F - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F
38

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

IONAMEAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME 19 X L - 182 K

IOINTYAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NUMBER TYPE 1 A F - 266 K

IOCAGEAH INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046

IOREFNAH INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337

IONIINAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL 9 N F - 253

ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

IONFSCAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL 4 N F - 253

STOCK NUMBER FEDERAL SUPPLY

CLASSIFICATION

IOITNMAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL 30 X L - 440

MANUAL NUMBER

50.9 Table AI, Modeling Data. This table documents maintenance level

specific information, for a given service designator code, to be used for LSA

modeling. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), Modeling Service Designator

Code (SERDESAA), and Modeling O/M Level Code (OMLVLAI).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X F - 096 F

SERDESAI MODELING SERVICE DESIGNATOR 1 A F - 376 K

CODE

OMLVLCAI MODELING OPERATIONS AND 1 A F - 277 K

MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE

LABRATAI LABOR RATE 4 N R 2 189

NOSHPSAI NUMBER OF SHOPS 2 N R - 263

RPWSCSAI REPAIR WORK SPACE COST 4 N R 2 352

RQDSTKAI REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK 3 N R - 357

50.10 Table AJ, Operations and Maintenance Shipping Requirement. This table

identifies the O/M level from which a spare/repair part is shipped and the

O/M level which receives the part. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA),

LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), O/M Level From

(OMLVLFAJ), O/M Level To (OMLVLTAJ).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

OMLVLFAJ OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 277 K

LEVEL FROM

OMLVLTAJ OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 277 K

LEVEL TO

SHPDISAJ SHIP DISTANCE 4 N R - 085

TIMESHAJ SHIP TIME 3 N R - 379

50.11 Table AK, System/End Item Narrative. This table may be used to

identify Additional Supportability Considerations, Additional Supportability

Parameters, and Operational Mission Failure Definition. Table keys consist of

EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB),

System/EI Narrative Code (SEINCDAK), and System/EI Narrative Text Sequencing

Code (TEXSEQAK).
39

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

a. If the System/EI Narrative Code (SEINCDAK) is (B), then this

table provides a narrative description of additional supportability

considerations for the item under analysis (Additional Supportability

Considerations, DED 010).

b. If the System/EI Narrative Code (SEINCDAK) is (A), then this table

describes additional supportability parameters which will specify data

elements and associated data when discrete fields are not provided (Additional

Supportability Parameters, DED 011).

c. If the System/EI Narrative Code (SEINCDAK) is (C), then this table

provides a narrative of the guidelines to be followed when defining

operational mission failures (Operational Mission Failure Definition, DED 274).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X F - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SEINCDAK SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE 1 A F - 424 K

TEXSEQAK SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT 5 N R - 450 K

SEQUENCING CODE

SEINARAK SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---
 40 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

60. ITEM RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, AND MAINTAINABILITY CHARACTERISTICS;

FAILURE MODES EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS; AND, MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS.

Data tables beginning with "B" in the first position of the table code are

structured to provide a description of the function of each item of the end

item; outline the maintenance concept to be utilized for design and support

planning purposes; and, identify any design conditions such as fail safe

requirements/environmental or nuclear hardness considerations imposed upon the

system. The tables summarize the item reliability, maintainability, and

related availability characteristics of the item resulting from the failure

modes and effects, criticality, and maintainability analyses, and accommodate

a narrative description of any analysis related to the potential redesign or

an item. Figure 6 depicts the relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

BA Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Characteristics

BB Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Characteristics

Narrative

BC Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Logistics

Considerations

BD Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Indicator

Characteristics

BE War/Peace Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability

Indicator Characteristics

BF Failure Mode and Reliability Centered Maintenance Analysis

BG Failure Mode and Reliability Centered Maintenance Narrative

BH Failure Mode Task

BI Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics

BJ Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics

Narrative

BK Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Criticality

BL Mission Phase Operational Mode

60.1 Table BA, Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability

Characteristics. This table contains logistics considerations, maintenance,

and reliability characteristics of the item under analysis. Table keys

consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), and LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB). For a given row of information, the following cross-element edits

apply to table BA:

a. The RAM area can only be used if a (Y) is entered in the RAM Indicator

(RAMINDXB) Table XB.
41 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
 42 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

b. Fault Isolation Percent Failure Group 1 (FIPFGABA) is not allowed

without Fault Isolation Ambiguity Group 1 (FIAMBABA).

c. The combination in (b) is not allowed without Built in Test (BIT)

Detection Level Percent group 1 (BDLPGABA).

d. That which applies for the combinations in Group 1 (b, c) also applies

to the combination in group 2.

e. Wearout Life (WEOULIBA) and Wearout Life MB (WOLIMBBA) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

MEQLINBA MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST 1 A F - 243

INDICATOR

CONVFABA CONVERSION FACTOR 5 N - - 059

FIAMBABA FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY 2 N R - 143

GROUP 1

FIPFGABA FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE 3 N R 1 143

GROUP 1

BDLPGABA BUILT IN TEST DETECTABILITY 2 N R - 032

LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 1

FIAMBBBA FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY 2 N R - 143

GROUP 2

FIPFGBBA FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE 3 N R 1 143

GROUP 2

BDLPGBBA BUILT IN TEST DETECTABILITY 2 N R - 032

LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 2

BITNDPBA BUILT IN TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE 2 N R - 031

PERCENTAGE

BITROPBA BUILT IN TEST RETEST OK PERCENT 2 N R - 033

FRDATABA FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE 32 X - - 141

PREOVCBA PILOT REWORK OVERHAUL 1 A F - 292

CANDIDATE

SECCLEBA SECURITY CLEARANCE 1 N F - 369

SUPCONBA SUPPORT CONCEPT 1 A F - 410

WEOULIBA WEAROUT LIFE 6 N R - 505

WOLIMBBA WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE 1 A F - 238

LOGSTABA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

STANDARDIZATION

LOGACCBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

ACCESSIBILITY

LOGMAIBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

MAINTENANCE EASE

LOGSAFBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SAFETY 1 A F - 196

LOGTEPBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TEST 1 A F - 196

POINTS

LOGSKIBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SKILLS 1 A F - 196

LOGTRABA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

TRAINING

LOGCONBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196
 43 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CONNECTORS

LOGPATBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION

LOGFLOBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATION FAULT 1 A F - 196

LOCATION

LOGLABBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

LABELING

LOGDSPBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN 1 A F - 196

FOR SELF PROTECTION

LOGCRCBA LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 1 A F - 196

CORROSION/RUST CONTROL

60.2 Table BB, Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Characteristics

Narrative. This table may be used to identify RAM Item Functions, RAM

Maintenance Concepts, RAM Minimum Equipment List, and RAM Qualitative and

Quantitative Maintainability Requirements. Table keys consist of EIAC

(EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), RAM

Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB), and RAM Narrative Text Sequencing

Code (TEXSEQBB). For a given row of information, the following cross-element

edits apply to table BE:

a. If the RAM Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB) is (A), then this

table identifies the function, specification, and tolerances of the item under

analysis (RAM Item Function, DED 180).

b. If the RAM Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB) is (B), then this

table describes the broad, planned approach to be employed in sustaining the

system/equipment at a defined level of readiness, or in a specified condition

in support of the operational requirement (RAM Maintenance Concept, DED 207).

c. If the RAM Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB) is (C), then this

table specifies any limitations on the end item when dispatched on its

assigned mission with the item under analysis inoperative (RAM Minimum

Equipment List Narrative, DED 244). RAM Minimum Equipment List Narrative

(MEQLNABB) is not allowed without a (y) selected in table BA for the attribute

RAM Minimum Equipment List Indicator (MEQLINBA).

d. If the RAM Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB) is (D), then this

table describes the maintainability design constraints and characteristics

that must be considered during the design process, to include fail safe

requirements, environmental considerations, and nuclear hardened

characteristics (RAM Qualitative and Quantitative Maintainability

Requirements, DED 315).

e. If the RAM Characteristics Narrative Code (RAMCNABB) is (E), then this

table describes the support data and analysis used in preparation of the

maintenance plan (Maintenance Plan Rationale, DED 210).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F
44

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

RAMCNABB RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY AND 1 A F - 341 K

MAINTAINABILITY (RAM)

CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

CODE

TEXSEQBB RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

RAMNARBB RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

60.3 Table BC, Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Logistics

Considerations. This table contains narrative information associated with

logistics considerations. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN

(LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Logistics Consideration Code

(LOCOCOBC), and RAM Logistics Considerations Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQBC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

LOCOCOBC LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE 1 X F - 425 K

TEXSEQBC RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY AND 5 N R - 450 K

MAINTAINABILITY (RAM)

LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS TEXT

SEQUENCING CODE

LOGNARBC RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS 65 X - - 426

60.4 Table BD, Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Indicator

Characteristics. This table contains reliability and maintainability

characteristics of the item under analysis categorized by comparative

analysis, allocated, predicted, or measured values. Table keys consist of

EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), and

RAM Indicator Code (RAMINDBD). For a given LCN, ALC, and LCN Type

combination, each different measurement base must remain constant for all RAM

Indicator Codes (RAMINDBD). For a given row of information, the following

cross-element edits apply to table BD:

a. Failure Rate (FAILRTBD) and Failure Rate MB (FARAMBBD) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

b. Percentile (PERCENBD) is not allowed without a Maximum Time to Repair

(MAXTTRBD).

c. Mean Time Between Failures Operational (OPMTBFBD) and Mean Time

Between Failures Operational MB (OMTBFMBD) must either both be blank, or have

entries.

d. Mean Time Between Failures Technical (TEMTBFBD) and Mean Time Between

Failures Technical MB (TMTBFMBD) must either both be blank, or have entries.

e. Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions Operational (OMTBMABD) and Mean

Time Between Maintenance Actions Operational MB (OMTBMMBD) must either both be

blank, or have entries.

f. Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions Technical (TMTBMABD) and Mean

Time Between Maintenance Actions Technical MB (TMTBMMBD) must either both be
45 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

blank, or have entries.

g. Mean Time Between Maintenance Induced (INMTBMBD) and Mean Time Between

Maintenance Induced MB (IMTBMMBD) must either both be blank, or have entries.

h. Mean Time Between Maintenance Inherent (INHMTBBD) and Mean Time

Between Maintenance Inherent MB (INHMTMBD) must either both be blank, or have

entries.

i. Mean Time Between Maintenance No Defect (NOMTBMBD) and Mean Time

Between Maintenance No Defect MB (NMTBMMBD) must either both be blank, or have

entries.

j. Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance (MTBMPVBD) and Mean Time

Between Preventive Maintenance MB (MTBMPMBD) must either both be blank, or

have entries.

k. Mean Time Between Removals (MTBRXXBD) and Mean Time Between Removals

MB (MTBRMBBD) must either both be blank, or have entries.

l. Achieved Availability shall be calculated based on Mean Time Between

Failure Technical (Table BD), Mean Time Between Maintenance - No Defect (Table

BD), Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance (Table BD), Elapsed Time (Table

CA), and Task Frequency (CA). A change in any of these variables shall result

in an update of the Acheived Availability (Table BD).

m. Inherent Availability shall be calculated based on Mean Time Between

Failures Technical (Table BD) and Mean Time To Repair Technical (Table BD).

A change in any of these variables shall result in an update of the Inhernent

Availability (Table BD).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

RAMINDBD RAM INDICATOR CODE 1 A F - 347 K

ACHAVABD ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 001

INHAVABD INHERENT AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 164

FAILRTBD FAILURE RATE 10 D - - 140

FARAMBBD FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE 1 A F - 238

INHMAFBD INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR 2 N R 1 165

MAXTTRBD MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 5 N R 2 222

PERCENBD PERCENTILE 2 N F - 286

MTTROPBD MEAN TIME TO REPAIR OPERATIONAL 5 N R 2 236

MTTRTHBD MEAN TIME TO REPAIR TECHNICAL 5 N R 2 236

OPMTBFBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 10 D - - 229

OPERATIONAL

OMTBFMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 1 A F - 238

OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE

TEMTBFBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 10 D - - 229

TECHNICAL

TMTBFMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 1 A F - 238

TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE

OMTBMABD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10 D - - 230
46 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

ACTIONS OPERATIONAL

OMTBMMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 238

ACTIONS OPERATIONAL

MEASUREMENT BASE

TMTBMABD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10 D - - 230

ACTIONS TECHNICAL

TMTBMMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 238

ACTIONS TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT

BASE

INMTBMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10 D - - 231

INDUCED

IMTBMMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 238

INDUCED MEASUREMENT BASE

INHMTBBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10 D -- 232

INHERENT

INHMTMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 238

INHERENT MEASUREMENT BASE

NOMTBMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10 D -- 233

NO DEFECT

NMTBMMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 238

NO DEFECT MEASUREMENT BASE

MTBMPVBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE 10 D - - 234

MAINTENANCE

MTBMPMBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE 1 A F - 238

MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENT BASE

MTBRXXBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS 10 D - - 235

MTBRMBBD MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS 1 A F - 238

MEASUREMENT BASE

60.5 Table BE, War/Peace Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability

Indicator Characteristics. This table contains reliability and

maintainability characteristics of the item under analysis categorized by

wartime/peacetime scenarios and comparative, allocated, predicted, or measured

values. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC

(ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), RAM Indicator Code (RAMINDBD), and

Operational Requirement Indicator (OPRQINBE).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

RAMINDBD RAM INDICATOR CODE 1 A F - 347 F

OPRQINBE RAM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 275 K

INDICATOR

ALDTXXBE ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC 3 N R - 013

DELAY TIME

OPAVAIBE OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY 8 N R 6 273

STABYTBE STANDBY TIME 4 N R - 403

60.6 Table BF, Failure Mode and Reliability Centered Maintenance Analysis.

This table contains failure mode information and reliability centered

maintenance analysis results associated with the item under analysis failure
47 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

modes. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB),

LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), and Failure Mode Indicator (FAMOINBF). For a given row

of information, the following cross-element edits apply to table BF:

a. Engineering Failure Mode Mean Time Between Failure (EFMTBFBF) and

Engineering Failure Mode Mean Time Between Failure MB (EFMMMBBF) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

b. Engineering Failure Mode Mean Time Between Failure shall be calculated

based on Failure Mode Ratio (Table BF) and Part Failure Rate (Table BD). A

change in any of these variables shall result in an update of the Engineering

Failure Mode Mean Time Between Failure (Table BF).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FAMOINBF FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4 X F - 134 K

EFMTBFBF ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN 10 D - - 097

TIME BETWEEN FAILURE

EFMMMBBF ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN 1 A F - 238

TIME BETWEEN FAILURE

MEASUREMENT BASE

FMCLASBF FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION 1 A F - 132

FMRATOBF FAILURE MODE RATIO 4 N R 3 136

RCMR01BF RELIABILITY CENTERED 1 X F - 344

MAINTENANCE (RCM) LOGIC

RESULTS 01

RCMR02BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 02 1 X F - 344

RCMR03BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 03 1 X F - 344

RCMR04BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 04 1 X F - 344

RCMR05BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 05 1 X F - 344

RCMR06BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 06 1 X F - 344

RCMR07BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 07 1 X F - 344

RCMR08BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 08 1 X F - 344

RCMR09BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 09 1 X F - 344

RCMR10BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 10 1 X F - 344

RCMR11BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 11 1 X F - 344

RCMR12BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 12 1 X F - 344

RCMR13BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 13 1 X F - 344

RCMR14BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 14 1 X F - 344

RCMR15BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 15 1 X F - 344

RCMR16BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 16 1 X F - 344

RCMR17BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 17 1 X F - 344

RCMR18BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 18 1 X F - 344

RCMR19BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 19 1 X F - 344

RCMR20BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 20 1 X F - 344

RCMR21BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 21 1 X F - 344

RCMR22BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 22 1 X F - 344

RCMR23BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 23 1 X F - 344

RCMR24BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 24 1 X F - 344

RCMR25BF RCM LOGIC RESULTS 25 1 X F - 344

RCMDSABF RCM DISPOSITION A 1 X F - 084

RCMDSBBF RCM DISPOSITION B 1 X F - 084
48 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

RCMDSCBF RCM DISPOSITION C 1 X F - 084

RCMDSDBF RCM DISPOSITION D 1 X F - 084

RCMDSEBF RCM DISPOSITION E 1 X F - 084

RCMDSFBF RCM DISPOSITION F 1 X F - 084

RCMDSGBF RCM DISPOSITION G 1 X F - 084

RCMDSHBF RCM DISPOSITION H 1 X F - 084

RCMDSIBF RCM DISPOSITION I 1 X F - 084

RCMDSJBF RCM DISPOSITION J 1 X F - 084

60.7 Table BG, Failure Mode and Reliability Centered Maintenance Narrative.

This table may be used to identify Failure/Damage Mode Effect End Effect,

Failure/Damage Mode Effect Local, Failure/Damage Mode Effect Next Higher,

Failure Cause, Failure/Damage Mode, Failure Mode Detection Method, Failure

Mode Predictability, Failure Mode Remarks, Reliability Centered Maintenance

(RCM) Redesign Recommendations, and RCM Reasoning. Table keys consist of

EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Failure

Mode Indicator (FAMOINBF), Failure Mode Narrative Code (FMNCNABG), and Failure

Mode Narrative Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQBG). For a given row of

information, the following cross-element edits apply to table BG:

a. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (A), then

this table describes the consequences of each failure/damage mode end effect

on the item operation, function, or status (Failure/Damage Mode Effect End

Effect, DED 125).

b. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (B), then

this table describes the consequences of each failure/damage mode effect

local on the item operation, function, or status (Failure/Damage Mode Effect

Local, DED 126).

c. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (C), then

this table describes the consequences of each failure/damage mode effect next

higher on the item operation, function, or status (Failure/Damage Mode Effect

Next Higher, DED 127).

d. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (D), then

this table describes all possible failure causes postulated on the basis of

the stated requirements in the system and failure definitions. All probable

independent causes for each failure shall also be identified.

(Failure Cause, DED 124).

e. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (E), then

this table describes all possible failure/damage mode postulated on the basis

of the stated requirements in the system and failure definitions. All

probable independent causes for each failure shall also be identified. A

description of all possible damage modes which could result from specific

threats (Failure/Damage Mode, DED 128).

f. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (F), then

this table describes the method(s) by which occurrence of a specific failure

mode is detected by the operator or maintenance technician (Failure Mode

Detection Method, DED 129).
 49 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

g. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (G), then

this table provides information on known incipient failure indicators which

are peculiar to the item failure trends (Failure Predictability, DED 138).

h. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (H), then

this is a narrative table which states a condition not readily identified in a

given data element. This table is related to a failure mode, therefore, it

should preface with a reference to a specific failure mode (Failure Mode

Remarks, DED 137).

i. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (I), then

this table describes recommended design changes, disposition of each

recommendation, and the results of each recommendation for which analysis

indicates a redesign is warranted (Redesign Recommendations, DED 426).

J. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (J), then

this table describes the type of age exploration and how it is to be used

based on the results of the RCM analysis made in table BF (RCM Age

Exploration, DED 343).

k. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (K), then

this table describes the reasoning behind the RCM logic results and

disposition choices made in table BF (Reliability Centered Maintenance

Reasoning, DED 346).

l. If the Failure Mode and RCM Narrative Code (FMNCNABG) is (L), then

this table describes recommended RCM redesign changes, disposition of each

recommendation, and the results of each recommendation for which analysis

indicates a redesign is warranted (RCM Redesign Recommendations, DED 426).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FAMOINBF FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4 X F - 134 F

FMNCNABG FAILURE MODE AND RCM 1 A F - 131 K

NARRATIVE CODE

TEXSEQBG FAILURE MODE NARRATIVE TEXT 5 N R - 450 K

SEQUENCING CODE

FMNNARBG FAILURE MODE NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

60.8 Table BH, Failure Mode Task. This table identifies the maintenance

task(s) that are required to correct the identified failure mode of the item

under analysis and preventative maintenance tasks that deemed applicable and

effective through an RCM analysis. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA),

Failure Mode Task (FMT) LCN (LSACONBH), FMT ALC (ALTLCNBH), FMT LCN Type

(LCNTYPBH), FMT Failure Mode Indicator (FAMOINBH), Task Requirement LCN

(TLSACNBH), Task Requirement ALC (TALCNCBH), Task Requirement LCN Type

(TLCNTYBH), and Task Requirement Task Code (TTASKCBH). For a given row of

information, the following cross-element edits apply to table BH:

a. The EIAC from Task Requirement Table CA and Failure Mode and RCM

Analysis Table BF are the same; therefore, they are not duplicated.
50 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

b. Table keys are migrated from table BF, but are given role name "FMT"

to distinguish them (LSACONBH, ALTLCNBH, LCNTYPBH, and FAMOINBH). Table keys

are migrated from table CA, but are given role name "Task Requirement" to

distinguish them (TLSACNBH, TALCNCBH, TLCNTYBH, and TTASKCBH).

c. Maintenance Interval (MAININBH) and Maintenance Interval MB (MAINMBBH)

must either both be blank, or have entries.

d. Edit c is not allowed unless a preventive Task Type (TATYPEBH) is

selected.

e. Task Type (TATYPEBH) must be "P" or "U", if PMCS from the CA table

is "Y".

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONBH FAILURE MODE TASK (FMT) LSA 18 X L - 199 F

CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

ALTLCNBH FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPBH FMT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FAMOINBH FMT FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4 X F - 134 F

TLSACNBH TASK REQUIREMENT LCN 18 X L - 199 F

TALCNCBH TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN 2 N F - 019 F

CODE

TLCNTYBH TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TTASKCBH TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

TATYPEBH TASK TYPE 1 A F - 433

MAININBH MAINTENANCE INTERVAL 10 D - - 208

MAINMBBH MAINTENANCE INTERVAL 1 A F - 238

MEASUREMENT BASE

60.9 Table BI, Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics.

This table contains FMECA results associated with the item under analysis

categorized by failure mode and mission phase/operational mode. Table keys

consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), Failure Mode Indicator (FAMOINBF), and Mission Phase Code

(MISSPCBL). For a given row of information, the following cross-element edits

apply to table BI:

a. The EIAC from Mission Phase Operational Mode Table BL and Failure Mode

Table BF are the same; therefore, they are not duplicated.

b. Operating Time (FMOPTIBI) and Operating Time MB (FMOTMBBI) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

c. The Operating Time MB (FMOTMBBI) should be the same as the Failure

Rate MB (FARAMBBD) from table BD for the calculations to be correct.

d. Failure Mode Criticality Number shall be calculated based on Failure

Effect Probability (Table BI), Failure Mode Ratio (Table BI), Part Failure

Rate (Table BD), and Operating Time (Table BI). A change in any of these

variables shall result in an update of the Failure Mode Criticality Number

(Table BI).
51 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FAMOINBF FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4 X F - 134 F

MISSPCBL MISSION PHASE CODE 1 X F - 246 F

FMSHSCBI SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE 1 N F - 362 M

FEPROBBI FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY 3 N R 2 130

FACRNUBI FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER 10 D - - 133

FPROBLBI FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL 1 A F - 139

FMOPTIBI OPERATING TIME 6 N R 2 269

FMOTMBBI OPERATING TIME MEASUREMENT BASE 1 A F - 238

60.10 Table BJ, Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code Characteristics

Narrative. This table may be used to identify Compensating Design Provisions

and Compensating Operator Actions. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA),

LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Failure Mode Indicator

(FAMOINBF), Mission Phase Code (MISSPCBL), Failure Mode Indicator Mission

Phase Characteristics Narrative Code (FMMPCNBJ), and Failure Mode Indicator

Mission Phase Code Characteristics Narrative Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQBH).

For a given row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to

table BJ:

a. If the Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Characteristics Narrative

Code (FMMPCNBJ) is (A), then this table describes compensating design

provisions which circumvent or mitigate the effect of the failure

(Compensating Design Provisions, DED 049).

b. If the Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Characteristics Narrative

Code (FMMPCNBJ) is (B), then this table describes compensating operator action

provisions which circumvent or mitigate the effect of the failure

(Compensating Operator Action Provisions, DED 050).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

FAMOINBF FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4 X F - 134 F

MISSPCBL MISSION PHASE CODE 1 X F - 246 F

FMMPCNBJ FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION 1 A F - 135 K

PHASE CHARACTERISTICS

NARRATIVE CODE

TEXSEQBJ FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION 5 N R - 450 K

PHASE CHARACTERISTICS

NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING

CODE

FMCNARBJ FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION 65 X - - ---

PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

60.11 Table BK, Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Criticality.

This table sums up the failure mode criticality numbers related to the failure

modes of an item within specific safety hazard severity classification (SHSC)
 52 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

and mission phases. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB),

ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Mission Phase Code (MISSPCBL), and RAM

SHSC (FMSHSCBC).

a. Item Criticality Number shall be calculated based on the summation of

the Failure Mode Criticality Numbers (Table BI).

b. A change in any of the Failure Mode Criticality Numbers (Table BI)

shall result in an update of the Item Criticality Number (Table BK).

c. Safety Hazard Severity Code (BI.FMSHSCBI) must be established in

table BI prior to establishing a RAM Safety Hazard Severity Code (BK.FMSHSCBK)

in this table.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

MISSPCBL MISSION PHASE CODE 1 X F - 246 F

FMSHSCBK RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE 1 N F - 362 K

RICRITBK RAM ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER 10 D - - 178

60.12 Table BL, Mission Phase Operational Mode. This table identifies the

mission phase/operational modes that the new system/equipment is expected to

experience during normal operation. Table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA) and

Mission Phase Code (MISSPCBL).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

MISSPCBL MISSION PHASE CODE 1 X F - 246 K

MPOPLDBL MISSION PHASE OPERATIONAL MODE 65 X - - 247
53 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

70. TASK INVENTORY, TASK ANALYSIS, PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. The

following data tables identified by a "C" in the first position of the table

code are required for documentation of task analysis and personnel and support

requirement data. These tables equate to MIL-STD-1388-2A "C" and "D" records.

Information will be presented in sufficient detail to define task times,

skills, tools, support equipment, facilities, and supply support requirements.

The task taxonomy utilized to analyze and inventory tasks is located in the

glossary of MIL-STD-1388-1, Notice 3 and DED 372 of this standard. Figure 7

depicts the entity diagram for these tables.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

CA Task Requirement

CB Subtask Requirement

CC Sequential Subtask Description

CD Subtask Personnel Requirement

CE Task Remark

CF Task Remark Reference

CG Task Support Equipment

CH Task Manual

CI Task Provisioned Item

CJ Job and Duty Assignments

CK Task Inventory

70.1 Table CA, Task Requirement. This table contains task level information

such as Mean Elapsed Time, Task Frequency, Task Criticality, Task

Identification (ID) and Task Code. It also contains information about

personnel and training aspects of the task. In addition, this table provides

the capability to reference an entire task. Table keys consist of LCN

(LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), EIAC (EIACODXA), and Task

Code (TASKCDCA).

a. For referencing purposes only, Referenced LCN (REFLCNCA), Referenced

LCN Type (REFTYPCA), Referenced ALC (REFALCCA), Referenced EIAC (REFEIACA),

and Referenced Task Code (REFTSKCA) are mandatory keys. This referencing

capability should only be used when the data of this table and the subordinate

tables (tables CB through CI) are the same for referenced and referencing

tasks. All non-mandatory attributes in Table CA and all subordinate tables

(Tables CB - CI) are pulled from the Referenced Task and it's subordinate

tables. Key attributes entered in Table CA will migrate to all subordinate

tables; but, additional keys which are needed in subordinate tables will be

pulled from the Referenced Task and it's subordinate tables. In other words,

only key entries and referenced entries are required in this table and no

further entries are required in subordinate tables.
54 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
55 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

b. Unscheduled task codes, task interval codes of "F", "G", or "J" (2d

position of the task code), must have an MB entered which corresponds to the

MB for the AOR. For this reason, the AOR LCN (AORLCNCA), AOR ALC (AORALCCA),

AOR LCN Type (AORTYPCA), and the AOR MB (AORMSBCA) must match with a set of

key values already established in Table AG.

c. Every Task Code (TASKCDCA) must have a Task ID (TASKIDCA).

d. Secondary Means of Detection (SMDTECCA) is not allowed without Primary

Means of Detection (PMDTECCA).

e. Up to three Performance Standards (PRSTDACA, PRSTDBCA, PRSTDCCA) and

Task Conditions (TCONDACA, TCONDBCA, TCONDCCA) can be entered for a given

record.

f. Every task code requires a corresponding task frequency.

g. If the Facility Requirement Code (FTRNRQCA) is "Y", the Facility

tables (F tables) should be addressed.

h. Up to four Training Location Rationale (TRNLOCCA) codes may be entered

for each unique combination of LCN, EIAC, ALC, LCN Type, and task code (codes

must be entered in a continuous string).

i. Up to four Training Rationale (TRNRATCA) codes may be entered for each

unique combination of LCN, EIAC, ALC, LCN Type and task code (codes must be

entered in a continuous string).

j. Measured Mean Man-Hours (MSDMMHCA) are calculated by summing the Mean

Man-Minutes (SUBMMMCD) per Person ID for the given task (see DED 225) and

dividing by 60.

k. Measured Mean Elapsed Time (MSDMETCA) is calculated by summing the

Mean Minute Elapsed Times (SBMMETCB) for all subtasks of a task (see DED 225)

and dividing by 60.

l. Task Frequency (corrective) shall be calculated based on Failure Mode

Ratio (Table BF), Failure Rate (Table BD), Mean Time Between Maintenance

Induced (Table BD), Mean Time Between Maintenance No Defect (Table BD),

Conversion Factor (Table BA), and Annual Operating Requirements (Table AG).

Task Frequency (preventive) shall be calculated based on Annual Operating

Requirements (Table AG), Conversion Factor (Table BA), Maintenance Interval

(Table BH), or Task Interval Code (Table CA). A change in any of these

variables shall result in an update of Task Frequency (Table CA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 K

REFEIACA REFERENCED END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096
56

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

REFLCNCA REFERENCED LCN 18 X L - 199

REFALCCA REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 X L - 019

REFTYPCA REFERENCED LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203

REFTSKCA REFERENCED TASK CODE 7 X F - 427

AORLCNCA ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT 18 X L - 199

(AOR) LCN

AORALCCA AOR ALC 2 N F - 019

AORTYPCA AOR LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203

AORMSBCA TASK AOR MEASUREMENT BASE 1 A F - 238

TASKIDCA TASK IDENTIFICATION 36 X L - 431 M

TSKFRQCA TASK FREQUENCY 7 N R 4 430

TSKCRCCA TASK CRITICALITY CODE 1 A F - 429

HRDCPCCA HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURE CODE 1 A F - 152

HAZMPCCA HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE 1 A F - 155

PROCEDURES CODE

PMCSIDCA PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS 1 A F - 296

AND SERVICES INDICATOR CODE

MSDMETCA MEASURED MEAN ELAPSED TIME 5 N R 2 224

PRDMETCA PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSED TIME 5 N R 2 224

MSDMMHCA MEASURED MEAN MAN HOURS 5 N R 2 225

PRDMMHCA PREDICTED MEAN MAN HOURS 5 N R 2 225

PMDTECCA PRIMARY MEANS OF DETECTION 1 A F - 237

SMDTECCA SECONDARY MEANS OF DETECTION 1 A F - 237

FTRNRQCA FACILITY REQUIREMENT CODE 1 A F - 358

TRNRQCCA TRAINING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT 1 A F - 358

CODE

TRNRECCA TRAINING RECOMMENDATION TYPE 1 A F - 463

TRNLOCCA TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE 4 A L - 461

TRNRATCA TRAINING RATIONALE 4 A L - 462

TSEREQCA TOOL/SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 1 A F - 358

REQUIREMENT CODE

PRSTDACA TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD A 1 A F - 287

PRSTDBCA TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD B 1 A F - 287

PRSTDCCA TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD C 1 A F - 287

TCONDACA TASK CONDITION A 1 A F - 428

TCONDBCA TASK CONDITION B 1 A F - 428

TCONDCCA TASK CONDITION C 1 A F - 428

70.2 Table CB, Subtask Requirement. This table contains data related to the

subtask level such as Work Area Code and Mean Minute Elapsed Time. All task

narrative will be written at the subtask level, then rolled into the task

level. It is possible to reference subtask descriptions within this table.

Table keys consist of LCN (LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB),

EIAC (EIACODXA), Task Code (TASKCDCA), and Subtask Number (SUBNUMCB).

a. For referencing purposes, Referenced Subtask Number (RFDSUBCB),

Referenced Subtask Task Code (RFDTCDCB), Referenced Subtask LCN (RFDLCNCB),

Referenced Subtask ALC (RFDALCCB), Referenced Subtask LCN Type (RFDALCCB), and

Referenced Subtask EIAC (RFDEIACB) must be included as nonidentifying keys.

This referencing capability should only be used when the data of this table

and the subordinate tables SEQUENTIAL TASK DESCRIPTION and SUBTASK PERSONNEL

REQUIREMENTS (tables CC and CD) are the same for referenced and referencing

subtasks. All non-key attributes in table CB and it's subordinate tables (CC

and CD) are pulled from the referenced subtask and it's subordinate tables.
 57 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

Keys from table CB migrate down to tables CC and CD. Additional keys needed

for tables CC and CD are pulled from referenced subtask tables CC and CD.

b. Subtask Numbers shall begin with 001 and run through 999 for each

unique set of keys (e.g., EIAC, LCN, ALC, LCN Type, and task code). Skips are

allowed when assigning subtask numbers.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

SUBNUMCB SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407 K

SUBTIDCB SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION 36 X L - 431

RFDEIACB REFERENCED SUBTASK END ITEM 10 X L - 096

ACRONYM CODE

RFDLCNCB REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN 18 X L - 199

RFDALCCB REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE 2 N F - 019

LCN CODE

RFDTYPCB REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203

RFDTCDCB REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE 7 X F - 427

RFDSUBCB REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407

SBMMETCB SUBTASK MEAN MINUTE ELAPSE TIME 5 N R 1 227

SUBWACCB SUBTASK WORK AREA CODE 4 X L - 514

70.3 Table CC, Sequential Subtask Description. This table contains the

sequential task narrative entered at the subtask level. The narrative will be

entered in a step-by-step basis in order to document all subtasks required to

perform the task under analysis. Subtasks should be detailed and sequenced to

eliminate possibilities of technically incorrect procedures. Elements are

subordinate to subtasks. All requirements for power, compressed air, and

environmental considerations will be specified. Qualifying notes must be

included when performance to particular standards, survivability requirements,

inspection criteria, special procedures, tolerances, measurement ranges,

cautions and safety precautions are required. Notes and warnings for set up

of tasks (e.g., identifying support items which need to be on hand and ready,

but are not needed until later in the task) should be documented in the first

subtask. Similarly, notes and warnings for close-down of a task should be

documented in the last subtask. In cases of multi-personnel tasks, the

communication and coordination requirements between personnel must be

documented (i.e., communication and coordination between individuals in one

crew area with individuals in another area). Table keys consist of LCN

(LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), EIAC (EIACODXA), Task Code

(TASKCDCA), Subtask Number (SUBNUMCB), and Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQCC).

a. The Element Indicator "E" is documented against the first line of a

given element narrative and is blank for all subsequent lines of that element

narrative.

b. Element narratives must begin on unique lines (Text Sequence Codes).

For example, one element cannot end on line 12 and the next element begin on

line 12 also.
58 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

SUBNUMCB SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407 F

TEXSEQCC SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 5 N R 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

SUBNARCC SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 65 X - - 372

ELEMNTCC ELEMENT INDICATOR 1 A F - 095

70.4 Table CD, Subtask Personnel Requirement. This table contains

information pertaining to personnel and support requirements for each entered

subtask. Table keys consist of LCN (LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC

(ALTLCNXB), EIAC (EIACODXA), Task Code (TASKCDCA), Subtask Number (SUBNUMCB),

and Person Identifier (SUBPIDCD).

a. SSC (SKSPCDGA) and New or Modified SSC (MDCSSCGB) are migrated into

this table as nonidentifying attributes which means that they are not required

to uniquely identify an instance of the entity.

b. Unique Person IDs (SUBPIDED) can be assigned to each person required

to perform a subtask and that Person ID-to-Person combination can be carried

for the entire weapon system/EI. This method of coding Person IDs is

recommended because it facilitates reporting manpower and personnel

information and can be used to relate the Person ID to a specific Job. If

this assignment logic is not used, the alternate Person ID assignment logic

calls for entering a code which uniquely identifies each person required to

perform a subtask or part of a subtask. If a person is used to perform more

than one subtask, the same Person ID will be used throughout the entire task

analysis. However, from one task to another, the same Person ID code can be

repeated for different personnel.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

SUBNUMCB SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407 F

SUBPIDCD SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER 3 X L - 288 K

SKSPCDGA SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 7 X L - 387

MDCSSCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 7 X L - 257

SPECIALTY CODE

SUBMMMCD SUBTASK MEAN MAN-MINUTES 4 N R 1 226

SSECDECD SKILL SPECIALTY EVALUATION CODE 1 A F - 388

70.5 Table CE, Task Remark. This table contains remarks relating to the task

under analysis which are incorporated in the LSA-004 and LSA-033 reports.

Table keys are EIAC (EIACODXA) and Task Remark Reference Code (TSKRRCCE).
59 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

NOTE: Every Task Remark Reference Code and Task Remark combination is unique

across all rows of information for a given EIAC. In other words, for the same

EIAC, a given Task Remark Reference Code can only correspond to one Task

Remark statement throughout the file structure.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

TSKRRCCE TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE 2 X F - 349 K

TSKREMCE TASK REMARK 240 X - 432

70.6 Table CF, Task Remark Reference. This table serves as a tie-in table

between the TASK REQUIREMENT table (CA) and the TASK REMARK table (CE). Table

keys consist of LCN (LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), EIAC

(EIACODXA), and Task Code (TASKCDCA), which are migrated from table CA and the

Task Remark Reference Code (TSKRRCCE), which migrates from table CE. EIACODXA

from tables CA and CE must always be identical, therefore, duplication of that

key in this table is not needed.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

TSKRRCCE TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE 2 X F - 349 F

70.7 Table CG, Task Support Equipment. This table contains information which

relates data needed for the task under analysis to the Support Equipment (SE)

tables. This table serves as the tie-in between Task Analysis and SE areas

for data which is to be incorporated into the LSA-070 series of reports (e.g.,

LSA-070, 072, 074, etc.). Table keys consist of LCN (LSACONXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), EIAC (EIACODXA), Task Code (TASKCDCA), Task

Support Reference Number (TSFEFNCG), and Task Support CAGE Code (TSCAGECG).

a. In a given row, Quantity Per Task and Quantity Per Task Unit of

Measure must either both be blank, or both have entries.

b. Based on the definitions for Item Category Codes (ICC) (DED 177), it

is recommended that only items which fall under the following ICCs (identified

in table EA by SEICCDEA) be entered in this table: 7, 8, M, D, 1, H, 4, 5, 6,

2, G, N, P, R, 3, S, T, E, F, J, U, V, AC, AD, and AF.

c. If the Training Equipment Requirement Code (TRNRQCCA) in table CA is

"Y" for the subject LCN, ALC, and Task Code, at least one item of support

equipment identified by the Task Support Reference Number (TSREFNCG) must have

an ICC (SEICCDEA) of "S", "T", or "AF" entered against it in the EA table

(match TSREFNCG and TSCAGECG with SEREFNEA and SECAGEEA, then check ICC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F
 60 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

TSCAGECG TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

TSREFNCG TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SQTYTKCG SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK 5 N R 2 319

SQTKUMCG SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK 2 A F - 491

UNIT OF MEASURE

70.8 Table CH, Task Manual. This table ties in the narrative for the task

under analysis to the corresponding Technical Manual (TM) which will contain

the narrative. Table keys consist of LCN (LSACONXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), ALC

(ALTLCNXB), EIAC (EIACODXA), Task Code (TASKCDCA), and TM Code (TMCODEXI).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

TMCODEXI TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE 3 X F - 437 F

70.9 Table CI, Task Provisioned Item. This table will be used to obtain data

from the Task Analysis area, which will be used in determining provisioning

technical factors. In other words, this table links the provisoning area

directly to the task area. This table should be used for documenting spares

and repair parts needed in support of the subject task. Table keys consist of

Task LCN (TSKLCNCI), Task LCN Type (TSKLTYCI), Task ALC (TSKALCCI), and Task

Provison Task Code (TSKTCDCI), which are migrated from table CA and Task

Provision LCN (PROLCNCI), Task Provision ALC (PROALCCI), Task Provision LCN

Type (PROLTYCI), Task Provision CAGE Code (PROCAGCI), and Task Provision

Reference Number (PROREFCI), which migrate from table HG. The EIACs

(EIACODXA), which are resident in tables CA and HG, must be identical.

a. In a given row, Quantity Per Task and Quantity Per Task Unit of

Measure must either both be blank, or both have entries.

b. For task code functions (1st position of Task Code) of H, there must

be one Task Provision LCN that matches the Task LCN for all items required to

support subject task (i.e., remove/replace of that LCN).

c. Based on definitions for ICCs (DED 177), it is recommended that only

items which fall under the following ICCs be entered in this table (identified

in table HG by ITMCATHG): Q, W, X, Y, Z, 9, K, L, AA, AB, AD, and AE.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L 096 F

TSKLCNCI TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L 199 F

TSKALCCI TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) 2 N F 019 F
61 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

TSKLTYCI TASK LCN TYPE 1 A F 203 F

TSKTCDCI TASK PROVISION TASK CODE 7 X F 427 F

PROCAGCI TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

PROREFCI TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

PROLCNCI TASK PROVISION LCN 18 X L 199 F

PROALCCI TASK PROVISION ALC 2 N F 019 F

PROLTYCI TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE 1 A F 203 F

PQTYTKCI PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK 5 N R 2 319

PQTKUMCI PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK 2 A F 491

UNIT OF MEASURE

70.10 Table CJ, Job and Duty Assignments. This table should be used to

document jobs and duties personnel perform in a system. Documentation in this

table is required if the Task Inventory report (LSA-018) is to be processed.

Key data elements are Job Code (JOBCODCJ) and Duty Code (DUTYCDCJ).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

JOBCODCJ JOB CODE 2 X L - 186 K

DUTYCDCJ DUTY CODE 4 X L - 091 K

JOBDESCJ JOB 40 X L - 185

DUTIESCJ DUTY 240 X L - 090

70.11 Table CK, Task Inventory. This table is used as a cross reference

to produce the Task Inventory report (LSA-018). Tables CC, CD, and CJ are

combined in this cross reference table to identify the tasks, subtasks, and

elements that are required for a given Job and Duty. Table keys include all

columns. EIACODXA, LSACONXB, ALTLCNXB, LCNTYPXB, TASKCDCA, and SUBNUMCB must

be identical for tables CC and CD, migrating SUBPIDCD. Text Sequence Code

From (TSFROMCK) and Text Sequence Code To (TEXTTOCK) migrate from TEXSEQCC,

and therefore, each must match with a TEXSEQCC value for the given subtask.

a. JOBCODCJ and DUTYCDCJ must exist in table CJ prior to table CK.

b. For a given task, Job Code (JOBCODCJ) must have a unique Person ID

(SUBPIDCD).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

JOBCODCJ JOB CODE 2 X L - 186 F

DUTYCDCJ DUTY CODE 4 X L - 091 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

SUBNUMCB SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407 F

TSFROMCK SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 5 N R 450 F

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE FROM

TEXTTOCK SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 5 N R 450 F

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE TO

SUBPIDCD SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER 3 X L - 288 F
 62 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

80. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND TRAINING MATERIEL REQUIREMENTS. Data tables

identified by an "E" in the first position of the table code are structured to

consolidate the pertinent information related to existing or new support/test

equipment or training equipment. These tables contain most of the data that

was captured on the old "E and E1" records. Much of this information serves

as administrative type data for the Support Equipment Recommendation Data

(SERD) report. This information also serves as identification of hardware and

software elements required to conduct off-line tests. Figure 8 provides an

entity diagram of these tables.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

EA Support Equipment

EB Allocation Data

EC Support Equipment Parameters

ED Support Equipment Authorization

EE Support Equipment Narrative

EF Support Equipment Recommendation Data

EG Support Equipment Recommendation Data Revision Remarks

EH Alternate National Stock Numbers

EI Input Power Source

EJ Support Equipment Design Data

EK Supercedure Data

EL Support Equipment Integrated Logistic Support

Requirement Category Code

EM System Equipment

80.1 Table EA, Support Equipment. This table captures a large portion of

data which occurs one time per support/training equipment item. This table is

used as the foundation for support/training equipment documentation as a

whole. Table keys are Support Equipment (SE) Reference Number (SEREFNEA) and

SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA).

a. If Adapter/Interconnection Device Required (AIDRQDEA) is "Y", tables

UI and UJ must be completed.

b. If entries exist for Operating Dimensions or Weight, Storage

Dimensions or Weight, or Support Equipment Shipping Dimensions or Weight,

their respective units of measure must have entries also.

c. Up to eight Using Service Designator Codes (USESEREA) can be entered

at one time in a continuous string. This capability allows for all possible
63 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
 64 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

combinations of using services to be entered.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

FLITNMEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM 42 X L 412

NAME

SEICCDEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ITEM CATEGORY 2 X L 177

CODE

AQDCOFEA ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE 15 X L 002

ENDARTEA END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR 26 X - - 179

AIDRQDEA ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE 1 A F 005

REQUIRED

DATFADEA DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY 6 N F 071

CALINTEA CALIBRATION INTERVAL 2 N R 037

CALITMEA CALIBRATION ITEM 1 A F 038

CALRQDEA CALIBRATION REQUIRED 1 A F 040

CALSTDEA CALIBRATION STANDARD 1 A F 041

CALTIMEA CALIBRATION TIME 5 N R 1 042

CMRSRCEA CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT 1 A F 035

REQUIREMENT SUMMARY RECOMMEND

CNTRNOEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTRACT 19 X L 055

NUMBER

CFEGFEEA CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/ 1 A F 056

GOVERNMENT FURNISH EQUIPMENT

CUSTCDEA CUSTODY CODE 1 A F 069

DRWCLSEA DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 3 X - - 088

ECOANLEA ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 1 A F 093

FAMGRPEA FAMILY GROUP 10 X L 142

GENECDEA GENERIC CODE 5 X L 148

GOVDESEA GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 20 X L 149

HDWRPREA HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE 8 N R - 153

ILSPRCEA INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT 8 N R - 170

PRICE

DSNPRCEA DESIGN DATA PRICE 8 N R - 080

EXUNPREA EXTENDED UNIT PRICE 8 N R - 103

PASTHREA PASS THRU PRICE 8 N R - 285

OSCOSTEA OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST 8 N R - 267

RCURCSEA RECURRING COST 8 N R - 332

LICYSTEA LIFE CYCLE STATUS 1 A F 190

LIFSPNEA LIFE SPAN 2 N R 191

LGCTCDEA LOGISTIC CONTROL CODE 1 A F 197

LGDCOFEA LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE 15 X L 198

LSARCDEA LSA RECOMMENDATION CODE 1 A F 204

MGTPLNEA MANAGEMENT PLAN 1 A F 216

MGCOATEA MANAGING COMMAND/AGENCY 10 X L 217

SEMTBFEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME 10 D - - 229

BETWEEN FAILURES

SMTBMAEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME 10 D - - 230

BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS

SEMTTREA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME 5 N R 2 236

TO REPAIR
65 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

MOBFACEA MOBILE FACILITY CODE 1 A F 248

MODCHGEA MODIFICATION OR CHANGE 1 A F 252

OPRHGTEA OPERATING HEIGHT 4 N R 1 268

OPLENGEA OPERATING LENGTH 4 N R 1 268

OPWIDTEA OPERATING WIDTH 4 N R 1 268

OPRWGTEA OPERATING WEIGHT 6 N R 1 270

LWHOUMEA OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF 2 A F - 491

MEASURE

WGTOUMEA OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF 2 A F - 491

MEASURE

PCBLVLEA PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR 1 A F 277

OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL

CALLVLEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION 1 A F 277

OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL

RPRLVLEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) REPAIR 1 A F 277

OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL

SMRCSEEA SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND 6 X L - 389

RECOVERABILITY CODE

TMRQCDEA TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIRED CODE 17 X L 441

OPRMANEA OPERATORS MANUAL 16 X L 278

SSCOPREA SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT 7 X L 387

EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

PREATYEA PREPARING ACTIVITY 25 X L 294

PROELEEA PROGRAM ELEMENT 3 X L 301

PSICPOEA PROGRAM SUPPORT INVENTORY 2 X F 303

CONTROL POINT

SERICCEA REPORTABLE ITEM CONTROL CODE 1 N F 356

REVASSEA REVOLVING ASSETS 4 X F 361

SLFTSTEA SELF TEST CODE 1 A F 370

SENTRAEA SENSORS OR TRANSDUCERS 1 A F 371

SERDESEA SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR 1 A F 376

USESEREA USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 8 A L - 376

SKETCHEA SKETCH 1 A F 383

SPRFACEA SPARE FACTOR 4 X F 390

SPMGNTEA SPECIAL MANAGMENT CODE 1 A F 393

SIASCNEA STANDARD INTERSERVICE AGENCY 7 X F 401

SERIAL CONTROL NUMBER

STOHGTEA STORAGE HEIGHT 4 N R 1 405

STOLENEA STORAGE LENGTH 4 N R 1 405

STOWDTEA STORAGE WIDTH 4 N R 1 405

STOWGTEA STORAGE WEIGHT 6 N R 1 406

LWHSUMEA STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF 2 A F - 491

MEASURE

WGTSUMEA STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE 2 A F - 491

SESHPHEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 4 N R 1 419

HEIGHT

SESHPLEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 4 N R 1 419

LENGTH

SESHPWEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 4 N R 1 419

WIDTH

SESHWTEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 6 N R 1 420

WEIGHT

UMSHIPEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 2 A F - 491

DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE
66

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

UMSEWTEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING 2 A F - 491

WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE

SEGRCDEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING 3 N F 413

SEREQDEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 1 A F 418

TECEVLEA TECHNICAL EVALUATION PRIORITY 3 X F 435

CODE

TSTLNGEA TEST LANGUAGE 6 A L 443

TSTPTSEA TEST POINTS 1 A F 446

TMDERCEA TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC 1 A F 444

EQUIPMENT REGISTER CODE

TMDERIEA TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC 7 X F 445

EQUIPMENT REGISTER INDEX

NUMBER

TYPCLSEA TYPE CLASSIFICATION 1 A F 479

TYPEEQEA TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE 4 X L 480

YRFLDGEA YEAR OF FIELDING 2 N F 518

80.2 Table EB, Allocation Data. This table allows documenting of specific

information relating allocation documents to discrete facility types and

maintenance levels. Ten allowance ranges can be documented to describe the

quantity of SE or Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) items necessary to support

the number of end articles related to each discrete range of supported end

item density. DED 015 dictates the value of each range for the number of

pieces of: (a) end items; (b) ATE items; or, (c) depot overhaul requirements

that the entered quantity of SE can support. Table keys are SE Reference

Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), and Allowance Document Number

(ALDCNMEB).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

ALDCNMEB ALLOWANCE DOCUMENT NUMBER 10 X L 016 K

ALORG1EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 1 3 N R - 015

ALORG2EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 2 3 N R - 015

ALORG3EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 3 3 N R - 015

ALORG4EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 4 3 N R - 015

ALORG5EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 5 3 N R - 015

ALORG6EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 6 3 N R - 015

ALORG7EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 7 3 N R - 015

ALORG8EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 8 3 N R - 015

ALORG9EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 9 3 N R - 015

ALRG10EB ALLOWABLE RANGE 10 3 N R - 015

ALDNDSEB ALLOCATION DESIGNATION 9 X L 015

DESCRIPTION

ALEXRNEB ALLOCATION EXTENDED RANGE 3 X R 015

ALLVCDEB ALLOCATION LAND VESSEL CODE 1 A F 015

ALMLVLEB ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL 2 X L 015

FUNCTION

ALSTIDEB ALLOCATION STATION 5 X L 015

IDENTIFICATION CODE

80.3 Table EC, Support Equipment Parameters. This table allows documenting
67 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

the discrete parameters which can be measured, generated, etc., by the

support/training equipment. The capabilities documented here are the basis

for determining suitability of an SE item when compared to the unit under test

(UUT) parameters. This table can be used to document parameters for either

CMRS Category II or Category III SE. Table keys are SE Reference Number

(SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), and Parameter Group Code (PARGPCEC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L - 337 F

NUMBER

PARGPCEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 2 A F - 284 K

GROUP CODE

CALPROEC CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 20 X L - 039

PARPAREC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 12 X L - 284

RNGFRMEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 10 D - - 284

RANGE FROM

RNGTOCEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 10 D - - 284

RANGE TO

PARACCEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 26 X L - 284

ACCURACY

SPARIOEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 1 A L - 284

INPUT OUTPUT CODE

PARRVCEC SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 1 A F - 284

RANGE/VALUE CODE

80.4 Table ED, Support Equipment Authorization. This table allows

documenting specific activities and quantities to which the SE item is to be

authorized, as well as the location of each activity. Table keys are SE

Reference Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), and Activity

Name/Location (ACTNAMED).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

ACTNAMED ACTIVITY NAME/LOCATION 50 X L - 399 K

TYPACTED TYPE OF ACTIVITY 15 X L - 399

NUMACTED NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES 3 N R - 399

SEQTYAED SUPPORT EQUIPMENT QUANTITY 3 N R - 399

PER ACTIVITY

80.5 Table EE, Support Equipment Narrative. This table is used to document

different types of narrative text for SE. Each type of narrative is dependent

upon the SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA) and SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA) as

migrating keys from table EA. Additional keys include SE Narrative Text

Sequencing Code (TEXSEQEE) and SE Narrative Code (SENARCEE). The SE Narrative

Codes (DED 414) correspond to the different types of narratives. The

following list gives each of these codes, related narrative title, and (DED)

number to refer to for an understanding of the information that needs to be

input:
68 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE NARRATIVE TITLE DED NUMBER

A Functional Analysis 147

B Description and Function of SE 078

C SE Nonproliferation Effort 415

D Characteristics of SE 044

E Installation Factors or Other Facilities 169

F Additional Skills and Special Training 008

Requirements

G SE Explanation 411

H Justification 188

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L - 337 F

NUMBER

TEXSEQEE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

SENARCEE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE 1 A F - 414 K

CODE

SEQNAREE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

80.6 Table EF, Support Equipment Recommendation Data. This table allows

documenting SERD specific information such as, submittal and disposition

dates. Table keys are SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code

(SECAGEEA), SERD Number (SERDNOEF), and SERD Revision (SRDREVEF).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SERDNOEF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION 10 X F - 416 K

DATA (SERD) NUMBER

SRDREVEF SERD REVISION 2 A R - 360 K

STATUSEF SERD STATUS 1 A F - 404

INTSUBEF SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION 6 N F - 071

DTGVDSEF SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT 6 N F - 071

DISPOSITION

DTRVSBEF SERD DATE OF REVISION 6 N F - 071

SUBMISSION

80.7 Table EG, Support Equipment Recommendation Data Revision Remarks. This

table allows documenting, for a SERD revision, the revision letter, revision

date, action date, and revision remarks, which summarize the reason for

revision, within a narrative field. For SERDs that have been revised more

than once, this block shall include the revision data and remarks of all

previous revisions, and therefore, serve as a history for the SERD. Table

keys are SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), SERD Number

(SERDNOEF), and Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQEG).
 69

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L - 337 F

NUMBER

SERDNOEF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION 10 X F 416 F

DATA (SERD) NUMBER

SRDREVEF SERD REVISION 2 A R - 360 F

TEXSEQEG SERD REVISION TEXT SEQUENCING 5 N R - 450 K

CODE

REVREMEG SERD REVISION REMARKS 65 X L - 417

80.8 Table EH, Alternate National Stock Number. This table allows

documenting alternate NSNs of items which may be substituted for the subject

Support/Training Equipment item. This information is used specifically by the

SERD report (LSA-070). Table keys are SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE

Code (SECAGEEA), SERD Number (SERDNOEF), Alternate NSN Federal Supply

Classification (ALTFSCEH), and Alternate NSN National Item Identification Code

(ALTNIIEH).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L - 337 F

NUMBER

SERDNOEF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION 10 X F - 416 F

DATA NUMBER

SRDREVEF SERD REVISION 2 A R - 360 F

ALTFSCEH ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 4 N F - 253 K

(NSN) FEDERAL SUPPLY

CLASSIFICATION

ALTNIIEH ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM 9 X F - 253 K

IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

80.9 Table EI, Input Power Source. This table is utilized to document power

requirements to operate the support/training equipment under analysis.

Included are voltage levels, frequency ranges, power requirements, phase type,

and alternating or direct current data. Table keys are SE Reference Number

(SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), and Source Option Number (IPSOPNEI).

a. The Source Option Number should be assigned sequentially from 1 to 99

(manually or automatically) for each unique set of power requirements for a

subject piece of SE.

b. A unique set of power requirements could have only one value different

from another set of power requirements.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

IPSOPNEI SOURCE OPTION NUMBER 2 N R 168 K
70 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

IPACDCEI INPUT POWER SOURCE ALTERNATING 1 A F 168

CURRENT/DIRECT CURRENT

IPFRMXEI INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY 3 N R 168

RANGE MAXIMUM

IPRGMXEI INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY 3 N R 168

RANGE MINIMUM

IPSRGMEI INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING 3 N R 168

RANGE MAXIMUM

IPOPRGEI INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING 3 N R 168

RANGE MINIMUM

IPMXRPEI INPUT POWER SOURCE PERCENT 4 N R 2 168

MAXIMUM RIPPLE

IPPHASEI INPUT POWER SOURCE PHASE 1 N F 168

IPPOWREI INPUT POWER SOURCE WATTS 5 N R 168

80.10 Table EJ, Support Equipment Design Data. This table allows documenting

detailed cost, requirement, and recommendation information for the various

design data elements (see DED 079). Table keys are SE Reference Number

(SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), as well as Design Data Category Code

(codes for each design data element)(DSNDATEJ).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

DSNDATEJ DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE (DDCC) 1 A F 079 K

CNTRECEJ DDCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 1 A F 057

ESTPRCEJ DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE 8 N R 101

GOVRQDEJ DDCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 1 A F 150

DDCCSCEJ DDCC SCOPE 40 X L 365

80.11 Table EK, Supercedure Data. This table provides information about the

item replacing, or being replaced, by the SE item under analysis. This

information is normally regulated by SERD number, but may be governed by

reference number and CAGE. Table keys are SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA),

SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA), as well as Supercedure CAGE Code (SPRCAGEK) and

Supercedure Reference Number (SPRREFEK), which migrate from table HA and are

given the role name "Supercedure".

NOTE: It is mandatory that the Supercedure Type element (SUTYPEEK) be

completed.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

SPRCAGEK SUPERCEDURE CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SPRREFEK SUPERCEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

SUTYPEEK SUPERCEDURE TYPE 1 X F 408 M

SUPITNEK SUPERCEDURE ITEM NAME 19 X L - 182
 71

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

SUSRNOEK SUPERCEDURE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 10 X F 416

RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

REASUPEK REASON FOR SUPERCEDURE/DELETION 2 X F - 327

ICCODEEK SUPERCEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY 2 X L - 172

CODE

80.12 Table EL, Support Equipment Integrated Logistic Support Requirement

Category Code. This table allows documenting the element(s) of ILS which are

required or recommended to be addressed for the SE item. Also included are

the estimated price, whether government required or contractor recommended,

and a scope (normally a data item description) for each ILS element

documented. Table keys are SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code

(SECAGEEA), as well as SE ILS Requirement Category Code (IRCCODEL).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

IRCCODEL INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT 1 A F 171 K

REQUIREMENT CATEGORY CODE

(IRCC)

CONRECEL IRCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 1 A F 057

ESTPRCEL IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE 8 N R 101

GOVRQDEL IRCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 1 A F 150

IRCSCOEL IRCC SCOPE 40 X L 365

80.13 Table EM, System Equipment. This table allows documenting items which

are components of the system/equipment and are necessary to be used in

conjunction with the SE item to perform its intended function. For example, a

wiring harness with the same part number as the one used on the

system/equipment might be required at test bench in order to fault isolate a

line replaceable unit (LRU). This wiring harness would be considered a

required piece of system equipment. Table Keys include System CAGE (SCAGECEM)

and System Reference Number (SREFNOEM) (both migrate from table HA, but are

given "System" role name), and SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA) and SE Reference

Number (SEREFNEA) (migrate from table EA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SEREFNEA SE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SCAGECEM SYSTEM CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

SREFNOEM SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

QTYTSTEM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER 3 N R - 320

TEST

GFAEIDEM SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM 26 X L - 179

DESIGNATOR
 72

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

90. UNIT UNDER TEST REQUIREMENTS AND DESCRIPTION. Data tables beginning with

"U" in the first positon of the table code are structured to identify the UUT

and those hardware and software elements required to test the UUT with offline support/test equipment. The unique combination of these elements

required for a specific UUT and support/test equipment configuration is a Test

Program Set (TPS). In addition to defining the TPS elements, this information

provides the configuration identification of the UUT (i.e., the UUT and the

support/test equipment to be used in the test). This information is

established for each UUT which has a requirement to be tested by the

support/test equipment documented. Additionally, Calibration and Measurement

Requirement Summary (CMRS) information is captured in these tables. Figure 9

depicts the relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

UA Article Requiring Support/Unit Under Test

UB Unit Under Test Support Equipment

UC Operational Test Program

UD Unit Under Test Support Equipment Operational Test

Program

UE Test Program Instruction

UF Unit Under Test Explanation

UG Unit Under Test Parameter Group

UH Unit Under Test Fault Isolated Replaceable Unit

UI Adapter-Interconnector Device

UJ Unit Under Test Support Equipment AdapterInterconnector Device

UK Automatic Test Equipment Test Station

UL Unit Under Test Support Equipment Automatic Test

Equipment

UM Support Equipment Item Unit Under Test

UN Support Equipment Unit Under Test Parameter Group

90.1 Table UA, Article Requiring Support/Unit Under Test. This table

identifies the UUT which is a component of weapon system breakdown structure.

A UUT can be either a component of the system/equipment or a piece of complex

SE itself which must be documented under the end article (weapon system) for

contractual or provisioning purposes. Table keys are migrated from table XB,

but are given the role name "UUT" to distinguish them (UUTLCNUA, UUTALCUA, and

UTLCNTUA). The EIAC must be the same as in table XB, therefore it, is not

role named.
- 73 - 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A
74 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

NOTE: The keys (EIACODXA, UUTLCNUA, UUTALCUA, and UTLCNTUA) must have a

matching set of identical values already established in table CA (Task

Requirement).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

UTALLOUA UUT ALLOWANCE 10 X L - 016

UMNTPLUA UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 23 X L - 209

UTTRDNUA UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT 15 X L - 448

NUMBER

UTWPRFUA UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 6 X L - 515

90.2 Table UB, Unit Under Test Support Equipment. This table serves as the

tie-in between the SE and the UUT. Keys are migrated into table UB from the

EA and UA tables. Table keys are EIAC (EIACODXA), UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT

ALC (UUTALCUA), UUT LCN Type (UTLCNTUA), SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), and

SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

UTSTCDUB UUT CALIBRATION/MEASUREMENT 1 A F - 036

REQUIREMENT SUMMARY STATUS

UTCMRSUB UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT 1 X F - 035

REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

RECOMMENDED CODE

90.3 Table UC, Operational Test Program. This table allows documenting

identification and cost data pertaining to the Operational Test Program (OTP).

The OTP is used in conjunction with another support equipment item, normally

ATE. This table provides supporting information to the UD table. Keys are

migrated from the HA table and given the role name "OTP" to distinguish them

(OTPCAGUC and OTPREFUC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

OTPCAGUC OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM (OTP) 5 X F 046 F

CAGE CODE

OTPREFUC OTP REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

OTPACRUC OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

RECURRING

OTPACNUC OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

NONRECURRING
 75 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

OTPCTPUC OTP COORDINATED TEST PLAN 1 X F 060

OTPSFCUC OTP STANDARDS FOR COMPARISON 1 X F 402

OTPSRDUC OTP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 10 X F 416

RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

90.4 Table UD, Unit Under Test Support Equipment Operational Test Program.

This table ties together the relationship between the SE, UUT, and the OTP to

maintain the specific application of the OTP. Table keys are EIAC (EIACODXA),

UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT ALC (UUTALCUA), UUT LCN Type (UTLCNTUA), SE Reference

Number (SEREFNEA), SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA) (these migrate from the UB table),

and OTP Reference Number (OTPREFUC) and OTP CAGE Code (OTPCAGUC), which

migrate from the UC table.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

OTPCAGUC OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM CAGE 5 X F 046 F

CODE

OTPREFUC OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM 32 X L 337 F

REFERENCE NUMBER

90.5 Table UE, Test Program Instruction. This table allows documenting basic

identification and cost information pertaining to a test program instruction

(TPI). The TPI is used as an aid in the use of an OTP. Table keys are

migrated from the HA table and given the role name "TPI" to form the following

keys: TPI Reference Number (TPIREFUE) and TPI CAGE Code (TPICAGUE). Also,

the keys from table UC (OTP CAGE and Reference Number) are migrated in as

foreign keys.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

OTPCAGUC OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM CAGE 5 X F 046 F

CODE

OTPREFUC OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM 32 X L 337 F

REFERENCE NUMBER

TPICAGUE TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION (TPI) 5 X F 046 F

CAGE CODE

TPIREFUE TPI REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

TPAUCRUE TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

RECURRRING

TPAUCNUE TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

NONRECURRING

TPISTSUE TPI SELF TEST 1 A F 370

TPITDPUE TPI TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE 1 A F 434
76 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

TPISRDUE TPI SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 10 X F 416

RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

90.6 Table UF, Unit Under Test Explanation. Narrative statements may be

entered in this table to further explain, justify, or substantiate any data

entry concerning UUT (U tables) related data elements. When the information

is related to a specific data element, the explanation should be prefaced with

a reference to that element. Table keys are migrated from table UA and

include EIAC (EIACODXA), UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT ALC (UUTALCUA), and UUT LCN

Type (UTLCNTUA). Also, Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQUF) is a key attribute.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TEXSEQUF UUT EXPLANATION TEXT 5 N R - 450 K

SEQUENCING CODE

UTEXPLUF UUT EXPLANATION 65 X - - 498

90.7 Table UG, Unit Under Test Parameter Group. This table allows

documenting specific information about individual parameters which the unit

under test requires to have measured, generated, etc. by the support

equipment. This table is used when the UUT is a subelement of the

system/equipment (CMRS category I item), as opposed to being another piece of

support equipment, with one exception. This table can be used to document

parameters for a piece of complex SE which is an LSA candidate, thereby,

making it the UUT. Table keys are EIAC (EIACODXA), UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT

ALC (UUTALCUA), UUT LCN Type (UTLCNTUA), SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), and

SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA).

NOTE: The UUT Parameter Grouping Code (UUTPGCUG) and the SE Parameter

Grouping Code (PARGPCEC) (table EC) provide the common link between the

parameters that need to be tested by the UUT and the parameters that the piece

of SE can test. Therefore, the values for UUTPGCUG and PARGPCEC must be

identical to link the UUT to the corresponding piece of SE.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

UUTPGCUG UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE 2 A F - 284 K

UUTPPCUG UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT 1 A F 034

REQUIREMENT SUMMARY PARAMETER

CODE

UUTPACUG UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY 26 X L 284

UUTPIOUG UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE 1 A F 284
77

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

UUTPSOUG UUT PARAMETER OPERATIONAL/ 1 A F 284

SPECIFICATION CODE

UUTPARUG UUT PARAMETER 12 X L 284

UUTPRFUG UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM 10 D - - 284

UUTPRTUG UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO 10 D - - 284

UUTPRVUG UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE 1 A F 284

UUTPTAUG UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY 1 X F 442

RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL

UUTPTDUG UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED 1 X F 442

90.8 Table UH, Unit Under Test Fault Isolated Replaceable Unit. This table

allows documenting the relationship between SE, UUT, task provisioned items,

and Fault Isolated Replaceable Units (FIRU). The FIRU is an item which is

subordinate to the UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA) and the Task LCN (TSKLCNCI) in hardware

breakdown. In fact, the UUT LCN and the Task LCN are one in the same and

therefore, must be identical to each other. This table also allows

documenting the percentage of faults which can be isolated to a given

ambiguity group (up to two groups) and its respective number of items per

ambiguity group. Table keys include those which originate in table CI

(EIACODXA, TSKLCNCI, TSKALCCI, TSKLTYCI, TSKTCDCI, PROLCNCI, PROALCCI,

PROLTYCI, PROCAGCI, and PROREFCI) and are migrated to table UH. Keys from

table EA migrate down as nonidentifying.

a. PROLCNCI must be subordinate to TSKLCNCI.

b. PROLCNCI identifies the FIRU item.

c. To qualify as an FIRU, the PROLCNCI must have an ICC of X, Y, 9, AA,

or AB (identified in table HG) and must be identifiable through fault

isolation procedures for the TSKLCNCI.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L 096 F

TSKLCNCI TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

TSKALCCI TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) 2 N F 019 F

TSKLTYCI TASK LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TSKTCDCI TASK PROVISION TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

PROLCNCI TASK PROVISION LCN 18 X L - 199 F

PROALCCI TASK PROVISION ALC 2 N F - 019 F

PROLTYCI TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

PROCAGCI TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

PROREFCI TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337

NUMBER

UUTFA1UH UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 1 2 N R 143

UUTFA2UH UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 2 2 N R 143

UUTFP1UH UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 1 3 N R 1 143

UUTFP2UH UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 2 3 N R 1 143

UUTFTDUH UUT FIRU TEST REQUIREMENTS 1 A F 447

DOCUMENT INDICATOR
 78 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

90.9 Table UI, Adapter Interconnector Device. This table contains pricing

and identification information about items which are utilized to interface the

UUT with the SE. The table keys are migrated from table HA and given the role

names Adapter Interconnector Device (AID) Reference Number (AIDREFUI) and AID

CAGE Code (AIDCAGUI).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

AIDCAGUI ADAPTER INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE 5 X F 046 F

(AID) CAGE CODE

AIDREFUI AID REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

AIDUCNUI AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

NONRECURRING

AIDUCRUI AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST 8 N R 025

RECURRING

AIDSRDUI AID SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 10 X F 416

RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

AIDCUTUI AID COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST 2 N R 048

90.10 Table UJ, Unit Under Test Support Equipment Adapter Interconnector

Device. This table cross-references data pertaining to the relationship

between the SE, AID, and the UUT. Table keys include the CAGE and Reference

Number for the AID (AIDCAGUI and AIDREFUI, respectively) from table UI and the

keys migrated from table UB which are EIAC (EIACODXA), UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT

ALC (UUTALCUA), UUT LCN Type (UTLCNTUA), SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), and

SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

AIDCAGUI ADAPTER INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE 5 X F 046 F

(AID) CAGE CODE

AIDREFUI AID REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

90.11 Table UK, Automatic Test Equipment Test Station. This table is used to

document identification and government designator information concerning the

Automatic Test Equipment (ATE) Test Station required on a SERD summary. Table

keys are migrated from table HA and given role names of ATE Reference Number

(ATEREFUK) and ATE CAGE Code (ATECAGUK).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

ATECAGUK ATE CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

ATEREFUK AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) 32 X L 337 F

REFERENCE NUMBER

ATEGDSUK ATE GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 20 X L - 149
 79 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

90.12 Table UL, Unit Under Test Support Equipment Automatic Test Equipment.

This table cross-references the ATE Test Station (table UK) data with the UUT

SE (table UB). Table keys are ATE Reference Number (ATEREFUK) and ATE CAGE

Code (ATECAGUK) migrated from table UK and the keys migrated from table UB

which are EIAC (EIACODXA), UUT LCN (UUTLCNUA), UUT ALC (UUTALCUA), UUT LCN

Type (UTLCNTUA), SE Reference Number (SEREFNEA), and SE CAGE Code (SECAGEEA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

UUTLCNUA UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

UUTALCUA UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

UTLCNTUA UUT LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

SECAGEEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE 5 X F 046 F

SEREFNEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE 32 X L 337 F

NUMBER

ATECAGUK ATE CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

ATEREFUK AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) 32 X L 337 F

REFERENCE NUMBER

90.13 Table UM, Support Equipment Item Unit Under Test. This table

identifies pieces of SE (Calibration and Measurement Requirement Summary

(CMRS) category II items) that are linked with CMRS category III items (SE in

support of the category II SE). Normally, Tables UM and UN are only used if

a CMRS (LSA-076) is required on contract. Table keys are migrated down from

the EA table (Support Equipment) and given a role name of Support Equipment

Unit Under Test to distinguish them (SUTCAGUM and SUTREFUM).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SUTCAGUM SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER 5 X F 046 F

TEST (SE UUT) CAGE CODE

SUTREFUM SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L 337 F

SUTALLUM SE UUT ALLOWANCE 10 X L 016

SUTSTCUM SE UUT CMRS STATUS 1 A F 036

MNTPLNUM SE UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 23 X L 209

TRDNUMUM SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS 15 X L 448

DOCUMENT NUMBER

WKPKRFUM SE UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 6 X L 515

90.14 Table UN, Support Equipment Unit Under Test Parameter Group. This

table allows documenting specific information about individual parameters

which a piece of support equipment (SE) (CMRS category II) requires to have

calibrated, measured, etc. by another piece of SE (CMRS category III item).

Data from this table will be used on the CMRS report (LSA-076). Table keys

include the SE UUT Parameter Group Code (SEUPGCUN), keys migrated from table

EA and given role names of "Testing" (TGSCAGUN and TGSREFUN), and keys from

table UM are also migrated into this table (SUTREFUM and SUTCAGUM).

NOTE: The SE UUT Parameter Grouping Code (SEUPGCUN) and the SE Parameter

Grouping Code (PARGPCEC) (table EC) provide the link between the parameters of

CMRS category III items and category II items, respectively. Therefore,
 80

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

the values for PARGPCEC and SEUPGCUN must be identical to link the SE UUT to

the corresponding piece of testing SE.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

TGSCAGUN TESTING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) 5 X F - 046 F

CAGE CODE

TGSREFUN TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SUTCAGUM SE UNIT UNDER TEST (UUT) CAGE 5 X F - 046 F

CODE

SUTREFUM SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

SEUPGCUN SE UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE 2 A F - 284 K

UTPACMUN SE UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT 1 A F 034

REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY (CMRS)

PARAMETER CODE

UTPAACUN SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY 26 X L 284

UTPAIOUN SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT 1 A F 284

CODE

UTPAPAUN SE UUT PARAMETER 12 X L 284

UTRGFRUN SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM 10 D - - 284

UTPRRTUN SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO 10 D - - 284

UTPARVUN SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE 1 A F 284

CODE

UTPATAUN SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY 1 X F 442

RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL

UTPATDUN SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED 1 X F 442
 81

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

100. FACILITIES CONSIDERATIONS. Data tables beginning with "F" in the first

position of the table code are structured to describe and justify all proposed

special and additional facilities requirements, which are indicated as a

result of the operational/maintenance task analysis. Figure 10 depicts the

relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

FA Facility

FB Facility Narrative

FC Baseline Facility Narrative

FD New or Modified Facility Narrative

FE Operations and Maintenance Task Facility Requirement

100.1 Table FA, Facility. This table identifies the facility by name,

category code, and type that the system/equipment under analysis requires.

The table keys are Facility Name (FACNAMFA), Facility Category Code

(FACCCDFA), and Facility Type (FACTYPFA). For a given row of information, the

following cross-element edits apply to table FB:

a. Facility Area (FAAREAFA) and Facility Area UM (FAARUMFA) must either

both be blank, or both have entries.

b. Facility Construction Unit of Measure Price (FACNCOFA) and Construction

Unit of Measure (CONUOMFA) must either both be blank, or both have entries.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

FACNAMFA FACILITY NAME 32 X L - 118 K

FACCCDFA FACILITY CATEGORY CODE 6 N L - 115 K

FACTYPFA FACILITY TYPE 1 A F - 483 K

FACCLAFA FACILITY CLASS 19 X L - 116

DRCLASFA FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 3 X - - 088

FADNUMFA FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER 32 X L - 089

FADREVFA FACILITY DRAWING REVISION 2 A R - 360

FAAREAFA FACILITY AREA 6 N R - 112

FAARUMFA FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 2 A F - 491

FACNCOFA FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF 10 NR 2 - 492

MEASURE PRICE

CONUOMFA CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE 2 A F - 491

100.2 Table FB, Facility Narrative. This table may be used to identify

Facility Capability, and Facility Location of either the baseline facility or

the new or modified facility. The table keys consist of Facility Name

(FACNAMFA), Facility Category Code (FACCCDFA), Facility Type (FACTYPFA),

Facility Narrative Code (FNCODEFB), and Facility Narrative Text Sequencing

Code (TEXSEQFB). For a given row of information, the following cross-element

edits apply to table FB:

a. If the Facility Narrative Code (FNCODEFB) is (A), then this table

identifies the capacity impact on the work load of the facility (Facility
 82 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
 83 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

Capability, DED 114).

b. If the Facility Narrative Code (FNCODEFB) is (B), then this table

identifies the existing depot facility in terms of where the facility is

located (e.g., depot name, building, bay, etc.) (Facility Location, DED 117).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

FACNAMFA FACILITY NAME 32 X L - 118 F

FACCCDFA FACILITY CATEGORY CODE 6 N L - 115 F

FACTYPFA FACILITY TYPE 1 A F - 483 F

FNCODEFB FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE 1 A F - 119 K

TEXSEQFB FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT 5 N R - 450 K

SEQUENCING CODE

FACNARFB FACILITY NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

100.3 Table FC, Baseline Facility Narrative. This table may be used to

identify Facility Maintenance Requirements, Facility Requirements for

Operations, Facility Training Requirement, Facility Requirements Special

Considerations, and Facility Requirements Supply and Storage for a baseline

facility. Baseline is describing the requirements needed for a facility, this

applies to both an existing facility and a new or modified facility. The

table keys consist of Baseline Facility Name (FACNAMFC), Baseline Facility

Category Code (FACCCDFC), Baseline Facility Type (FACTYPFC), Baseline Facility

Narrative Code (FBNACDFC), and Baseline Facility Narrative Text Sequencing

Code (TEXSEQFC). For a given row of information, the following cross-element

edits apply to table FC:

a. If Baseline Facility Narrative Code (FBNACDFC) is (A), then this table

identifies the maintenance concept for the system/equipment under analysis and

the facilities that are required to maintain the system (Facilities

Maintenance Requirement, DED 107).

b. If Baseline Facility Narrative Code (FBNACDFC) is (B), then this table

identifies what facilities are needed to support the system in its daily use

(Facilities Requirements For Operations, DED 109).

c. If Baseline Facility Narrative Code (FBNACDFC) is (C), then this table

identifies what facilities are needed for training (Facilities Requirement for

Training, DED 110).

d. If Baseline Facility Narrative Code (FBNACDFC) is (D), then this table

describes any special considerations which impact facility requirements

(Facility Requirements Special Considerations, DED 120).

e. If Baseline Facility Narrative Code (FBNACDFC) is (E), then this table

describes where the system/equipment will be stored, or if there is an impact

in other storage facilities (Facility Requirements Supply/Storage, DED 121).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

FACNAMFC BASELINE FACILITY NAME 32 X L - 118 F

FACCCDFC BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE 6 N L - 115 F

FACTYPFC BASELINE FACILITY TYPE 1 A F - 483 F

FBNACDFC BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE 1 A F - 113 K

CODE
 84 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

TEXSEQFC BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

FABNARFC BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

100.4 Table FD, New or Modified Facility Narrative. This table contains

information about modifications of existing facilities or requirements for new

facilities. This table may be used to identify Facility Design Criteria,

Facility Installation Lead Time, Facility Task Area Breakdown, Facility

Utilization, Facility Requirements, Facility Unit Cost Rationale, Facility

Justification, Type of Construction, and Utilities Requirement. The table

keys consist of New or Modified Facility Name (FACNAMFD), New or Modified

Facility Category Code (FACCCDFD), New or Modified Facility Type (FACTYPFD)

New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD), and Text Sequencing Code

(TEXSEQFD). For a given row of information, the following cross-element edits

apply to table FD:

a. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (A), then

this table describes the facility design requirements necessary to support the

item under analysis (Facility Design Criteria, DED 105).

b. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (B), then

this table describes the facilities installation lead time schedules for

contractor produced and installed support, test equipment, and training

devices (Facility Installation Lead Time, DED 106).

c. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (C), then

this is a narrative description identifying the breakdown of a new or modified

facility for the area by individual tasks at the job level to determine

maximum use of space (Facility Task Area Breakdown, DED 122).

d. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (D), then

this is a table describing the new or modified facility utilization rate

(Facilities Utilization, DED 111).

e. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (E), then

this table describes the location of and the functions to be performed at the

new or modified facility (Facilities Requirements, DED 108).

f. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (F), then

this is a narrative field identifying variations to the appropriate unit cost

contained in the military construction guides (Facility Unit Cost Rationale,

DED 123).

g. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (G), then

this is a narrative field which identifies the major factors which led to the

decision that a new facility was required (Facility Justification, DED 188).

h. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (H), then

this table describes what type of construction is required at a new or

modified facility (Type of Construction, DED 482).

i. If the New or Modified Facility Narrative Code (NMFNCDFD) is (I), then

this is a narrative description identifying an estimate of the utilization

required for a new or modified facility (Utilities Requirement, DED 502).
 85 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

FACNAMFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME 32 X L - 118 F

FACCCDFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY 6 N L - 115 F

CATEGORY CODE

FACTYPFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY TYPE 1 A F - 483 F

NMFNCDFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY 1 A F - 255 K

NARRATIVE CODE

TEXSEQFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY 5 N R - 450 K

NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING

CODE

NMFNARFD NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY 65 X - - ---

NARRATIVE

100.5 Table FE, Operations and Maintenance Task Facility Requirement. This

table identifies a need for operations/maintenance facilities for a given

task. The table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LCNCODXB), ALC

(ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Facility Name (FACNAMFA), Facility Category

Code (FACCCDFA), Facility Type (FACTYPFA), and Task Code (TASKCDCA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

FACNAMFA FACILITY NAME 32 X L - 118 F

FACCCDFA FACILITY CATEGORY CODE 6 N L - 115 F

FACTYPFA FACILITY TYPE 1 A F - 483 F
86

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

110. PERSONNEL SKILL CONSIDERATIONS. Data tables beginning with "G" in the

first position of the table code are structured to describe and justify any

new or modified personnel skills required to support the system/equipment.

Figure 11 depicts the relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

GA Skill Specialty

GB New or Modified Skill

GC New or Modified Skill Narrative

GD Skill Aptitude Data

GE Physical and Mental Requirements Narrative

110.1 Table GA, Skill Specialty. This table contains information about

military and civilian skill specialties. The table key is SSC (SKSPCDGA).

For a given row, Hour Labor Rate (HRLARTGA) is per SSC (SKSPCDGA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

SKSPCDGA SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 7 X L - 387 K

SKLVCDGA SKILL LEVEL CODE 1 A F - 386

HRLARTGA HOUR LABOR RATE 4 N R 2 161

TRNCOSGA TRAINING COST 7 N R 2 460

110.2 Table GB, New or Modified Skill. This table contains information about

new or modified skill requirements. The key for this table is New or Modified

SSC (MDCSSCGB). For a given row of information, the following cross-element

edits apply to table GB:

a. SSC (SKSPCDGA) is migrated into this table as nonidentifying key which

means that this key is not required to uniquely identify an instance of the

entity.

b. A Security Clearance (SCRSSCGB) is required for each New or Modified

SSC (MDCSSCGB).

c. ASVAB AFQT Expected Range Low (AAEXRLGB) and High (AAEXRHGB) are

required for each ASVAB AFQT Score (ABAFQTGB).

d. ASVAB AFQT Lowest Percent Low (AALPRLGB) and High (AALPRHGB) are

required for each ASVAB AFQT Score (ABAFQTGB).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

MDCSSCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 7 X L - 257 K

SPECIALTY CODE

MDSCLCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 1 A F - 386

LEVEL CODE

SKSPCDGA SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 7 X L - 387

DPRNRSGB DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW 19 X L - 092

OR REVISED SKILL
 87 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
88

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

RPPCIVGB RECOMMENDED CIVILIAN GRADE 4 X F - 330

RPPMILGB RECOMMENDED MILITARY RANK/RATE 3 X F - 330

SCRSSCGB SECURITY CLEARANCE REQUIRED 1 N F - 369

SSCTESGB TEST SCORE 3 N R - 449

ABAFQTGB ARMED SERVICES VOCATIONAL 2 N F- 026

APTITUDE BATTERY (ASVAB) ARMED

FORCES QUALIFICATION

TEST (AFQT) SCORE

AAEXRLGB ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE LOW 2 N F - 026

AAEXRHGB ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE HIGH 2 N F - 026

AALPRLGB ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT-LOW 2 N F - 026

AALPRHGB ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT-HIGH 2 N F - 026

110.3 Table GC, New or Modified Skill Narrative. This table may be used to

identify New or Modified Skill Additional Requirements, Educational

Qualifications, Skill Justification, and Additional Training Requirements.

The table keys consist of New or Modified SSC (MDCSSCGB), New or Modified

Skill Narrative Code (NMSNCDGC), and New or Modified Skill Narrative Text

Sequencing Code (TEXSEQGC). For a given row of information, the following

cross-element edits apply to table GC:

a. If the New or Modified Skill Narrative Code is (A), then this table

describes the new skills that are required in order to operate and maintain

the equipment under analysis (New or Modified Skill Additional Requirements,

DED 007).

b. If the New or Modified Skill Narrative Code is (B), then this table

describes the educational prerequisites recommended to acquire the skill

necessary to perform the task (Educational Qualifications, DED 094).

c. If the New or Modified Skill Narrative Code is (C), then this table

identifies the major factors which led to the decision that training is needed

for the new or modified skill (Skill Justification, DED 188).

d. If the New or Modified Skill Narrative Code is (D), then this table

describes the additional training required for maintenance, operator, and

instructor personnel (Additional Training Requirements, DED 012).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

MDCSSCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 7 X L - 257 F

SPECIALTY CODE

NMSNCDGC NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE 1 A F - 256 K

CODE

TEXSEQGC NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

NMSNARGC NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

110.4 Table GD, Skill Aptitude Data. This table contains information about

Armed Sevices Vocational Aptitude Battery scores. The table keys consist of

New or Modified Skill Specialty Code (MDCSSCGB) and ASVAB Aptitude Element

(ASVAPEGD).

a. ASVAB Aptitude Element Expected Range Low (AAEERLGD) and High
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- 89 - 

(AAEERHGB) are required for each ASVAB Aptitude Element (ASVAPEGD).

b. ASVAB Aptitude Element Lowest Percent Low (AAELPLGD) and High

(AAELPHGD) are required for each ASVAB Aptitude Element (ASVAPEGD).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

MDCSSCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 7 X L - 257 F

SPECIALTY CODE

ASVAPEGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT 2 A R - 026 K

AAEERLGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED 3 N F- 026

RANGE-LOW

AAEERHGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED 3 N F- 026

RANGE-HIGH

AAELPLGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST 3 N F- 026

PERCENT-LOW

AAELPHGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST 3 N F- 026

PERCENT-HIGH

110.5 Table GE, Physical and Mental Requirements Narrative. This table

contains information which identifies any unique physical/mental personnel

attributes required or recommended as prerequisites to full qualification in

the applicable task. The table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN

(LCNCODXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Task Code (TASKCDCA), Subtask

Number (SUBNUMCB), Subtask Person Identifier (SUBPIDCD), New or Modified SSC

(MDCSSCGB), and Physical and Mental Requirements Text Sequencing Code

(TEXSEQGE).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TASKCDCA TASK CODE 7 X F - 427 F

SUBNUMCB SUBTASK NUMBER 3 N F - 407 F

SUBPIDCD SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER 3 X L - 288 F

MDCSSCGB NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL 7 X L - 257 F

SPECIALTY CODE

TEXSEQGE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL 5 N R - 450 K

REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING

CODE

PAMENRGE PHYSICAL AND MENTAL 65 X - - 290

REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE
 90 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

120. PACKAGING AND PROVISIONING REQUIREMENT. The following "H" data tables

are used to document packaging/provisioning data requirements. Included in

these tables are static parts data (nonapplication dependent) related to

provisioning screening and cataloging, packaging, and common maintenance data.

Also included under these data tables are application data of items used to

document the data required for initial support requirements determination,

repair parts manuals, and design change information. Figure 12 depicts the

data relationships for these tables.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

HA Item Identification

HB Additional Reference Number

HC Contractor Technical Information Code CAGE

HD Unit of Issue Price

HE Unit of Measure Price

HF Item Packaging Requirement

HG Part Application Provisioning

HH Overhaul-Kit Next Higher Assembly PLISN

HI Provisioning Remark

HJ Provisioning Reference Designation

HK Parts Manual Description

HL Parts Manual Provisioning Nomenclature

HM Basis of Issue

HN Provisioning Serial Number Usable On Code

HO Provisioning System/End Item Usable On Code

HP Design Change Information

HQ Serial Number Effectivity

HR Design Change Usable On Code

120.1 Table HA, Item Identification. This table contains parts information

that is not dependent of the part application such as item identification,

cataloging, common maintenance information, special management characteristics

and units of measure and issue. Table keys consist of Reference Number and

CAGE (REFNUMHA and CAGECDXH). For a given row of information, the following

cross-element edits apply to table HA:
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- 91 - 
 92 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

a. Acquisition Method Suffix Code (AMSUFCHA) is not allowed without

Acquisition Method Code (ACQMETHA).

b. Shelf Life Action Code (SLACTNHA) is not allowed without Shelf Life

(SHLIFEHA).

c. National Item Identification Number (NIINSNHA) is not allowed without

Federal Supply Classification (FSCNSNHA).

d. Unit Length (ULENGTHA), Width (UWIDTHHA), and Height (UHEIGHHA) must

either be all blank or all have entries.

e. If UM (UNITMSHA) equals UI (UNITISHA), UI Conversion Factor (UICONVHA)

must equal "00001". Conversely, if UI and UM are not equal, then UI

Conversion Factor cannot equal "00001".

f. If Special Material Content Code (SPMACCHA) is "E", then the Precious

Metals Indicator Code (PMICODHA) cannot be "A".

g. Material Leadtime (MTLEADHA) and Material Weight (MTLWGTHA) are not

allowed without Industrial Materials Analysis of Capacity (INDMATHA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 K

ITNAMEHA ITEM NAME 19 X L - 182

INAMECHA ITEM NAME CODE 5 N F - 183

REFNCCHA REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 1 X F - 338

REFNVCHA REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 1 N F - 339

DLSCRCHA DLSC SCREENING REQUIREMENT CODE 1 A F - 073

DOCIDCHA DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE 3 A F - 087

ITMMGCHA ITEM MANAGEMENT CODE 1 A F - 181

COGNSNHA NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) 2 X F - 253

COGNIZANCE CODE

SMMNSNHA NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICA- 2 X F - 253

TION CODE/MATERIEL MANAGEMENT

AGGREGATION CODE

MATNSNHA NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE 1 X F - 253

FSCNSNHA NSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION 4 N F - 253

NIINSNHA NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION 9 X F - 253

NUMBER

ACTNSNHA NSN ACTIVITY CODE 2 X F - 253

UICONVHA UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR 5 N F - 489

SHLIFEHA SHELF LIFE 1 X F - 377

SLACTNHA SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE 2 X F - 378

PPSLSTHA PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST 1 A F - 302

DOCAVCHA DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY CODE 1 X F - 086

PRDLDTHA PRODUCTION LEAD TIME 2 N R - 299

SPMACCHA SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE 1 X F - 395

SMAINCHA SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE 1 A F - 392

CRITCDHA CRITICALITY CODE 1 A F - 066

PMICODHA PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE 1 X F - 293

SAIPCDHA SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED 1 A F - 391

WITH PRODUCTION
93

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

AAPLCCHA GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROVISIONING 1 A F - 308

LIST CATEGORY CODE (PLCC)

BBPLCCHA INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS PLCC 1 A F - 308

CCPLCCHA LONG LEAD TIME ITEM PLCC 1 A F - 308

DDPLCCHA TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT PLCC 1 A F - 308

EEPLCCHA COMMON AND BULK ITEM PLCC 1 A F - 308

FFPLCCHA REPAIRABLE ITEMS PLCC 1 A F - 308

GGPLCCHA INTERIM RELEASED ITEM PLCC 1 A F - 308

HHPLCCHA INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT ITEM 1 A F - 308

PLCC

JJPLCCHA AUTHORIZATION STOCK LIST ITEM 1 A F - 308

PLCC

KKPLCCHA RECOMMENDED BUY LIST ITEM PLCC 1 A F - 308

LLPLCCHA PRESCRIBED LOAD LIST ITEM PLCC 1 A F - 308

MMPLCCHA SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE COMPONENT 1 A F - 308

LIST PLCC

PHYSECHA PHYSICAL SECURITY PILFERAGE CODE 1 X F - 291

ADPEQPHA ADP EQUIPMENT CODE 1 N F - 027

DEMILIHA DEMILITARIZATION CODE 1 X F - 076

ACQMETHA ACQUISITION METHOD CODE 1 N F - 003

AMSUFCHA ACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE 1 X F - 004

HMSCOSHA HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST 8 N R - 156

HWDCOSHA HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST 8 N R - 157

HWSCOSHA HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST 8 N R - 158

CTICODHA CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION 2 A - - 058

CODE

UWEIGHHA UNIT WEIGHT 5 X - - 497

ULENGTHA UNIT SIZE LENGTH 4 N R 1 496

UWIDTHHA UNIT SIZE WIDTH 4 N R 1 496

UHEIGHHA UNIT SIZE HEIGHT 4 N R 1 496

HAZCODHA HAZARDOUS CODE 1 A F - 154

UNITMSHA UNIT OF MEASURE 2 A F - 491

UNITISHA UNIT OF ISSUE 2 A F - 488

LINNUMHA LINE ITEM NUMBER 6 X L - 193

CRITITHA CRITICAL ITEM CODE 13 X L - 065

INDMATHA INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS 19 X L - 163

OF CAPACITY

MTLEADHA MATERIAL LEADTIME 3 N R - 219

MTLWGTHA MATERIAL WEIGHT 6 N R 3 220

MATERLHA MATERIAL 240 X L - 218

120.2 Table HB, Additional Reference Number. This table contains Additional

Reference Numbers (ARN) that may be used to identify the item of supply.

Table keys include item Reference Number (REFNUMHB) and CAGE (CAGECDHB) from

table HA, additional CAGE (ADCAGEHB) from table XH, and ARN (ADDREFHB). In a

given row, when the ARN and CAGE match the primary Reference Number and CAGE,

there must be an entry in Reference Number Category Code (RNCC) and this entry

must be different from the RNCC entry in table HA.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDHB ARN ITEM CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHB ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

ADCAGEHB ARN CAGE CODE 5 X L - 046 F

ADDREFHB ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 006 K
 94 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

ADRNCCHB ARN REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY 1 X F - 338

CODE

ADRNVCHB ARN REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION 1 N F - 339

CODE

120.3 Table HC, Contractor Technical Information Code (CTIC) CAGE. This

table contains CTIC CAGEs. Table keys include: item reference number

(REFNUMHC), and CAGE, (CAGECDHC) from table HA, and CTIC CAGE (CTCAGEHC) from

table XH. CTIC (CTICODHA) must be established in Table HA with values of

either "-K", "-M", or "-N" for the reference number and CAGE combination,

prior to establishing a value in this table.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDHC ITEM CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHC ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

CTCAGEHC CTIC CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

120.4 Table HD, Item Unit of Issue Price. This table contains UI prices and

associated information about the UI price. Table keys include: Reference

Number (REFNUMHA), CAGE (CAGECDXH), and UI Price (UIPRICHD).

a. UI (HA.UNITISHA) must be established in table HA for the Reference

Number and CAGE combination prior to establishing a value in this table.

b. For identical Reference Number and CAGE keys, only one row of

information can be established with a "Y" Provisioning UI Price Code

(PROUIPHD).

c. Lot Quantity From (LOTQFMHD) must be less than or equal to Lot

Quantity To (LOTQTOHD) in any row.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

UIPRICHD UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) PRICE 10 N R 2 490 K

LOTQFMHD UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM 6 N R - 205

LOTQTOHD UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO 6 N R - 205

CURPRCHD UI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION 1 A F - 051

CODE

TUIPRCHD UI PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 1 A F - 485

PROUIPHD UI PRICE PROVISIONING 1 A F - 314

FISCYRHD UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR 2 N F - 145

120.5 Table HE, Item Unit of Measure Price. This table contains UM prices

and associated information about the UM price. Table keys include: Reference

Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); and, UM Price (UMPRICHE).

a. UM (HA.UNITMSHA) must be established in table HA for the Reference

Number and CAGE combination prior to establishing a value in this table.
95 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

b. For identical Reference Number and CAGE keys, only one row of

information can be established with a "Y" Provisioning UM Price Code

(PROUMPHD).

c. Lot Quantity From (LOTQFMHE) must be less than or equal to Lot

Quantity To (LOTQTOHE) in any row.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

UMPRICHE UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) PRICE 10 N R 2 492 K

LOTQFMHE UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM 6 N R - 205

LOTQTOHE UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO 6 N R - 205

CURPRCHE UM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION 1 A F - 051

CODE

TUMPRCHE UM PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 1 A F - 485

PROUMPHE UM PRICE PROVISIONING 1 A F - 314

FISCYRHE UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR 2 N F - 145

120.6 Table HF, Item Packaging Requirement. This table contains packaging

data, as specified by MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2. Table keys are:

Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); and, Degree of Protection

(DEGPROHF).

a. Unit Pack Length (LENUPKHF), Width (WIDUPKHF), and Depth (DEPUPKHF)

must either all be blank or all have entries for a row of information.

b. Unit Pack entries must be greater than or equal to Unit Size entries

in table HA (LENUPKHF greater than or equal to ULENGTHA; WIDUPKHF greater than

or equal to UWIDTHHA; and, DEPUPKHF greater than or equal to UHEIGHHA).

c. For numeric entry, Unit Pack Weight (UNPKWTHF) must be greater than or

equal to Unit Weight (UWEIGHHA).

d. Packaging data preparer CAGE (PKCAGEHF) is a nonidentifying key

migrating from table XH.

e. When packaging in accordance with special packaging instruction (SPI)

enter code ZZ in the Method of Preservation Code (MEPRESHF) and omit entries

in the following fields: Cleaning and Drying Procedures (CDPROCHF),

Preservation Material Code (PRSMATHF), Wrapping Material (WRAPMTHF),

Cushioning and Dunnage Material (CUSHMAHF), Cushioning Thickness (CUSTHIHF),

and Unit Container (UNICONHF).

f. The Container National Stock Number (CONNSNHF) is the only the 4th-16th

position of DED 253, National Stock Number and Related Data.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

DEGPROHF DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE 1 A F - 074 K

UNICONHF UNIT CONTAINER CODE 2 X F - 486

UCLEVLHF UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL 1 X F - 487
 95a 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

PKGCODHF PACKING CODE 3 X F - 283

PACCATHF PACKAGING CATEGORY CODE 4 X F - 282

MEPRESHF METHOD OF PRESERVATION CODE 2 X F - 239

CDPROCHF CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURES 1 X F - 045

PRSMATHF PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE 2 X F - 295

WRAPMTHF WRAPPING MATERIAL 2 X F - 517

CUSHMAHF CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL 2 X F - 067

CUSTHIHF CUSHIONING THICKNESS 1 X F - 068

QTYUPKHF QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK 3 X - - 321

INTCONHF INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE 2 X F - 174
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
96 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

INCQTYHF INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER QUANTITY 3 X - - 175

SPEMRKHF SPECIAL MARKING CODE 2 X F - 394

UNPKWTHF UNIT PACK WEIGHT 5 X - - 495

LENUPKHF UNIT PACK LENGTH 4 N R 1 494

WIDUPKHF UNIT PACK WIDTH 4 N R 1 494

DEPUPKHF UNIT PACK DEPTH 4 N R 1 494

UNPKCUHF UNIT PACK CUBE 7 N R 3 493

OPTPRIHF OPTIONAL PROCEDURES INDICATOR 1 X F - 279

SPINUMHF SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION 10 X L - 396

(SPI) NUMBER

SPIREVHF SPI NUMBER REVISION 1 A F - 397

SPDATEHF SPI NUMBER JULIAN DATE 5 N L - 187

CONNSNHF CONTAINER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 20 X - - 253

SUPPKDHF SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA 59 X L - 409

PKCAGEHF PACKAGING DATA PREPARER CAGE 5 X F - 046

120.7 Table HG, Part Application Provisioning. This table contains parts

related information to the part in a specific hardware application. Table

keys include: Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA);

LCN (LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB); and, LCN Type (LCNTYPXB).

a. LCN Type must always be "P" (Physical).

b. Maintenance Action Code (MAIACTHG) is not allowed without Maximum

Allowable Operating Time (MAOTIMHG).

c. Maintenance Task Distribution subfields (OMTDOOHG, FMTDFFHG, HMTDHHHG,

LMTDLLHG, DMTDDDHG, CBDMTDHG, and CADMTDHG) must always total to 100 percent.

d. Replacement Task Distribution subfields (ORTDOOHG, FRTDFFHG, HRTDHHHG,

LRTDLLHG, and DRTDDDHG) must always total to 100 percent.

e. PCCN (PCCNUMXC) and Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN)

(PLISNOHG) combinations must be unique across all rows of information

(PLISNs are mapped to respective PCCNs in Table XC through Table HO).

f. Same as PLISN (SAPLISHG) must be contained in this table as a PLISN

(PLISNOHG) having an identical PCCN. The same as PLISN must be the lowest

(EBCDIC value) PLISN in the table for the same Reference Number, CAGE, and

PCCN combinations (without an associated "D" TOCC).

g. Repair Cycle Time (ORCTOOHG, FRCTFFHG, HRCTHHHG, LRCTLLHG, DRCTDDHG

and CONRCTHG) for each Operations/Maintenance (O/M) Level (identified by the

first position of the short name) must be either blank or greater for each

higher O/M level. The O/M levels in ascending order are O, F, H, L, D, and

CON (contractor).

h. When numeric, the Quantity Per End Item (QTYPEIHG) must be greater

than or equal to the Quantity Per Assembly (QTYASYHG).

i. Maintenance Task Distribution and Replacement Task Distribution.

(1) OMTDOOHG must be less than or equal to ORTDOOHG.
 97 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

(2) OMTDOOHG and FMTDFFHG must be less than or equal to ORTDOOHG and

FMTDFFHG.

(3) OMTDOOHG, FMTDFFHG, and HMTDHHHG must be less than or equal to

ORTDOOHG, FRTDFFHG, and HRTDHHHG.

(4) OMTDOOHG, FMTDFFHG, HMTDHHHG, and LMTDLLHG must be less than or

equal to ORTDOOHG, FRTDFFHG, HRTDHHHG, and LRTDLLHG.

(5) OMTDOOHG, FMTDFFHG, HMTDHHHG, LMTDLLHG, and DMTDDDHG must be less

than or equal to ORTDOOHG, FRTDFFHG, HRTDHHHG, LRTDLLHG, and DRTDDDHG.

j. Maintenance Task Distribution and Repair Cycle Time (RCT). When

OMTDOOHG, FMTDFFHG, HMTDHHHG, LMTDLLHG and DMTDDDHG have an entry, then the

corresponding RCT O/M subfield (identified by the first position of the short

name) must also have an entry (ORCTOOHG, FRCTFFHG, HRCTHHHG, LRCTLLHG, and

DRCTDDHG).

k. An Allowance Item Quantity (ALIQTYHG) cannot be entered without an

Allowance Item Code (ALLOWCHG).

l. When the Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) (SMRCODHG)

source code is "PC", the Shelf Life (SHLIFEHA) in table HA cannot be "O".

m. If the SMR (SMRCODHG) Source Code is "PB", then the Essentiality Code

(ESSCODHG) cannot be "3".

n. If LRU (LRUNITHG) is "Y", then Essentiality Code (ESSCODHG) cannot be

"3".

o. If the Special Maintenance Item Code (SMAINCHA) from table HA is "B",

and if RCT has entries, then there must be an entry in the contractor RCT

(CONRCTHG). If CONRCTHG is entered, then SMAINCHA can only be "B".

p. Maintenance Replacement Rate (MRR) I shall be calculated based on the

Task Frequency (Table CA) and the Quantity per Task (Table CI). A change in

any of these variables shall result in an update of the MRRI.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

PLISNOHG PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 5 X L - 309

SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN)

QTYASYHG QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 4 X - - 316

SUPINDHG SUPPRESSION INDICATOR 1 A F - 422

DATASCHG DATA STATUS CODE 1 A F - 070

PROSICHG PROVISIONING SYSTEM IDENTIFIER 3 X L - 312

CODE
 98 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

LLIPTDHG LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST (PROV- 1 A F - 313

ISIONING TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION SELECTION CODE (PTD))

PPLPTDHG PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) 1 A F - 313

SFPPTDHG SHORT FORM PROVISIONING PARTS 1 A F - 313

LIST (PTD)

CBLPTDHG COMMON AND BULK ITEMS LIST (PTD) 1 A F - 313

RILPTDHG REPAIRABLE ITEMS LIST (PTD) 1 A F - 313

ISLPTDHG INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS LIST (PTD) 1 A F - 313

PCLPTDHG POST CONFERENCE LIST (PTD) 1 A F - 313

TTLPTDHG TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST(PTD) 1 A F - 313

SCPPTDHG SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PROVISIONING 1 A F - 313

PARTS LIST (PTD)

ARAPTDHG AS REQUIRED LIST A (PTD) 1 A F - 313

ARBPTDHG AS REQUIRED LIST B (PTD) 1 A F - 313

TOCCODHG TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 1 A F - 481

INDCODHG INDENTURE CODE 1 X F - 162

QTYPEIHG QUANTITY PER END ITEM 5 X - - 317

PIPLISHG PRIOR ITEM PLISN 5 X L - 297

SAPLISHG SAME AS PLISN 5 X L - 364

HARDCIHG HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM 1 A F - 151

REMIPIHG REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR 1 A F - 348

LRUNITHG LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT 1 A F - 194

ITMCATHG ITEM CATEGORY CODE 2 X L - 177

ESSCODHG ESSENTIALITY CODE 1 N F - 100

SMRCODHG SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND 6 X L - 389

RECOVERABILITY CODE

MRRONEHG MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I 8 N R 4 211

MRRTWOHG MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II 8 N R 3 212

MRRMODHG MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE 7 X F - 213

MODIFIER

ORTDOOHG ORGANIZATIONAL REPLACEMENT TASK 3 N R - 355

DISTRIBUTION (RTD)

FRTDFFHG INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RTD 3 N R - 355

HRTDHHHG INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RTD 3 N R - 355

LRTDLLHG SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RTD 3 N R - 355

DRTDDDHG DEPOT/SHIPYARD RTD 3 N R - 355

MINREUHG MINIMUM REPLACEMENT UNIT 3 N R - 245

MAOTIMHG MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME 4 X - - 221

MAIACTHG MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE 1 A F - 206

RISSBUHG RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK 3 N R - 328

BUY

RMSSLIHG RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK 3 N R - 329

LEVEL

RTLLQTHG RECOMMENDED TENDER LOAD LIST 3 N R - 331

QUANTITY

TOTQTYHG TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED 6 N R - 453

OMTDOOHG ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE TASK 2 N R - 214

DISTRIBUTION (MTD)

FMTDFFHG INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT MTD 2 N R - 214

HMTDHHHG INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT MTD 2 N R - 214

LMTDLLHG SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY MTD 2 N R - 214

DMTDDDHG DEPOT/SHIPYARD MTD 2 N R - 214

CBDMTDHG CONDEMNED BELOW DEPOT MTD 2 N R - 214

CADMTDHG CONDEMNED AT DEPOT MTD 2 N R - 214
 99 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

ORCTOOHG ORGANIZATIONAL REPAIR CYCLE 3 N R - 350

TIME (RCT)

FRCTFFHG INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RCT 3 N R - 350

HRCTHHHG INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RCT 3 N R - 350

LRCTLLHG SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RCT 3 N R - 350

DRCTDDHG DEPOT/SHIPYARD RCT 3 N R - 350

CONRCTHG CONTRACTOR RCT 3 N R - 350

NORETSHG NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION 3 N R - 261

REPSURHG REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE 3 N R - 351

DRPONEHG DESIGNATED REWORK POINT ONE 6 X L - 081

DRPTWOHG DESIGNATED REWORK POINT TWO 6 X L - 081

WRKUCDHG WORK UNIT CODE 7 X L - 516

ALLOWCHG ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE 2 X F - 017

ALIQTYHG ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY 3 N R - 018

120.8 Table HH, Overhaul-Kit Next Higher Assembly PLISN. This table contains

all Next Higher Assembly (NHA), kit or overhaul PLISNs, any associated NHA

PLISN Indicators, and Overhaul Replacement Rates. Table keys include:

Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB);

ALC (ALTLCNXB); LCN type (LCNTYPXB); and NHA PLISN (NHAPLIHH). NHA PLISN must

be a PLISN contained in table XC (PLISNOXC) or table HG (PLISNOHG) with an

identical PCCN (PCCNUMXC).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

NHAPLIHH NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY (NHA) 5 X L - 258 K

PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE

NUMBER (PLISN)

NHAINDHH NHA PLISN INDICATOR 1 X F - 259

OVHREPHH OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE 3 N R 2 281

120.9 Table HI, Provisioning Remark. This table contains text remarks

associated with a part application for provisioning. Table keys include:

Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB);

ALC (ALTLCNXB); LCN Type (LCNTYPXB); and, Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQHI).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TEXSEQHI PROVISIONING TEXT SEQUENCING CODE 5 N R - 450 K

REMARKHI PROVISIONING REMARKS 65 X - - 311
 100 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

120.10 Table HJ, Provisioning Reference Designation. This table contains

Reference Designations associated with a part application for provisioning.

Table keys include: Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC

(EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB); LCN Type (LCNTYPXB); and,

Reference Designation (REFDESHJ). Nonidentifying keys, Technical Manual (TM)

Code (TMCODEXI); Figure Number (FIGNUMHK); and Item Number (ITEMNOHK) migrate

from table HK, if applicable, on matching foreign keys.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

REFDESHJ REFERENCE DESIGNATION 64 X L - 335 K

RDCODEHJ REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE 1 A F - 336

TMCODEXI TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE 3 X F - 437

FIGNUMHK FIGURE NUMBER 4 X R - 144

ITEMNOHK ITEM NUMBER 4 X R - 184

120.11 Table HK, Parts Manual Description. This table contains Repair Parts

Manual data associated with a part application for provisioning. Table keys

include: Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN

(LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB); TM Code (TMCODEXI);

Figure Number (FIGNUMHK); and Item Number (ITEMNOHK).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TMCODEXI TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE 3 X F - 437 F

FIGNUMHK FIGURE NUMBER 4 X R - 144 K

ITEMNOHK ITEM NUMBER 4 X R - 184 K

TMFGCDHK TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE 11 X L- 438

(REPAIR PARTS MANUAL)

TMINDCHK TM INDENTURE CODE 1 N F - 439

QTYFIGHK QUANTITY PER FIGURE 3 N R - 318

TMCHGNHK TM CHANGE NUMBER 2 N R - 436

120.12 Table HL, Parts Manual Provisioning Nomenclature. This table contains

text for repair parts manual data associated with a part application for

provisioning. Table keys include: Reference number (REFNUMHA); CAGE

(CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN (LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB); TM Code (TMCODEXI); Figure Number (FIGNUMHK); Item Number

(ITEMNOHK); and, Text Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQHL).
 101 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TMCODEXI TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE 3 X F - 437 F

FIGNUMHK FIGURE NUMBER 4 X R - 144 F

ITEMNOHK ITEM NUMBER 4 X R - 184 F

TEXSEQHL PARTS MANUAL TEXT SEQUENCING CODE 5 N R - 450 K

PROVNOHL PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE 65 X - - 310

120.13 Table HM, Item Basis of Issue. This table contains part manual (tool

list) Basis Of Issue (BOI) information. Table keys include: Reference Number

(REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); and, BOI Control (BOICTRHM).

a. Either BOI-Level (LVLBOIHM) or BOI-End Item (RATIOBHM) must be

entered to establish a row of information in this table. When one of these is

entered, the other must be blank. Each LVLBOIHM and RATIOBHM value must be a

unique value for a given Reference Number and CAGE combination.

b. A PLCC (DDPLCCHA) entry must be contained in table HA, and an entry

in table HK for the item Reference Number and CAGE combination must occur

prior to an entry in this table.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

BOICTRHM BASIS OF ISSUE CONTROL 1 N F - 030 K

QTYBOIHM BASIS OF ISSUE QUANTITY 5 N R - 030 M

RATIOBHM BASIS OF ISSUE END ITEM 8 X L - 030

LVLBOIHM BASIS OF ISSUE LEVEL 1 A F - 030

120.14 Table HN, Provisioning Serial Number Usable On Code. This table

relates a part application to the applicable system/EI Serial Number (S/N) and

S/N UOC associated with the part application. Please refer to table XD.

Table keys include all columns. Table keys CAGECDHN, REFNUMHN, LSACONHN,

and ALTLCNHN migrate from table HG. Table keys LCNSEIHN, ALCSEIHN, FRSNUMHN,

and TOSNUMHN migrate from table XD. EIACODXA and LCNTYPXB are identical in

both tables XD and HG.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

CAGECDHN S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHN S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

LSACONHN S/N PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL 18 X L - 199 F

NUMBER (LCN)
102 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

ALTLCNHN S/N PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN 2 N F - 019 F

CODE (ALC)

LCNSEIHN S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN 18 X L - 199 F

ALCSEIHN S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC 2 N F - 019 F

FRSNUMHN S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER 10 X L - 373 F

FROM

TOSNUMHN S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO 10 X L - 373 F

120.15 Table HO, Provisioning System/End Item Usable On Code. This table

relates a part application to the applicable System/End Item UOCs and

Provisioning Contract Control Number (PCCN) associated with the part

application. Table keys include all columns. Table keys CAGEDHO, REFNUMHO,

LSACONHO, and ALTLCNHO migrate from table HG. Table keys LCNSEIHO and

ALCSEIHO migrate from table XC, from which UOCs and the PCCN are extracted.

EIACODXA and LCNTYPXB are identical in both tables XC and HG.

NOTE: Part application LCNs (LSACONHO) are mapped to their respective

system/end items by matching on EIAC, LCN Type, LCN, and ALC between tables HO

and XC to extract applicable UOCs and the PCCN. A part application can have

multiple UOCs, but only one PCCN, with the exception of separately provisioned

end items.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

CAGECDHO UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHO UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

LSACONHO UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL 18 X L - 199 F

NUMBER (LCN)

ALTLCNHO UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN 2 N F - 019 F

CODE (ALC)

LCNSEIHO UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN 18 X L - 199 F

ALCSEIHO UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC 2 N F - 019 F

120.16 Table HP, Design Change Information. This table contains information

about the parts application item affected by a design change. Table keys

include: Reference Number (REFNUMHA); CAGE (CAGECDXH); EIAC (EIACODXA); LCN

(LSACONXB); ALC (ALTLCNXB); LCN Type (LCNTYPXB); and, Change Authority Number

(CANUMBHP).

a. Replaced or Superseding PLISN (RSPLISHP) must be established in either

table HG or XC matching the PCCN of the HP table keys (less CANUMBHO). A

Replaced or Superseded PLISN Indicator (RSPLINDHP) cannot be entered without

a Replaced or Superseded PLISN (RSPLISHP).

b. Quantity Procured (QTYPROHP) must be entered if there is an entry in

Quantity Shipped (QTYSHPHP). The QTYPROHP must be greater than or equal to the

QTYSHPHP.

c. Prorated Exhibit Line Item (PROELIHP) must be entered if there is an

entry in Prorated ELIN Quantity (PROQTYHP).
 103 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

CANUMBHP CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER 15 X L - 043 K

RSPLISHP REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING (R-S) 5 X L - 353

PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE

NUMBER (PLISN)

RSPINDHP R-S PLISN INDICATOR 1 A F - 354

INTCHCHP INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 2 A F - 172

TOTICHHP TOTAL ITEM CHANGES 2 N R - 452

QTYSHPHP QUANTITY SHIPPED 6 N R - 323

QTYPROHP QUANTITY PROCURED 6 N R - 322

PROELIHP PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM 6 X - - 305

NUMBER (ELIN)

PROQTYHP PRORATED QUANTITY 6 N R - 306

120.17 Table HQ, Serial Number Effectivity. This table contains the serial

number effectivity ranges which are affected by the design change. Table keys

include all columns.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

CAGECDXH CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHA REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

CANUMBHP CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER 15 X L - 043 F

FMSRNOHQ FROM SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY 10 X L - 374 K

TOSRNOHQ TO SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY 10 X L - 374 K

120.18 Table HR, Design Change Usable On Code. This table references to the

UOC affected by a design change. Table keys include all columns. Design

change UOC is extracted from table XC through table HO for the key of UOC

system/EI (LCNSEIHO and ALCSEIHO) and UOC provisioning LCN/ALC (LSACONHO and

ALTLCNHO). REFNUMHO, CAGECDHO, LSACONHO, and ALTLCNHO must be identical with

REFNUMHA, CAGECDXH, LSACONXB, and ALTLCNXB from table HP migrating CANUMBHP

into this table. EIACODXA and LCNTYPXB must be identical in Tables XC, HO,

and HR.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

CAGECDHO UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE 5 X F - 046 F

REFNUMHO UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER 32 X L - 337 F
104 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

LSACONHO UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL 18 X L - 199 F

NUMBER (LCN)

ALTLCNHO UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN 2 N F - 019 F

CODE (ALC)

LCNSEIHO UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN 18 X L - 199 F

ALCSEIHO UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC 2 N F - 019 F

CANUMBHP CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER 15 X L - 043 F
105 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

130. TRANSPORTABILITY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS. Data tables beginning with "J"

in the first position of the table code are structured to capture the

information pertaining to the transportability shipping modes and to the

transported end item. In the event that the end item is sectionalized for

transport, the information shall be completed for each section of the end

item. Figure 13 depicts the relational hierarchy of these tables/entities.

TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

JA Transportation

JB Transportation Shipping Mode

JC Transported End Item

JD Transported End Item Narrative

JE Transport by Fiscal Year

JF Transportation Narrative

130.1 Table JA, Transportation. This table identifies the transportation

characteristics of the system/equipment under analysis. It describes what is

required for the system/equipment to be transported. The table keys consist

of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB). For

a given row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to table

JA:

a. The transportability area can only be used if an item has been

identified by a Sectionalized Item Transportation Indicator (SECITMXB)

table XB, or by a Transportation End Item Indicator (TRASEIXC) table XC.

b. If the system/equipment is being sectionalized for transportation,

then a Sectionalized Identification (SECTIDJA) should be filled out.

c. If the system/equipment has environmental considerations, a (y) should

be entered in the Environmental Handling and Transportation Indicator

(ENHATCJA).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRNINDJA TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 1 A F - 468

SECTIDJA SECTIONALIZED IDENTIFICATION 2 N R - 366

ENHATCJA ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND 1 A F - 098

TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR

DELSCHJA DELIVERY SCHEDULE 1 A F - 075

CONNUMJA TRANSPORTATION CONTRACT NUMBER 19 X L - 055

PROPSNJA PROPER SHIPPING NAME 60 X - - 304

SPSPEDJA SPEED 3 N R - 400

TWSPEDJA TOWING SPEED 3 N R - 455

MILUNTJA MILITARY UNIT TYPE 240 X - - 242
106 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 
 107 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

TRCHRDJA REVISION DATE 6 N F - 071

TRCHTHJA THEATER OF OPERATION 5 A L - 451

NOPRFFJA NONOPERATIONAL FRAGILITY 2 N R - 260

FACTOR

NETEXWJA NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT 10 N R - 254

130.2 Table JB, Transportation Shipping Modes. This table identifies the

different possible transportation shipping modes for the system/equipment

under analysis. This table can identify the different types of aircraft and

whether the aircraft will transport the item under analysis externally or

internally. This table can identify the different type of helicopters, their

mission capabilities, and whether the helicopter will transport the item under

analysis externally or internally. This table can identify the highway prime

and alternate model types and what type of payload capacity the transporter

has. This table can identify the type of lighterages and whether the item

under analysis can be stowed on deck. This table can identify the type of

rail system that will be used and which countries the rail system will run

through for the item under analysis. This table can identify the type of

ships and whether the item under analysis can be stowed on deck. The table

keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), Transportation Characteristic Number (TRANCNJB), and

Transportation Mode Type (TRCHMTJB). For a given row of information, the

following cross-element edits apply to table JB:

a. This table can only be used if an (S or B) has been entered in the

Transportation Indicator (TRNINDJA) table JA.

b. Transportation Item Designator (TRITDRJB) and External or Internal

Load Indicator (EOILINJB) should only be used when the Transportation

Character Mode Type of (A) for an aircraft is entered.

c. External or Internal Load Indicator (EOILINJB) and Transportation Item

Designator (TRITDRJB) for an aircraft must either both be blank, or have

entries.

d. Transportation Item Designator (TRITDRJB), Helicopter Mission Altitude

(HMATLRJB), Helicopter Mission Distance (HMDISRJB), Helicopter Mission Payload

(HMPAYRJB), Helicopter Mission Temperature (HMTMPRJB), Helicopter Mission Time

(HMTIMRJB), and External or Internal Load Indicator (EOILINJB) should only be

filled out when the Transportation Character Mode Type (TRCHMTJB) of (B) for

a helicopter is entered.

e. External or Internal Load Indicator (EOILINJB) and Transportation Item

Designator (TRITDRJB) for a helicopter must either both be blank, or have

entries.

f. Highway Prime Load (HIPRMLJB), Highway Prime Model Type (HIPRMTJB),

Highway Alternate Load (HALTMLJB), and Highway Alternate Model Type (HALTMTJB)

should only be filled out when the Transportation Character Mode Type

(TRCHMTJB) of (C) is entered.

g. Highway Prime Model Load (HIPRMLJB) and Highway Prime Model Type

(HIPRMTJB) must either both be blank, or have entries.
 108 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

h. Highway Alternate Model Load (HALTMLJB) and Highway Alternate Model

Type (HALTMTJB) must either both be blank, or have entries.

i. Sea Deck Stowage (SDECKSJB) and Transportation Item Designator

(TRITDRJB) and should only be filled out when the Transportation Character

Mode Type (TRCHMTJB) of (D) for a lighterage is entered.

j. Sea Deck Stowage (SDECKSJB) and Transportation Item Designator

(TRITDRJB) must either both be blank, or have entries.

k. Transportation Item Designator (TRITDRJB), Rail Use (RAILUSJB) and

Rail Transportation Country (RAILTCJB) should only be filled out when the

Transportation Character Mode Type (TRCHMTJB) of (E) is entered.

l. Rail Use (RAILUSJB) and Rail Transportation Country (RAILTCJB) must

either both be blank, or have entries.

m. Sea Deck Stowage (SDECKSJB) and Transportation Item Designator

(TRITDRJB) should only be filled out when the Transportation Character Mode

Type (TRCHMTJB) of (F) for a ship is entered.

n. Sea Deck Stowage (SDECKSJB) and Transportation Item Designator

(TRITDRJB) must either both be blank, or have entries.

o. Container Length (CONLENJB) and Container Type (CONTYPJB) must either

both be blank, or have entries.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRANCNJB TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER NUMBER 2 N R - 465 K

TRCHMTJB TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE 1 A F - 464 K

TYPE

TRITDRJB TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR 26 X L - 469

SHPCONJB SHIPPING CONFIGURATION 2 A L - 380

CONLENJB CONTAINER LENGTH 2 N R - 053

CONTYPJB CONTAINER TYPE 36 X L - 054

FRCLASJB FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION 7 X L - 146

EOILINJB EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD 1 A F - 104

INDICATOR

HMATLRJB HELICOPTER MISSION ALTITUDE 5 N R - 159

HMDISRJB HELICOPTER MISSION DISTANCE 3 N R - 159

HMPAYRJB HELICOPTER MISSION PAYLOAD 5 N R - 159

HMTMPRJB HELICOPTER MISSION TEMPERATURE 3 N R - 159

HMTIMRJB HELICOPTER MISSION TIME 3 N R 1 159

HIPRMLJB HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL LOAD 1 A F - 250

HIPRMTJB HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL TYPE 19 X L - 251

HALTMLJB HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL LOAD 1 A F - 250

HALTMTJB HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL TYPE 19 X L - 251

RAILUSJB RAIL USE 5 A L - 326

RAILTCJB RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY 240 X - - 325

SDECKSJB SEA DECK STOWAGE 1 A F - 072
109 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

130.3 Table JC, Transported End Item. This table provides information

pertaining to a System/EI that is to be transported. The table keys consist

of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB),

Transported Configuration Number (TRANCNJC), and Mobility Type (MOBTYPJC).

For a given row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to

table JC:

a. This table can only be used if an (E or B) has been entered in the

Transportation Indicator (TRNINDJA) table JA.

b. Operational Weight Empty (OPWEEMJC) and Military Load Classification

Empty (HICLNEJC) must either both be blank, or have entries.

c. Operational Weight Loaded (OPWELDJC) and Military Load Classification

Loaded (HICLNLJC) must either both be blank, or have entries.

d. Skid Number of Skids (SNUMSKJC), Skid Area (SDSICGJC), and Skid Area

UM (SKADUMJC) should only be used when the Mobility Type (MOBTYPJC) of (A) is

entered.

e. Skid Area (SDSICGJC) and Skid Area UM (SKADUMJC) must either both be

blank, or have entries.

f. Tracked Ground Pressure (TRGRPRJC), Tracked Road Wheel Weight

(TRRWWTJC), Tracked Pads Touching (TRNUPTJC), Tracked Pad Shoe Area

(TRPSARJC), and Tracked Pad Shoe Area UM (TPSAUMJC) should only be used when

the Mobility Type (MOBTYPJC) of (B) is entered. Wheeled Inflation Pressure

(WHINPRJC), Wheeled Number of Tires (WHNUTIJC), Wheeled Tire Load Ratings

(WHTLDRJC), Wheeled Tire Size (WHTIFTJC), and Wheeled Weight Ratings

(WHWERAJC) may also apply to tracked vehicles.

g. Tracked Pad Shoe Area (TRPSARJC) and Tracked Pad Shoe Area UM

(TPSAUMJC) must either both be blank, or have entries.

h. Wheeled Inflation Pressure (WHINPRJC), Wheeled Number of Tires

(WHNUTIJC), Wheeled Tire Load Ratings (WHTLDRJC), Wheeled Tire Size

(WHTIFTJC), and Wheeled Weight Ratings (WHWERAJC) should be used when the

Mobility Type (MOBTYPJC) of (C) is entered.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRCONMJC TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION 2 N R - 473 K

NUMBER

MOBTYPJC MOBILITY TYPE 1 A F - 249 K

OPWEEMJC OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY 4 N R 1 276

HICLNEJC MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION 2 N R - 241

EMPTY

OPWELDJC OPERATIONAL WEIGHT LOADED 4 N R 1 276

HICLNLJC MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION 2 N R - 241

LOADED

SHWEEMJC SHIPPING WEIGHT EMPTY 4 N R 1 381

SHWELDJC SHIPPING WEIGHT LOADED 4 N R 1 381
110 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

CREANGJC CREST ANGLE 2 N R - 063

TRGRPRJC TRACKED GROUND PRESSURE 7 N R - 456

TRRWWTJC TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT 6 N R 1 459

TRNUPTJC TRACKED PADS TOUCHING 2 N R - 458

TRPSARJC TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA 6 N R 1 457

TPSAUMJC TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA 2 A F - 491

UNIT OF MEASURE

WHINPRJC WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE 3 N R - 507

WHNUPLJC WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES 2 N R - 508

WHNUTIJC WHEELED NUMBER TIRES 2 N R - 509

WHTLDRJC WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATINGS 10 X L - 510

WHTIFTJC WHEELED TIRE SIZE 10 X L - 512

WHWERAJC WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS 10 X L - 513

TWALFIJC LENGTH FRONT INSIDE 4 N R 1 029

TWALFOJC LENGTH FRONT OUTSIDE 4 N R 1 029

TWALRIJC LENGTH REAR INSIDE 4 N R 1 029

TWALROJC LENGTH REAR OUTSIDE 4 N R 1 029

SNUMSKJC SKID NUMBER OF SKIDS 2 N R - 264

SDSICGJC SKID AREA 6 N R 1 384

SKADUMJC SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 2 A F - 491

130.4 Table JD, Transported End Item Narrative. This table may be used to

identify Tire Requirements, Skid Remarks, Tracked Wheeled Remarks, Turning

Information, Axle and Suspension Remarks, and Other Transported Equipment.

The table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN

Type (LCNTYPXB), Transported Configuration Number (TRANCNJC), and Mobility

Type (MOBTYPJC), Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD), and

Transported End Item Narrative Text Sequencing Code (TEXSEQJD). For a given

row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to table JD:

a. If the Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD) is (A), then

this table identifies any pertinent information pertaining to the tires for

the system under analysis (Wheeled Tire Requirements, DED 511).

b. If the Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD) is (B), then

this table describes any pertinent information pertaining to skid areas for

the system under analysis (Skid Remarks DED, 385).

c. If the Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD) is (C), then

this table describes the tracked/ wheeled turning diameter which will include

wall-to-wall, curb-to-curb (Turning Information, DED 477).

d. If the Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD) is (D), then

this table describes any information pertaining to the axle and suspension

system of the item under analysis (Wheeled Axle and Suspension Remarks, DED

506).

e. If the Transported End Item Narrative Code (TREINCJD) is (E), then

this table captures all other information pertaining to a item that is being

transported which is not tracked, wheeled, or skid mounted (Transported Other

Equipment, DED 475).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- 111 - 

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRCONMJC TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION 2 N R - 473 F

NUMBER

MOBTYPJC MOBILITY TYPE 1 A F - 249 F

TREINCJD TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE 1 A F - 474 K

CODE

TEXSEQJD TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE 5 N R - 450 K

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

WHTRLOJD TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---

130.5 Table JE, Transport by Fiscal Year. This table contains information

about the system/equipment procurement and delivery schedule. The table keys

consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN (LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type

(LCNTYPXB), and Transport Fiscal Year (TRAFYRJE).

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRAFYRJE TRANSPORT FISCAL YEAR 2 N F - 145 K

FIQPQTJE FIRST QUARTER PROCUREMENT 3 N R - 298

QUANTITY

SQPQTYJE SECOND QUARTER PROCUREMENT 3 N R - 298

QUANTITY

TQPQTYJE THIRD QUARTER PROCUREMENT 3 N R - 298

QUANTITY

FQPQTYJE FOURTH QUARTER PROCUREMENT 3 N R - 298

QUANTITY

130.6 Table JF, Transportation Narrative. This table may be used to identify

Transportation Shock and Vibration Requirements, Lifting and Tiedown Remarks,

Projection Characteristics, Regulatory Requirements, Special Services and

Equipment, Sectionalized Remarks, Transportation Remarks, Transport To/From

Remarks, Environmental Considerations, Military Distance Classification,

Unusual and Special Requirements, Venting and Protective Clothing, and

Disaster Response Force. The table keys consist of EIAC (EIACODXA), LCN

(LSACONXB), ALC (ALTLCNXB), LCN Type (LCNTYPXB), Transportation Narrative Code

(TRANCDJF), and Transportation Narrative Text Sequencing Code (TRANARJF). For

a given row of information, the following cross-element edits apply to table

JF:

a. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (A), then this

table should state the fragility, shock, and vibration considerations required

for the system/equipment under analysis (Transportation Shock Vibration

Remarks, DED 382).

b. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (B), then this

table identifies the number, location, and strength of the lifting provisions

and tiedown remarks for the system/equipment under analysis (Lifting and

Tiedown Remarks, DED 192).
 112 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

c. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (C), then this

table states the dimensions and locations of any significant projections of

the system under analysis (Transportation Projection Remarks, DED 471).

d. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (D), then this

table describes data to show compliance with regulatory requirements

(Regulatory Requirements, DED 340).

e. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (E), then this

table provides a narrative field for transportation remark which may include

towing, self-propelled, handling, and air dropped information, plus any

transportation information not captured in other data elements or other

narrative fields. (Transportation Remarks, DED 472).

f. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (F), then this

table describes any information concerning the requirements for special

services and equipment (railcars, highway vehicles, or materiel handling

equipment) when required for the system under analysis (Special Service and

Equipment, DED 398).

g. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (G), then this

table provides the sectionalization information for each section that is being

transported (Sectionalized Remarks, DED 368).

h. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (H), then this

table describes from where the item is transported and to where the item is

transported (Transported To and From, DED 476).

i. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (I), then this

table provides information concerning any special environmental/hazardous

considerations required for the transportation of the system/equipment under

analysis (Environmental/Hazardous Materials Considerations, DED 099). For

this table to be used, a (Y) must be entered into the Environmental Handling

and Transportation Indicator (ENHATCJA) table JA.

j. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (J), then this

table describes the military quantity distance class and storage compatibility

groups (Military Distance Classification, DED 240). For this table to be

used, a (Y) must be entered into the Environmental Handling and Transportation

Indicator (ENHATCJA) table JA.

k. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (K), then this

table describes any unusual item transportation characteristics (e.g.

temperature limits, humidity limits, escorts required, etc.) (Unusual and

Special Requirements, DED 500). For this table to be used, a (Y) must be

entered into the Environmental Handling and Transportation Indicator

(ENHATCJA) table JA.

l. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (L), then this

table describes the venting and protective clothing requirements (Venting and

Protective Clothing, DED 504). For this table to be used, a (Y) must be

entered into the Environmental Handling and Transportation Indicator

(ENHATCJA) table JA.

m. If the Transportation Narrative Code (TRANCDJF) is (M), then this
 113/114

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX A

- - 

table describes in detail all disaster response force requirements for a

transportation disaster encountered while transporting the item (Disaster

Response Force Requirements, DED 082). For this table to be used, a (Y) must

be entered into the Environmental Handling and Transportation Indicator

(ENHATCJA) table JA.

CODE DATA ELEMENT TITLE FORMAT DED KEY

EIACODXA END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 10 X L - 096 F

LSACONXB LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) 18 X L - 199 F

ALTLCNXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE 2 N F - 019 F

LCNTYPXB LCN TYPE 1 A F - 203 F

TRANCDJF TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE 1 A F - 470 K

TEXSEQJF TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TEXT 5 N R - 450 K

SEQUENCING CODE

TRANARJF TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE 65 X - - ---
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
115 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

APPENDIX B

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD REPORTS

10. PURPOSE. This appendix contains a listing and description of the

Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) Record (LSAR) reports and guidance for data

utilization. Reports will be selected by the requiring authority to tailor

and document the results of the support analysis tasks based on criteria as

stated in Appendix D. This documentation provides the capability of

developing product summaries from a common data source, thus, enhancing data

uniformity and reducing data product cost. These reports may be automatically

produced from a validated LSAR automated data processing ADP system.

Requirements of this appendix will be referenced and implemented in

contractual documents, as specified in the Contract Data Requirements List

(CDRL).

20. CONCEPT. An LSAR ADP system will, as a minimum, produce the reports

shown on figures 15 through 60 on an individual basis from computer stored

data. This capability permits automatic generation of product and analysis

reports capable of satisfying the cited data item descriptions in paragraph 6

of this standard. A validated LSAR ADP system can be used to automatically

generate the summaries contained in this appendix based upon the specific ADP

processing requirements of the validated system. When required, any or all of

the LSAR reports contained in this appendix can be manually produced. When

the LSAR reports are manually prepared, they shall be in accordance with (IAW)

the content, format, sequence and computational requirements contained in

paragraph 30 and figure 14.

20.1 LSAR data table to report matrix. Figure 14 contains a matrix of LSAR

data tables to reports. Finding a report across the top of figure 14, and

then reading down the column, a user can determine the specific data elements

required to produce the given report. The data appearing on the summaries;

required to qualify an item for a summary; used in report calculations;

modified when used on an output; and, keys of the tables directly impacting a

report generation, are all specified by an identifying code. The data table

"business rules" and edits may dictate that additional data tables must be

established prior to making a specific table entry, e.g., establishing a

foreign key.

20.2 General report selection criteria. Unless otherwise specified in the

report description, LSA summaries described in this appendix shall be in ASCII

sequence. The following basic rules are provided as guidance for report

selection:

a. For Service Designator Code (DED 368) selections, choosing A, F, N, or

M results in the selection of the matched service designator code and X and J

codes. Choosing T results in selection of both T and J codes. All other code

selections results in extraction of matched code data only. Service

designator qualification in many instances will occur by task code (DED 419).

b. Lower-tiered or "trailer" LSA Control Number (LCN) and Alternate LCN

Code (ALC) selections may be made against any report which specifies selection

by LCN/ALC range. This further defining a report selection is used when

multiple configurations, alternate design or maintenance concepts, or
116 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

alternate vendors are contained in the LSAR. For example, as a rule, the

basic configuration of an equipment is identified by LCNs with no ALC entry.

Where alternate(s) at the component level are documented and the alternate is

required on the specified report, the basic selection would have no ALC entry.

However, a lower indentured LCN may also be used with the report selection to

obtain the specific LCN(s) and ALC(s) of the assembly(s) to be substituted for

the basic configuration. Lower indentured LCN selections will include the

subordinate items to the alternate selected. Once the alternate assembly(s)

and their breakdown have been selected, the selection process will revert back

to the original LCN selection.

c. The Usable On Code (UOC) (DED 501) is a primary (and often mandatory)

selection criteria when selecting LSAR reports by LCN. It is used to identify

the model/configuration relationship of each LCN comprising a system/equipment

and to control these relationships for LSAR report generation. The UOC is

critical, and should therefore be used when establishing an LSAR. This

requirement holds even if only one configuration/model of a system/equipment

is being documented. In accordance with table XC, contained in appendix A of

this standard, each configuration/model is assigned a unique UOC at the

system/end item level LCN. Each individual assembly/component/piece part is

also "linked" to the assigned UOC of the model of which it is applicable

through tables XF and HO. When an assembly/component/piece part is applicable

to more than one configuration/model, then multiple UOCs are "linked" to the

component for a single LCN and ALC via tables XF and HO. This eliminates the

requirement of duplicating analysis and related data, merely because an item

has application to multiple configurations/models. For further information on

the UOC, LCN, and ALC relationship, refer to appendix C.

30. LSAR REPORTS.

30.l LSA-00l, Man-Hours by Skill Specialty Code and Level of Maintenance. A

report divided into two parts. It is used to determine manpower requirements

of the system/equipment, and to determine the time required and number of

personnel, by Skill Specialty Code (SSC), and person identifier to perform

each task. The format is contained on figure 15. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.1.1 Part I contains a summary of annual man-hour expenditures by

maintenance levels and SSC. Man-hour totals are based on the number of

systems supported by level of maintenance. The number of maintenance tasks

used to develop the report are displayed. The man-hour values displayed in

each column (level of maintenance) are derived for each SSC by multiplying the

task frequency, times the sum of the man-minutes per person identifier,

divided by 60 and summing those values for each maintenance task performed by

a particular SSC. At the option of the user, more than one end item, system,

component, etc., supported, at any given maintenance level, may be requested.

Then the annual maintenance man-hours displayed on the output report will be

for the number of end items, systems, components, etc., specified. These

values are obtained by multiplying the number of items supported by each

maintenance level times the annual maintenance man-hours involved. Part I is

sequenced by ascending SSC.

30.1.2 Part II contains a report of the man-hours, by person identifier,

expended on each maintenance task. Man-hours are the sum of the man-minutes

per person identifier for the same person identifier involved in a task,
117 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

divided by 60. An evaluation of the skill specialty and the requirement for

training equipment is provided for each task code. It provides annual

man-hours per item per maintenance task, and total man-hours per maintenance

task based on number of systems supported, and can be obtained for a specific

SSC/ Skill Evaluation Code. The annual man-hours per item column is obtained

by multiplying the task frequency times the man-minutes involved for the

maintenance task for a specific person identifier. The total annual man-hours

column is derived by multiplying the number of systems supported, as specified

by the user, times the annual man-hours per item column. Part II is sequenced

by ascending SSC, then LCN, and finally task code.

30.2 LSA-003, Maintenance Summary. A report which compares the current

status of the system maintenance parameters with the requirements recorded on

the A data tables. The format is contained on figure 16. Spacing between

rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.2.1 Task code functions of "O", "T", "U", "V", "Y", and "3 - 9", and task

code interval of "Y" are not used in the LSA-003 report calculations. The

elapsed time and man-hour values printed on the status line of the report are

calculated from data on the C data tables in the following manner:

N N

Σ (ETi)(TFi) Σ (M-Hi)(TFi)

ETm = i=1 M-Hm = i=1 _

N N

Σ TFi Σ TFi

i=l i=l

ETm = Mean elapsed time

M-Hm = Mean man-hours

ETi = Elapsed time for task i (DED 224)

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

M-Hi = Total man-hours for task i (DED 225)

N = Total number of tasks performed

The preceding computations are performed for each of the following groupings

of tasks at crew and organizational operation/maintenance (O/M) Levels:

a. Daily Inspection (task code position 1 is "A", and position 2 is "C").

b. Preoperative Inspection (task code position 1 is "A", and position 2 is

"A").

c. Post Operative Inspection (task code position 1 is "A", and position 2

is "H").

d. Periodic Inspection (task code position 1 is "A", and position 2 is "E"

or "B").

e. Mission Profile Change (task code position 1 is "M").

f. Turnaround (task code position 5 is "F").

Also, the preceding computations are performed for unscheduled tasks (task

code position 2 is F, G, or J) at all maintenance levels.
118 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.2.2 The scheduled and unscheduled values for annual man-hours per end item

are derived utilizing data from the C tables for a given LCN using the task

interval codes F, G, and J for unscheduled tasks and all remaining task

interval codes scheduled. The following calculations are performed at each

maintenance level:

N

(M-Hs)a = Σ (TFi)(M-Hs)i (M-Hu)a = Σ (TFi)(M-Hu)i

i=l i=l

N

(M-Hs)a = Annual man-hours for scheduled maintenance

(M-Hu)a = Annual man-hours for unscheduled maintenance

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

(M-Hs)i = Total man-hours for scheduled maintenance

task i (DED 225)

(M-Hu)i = Total man-hours for unscheduled maintenance

task i (DED 225)

N = Total number of tasks performed

The scheduled and unscheduled values are summed to yield total annual manhours per end item.

30.2.3 The scheduled and unscheduled man-hours per operating hour are

calculated by dividing the annual man-hours per end item from the LSA-003

Report by the annual operating requirements specified on the A table. This

calculation is performed at each O/M level.

30.2.4 The status totals for all levels are calculated by summing the manhours for each level of maintenance.

30.2.5 The organizational inspection section is always shown first. The

remainder of the report is sequenced by ascending maintenance level (crew to

depot).

30.3 LSA-004, Maintenance Allocation Chart Summary. The maintenance allocation chart (MAC) Summary is a report consisting of four sections, three of

which are obtainable from the LSAR. Section I, Introduction, is "boiler

plate" information developed IAW either figures 20 or 21 of MIL-M-63038 (TM)

Manuals, Technical (Army). Sections II, MAC; III, Tool and Test Equipment

Requirements; and IV, Remarks are produced as separate sections of this

summary. The report is provided in standard or aviation format IAW figures

20, and 21, respectively, of MIL-M-63038 (TM) (Army). A report may be printed

on plain bond paper. It is used as source information for the final MAC

contained in the organizational maintenance TM. Formats for the proof

standard, and aviation, and draft MAC are contained on figure 17. Spacing

between rows and columns is not critical on the draft MAC.

30.3.l Section II, consists of the man-hour allocations by maintenance

function and maintenance level. Task functions (1st position task code) for

the draft MAC will appear as they do in the LSAR database. Task functions not

allowed on a proof MAC will be automatically included as follows:

a. Access, Disassemble/Assemble, and Fault Locate times are included as
119 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

part of the repair time.

b. End-of-Runway Inspection times are included as part of inspect time.

c. Remove and Install times are included as part of the Remove/Install

time.

d. Remove and Replace times are included as Replace time.

e. Lubricate times are included as part of the service times.

f. Task Function Codes of "Q", "M", "U", "V", "O", "Y", "T", and "2 - 9"

are not included on the MAC. The Task Interval Code "Y" is also not included

on the MAC.

30.3.2 Operations/Maintenance (O/M) Level "G" is not included on the proof

MAC. The O/M level "L" is included as part of Maintenance Category "H" on the

standard MAC. Only O/M levels of "O", "F", and "D" apply when the aviation

MAC is developed. Maintenance category aviation unit (AVUM) equates to "O";

aviation intermediate (AVIM) to "F"; and Depot to "D".

30.3.3 For each O/M Level, the mean-man hours is calculated for all tasks

with the same task function as follows:

N

Σ (TFi)(M-Hi)

M-Hm = i=l _

N

Σ TFi

i=l

M-Hm = Mean man-hours

M-Hi = Man-hours for task i (DED 225)

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

N = Total number of tasks performed

Man-hours are rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour. Section II is

sequenced by ascending LCN or Functional Group Code (FGC) (depending on the

display option selected), then by ascending maintenance function based on the

first position of the task code.

30.3.4 Section III, Tool and Test Equipment Requirements. This section of

the MAC consists of tools and test equipment required by task function and

maintenance level. The section may be selected by item category code (ICC) or

combination of ICCs. The section is used to identify tools and test equipment

required to perform the maintenance functions listed on the Section II Maintenance Allocation Summary. Sections II and III are cross-indexed by the

"Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code." Section III is sequenced by

ascending reference numbers.

30.3.5 Section IV, Remarks. The Remarks section is based upon Remarks

entered against qualified MAC tasks. Sections II and IV are cross indexed by

the Remarks Code contained in column 6 of section II and the Reference Code of
 120

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

section IV. Only the proof MAC and Aviation MAC contain section IV. Section

IV is sequenced by ascending remarks reference code.

30.4 LSA-005, Support Item Utilization Summary. A report, by ICC, showing

the use of the item by maintenance level and LCN. The report should be used

to justify the requirement for support equipment and determine the quantity

and distribution requirements. The report should also be used to determine

recommended order quantities of repair parts based on their total use. The

format is contained on figure 18. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.4.1 The user has the option to choose between elapsed time an item of

support equipment is used, or the quantity of support items utilized. If the

elapsed time option is selected, only the following ICCs are allowed: D, E,

F, G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S, T, U, V, AC, and 1 through 8. If the quantity

option is selected, only the following ICCs are utilized in the report: K, L,

Q, W, X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AD, AE, and 9.

30.4.2 At each O/M Level, the total elapsed time for all tasks, where a

particular item of support equipment is used, is calculated as follows:

N

ETt = Σ (TFi)(ETi)

i=l

ETt = Total elapsed time

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

ETi = Elapsed time for task i (DED 224)

N = Total number of tasks performed

30.4.3 At each O/M Level, the total quantity of a repair part is calculated

for each task where the repair part is used as follows:

N

TQ = Σ (TFi)(QTY/TASK)i

i=l

TQ = Total quantity

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

(QTY/TASK)i = Quantity per task i (DED 319)

N = Total number of tasks performed

30.4.4 The total elapsed time usage for support equipment for all maintenance

levels, or total quantity for repair part for all maintenance levels, is

calculated by summing the total elapsed time usage or quantity, respectively,

for each level of maintenance.

30.4.5 When man-hours or elapsed times are reported, each value will be

preceded by (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values being

reported. Where a measured value has not been input, the report will default
 121 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

to the predicted value.

30.4.6 The report is sequenced by ascending ICC first, then by ascending

reference number, by maintenance level, and by LCN or FGC (depending on which

is selected in the display option).

30.5 LSA-006, Critical Maintenance Task Summary. The report provides a list

of all maintenance tasks which exceed a specific value for task frequency, or

elapsed time, or man-hours, or annual man-hours. The specific value(s)

exceeded is identified as critical criteria. The report may be selected for

any maintenance level or combination of levels and for scheduled or

unscheduled maintenance. The report should be used to pinpoint problem areas

and plan maintenance for critical components. The format is contained on

figure 19. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.5.1 If unscheduled maintenance is selected, then task codes must contain

an F, G, or J in the second position. If scheduled maintenance is selected,

task codes must contain an A, B, C, E, H, K, L, M, N, P, Q, or R in the second

position. Task interval codes (second position) of "Y", battlefield damage

assessment and repair, (BDAR) are not included in any LSA-006 calculations.

30.5.2 Annual man-hours are calculated by multiplying the mean man-hours by

the task frequency for a given task.

30.5.3 When man-hours or elapsed times are reported, each value will be

preceded by (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values being

reported. Where a measured value has not been input, the report will default

to the predicted value.

30.5.4 The report is sequenced by descending critical value. If the critical

values are identical, the report sequences by ascending LCN, then by ascending

task codes (starting with the first position).

30.6 LSA-007, Support Equipment Requirements. A report of all support

equipment (i.e., tools, test equipment, etc.) utilized by SSC and level of

maintenance. The report may be selected for any maintenance level or

combination of levels. This report should be used to develop tool kits for

each skill specialty at each level of maintenance. The format is contained on

figure 20. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.6.1 ICCs are limited to D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, AC, and 1 through 8. This

report is sequenced first according to the selected sequence option (SEQ OPT)

(SSC then O/M Level, or vice-versa), then by LCN or FGC (depending on the

selected display option), and then by ascending reference number.

30.7 LSA-008, Support Items Validation Summary. This summary provides a

listing of those support items required to support/perform the task at each

maintenance level. The support items are categorized in groups of:

Support/Test Equipment and Tools (ICC D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, 1-8, AC)

Spare and Repair Parts (ICC X, Y, Z, 9, AA, AB, AE)

Other (ICC, E, F, J, Q, S, T, W, AD)

30.7.l This summary will be used to review support items requirements for the

maintenance and operator task(s) involved and may be selected for an entire
 122 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

equipment, specific LCN range, maintenance level, or ICC(s). The ICC grouping

sequence is Support/Test Equipment and Tools first, Spare and Repair Parts,

then Other. Within each category, the report is sequenced by ascending

maintenance level (crew to depot), then by ascending reference number. The

format is contained on figure 21. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.8 LSA-009, Support Items List. A report by LCN, reference number, and

national stock number (NSN), of all repair parts, tools/test equipment

necessary to support the system/equipment. The report may be selected for any

ICC or combination of ICCs, or single or multiple provisioning technical

documentation selection code. It is sequenced in either ascending LCN or

reference number/commercial and government entity (CAGE) code. The

provisioning unit of measure price only, appears on the LSA-009 summary. The

report should be used to provide information necessary to assist in performing

provisioning. The format is contained on figure 22. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.9 LSA-010, Parts Standardization Summary. A report by reference number of

all spare and repair parts comprising the system/equipment. The report may be

selected for any contractor technical information code (CTIC) or CTIC

combination and for any acquisition method code (AMC) or AMC combination. It

can be utilized to assist in performance of DOD Replenishment Parts Breakout

Program. The report is sequenced by ascending reference numbers. The format

is contained on figure 23. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical

on this report.

30.10 LSA-0ll, Special Training Equipment/Device Summary. A report of all

operator or maintenance tasks, which have been identified as requiring a

special training device and the narrative explanation of the training

equipment requirement. The report should be used to identify the

requirements, and provide justification, for the acquisition of training

devices. The format is contained on figure 24. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.10.l As a minimum, at least one LCN within the selected range must have a

qualified task that has a valid entry for mean man-minutes and for mean minute

elapsed time. Also, the qualified LCN must contain a "Y" code entry for

Training Equipment Requirement Code. This report is sequenced by ascending

LCN or FGC (depending on the display option chosen), then by ascending task

codes (starting with the first position).

30.11 LSA-0l2, Facility Requirement. A report of all tasks which have been

identified as requiring new or modified facilities, or facility requirements

identified for training. Tasks reported are limited to those documented

against specific LCN range and service designator code. In addition, a "Y"

must be entered in the CA table, Requirements For, to qualify for inclusion

into the list. Also included in this summary are narrative explanation and

justifications of facility requirements. At the option of the requiring

authority, existing facilities may also be documented and reported. The

report should be used to provide requirement and justification for the

construction of new facilities, or to determine additional work load at

existing facilities. The format is contained on figure 25. Spacing between

rows and columns is not critical on this report.
123 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.11.1 When man-hours or elapsed times are reported, each value will be

preceded by (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values. Where a

measured value has not been input to the LSAR, the report will default to the

predicted value. Overflows of Reference Number exceeding 16 positions are

printed on the next line immediately below the first position of the Reference

Number.

30.11.2 The LSA-012 report is sequenced by ascending values of LCN, or with

an option to sequence by a selected facility category code and all higher

values. The report is selective by RPT TYP which will delineate between a

test, operational, training, or depot facility.

30.12 LSA-0l3, Support Equipment Grouping Number Utilization Summary. A

report by maintenance level and Support Equipment Grouping Identification

Number of the tasks, which use the support equipment group. The report may be

selected for any maintenance level or combination of levels. The report

should be used to provide the requirements, quantity, and justification for

the acquisition of support equipment. The format is contained on figure 26.

Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.12.1 When man-hours or elapsed times are reported, each value will be

preceded by (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values being

reported. Where a measured value has not been input, the report will default

to the predicted value.

30.13 LSA-0l4, Training Task List. A report by SSC of each task identified

in the task inventory. As an option, it will display only those tasks for

which training is recommended. If this option is selected, then the report

will output the rationale for training recommendations and training location

requirements necessary to perform a given task. The report should be used to

recommend a task for training and provide the basis for recommendation of the

training location of the task. The format is contained on figure 27. Spacing

between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.13.1 If the Training Recommended option is selected, then LCNs must

qualify by checking for a Training Recommendation Code of B, C, or J. This

report is sequenced by ascending SSC, then by ascending LCN.

30.14 LSA-0l6, Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart (PMAC). A

preliminary report of task allocation by maintenance function and maintenance

level, and a preliminary report of tools, equipment, and spares/repair parts

required by task function and maintenance level. The report is used to

identify tools and equipment by maintenance levels to perform the maintenance

functions, and to validate Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability (SMR) Codes

for spares and repair parts. It is divided into three parts. Part I is the

basic maintenance allocations and is sequenced in either ascending LCN or

TM FGC; part II contains the tool listing; and part III contains the

spare/repair part listing. Both parts II and III are sequenced in ascending

Reference Number and CAGE. The format is contained on figure 28. Spacing

between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.14.1 ICCs for parts II and III, Tools and Parts for the PMAC, may only be

chosen from the following ICC values for each grouping:

Tools (ICC - D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, 1-8, AC, AD)
124

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

Parts (ICC - X, Y, Z, 9, AA, AB, AE)

30.14.2 Task codes with task functions of Q, Z, P, M, O, U, V, C, Y, T, and 2

through 9, and task interval of Y are excluded from the PMAC. The task

function is spelled out on the report and the O/M level code is displayed,

following the function, in parenthesis.

30.14.3 The man-hours (M-HRS) are calculated for all tasks with the same task

function as follows:

N

Σ (TFi)(M-Hi)

M-Hm = i=l _

N

Σ TFi

i=l

M-Hm = Mean man-hours

M-Hi = Man-hours for task i (DED 225)

TFi = Task frequency for task i (DED 430)

N = Total number of tasks performed

30.14.4 If any or all of the mean man-hours for the LSA-016 summary are

predicted, the man-hour column will be followed by a (P). If all man-hours

are measured, an (M) will appear.

30.14.5 The "NUMBER" appearing on part I is assigned based on the sequence of

the LCN or FGC. The tool and part references are assigned based on the

sequence of the tool/part in parts II and III, respectively.

30.15 LSA-018, Task Inventory Summary. This summary is a comprehensive

listing of all tasks performed by system personnel to operate and maintain the

item. It can be used in workload analysis to model crew member activities and

to create operating and some maintenance scenarios. The report is capable of

producing an inventory of tasks for all "Jobs" (Table CJ) within a given

system, or for selected "Job" combinations. The format is contained on figure

29. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.15.1 The report will be sequenced by ascending Job Code (Table CJ) and

ascending Duty Codes (Table CJ) within each Job. Duty will be printed out

left justified on the output and Job will appear in parentheses following

Duty. Task Identification will be indented beneath Duty and Job; Subtask

Identification will be indented beneath Task Identification; and the Element

narrative will be indented beneath Subtask Identification (if applicable).

30.16 LSA-0l9, Task Analysis Summary. This summary provides a listing of

support items and skill specialty requirements needed to perform maintenance

tasks. The report is designed to be used in the preparation of maintenance

manuals and during physical teardown logistic demonstration (PTLD), both to

record data as a result of the PTLD, and to review the results of the PTLD

against the LSAR database. At the option of the user, the report may also

contain the narrative sequential subtask description for each task, and the

description of those subtasks which are referenced. The referenced subtask

descriptions will appear in the proper sequence of the task description

requested. The summary may be requested by maintenance level, Hardness
125 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

Critical Procedure (HCP), task interval, task function, and SSCs/ICC(s). The

format is contained on figure 30. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.16.1 The support items identified in the LSAR database to perform the

identified task are categorized by ICC in the same manner as described for the

LSA-008 summary.

30.16.2 If the HCP option is selected, then only tasks with an associated HCP

code of Y or S will qualify and be output. If the task interval (second

position of task code) option or task function (first position of task code)

option is chosen, only tasks with the selected task interval and/or task

function will qualify.

30.16.3 If the task narrative option is selected, tasks should have a valid

mean man-minute entry and mean minute elapsed time entry and a support item

suppression option can be selected. If the task narrative option is not

selected, then either predicted or measured elapsed times and man-hours are

allowable with measured taken first precedence and the support items cannot be

suppressed.

30.16.4 There is a space available at the end of each LCN for the reviewer to

manually insert and describe those support items not identified in the LSAR,

but found to be required during the PTLD review. Also, there is space

available for manual entries for manually measured elapsed time, manually

measured man-hours, actual quantity used, manual evaluation, and reviewer's

name.

30.16.5 This report is sequenced by ascending LCN or FGC (depending on

display option selected), then by ascending task code. The support items

portion is sequenced by ascending ICC (A-Z, 1-9), then by ascending reference

number.

30.17 LSA-023, Maintenance Plan Summary. The report consists of four parts

which may be selected together or individually. Part I contains general

information pertaining to the system/item selected and the maintenance concept

and plan rationale. Part II contains the reliability, availability, and

maintenance characteristics of the system/item. This part may be selected by

LCN or work unit code for the desired maintenance level. Part III describes

the preventive and corrective maintenance action requirements. Corrective

tasks are determined by task interval code values of "J", "F", and "G". Part

IV contains a listing of required support equipment and associated technical

data by ICC. This part may be selected for any ICC or combination of ICCs.

The report can be sequenced by either LCN or TM-FGC. Format contained on

Figure 31. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.17.1 The LSA-023 summary is selective by mandatory EIAC, Start LCN, ALC,

Type, UOC, and Serv Des; and optional Stop LCN. Part 3 is selected by either

preventive, corrective, or both type tasks. Part 4 selection also requires

specifying the ICCs for support equipment requirements of each task. The ICCs

allowable for part 4 are: D, G, H, M, N P, R, V, 1-8, and AC (see appendix E,

DED 177, for a listing and definitions of various ICCs).

30.17.2 In part 1, reference number, CAGE, and item designator code may not

appear if LCN Type is functional (F). In Part 2, NSN and related data,
126 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

reference number, CAGE, Maximum Allowable Operating Time (MAOT), Maintenance

Action Code (MAC), SMR, Unit of Issue (UI), and UI Price may not appear if LCN

Type is functional. In part 3, the number (NO) SSC can be calculated by

summing up the number of person identifiers in table CD for a given SSC for a

given task. When man-hours or elapsed times are reported, each value will be

preceded by (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values being

reported. Where a measured value has not been input to the LSAR, the report

will default to the predicted value. Overflows of Reference Number exceeding

16 positions are printed on the next line immediately below the first position

of the Reference Number.

30.17.3 Depending upon the display option chosen, for parts 1, 2, and 4 when

the display option of TM FGC is selected, the output is sorted by ascending TM

FGC, then ascending LCN. If LCN option is selected, those sections are

sequenced by LCN first, then TM FGC. Part 3, A and B sections, should be

sequenced by maintenance level (crew to depot), ascending LCN, then ascending

task code (starting with the first position).

30.18 LSA-024, Maintenance Plan. The report consists of three parts which

may be selected together or individually. Part I contains general

considerations (design description, maintenance plan summary, and maintenance

plan rationale) for the LCN selected. Part II describes the repair capability

required to support the LCN selected and includes maintenance technical data

for the LCN selected and its lower indenture level repairable items, and

maintenance significant consumable items. Part III contains a list of the

maintenance tasks by category (preventive, corrective, servicing and

calibration) for the LCN selected and its lower assembly repairable items.

The report can be selected for any maintenance level by LCN down to piece

part. The format is contained on figure 32. Spacing between rows and columns

is not critical on this report.

30.18.1 The following definitions are for header information for the LSA-024

summary which are not contained in the LSAR:

a. Date of Initial Submission/Revision/Date of Revision. A 19-position

field containing the date of the initial submission of the maintenance plan,

alphabetic revision indicator, and date of the current revision. The dates

and revision should be entered in the following format, including slashes and

dashes: MM-DD-YY/A/MM-DD-YY.

b. Preparing Activity. A 15-position field containing the name of the

performing activity having responsibility for the data.

c. Prepared By. A 15-position field containing the name of the

individual having responsibility for accuracy of the data.

d. Defense Logistics Services Center (DLSC) Screen Date. An eight

position field containing the date indicating when screening results were

accepted by the government on all repairable items. The date should be

entered in the following format, including dashes: MM-DD-YY.

e. Navy Ammunition Logistic Code (NALC). A four position alphanumeric

code identifying the generic description within the Federal Supply Class. The

NALC is assigned by Ships Parts Control Center (SPCC). The NALC is used for

fleet reporting/requisitioning of ammunition and to indicate functional
 127 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

interchangeability of items.

f. Maintenance Plan Number. A number identifying each maintenance plan.

The maintenance plan number is assigned by the requiring authority (DED 209).

30.18.2 Definitions for technical factors are as follows:

a. Maintenance Replacement Factor (MRF) Repairables. The expected rate

at which an item is found to be beyond the capability of maintenance (BCM)

below the depot level and is inducted at the depot for repair or condemnation

per maintenance cycle.

b. MRF Consumables. The predicted number of times an item will require

replacement (due to failure, forced removal) in one maintenance cycle at the

Organizational/Intermediate levels of maintenance.

c. Depot Scrap Rate (DSR). The expected percentage of the items scrapped

at the depot level per maintenance cycle.

d. Below DSR (BDSR). The predicted number of times in one maintenance

cycle that a field level repairable will be disposed of at the Organizational/

Intermediate levels of maintenance.

e. Rotatable Pool Factor (RPF). The predicted number of times in one

maintenance cycle that an item is removed from its next higher assembly at the

Organizational/Intermediate level of maintenance, repaired at the Intermediate

level and returned to ready for issue at this level.

f. System Attrition Rate (SAR). The percentage of depot level repairable

items that fail, which will not, through repair, be returned to a serviceable

condition.

g. Repair Survival Rate (RSR). The percent of nonserviceable repairable

assets which will, through depot repair, be returned to serviceable condition.

h. Rework Removal Rate (RRR). The percentage of the total quantity of a

repairable assembly installed in an end item which will require some depth of

rework concurrently with that end item.

i. Interval. The recommended operating hours, or usage rate, followed by

an alpha character indicating the type of maintenance requirements for an

item. The calculation and codes are as follows:

Interval = Annual Operating Requirement (AOR) (Conversion Factor)

Task Frequency

P. Preventive (task functions A and Z)

C. Corrective (task functions B, G, R, J, H,

L, K, N, S, O, W, and 2)

T. Servicing (task functions P, M, and C)

U. Calibration (task functions D, E, and F)

j. Maintenance Cycle. This data is calculated as follows:

Maintenance Cycle = AOR X Conversion Factor
 128 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.18.3 The calculations for technical factors are computed as follows:

MRF = [MTD(D) + MTD(CAD)] X MRR

(Repairables)

Numeric Stockage Objective (NSO) = RMSS LVL (DED 329)

DSR = MTD(CAD) _

MTD(D) + MTD(CAD)

BDSR = MTD(CBD) X MRR

RPF = [MTD(F) + MTD(H)] X MRR

SAR = 1 - MTD(D) _

MTD(D) + MTD(CAD) + MTD(CBD)

RSR = MTD(D) _ (DED 351)

MTD(D) + MTD(CAD)

RRR = Overhaul Replacement Rate (DED 281)

where;

MTD = Maintenance task distribution

MTD(F) = Second subfield of the MTD

MTD(H) = Third subfield of the MTD

MTD(D) = Fifth subfield of the MTD

MTD(CBD) = Sixth subfield of the MTD

MTD(CAD) = Seventh subfield of the MTD

MRR = Maintenance Replacement Rate

30.18.4 Part II interchangeability/replaceability (I/R) code is determined

based on the interchangeability code (IC) entered in table HP:

IC I/R

OW I

OR I

TW I

OM R

TM R

NI Blank

NR Blank

When multiple ICs are contained in table HP for a given reference number,

CAGE, LCN and ALC combination, the order of precedence for I/R assignments are

"I" followed by "R", then blank.

30.18.5 Part III, Requirement Number (REQ NO) is a five position counter

(first four positions are numeric and the last position is alphabetic), which

is generated based on the type of task being displayed. The counter begins at

0001 for each type of task and the alpha codes consist of P (preventive), C

(corrective), T (servicing), and U (calibration).

30.18.6 Part I is sequenced by ascending LCN or FGC (depending on display
 129

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

option selected); Part II is ascending LCN, then ascending reference number;

and, Part III is sequenced by ascending LCN, then maintenance type (in the

order of P, C, T, and U).

30.19 LSA-025, Packaging Requirements Data. A report of the basic data

requirements for preservation and packing for common, selective, and special

group items. This report consists of four 80-character card record formats of

packaging information as specified by MIL-STD-2073. The report should be used

to provide adequate packaging instructions for DOD users. It is selectable by

either LCN range, a specified reference number and CAGE combination, or by a

specified degree of protection (DOP). An optional 80-card column magnetic

tape output is also available. The report is sequenced in ascending reference

number and CAGE, and DOP. The format is contained on figure 33.

30.19.1 The Supplemental Card Indicator (SCI) is generated on the LSA-025

summary based on the following:

If only an "A" card is used, the SCI is "1".

If an "A" and "B" card are used, the SCI is "2".

If an "A", "B", and "C" card are used, the SCI is "3".

If an "A", "B", and "D" card are used, the SCI is "4".

30.20 LSA-026, Packaging Developmental Data. A report of the basic item

identification data required for packing and preservation. The report can be

requested by a single or multiple LCN, specific reference number or UOC, or

SMR source code. The report can be used as a stand-alone or in conjunction

with LSA-025 to provide packaging information for DOD users. It is sequenced

in ascending reference number and CAGE; within each reference number. The UI

prices are listed in descending order; application information is sorted in

ascending LCN sequence. The format is contained on figure 34. Spacing

between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.21 LSA-027, Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary. A report identifying an

item and annual operating requirements by LCN and task code. Only tasks with

a task function of "H" or "J" are included in this report. The report should

be used to provide information necessary to monitor failure rates, failure

modes, task frequencies, and MRRs. The format is contained on figure 35.

Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.21.1 The user has the option of selecting this report based on the

Operating Program, Operating Measurement Base, and the MRRI/MRRII Ratio. When

option 1 of the MRRI/MRRII ratio is selected, the user should enter the

required operating program and it's associated measurement base (MB). The

operating MB should correspond to the MB of the AOR of the item under

analysis. If the MRRII is to be calculated, enter the required MRRI/MRRII

ratio. If left blank, then MRRII cannot be calculated.

30.21.2 The report provides both the table value and the calculated value of

task frequency and MRRs I and II. The task frequency is calculated as

described in DED 430, appendix E. The MRRI is calculated using the following

formula:

MRRI = Task Frequency X Qty/Task X Operating Program (selected)

AOR
130 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

The MRRII is calculated using the following formula:

MRRII = MRRI X MRRI/MRRII ratio (selected).

30.21.3 When failure rate, mean time between maintenance (MTBM)-induced, and

MTBM-no defect are reported, each value is preceded by (M), (P), (A), or (C)

to indicate measured, predicted, allocated, and comparative analysis values,

respectively. Where a measured value has not been entered, the report will

default to the predicted, then allocated, and finally comparative analysis.

30.21.4 The report is sequenced by ascending values of LCN for a given task

code, then ascending task codes. This holds true for the assembly LCN, repair

part LCN, and task LCN. For the reliability, availability, and

maintainability (RAM) LCNs, they are sequenced in ascending value, then by

failure mode indicators (FMI).

30.22 LSA-030, Indentured Parts List. This report consists of four options:

a. Option 1 - Draft Repair Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL)

b. Option 2 - Proof RPSTL

c. Option 3 - Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB)

d. Option 4 - Stockage List Type Four

The format for each option is contained on figure 36.

30.22.1 The draft/proof RPSTL consists of four sections prepared IAW

MIL-STD-335(TM) or MIL-M-49502(TM) (Reference MIL-M-49502(TM), paragraph 6.4,

for applicable document):

a. Section I, Introduction

b. Section II, Repair Parts List

c. Section III, Special Tools List

d. Section IV, Cross-Reference Indexes

Sections II, III and IV listings are produced as separate sections of this

report. The lists may be printed on plain bond paper or may be output to a

word processor file to be used as source information for final RPSTL

preparation. The format contained on figure 34 represents MIL-STD-335(TM).

Reference MIL-M-49502(TM) for the correct format if that document is to be

used in lieu of MIL-STD-335(TM).

30.22.2 Documentation of kits for RPSTL. In order to produce kit/kit

component listings for the RPSTL, a kit record first must be established and a

Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) assigned to this item. In the

data table, Overhaul-Kit NHA PLISN, against the application of the kit

component record, an NHA PLISN entry of the Kit PLISN with an NHA PLISN

Indicator of "*" is required. Where the kit component appears in the RPSTL

hardware breakout, the phrase "PART OF KIT P/N" (automatically generated),

followed by the reference number of the kit, will be displayed following the
131 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

provisioning nomenclature in the description column. The kit components are

automatically generated beneath the kit. The component listing contains the

applicable figure number, item number and quantity per assembly/figure

duplicated from the hardware breakout information.

30.22.3 FGC Header. A maximum of 9 lines of 36-position FGC or illustration

header information may be entered for each RPSTL figure listing. These

headers are not stored in the LSAR.

30.22.4 The report is selectable by technical manual (TM) code and number and

TM FGC range. Sections II and III are sequenced by ascending TM FGC, then

item number, and PLISN. Section IV, Part Number Index, is sorted in ascending

reference number and CAGE; Stock Number Index in ascending NSN national item

identification number, Reference Designation Index in ascending reference

designation; and, Figure and Item Number Index in ascending figure and item

number.

30.22.5 Specific RPSTL processing (draft and proof).

a. The FGC headers are placed in the description column preceding the

first row of data matching on FGC with the FGC header key.

b. The PART NUMBER column contains 16-positions of the reference number.

If the reference number exceeds 16 positions, the remainder is printed

immediately beneath the first 16 on the next line.

c. For the description column, the item name will first appear, then two

spaces followed by the provisioning nomenclature, if applicable. The

provisioning nomenclature is wrapped in the 36-positions allocated for the

description with "breaks" occurring only at spaces. Trailing periods are

placed following the last position of the item name/provisioning nomenclature

to the end of the description column. If there is an associated TM indenture

code, then leading periods are placed prior to the item name, equal to the

number in the TM indenture code field.

d. If there is a nuclear hardness critical item code of "Y" against the

item, the symbol "(HCI)" will appear following the item name and preceding the

provisioning nomenclature.

e. Following the provisioning nomenclature on a separate line, applicable

UOCs of the item are entered, preceded by "UOC: ". For the proof RPSTL, if

the item has full effectivity, no UOCs are displayed. Full effectivity is

determined by comparison of the item's associated UOCs with all the associated

UOCs to the PCCN of the item. For the draft RPSTL, applicable UOCs are always

shown regardless of full effectivity.

f. Also extracted for kit entries are information of kit NHAs, which are

handled as described in paragraph 30.22.2. The Kit Reference Number is

determined by a match of the Kit NHA PLISN to a PLISN under the same PCCN in

the parts application provisioning data table. One item may be used in

multiple "kits" by multiple kit NHA PLISN HH entries. Beneath each kit, the

rows that make up the kit are displayed using by item name, and in parenthesis

the quantity per assembly or quantity per figure, the figure number, a dash,

then the item number.
 132 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

g. Under the QTY column, the quantity per figure is displayed, unless

blank. If quantity per figure is blank, then quantity per assembly is used.

h. Under the NSN column, a "Y" is displayed if both the federal supply

classification (FSC) and National Item Identification Number (NIIN) are not

blank and the NIIN does not contain alpha characters for the associated item.

Otherwise "N" is displayed.

i. Under the Provisioning List Category Code (PLCC) column, only entries

in Tools and Test Equipment PLCC or "D"s are shown.

j. After all information following a FGC header is displayed, and before

the next FGC header the phrase "END OF FIGURE" is printed. The information is

printed with no line skips between rows. At the end of a page, a page number

is assigned using the figure number from the first record following the FGC

header, followed by dash then "1". Multiple pages of the same figure follow

the same pattern, e.g., 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, etc. A page break occurs with each new

FGC Header set under a different FGC. If no FGC header is provided, the

report "page breaks" each time the figure number changes.

k. The section III description column is similar to the section II

description with the addition of the interpreted basis of issue (BOI). Each

BOI is displayed by "BOI: " quantity, then either level or end item. The

level is interpreted (see DED 030). The end item is preceded by "PER" and

followed by "END ITEMS". The BOI is inserted between the provisioning

nomenclature and the UOC lines.

l. Section IV cross-reference indexes are produced as optional outputs,

as specified by the requester. The reference designations for the reference

designation index will either include those items having a nonidentifying

migrating key of the appropriate figure and item number, if these keys are

present, or will include all related figure and item numbers, if these keys

are not in the reference designation table. Overflows of reference numbers or

reference designations exceeding 16 or 32 positions, respectively, are printed

on the next line immediately below the first portion of the element.

30.22.6 The IPB consists of four sections prepared IAW MIL-M-38807(USAF):

- - 

a. Section I, Front Matter

b. Section II, Maintenance Parts List

c. Section III, Numerical Index

d. Section IV, Reference Designation Index

Sections II, III and IV (each section is optional) listings are produced as

separate sections of this report. The lists may be printed on plain bond

paper or may be output to a word processor file to be used as source

information for final IPB preparation.

30.22.7 Documentation of kits for IPB. Extracted for the IPB are any entries

in table HH for qualified rows matching on PLISNs which have an NHA PLISN with

an NHA PLISN indicator of asterisk (*). Where the row of information is

sorted in the report, the phrase "PART OF KIT P/N" will be displayed followed
133 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

by the Reference Number of the Kit. The Kit Reference Number is determined by

a match of the table HH NHA PLISN to a table HG PLISN under the same PCCN as

the kit component. One row of data may be used for a kit with multiple

table HH row entries (kit components). Beneath each kit, the components that

make up the kit are displayed by item name, and in parentheses the Quantity

per Figure (QTYFIGHK) or Quantity per Assembly (QTYASYHG), Figure Number

(FIGNUMHK), a dash, then Item Number (ITEMNOHK).

30.22.8 The IPB report is selectable by technical manual/technical order (TM)

code and number. Section II is sequenced by ascending figure number, then

index number and Section III by ascending Reference Number. Section IV,

Reference Designation Index, is sorted in ascending reference designation.

30.22.9 Stockage List Type Four. This option provides a listing of support

items required for a system/equipment. The listing is used as source

information for preparation of stockage list type four parts manuals.

30.22.10 The following data headers appearing on the LSA-030 are modified

DED, or are in addition to the data element dictionary definitions.

a. Reference Designation (Figure Key) (REF DESIG FIG-KEY). Reference

Designation with an associated Reference Designation Code of "F" (first eight

positions only).

b. Special Stockage Indicator (SSI). Assigned by the requiring

authority, the SSI is left blank by the preparing activity.

c. Replacement Factor (REPL FACTOR). MRRI, fourth through seventh positions only.

d. Quantity per Application and Equipment. These entries are the Quantity per Assembly and Quantity per End Item, respectively.

e. Item No. Item Number is a numeric entry assigned to each item in the

report beginning with "1".

30.22.11 The report is selected by LCN range and is sequenced in ascending

Reference Designation.

30.23 LSA-032, Defense Logistics Information System (DLIS) Submittals. This

summary provides a cross-reference between reference numbers selected for

provisioning screening and the submitter's control number. DLIS screening is

specified by MIL-STD-1388-1A. This summary provides a valuable tool once the

items have been screened through DLSC files, and the screening results are

received as the DLIS results are sequenced by submitter's control number. The

format is contained on figure 37.

30.23.1 The following definitions are related to terms located on the LSA-032

summary, but not contained in the LSAR:

a. Document Identifier Code (DIC). A three-position alphanumeric code

which is used for identifying interservice agency or intraservice agency

logistic transactions. Reference number and CAGE screening requests are

identified by DIC "LSR". Items may be excluded from DLIS screening, if an
 134

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

entry showing a screening result, is already contained in the DIC field for

the reference number and CAGE.

b. Priority Indicator Code (PIC). A single numeric code used to

designate the required priority to be applied to processing transactions (see

DOD 4l00.38-M).

c. Activity Code. A two-position alpha code identifying a DOD activity,

Federal agency or other authorized government agency for cataloging,

standardization or other management purposes (see DOD 4l00.38-M).

d. Destination Code. A five-position alphanumeric code used in

conjunction with the activity code to register the address data for recipients

of the results of provisioning screening (see DOD 4l00.38-M).

e. Output Data Request Code (ODRC). A numeric series of established sets

of data (Defense Integrated Data System output segments) identified by

specific ODRCs and available for extraction from DLSC files for provisioning

and preprocurement screening purposes (see DOD 4l00.38-M).

f. Single/Multiple Output Code. A numeric code used by the submitter to

indicate whether the results of screening are to be furnished to one or all of

the recipients as registered under the applicable activity code and

destination code (see DOD 4l00.38-M).

g. Submitter's Control Number. A 17-position computer assigned

alphanumeric field peculiar to provisioning and preprocurement screening

transactions which is used to control and reference the transactions. The

number consists of a four position julian date (YDDD), and a unique sequential

13 position number assigned for each reference number and additional reference

number package which is to be screened.

h. Statistical Indicator Code. A code designating whether data submitted

for screening is required for provisioning or other services (see

DOD 4100.38-M).

30.23.2 Report processing.

a. Items may be excluded from the report by already having a screening

result displayed in the DIC field, or by DLIS Screening Result Code. The TAPE

option results in an 80-column file of part II information. The report is

sequenced in ascending submitter control number.

b. The submitter control number is constructed from the PCCN/PLISN of the

qualified record. The PLISN used is the lowest valued PLISN for the item

within the selected PCCN/LCN range (the Same As PLISN field is blank). If no

PCCN/PLISN is recorded for an item, then a Type "1" error is displayed. No

rows of data for the item are placed on part II.

c. If Additional Reference Number Select (ARN SEL) is "YES" and if the

item has more than 24 additional reference numbers, then error Type "2" is

displayed. The first 24 ARNs in ascending reference number sequence are

placed on part II of the report.

d. If a specific SOURCE CODE is selected and the SMR is not contained
135 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

against an item, at its first appearance, then error Type "3" is shown and the

item is disqualified from part II.

e. If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "F" or "S", and if ARN SEL is "YES" and if an

Additional Reference Number matches the prime Reference Number, then error

type "4" is displayed. Only the duplicate ARN is disqualified from part II.

In part II of the report, columns 41 and 42 are always left blank for "F" or

"S" type screen.

f. If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "P", and if either the reference number

category code (RNCC) or reference number variation code (RNVC) is missing for

the reference number/CAGE (in HA) or if ARN SEL is "YES" and any additional

reference number and CAGE (in HB), then error Type "5" is displayed. If the

RNCC/RNVC is an ARN, only the ARN is disqualified from part II. If the RNCC/

RNVC is the prime reference number, then the entire item is disqualified from

Part II.

- - 

30.24 LSA-033, Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services (PMCS). This

summary provides operator/crew and organizational level preventive maintenance

task identification and description and equipment availability results. The

PMCS are required for the operator and organizational level TMs and are based

on the results of the reliability centered maintenance analysis. The report

is selectable by either LCN range or TM code and number. The format is

contained on figure 38. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on

this report.

30.24.1 Task interval values are interpreted as follows; "A", BEFORE; "D",

DURING; "H", AFTER; "C", DAILY; "L", WEEKLY; "P", MONTHLY; "M", QUARTERLY;

"N", SEMIANNUALLY; and "Q", YEARLY. If the interval is "B", then the

maintenance interval (DED 208) and measurement base (DED 238) are displayed

under the interval column. The measurement base is interpreted on the report,

e.g., "S" is ROUNDS. If the report is selected by TM Code, tasks are

qualified to the PMCS report by an associated PMCS indicator (Table CA). If

the report is selected by LCN range, tasks are further qualified by

maintenance level (Task Code, third position) of Crew or Organizational.

30.24.2 The report is sequenced in ascending Task Code Interval in the order

contained in paragraph 30.24.1, then by ascending LCN. Each LCN is assigned a

numeric item number beginning with "0001". An alphabetic sequence code

beginning with "A" is assigned to each task against the same LCN with the same

Task Code Interval. If the report is selected by LCN range, a page break is

required between output of Operator/Crew level PMCS tasks and Organizational

level PMCS tasks.

30.25 LSA-036, Provisioning Requirements. This report is a summary of those

data recorded on the data tables identified for provisioning requirements.

The summary contains that data required for review at various provisioning

conferences (e.g., long-lead time items conference, provisioning conference,

etc.) and is used in the selection procedures to identify repair parts

requirements in support of the equipment to be fielded. The summary will

satisfy the deliverables cited in MIL-STD-1388-1A. Format contained in table

I and sample report on figure 39.

30.25.1 The following "header" data required to identify the specified

list(s) are not a part of the LSAR, but are contained in the LSA-036 summary:
 136 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 
137 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

a. Procurement Instrument Identification (PII). A 19-position

alphanumeric entry used to identify a specific contractual document. The PII

includes the PII number (PIIN) (l3 positions), and the supplementary PII

number (SPIIN) (6 positions).

b. Nomenclature of model or type number. A 21-position alphanumeric

entry used to specify the name, model, or type of equipment being provisioned.

c. Control Data. A 10-position alphanumeric entry used for control

information as specified by the requiring authority. This information may

consist of such items as identification of provisioning data in MIL-STD-1388-2

format or a Weapons System Code.

d. Prime Contractor`s CAGE. A five-position alphanumeric entry which

identifies the prime contractor for the equipment being provisioned.

e. Submission Control Code. A five-position numeric entry used to

control the submission of provisioning data. The first submission will be

0000l, and each subsequent submission is to be numbered sequentially, one

greater than the prior submission.

f. Date list submitted. A six-position numeric entry used to identify

the date of submission. The first two positions will identify the year, the

next two will identify the month, and the last two will identify the day.

30.25.2 DEDs for those data contained on the LSA-036 summary are contained in

appendix E. The first card appearing on an LSA-036 list is the header record.

Following this record, the LSA-036 report is sequenced by ascending PLISN in

Binary-Coded-Decimal (BCD), or Extended BCD Interchange Code (EBCDIC)

collating sequence. The PLISNs are then sequenced by ascending Card Format

Indicator (CFI). Multiple CFIs are sequenced by Type of Change Code (TOCC) in

the following order: blank, D, G, L, Q, and M. Finally, within the TOCC,

items are sorted by ascending Card Sequence Number (CSN).

30.25.3 The report will display the following provisioning report control

data:

a. CSN. A two-position numeric code which is used to sequence multiple

data input cards for a specific card format indicator. The initial card entry

is coded 0l. Subsequent cards are coded 02-99.

b. CFI. A one-position alphabetic code: A-H, J-L used to identify a

card format and content.

c. Reference Designation Overflow Code (RDOC) (Card/Block, D/45, on the

LSA-036 summary). A one-position alphabetic code: A and B used to link a

long Reference Designation which exceeds 32 characters. Code "A" is entered

against the first 32 characters, and code "B" is entered against the last 32

characters.

d. Multiple-Configuration UOC. A one, two or three-position alphanumeric

code that indicates the configuration(s) of a system/equipment on which the

item under analysis is used based on the UOC (DED 501) assignments. The UOC

is alphabetic in the sequence A-Z, followed by AA-ZZ (less Is and Os). A

blank UOC indicates that the assembly/part is used in all configurations. For
 138 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

example:

If there were three different model designations (in table XC) for a

given PCCN as shown below:

Model UOC (DED 501)

(V)1 A

(V)2 B

(V)3 C

A single UOC is assigned to each item's application based on the number

of model configurations that the LCN is used on (table HO). (The

combination model UOCs (D, E, and F) are automatically generated.)

LCN UOC System/End Item

lAl (blank) (Used in all configurations)

lA2 A (Used in (V)l configuration only)

lA21 B (Used in (V)2 configuration only)

lA3 C (Used in (V)3 configuration only)

lA31 D (Used in (V)1 and (V)2 configurations)

lA312 E (Used in (V)1 and (V)3 configurations)

lA318 F (Used in (V)2 and (V)3 configurations)

e. Quantity per End Item (QPEI) (DED 317). The QPEI (three options) may

be computed during the LSA-036 report preparation using the formulas provided

in the data definitions.

f. NHA PLISN (DED 258) and Overhaul Replacement Rate (ORR) (DED 281)

Assignment. The NHA PLISNs may be assigned during the LSA-036 report

preparation based on the item having a P- source code, an ORR entry, and a

higher assembly PLISN having an SMR Code of P--D-. The base ORR of the item

is multiplied by the Quantity per Assembly (QPA) for each succeeding indenture

level. For example:

PLISN IND CD SMR QPA NHA PLISN NHA-IND ORR

CFFF F PADZZ 0002 CEAA N 005

CEAA E PAHDD 0002 CDEE N 001

CDEE D PAHDD 0003 CCDD N

CCDD C PAFHH 0001 CB12 N 002

CB12 B PAODD 0002 AAAA E 001

AAAA A PAODD 0001

For PLISN CFFF, the Overhaul PLISNs and associated ORRs are:

OVERHAUL PLISN ORR

CDEE 015

CB12 030

AAAA 030

NOTE: PLISN CEAA is the item's immediate NHA PLISN. PLISN CCDD is

disqualified because it is SMR Coded PAOHH.
 139

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

g. Same as PLISN (DED 364). The Same as PLISN may be assigned during the

LSA-036 summary preparation.

h. Indenture Code (DED 162). The "A" indenture code (for the XB table

system/end item) is assigned by the LSA-036 process.

30.25.4 LSA-036 Update and Design Change Notices. There are five basic types

of LSA-036 updates which can result when LSAR data is added, changed, or

deleted affecting provisioning lists (PL) previously delivered. These

transactions can be automatically generated using a validated LSAR ADP system

by establishing baseline records upon initial submission of the LSA-036.

These transactions are based upon a comparison of the current LSAR

provisioning oriented data tables and provisioning data baselined by a

previous LSA-036 submittal.

a. Standard Data Update. For each LSA-036 card affected by data which

has been added or changed since the previous PL delivery or LSA-036 update,

mandatory data, i.e., PCCN, PLISN, CSN, and CFI, an "M" TOCC and the added/

changed data only are entered. If data has been deleted, a "G" is entered in

the TOCC and in the left most position of each field deleted on the

appropriate LSA-036 card. Data deletions and changes/additions occurring on

the same LSA-036 card will require both a change and deletion card for the

appropriate data.

(1) If all data on an LSA-036 CFI is deleted, a delete transaction

will be generated consisting of the PCCN, PLISN, CSN "01", CFI (except A), the

key data associated with that CFI, and a "G" TOCC.

(2) When an entire PLISN record is deleted, a delete transaction will

be generated consisting of the appropriate PCCN, PLISN, CAGE, Reference

Number, and a "D" TOCC on the 01A card. Also, if the reference designation

exists, it is displayed with the PCCN and PLISN on the 01D card with a "G"

TOCC. In addition, if any change authority related information is changed,

CFIs "F", "G", and "H" update transactions are also processed.

b. Quantity Data Update. If a quantity field is updated, mandatory data,

a "Q" TOCC, and the updated quantity data field(s) are entered. This will

only apply to the following data: QPA, QPEI, Total Quantity Recommended,

Allowance Item Code Quantity, Minimum Replacement Unit, Recommended Initial

System Stock Buy, Recommended Minimum System Stock Level, Recommended Tender

Load List Quantity, Quantity Shipped, Quantity Procured and Prorated Quantity.

If additional data displayed on the same LSA-036 card also changes during the

update, only one change card is entered with TOCC "Q". If quantity data is

deleted, a change card is entered with a zero filled quantity and TOCC "Q".

c. Key Data Update. Certain provisioning data are considered key and

associated data elements and are listed below. Changes to key data requires

the submission of both a delete and change card for the appropriate key data.

The deletion card should contain a "G" TOCC and the original key data. The

change card should contain an "M" TOCC with new key data and applicable

associated data. Deletion of key data will result in deletion of the

corresponding associated data.

KEY DATA ASSOCIATED DATA

(1) CAGE and Additional RNCC and RNVC

Reference Number
140 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

(2) NHA PLISN ORR, NHA IND.

(3) UOC None

(4) Reference Designation RDOC

RDC

(5) PLCC None

(6) Change Authority Number Serial Number Effectivity

Prorated Exhibit Line Item Number

Prorated Quantity

IC, Replaced or

Superseding PLISN,

R/S Indicator, Design Change Notice

(DCN) UOC, Total Item Changes

Quantity Shipped

Quantity Procured

(7) Serial Number Effectivity None

(8) DCN UOC None

(9) TM Code Figure Number

Item Number

(10) TM Code, Basis of Issue (BOI)

Figure Number TM Change Number, TM Indenture Code

Item Number Quantity per Figure

TM FGC

(11) TM Code Provisioning Nomenclature

Figure Number

Item number

(12) BOI-Control BOI-Quantity Authorized

BOI-End Item, BOI-Level

d. Associated Data Update. Changes to associated data require the

submission of a change card consisting of an "M" TOCC with the changed data

and entry of the applicable key data. Deletion of associated data requires

the submission of a deletion card with a "G" TOCC, a "G" in the left most

position of the associated data field and entry of the key data.

e. DCN. DCN information is not distinguished from other updated data for

a particular LSA-036 update using a validated LSAR ADP system. DCNs can be

processed as a separate and distinguishable report by specifying that DCN

affected data must be processed as an exclusive update, i.e., by performing an

LSA-036 update, entering the DCN information into the LSAR, and again running

an LSA-036 update. An option to obtain an LSA-036 report for updated data

pertaining to a specific Change Authority Number is provided on the LSA-036

report options. DCN information updates are similar to other update

transactions with the following exception: When a Change Authority Number and

Serial Number effectivity are entered, an "L" TOCC is entered for the replaced

item. If a quantity change occurs on a limited effectivity item, an "L" TOCC

is entered in lieu of a "Q".
 141 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.25.5 Part II, Standard Edit List. This section is automatically produced

when an LSA-036 is requested. The standard section lists those PLISNs

matching the PCCN selected which were disqualified or would degrade the

provisioning list. This list must be reviewed by the user to ascertain what

corrections, if any, are needed to update the parts data tables for subsequent

update(s) to the provisioning list.

30.25.6 Two optional part III listings are also available. Option 1 provides

selectable provisioning data edits for Army customer use. Option 2 contains

Air Force L card data formats to merge with the basic LSA-036 A-K cards.

30.26 LSA-037, Spares and Support Equipment Identification List. The purpose

of this report is to provide information that identifies the investment spares

(Section I), expense spares (Section II), support equipment (Section III), and

tools and test equipment (Section IV) required for system support under

contractor logistic support. Items qualify for a particular section based on

ICCs:

Investment Spare (ICC of X, AA)

Expense Spare (ICC of Y, Z, 9, AB, AE)

Support Equipment (ICC of G, H, 7, AD)

Tool and Test Equipment (ICC of D, M, N, P, R, V, 1-6, 8, AC)

30.26.1 This summary may be selected by sections, a specific LCN range, and

selected ICCs (which must qualify according to above criteria). Within each

section, the report is sequenced by ascending manufacturer's part number. The

format is contained on figure 40. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.27 LSA-039, Critical and Strategic Item Summary. This report of items

assigned a critical item code (CIC) or industrial materials analysis of

capacity (IMAC) code. Part 1 of the report lists CIC items. Part 2 of the

report lists IMAC items. The report may be selected for any CIC or may be

selected for specific CIC or IMAC combinations. It may also be sequenced by

LCN or reference number (part I), or by LCN or IMAC (part II). The format is

contained on figure 41. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on

this report.

30.28 LSA-040, Authorization List Items Summary. This summary is divided

into two options. The first option consists of four parts: components of end

item, basic issue items list, additional authorization list, expendable

durable supplies and materials list. The items are identified by code A in

position 1 and the appropriate list code in position 2 of the Allowance Item

Code (DED 017). These lists are required as source information to prepare an

appendix to the operator's manual, or in combined operator's and maintenance

manual (i.e., a -12, -13, or -14), as specified by MIL-M-63036, Manuals,

Technical: Operator's, Preparation of. Each report part is listed in

alphabetical sequence by Item Name. Option 2, stockage list type three,

consists of three parts (each selectable); supply system responsibility, using

unit responsibility, and collateral equipment. Items which belong in this

summary will have an "E" in the first position of the Allowance Item Code

(Allowance Type). Format is contained on figure 42. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.28.1 Option 1, Part I, Components of End Item (COEI) List. This section
142 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

provides a listing of those items which are part of the end item. COEI are

removed and separately packaged for transportation or shipment only when

necessary.

30.28.2 Option 1, Part II, Basic Issue Items (BII) List. This section

provides a listing of those minimum essential items required to place an

equipment in operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs.

These items are removed and separately packaged for transportation.

30.28.3 Option 1, Part III, Additional Authorization List (AAL). This

section provides a listing of those items which are not issued with an end

item and are not listed/identified on the end item engineering drawings as

part of the end item configuration.

30.28.4 Option 1, Part IV, Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List

(ESML). This section provides a listing of those expendable/durable supplies

and materials required to operate and maintain the equipment.

30.28.5 Option 2, Stockage List Type Three. This summary provides a listing

of supply system and using unit responsible items; principal end items; and,

collateral equipment identified by entries in the Allowance Item Code. The

lists are used as source information to prepare stockage list type three TMs.

It is sequenced by Allowance Item Code entries, EA and ED (supply system

responsibility); then, EC (using unit responsibility) and EE (collateral

equipment) items and by ascending reference designations. The CAGE listing is

sequenced by ascending CAGE. Item Number is a numerically assigned sequence

number beginning with "0001".

30.29 LSA-046, Nuclear Hardness Critical Item Summary. This summary provides

a listing of all support items which are coded as nuclear hardness critical.

The report can be prepared for a specific LCN range and is sequenced by either

ascending reference number/CAGE or PCCN/PLISN. The format is contained on

figure 43. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.30 LSA-050, Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) Summary. This report

is divided into three parts. The first part is the RCM analysis conducted on

repairable items of a system by disposition, task code, and safety hazard

severity code (SHSC). This part is selectable by SHSC(s) and sequenced by

disposition only, disposition by maintenance level, or maintenance level only.

The second part of the report is a management summary showing RAM

characteristics of the item, preventive maintenance tasks, both table and

calculated values for task frequencies, and the total man-hours associated

with the SSC for a given maintenance level. This part is selectable and

sequenced similar to part I with the addition of a sequence by SSC. The third

part is used to evaluate the items that did not have an RCM analysis

accomplished against them. It is also selectable by SHSC(s) and is sorted by

ascending FMI values. The format is contained on figure 44. Spacing between

rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.30.1 In part 2, Task Frequency is calculated by using the formula provided

under DED 430 for preventive tasks (method 1). The total number of man-hours

is the summation of mean man-minutes per person identification for the

identical SSC and O/M level.
143 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.30.2 When elapsed time and man-hours are reported, each number is preceded

by (M) or (P) to designate either measured or predicted values, respectively.

Where a measured value has not been input into the LSAR, the report will

default to the predicted value.

30.30.3 When the failure rate is reported, it is preceded by (M), (P), (A),

or (C) to indicate measured, predicted, allocated, and comparative analysis

values, respectively. Where a measured value has not been entered, the report

will default to the predicted, allocated, and finally comparative analysis.

30.31 LSA-056, Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA)

Report. This summary consists of three parts. The first part contains FMECA,

criticality analysis, maintainability information, damage mode and effects

analysis, and minimum equipment listing information, as specified by

MIL-STD-1629. The second part is the criticality analysis information which

is a listing in descending order of each item's computed criticality or

failure mode criticality number by SHSC. This part is selectable by SHSC(s)

and failure mode criticality numbers greater than a selected value. This part

should be used to identify candidates for RCM analysis or design reviews. The

third part is the failure mode analysis summary which consists of the failure

modes and failure rates of each repairable item. The report should be used to

identify failure modes which impact item criticality number and SHSC

assignment. The format is contained on figure 45. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.31.1 If part 1 of this report is selected, enter the SHSC (1, 2, 3, 4) of

the failure modes which are of interest. If the SHSC field is left blank,

then only SHSCs 1 and 2 will be considered. A selection must be made for

either minimum Failure Probability Level or minimum Failure Mode Criticality

Number. If both are selected, Failure Probability Level will be disregarded.

30.31.2 Parts 1 and 3, Item Criticality Number (Cr) is calculated using

formulas contained in DEDs 178 and 133 (Failure Mode Criticality Number).

30.31.3 In Part 3, an edit check is made on this report to ensure that the

sum of the failure mode ratios never exceeds 1.00 for a given LCN. If this

occurs, an "***" will be printed out under the Failure Mode Ratio header.

30.31.4 When failure rate is reported, it is preceded by (M), (P), (A), or

(C) to indicate measured, predicted, allocated, and comparative analysis

values, respectively. Where a measured value has not been entered, the report

will default to the predicted, then allocated, and finally comparative

analysis. In part II, overflows of Reference Number exceeding 16 positions

are printed on the next line immediately below the first position of the

Reference Number.

30.31.5 Part 1 of the report is sequenced by ascending LCNs, FMIs, MPCs, then

SHSCs. Part 2 is sequenced by ascending values of Failure Probability Level,

then LCN. Part 3 is sequenced by ascending LCNs.

30.32 LSA-058, Reliability Availability and Maintainability Summary. This

summary consists of two parts. The first part is the reliability summary

redesign which provides a narrative description for an item on which a

redesign is proposed. This part should be used to review potential candidates

for redesign. The second part details the level of repair to be performed on
 144 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

an item for all maintenance levels. This part is used to review the

reliability and maintainability factors for the repair time of an item. The

format is contained on figure 46. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.32.1 In part 1 of the report, Failure Mode Criticality Number or Failure

Probability Level may be used. However, Failure Mode Criticality Number

should be used whenever possible. Also, if the LCN type of subject LCN is

functional, then the reference number and CAGE may not appear. In part 2, the

(P) or (M) preceding the elapsed time values represent predicted and measured,

respectively. Measured values take precedence.

30.32.2 Part 1 of the report is sequenced by ascending LCNs, then FMIs. Part

2 is sequenced by maintenance level, then ascending LCNs and FMIs within each

maintenance level.

30.33 LSA-065, Manpower Requirements Criteria. This summary provides

manhour summary information by each task. The format is contained on figure

47. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.33.1 The following formula applies for Mean Time Between Task Maintenance

Actions (MTBTMA) and Man-Hours per Person Identifier (M-HRS PER PERS ID):

Annual Operating Requirements

a. MTBTMAi = (Task Frequency)i

Where: i = task codei

b. M-HRS PER PERS ID is computed by summing all subtask mean man-minutes

per person identifier for each entry matching an identical person identifier

and SSC and then dividing this value by 60.

30.33.2 The report displays the system/component reference number. Within

each reference number, tasks are displayed by unscheduled/on equipment (task

interval codes F, G, and J; and task operability codes A, B, C, D, and E);

unscheduled/off equipment (task interval codes F, G, and J; and task

operability Code G); and, scheduled (all task interval codes except F, G, J,

and Y).

30.34 LSA-070, Support Equipment Recommendation Data (SERD). A report

describing requirements for and of one piece of support equipment. This

report will include administrative data, description of equipment, allocation

data, design data, and Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) requirements as

specified by MIL-STD-2097. Format contained in figure 48. Spacing between

rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.34.1 The E-CAGE/PN (Equivalent CAGE and Part Number) code in section 2 is

generated based on whether or not the support equipment reference number and

CAGE has equivalent part numbers and CAGEs. This is determined by searching

the HB table additional reference numbers and CAGEs, and if any are found, a

"Y" code is produced for this field; otherwise, an "N" code is produced. If

any matches are found in table HB, they are output in section 2 (following the

Articles Requiring Support section) under the heading of Equivalent CAGE/PN(s)

(page 6 of the LSA-070 example).
145 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.34.2 The alternate NSN code in section 2 is generated based on whether of

not any alternate NSNs exist on file for subject support equipment. This is

determined by searching the EH table for valid entries. If any are found, a

code of "Y" is generated and alternate NSNs are output in another part of

section 2 under the heading alternate NSN (page 6 of LSA-070 summary).

30.34.3 Under the price data header in section 2, the design data and ILS

values must equal the total design data price and total ILS price that are

calculated in sections 4 and 5, respectively.

30.34.4 Under the header "shipping modes" in section 2, narrative explanation

of the different modes of transportation for the piece of support equipment

are explained. This information can be output only if the reference number

and CAGE of the support equipment has been linked to an LCN and ALC for the

support equipment. Once this link has been made, the information can be

entered in, and subsequently pulled from, the JD table under the Transported

End Item Narrative element (Transported End Item Narrative Code of "E").

30.34.5 Section 2 is sequenced by ascending reference number. Section 2,

articles requiring support; and section 6, unit under test (UUT) related

information will be sequenced by ascending LCNs. Section 6 (OTP, TPI, and

AID) will be sequenced by ascending UUT LCNs, then ascending reference

numbers.

30.35 LSA-071, Support Equipment Candidate List. This summary provides a

consolidated listing of support equipment (SE) requirements divided into two

sections. Section I contains active SE candidates and section II contains

disapproved SE candidates. Section I is sequenced by end article LCN and

Section II is sequenced by ascending reference number. The format is

contained on figure 49. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on

this report.

30.35.1 Section II, disapproved support equipment candidates, is qualified by

finding valid SE candidates within the specified LCN range with a status code

(table EF) of "X". If the status code is not available, the qualified SE will

be included in Section I.

30.36 LSA-072, Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE) Requirements

Summary. This report provides a two part summary of TMDE requirements and

technical descriptions to verify the applicability of the test equipment for

use on the weapon system/end item. This report can be selected by a range of

LCNs, or by matching on the reference number and CAGE of subject piece of TMDE

equipment. If this report is selected by a range of LCNs, the sequence will

be ascending LCNs, then ascending reference numbers. The format is contained

on figure 50. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this

report.

30.36.1 The part I header, "TMDE item selected by", will show the reference

number and CAGE selected if that option is chosen, or it will show the LCN and

ALC which qualifies under the selected range of LCNs.

30.36.2 Under part II, Quantity is calculated by multiplying the values for

number of activities by the quantity per activity (both values in ED table).

Manual entries can be made at the end of part II for estimated type

classification date, prepared by, and the date.
146 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.37 LSA-074, Support Equipment Tool List. This summary provides a listing

consisting of four sections: tools currently in inventory; tools in inventory

but not assigned to gaining unit; modified hand tools; and, peculiar tools

requiring development. Each section can be selected by a limited number of

ICCs. Section 1 is limited to group B ICCs (see DED 173); section 2 is

limited to Group C ICCs; section 3 is limited to ICC of AC only, and, section

4 is limited to Group A ICCs. The format is contained on figure 51. Spacing

between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.37.1 Part III, modified hand tools, assumes that a breakdown of the tool

exists within the LSAR database. If so, "make from" items will include those

items which are subordinate to subject tool in LCN structure and which have an

Indenture Code greater than that of the tool (e.g., tool indenture code + 1).

30.37.2 Within each part of the report, an SE item is only listed once. If

more than one qualified entry occurs for a piece of support equipment, all

information must be consolidated. Each part of this report is sequenced by

ascending reference number.

30.38 LSA-075, Consolidated Manpower, Personnel and Training Report. This

summary provides a depiction of critical manpower and personnel data by

maintenance level and new/modified skill requirements needed as a baseline for

performing hardware-manpower requirements analysis. The format is contained

on figure 52. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this

report.

30.38.1 Available man-hours of 0.00 are significant as opposed to blank

values which depict no person on file. If actual man-hours can be calculated,

the available man-hours will be output even if blank. Actual man-hours are

calculated by summing all mean man-minutes for a given SSC at a given

maintenance level across all applicable tasks, then dividing by 60.

30.38.2 Actual quantity of an SSC at a given maintenance level can only be

calculated correctly if a unique person identifier has been assigned to each

maintenance person for the entire weapon system file and that relationship is

carried out for all tasks. If this method is used, then the actual quantity

is simply calculated by counting the different number of person identifiers

for a given SSC at each maintenance level.

30.38.3 Section I is sequenced by ascending SSC, then by ascending

maintenance level. Section II is sequenced by ascending original SSC, then by

ascending new SSC.

30.39 LSA-076, Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS). This

report details TMDE and the calibration standards and equipment required to

assure traceability of measurements through the required metrology and

calibration programs to approved National Standards as specified by

MIL-STD-1839. The format is contained on figure 53. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.39.1 Section I items consist of LCNs which have a CMRS Recommended Code

(table UB) of 1 (Category I CMRS). Section II consists of Category II CMRS

items with a parameter group code (PGC) that matches the PGC of the category I

item and it also consists of calibration procedures (table EC) for the

category II item. Section III consists of category III CMRS items which have
 147 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

a PGC that matches the category II CMRS PGC. Section IV consists of a full

breakdown of each CMRS category I item from section I and the corresponding

sections II and III items associated with it. If a calibration procedure is

identified for the category II CMRS item, this calibration procedure will be

output under the category III header of Section IV. If a calibration

procedure is not identified for the category II CMRS item, all qualifying

category III CMRS items will be output under the category III header of

section IV.

30.39.2 The "Page" number in section I is generated based on the page number

that includes the section IV full breakdown of that category I item.

30.39.3 Section I of the report is sequenced by ascending LCNs. Sections II

and III are sequenced by ascending reference number. Section IV is based on

the sequence of section I.

30.40 LSA-077, Depot Maintenance Interservice Data Summary. This report

contains three parts. Part I contains all depot repairable items and the

applicable tasks which are performed at depot. This part is sequenced in

ascending LCN. Part II, section A, provides a listing of all SE sequenced by

ascending reference number and CAGE. Part II, section B, contains the new or

modified depot facilities requirements sorted by ascending facility category

code and facility name. Part III depicts depot SE and associated tasks

requiring these support items. Part III is sequenced by ascending reference

number and CAGE of the SE. Within the above sequence, tasks are sorted in

ascending LCN and task code, and within task code by ascending person

identifier code. Man-minutes are calculated by summing all subtask mean manminutes for the identical person identifier in a given task. The format is

contained on figure 54. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on

this report.

30.41 LSA-078, Hazardous Materials Summary. The report provides a summary of

all hazardous materials required to support a selected end item. This summary

identifies all items having associated hazardous materials storage, hazardous

waste storage or disposal costs. This summary also identifies the maintenance

tasks requiring quantities and costs per task. The summary is used to

eliminate or reduce identified hazardous material items during the system

design process. Format contained at figure 55. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.

30.41.1 The computed quantity is calculated by multiplying the task frequency

times the quantity per task. The total quantity required is calculated by

summing all computed quantity for a given reference number and CAGE.

30.41.2 The report is sequenced by ascending reference number and CAGE.

Tasks are sorted in ascending LCN and task code.

30.42 LSA-080, Bill of Materials. Part I (Parts List) identifies each

assembly and provides a listing of the items related to or contained in the

assembly. The summary provides a vehicle for comparing the LSAR against the

assembly drawings to ensure items in the topdown breakdown of the assembly are

contained in the LSAR data tables. Part II (Error Listing) is automatically

produced when the LSA-080 is requested. The format is contained on figure 56.

Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.
 148 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.42.1 The LSA-080 summary is selected by either UOC and either LCN range or

PCCN. If the report is selected by LCN, the LCN-CODE should specify if the

type of LCNs are either: classical or modified classical.

30.42.2 The LSA-080 report, part I, identifies parts to the assemblies of

which they are contained. Each assembly will only show parts one indenture

lower, e.g., a "C" indentured assembly will only show "D" indentured items.

These items may be both repair parts and spares. If the item is a spare, a

separate page breakdown of the item will appear on the report.

a. If the report is selected by LCN, then either the LCN structure, or

LCN-IC and the LCN "values" are used to place items to assemblies. All items

sorted in ascending LCN sequence, with either an LCN-IC or structure value of

one indenture greater, are placed as items to an assembly until within the

sorted range another item is found at the same indenture level, or greater

than the assembly. Items at more than one indenture greater are "grouped"

with the item (now assembly) immediately preceding this indenture change. ALC

items are "grouped" together as an assembly/item set, if there is no indenture

level missing between them. If an ALC item does not have a matching ALC, it

is then "grouped" to the blank or basic assembly item.

b. If PCCN is selected, PLISN and IC are used to sort items to

assemblies, with all items sorted in ascending PLISN sequence of one IC

greater than the IC of the assembly PLISN record placed below the assembly

PLISN, until an IC is encountered that is equal to or greater than the

assembly IC. The NHA PLISN is a value found in table HH which is one

indenture less than the item with a value closest to the item's PLISN value

and without an NHA-Indicator of "*".

30.42.3 The part II is produced automatically when the LSA-080 report is

requested and data errors are found. The report identifies the items having

erroneous data, and provides a message describing the type of error found.

The errors that the edit routine will detect are:

a. Error Code 1. If an item is SMR coded, with "Z" or "B" in the fourth

position, but parts are contained below this item with source codes other than

K- or XA, then this error is output (appears on part I with asterisks by both

the assembly/part location).

b. Error Code 2. An item does not have an identifiable NHA, e.g., if the

indenture structure lists the item as an "F" and the logical NHA by file sort

is a "D", this error is output (part II only).

c. Error Code 3. No IC. This item appears on part II only, when the

selection is made by PCCN. If the selection is by LCN, the item is shown on

both parts I and II.

d. Error Code 4. An item whose SMR code is blank or incomplete (without

3rd/4th positions).

e. Error Code 5. If LCN-Code is "CLASSICAL" and duplicate LCNs are

encountered, each duplicate receives this error message. The item(s) will

appear on both parts I and II.

f. Error Code 6. The following are allowable SMR recoverability codes

based on the repair code:
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- 149 - 

If position 4 (repair) is: position 5 (recoverability) must

be:

Z Z, A

O (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) Navy only O, F, H, G, D, L, A

F F, H, G, D, L, A

H H, G, D, L, A

G G, D, L, A

D D, L, A

L D, L, A

B Z, A

g. An assembly is SMR coded repairable (e.g., SMR-4 is not Z or B) but

has no parts breakout beneath it.

h. Items having the error codes 2 and 3 with PCCN selection are listed on

the LSA-080, part II only. Other errors are flagged with "**" to the right of

the line the error appears in part I and also displayed in part II. The error

messages are displayed on part II.

30.42.4 The report is sequenced in either ascending assembly reference number

and CAGE, or in ascending assembly PLISN and then components of assembly

PLISNs based on the selection option specified.

30.43 LSA-085, Transportability Summary. This report provides information

critical to the shipping and transport of major end items of equipment. It

includes environmental and hazardous material information necessary for safe

transport of an item by air, highway, rail, and sea. The format is contained

on figure 57. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this

report.

30.43.1 If the LCN type of subject LCN is functional, NSN and related data,

reference number, and CAGE may not be available. Overflows of Reference

Number exceeding 16 positions are printed on the next line immediately below

the first position of the Reference Number. This report is sequenced by

ascending LCNs.

30.44 LSA-126, Hardware Generation Breakdown Tree. This summary provides a

concise summary of information pertaining to a system/equipment breakdown.

Each item is blocked in and indented to the proper level in the hardware

family tree and displayed by line relationship beneath the appropriate

assembly in which the item is contained. The format is contained on figure

58. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report.

30.45 LSA-151, Provisioning Parts List Index (PPLI). This summary provides a

cross reference between reference numbers and the applicable PLISN of the

provisioning list as required by MIL-STD-1388-1A. It provides a ready

reference of usage and location within the provisioning list for a given

reference number. The report can be generated in reference number, LCN, or

PLISN sequence. Additional data which further describes the item at its usage

level(s) are provided for the user's information (i.e., item name, quantities,

SMR, etc.). The format is contained on figure 59. Spacing between rows and

columns is not critical on this report.
 150 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.46 LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment. This summary provides a

listing, by reference number, of PLISN, Indenture Code (IC), NHA PLISN, and

PRIOR ITEM PLISN, assigned by the LSAR system based on parameters of the

assignment select card. The summary will depict the file content before and

after the assignments or reassignments are made (PLISNs are assigned using the

EBCDIC collating sequence). As an option, this report can be used to assign

provisioning related control and reference data to the LSAR Parts Master File.

The format is contained on figure 60. Spacing between rows and columns is not

critical on this report.

30.46.1 It is necessary that the LSAR be properly structured using either a

uniform (nonbroken) LCN structure when applying either a classical or modified

classical LCN assignment technique; or an LCN-IC (Table XB) assignment without

missing or unlinked indenture levels, when LCNs are assigned using the

sequential method. Using the LSA-080 report, the analyst can review the file

for correct structure, or by using the LSA-152 report detect error conditions

in file structure.

30.46.2 The LSA-152 report consists of two parts. Part I will only be output

when an error in file structure is encountered, or when the PLISN assignment

(with selected PLISN spacing) exceeds the limit of 9999 for the proposed

assigned PMF candidates. When these occur, the error location in the file is

depicted on the report with a display of the unlinked or remaining file

segment. If an error condition does occur, the LSA-152 process will not

assign any PLISNs, but will continue processing to determine whether

additional error conditions exist in the file. Validated LSAR systems will be

required to have the capability to produce an error listing for the LSA-152

report. However, the format, messages and explanation of those messages for

the error listing is vendor dependent. Part II of the report reflects the

results of the PLISN assignment/reassignment; only a Part I or a Part II will

be produced in a processing cycle. Also, PLISN assignment must occur as an

exclusive cycle .

30.46.3 The report selection for PLISN assignment occurs within a PCCN and

optionally a Start and Stop LCN range. ALC is not a selection option.

Alternate LCNs (ALCs other than basic - 00) must be considered when assigning

the basic LCN PLISNs because alternates may have basic items as NHAs. A row

in table HO creates the end item (XC) to part application (HG) relationship.

One HG row cannot be related to multiple PCCNs except when the item is a

subordinate end item. When the item is a subordinate end item, HO would have

one row depicting the end item relationship (end item and item LCN-ALCs are

the same), and one or more rows showing the relationship to the system.

Having the end items located in the XC table, and the fact that no item except

subordinate end items can be linked to more than one PCCN through table HO,

makes the Suppression Indicator Code obsolete.

30.46.4 Since there are unlimited "correct" structuring techniques using the

ALC, there is no system edit to detect errors in file structure when the ALC

is utilized, other than missing an indenture level when the ALC is being

sequenced to the "basic" LCN structure. ALC assignment errors, therefore, can

only be detected by a manual review of the LSA-152 or LSA-080 reports.
 151

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

30.46.5 There is a wide range of options when using the PLISN assignment

routine:

a. NHA PLISNs and/or ICs may be assigned to the PMF, if this option is

selected on the 152 report.

(1) If the file is constructed using the classical/modified

classical LCN assignment technique, the IC may be assigned, provided the LCN

structure exists in the XA table. Asterisk ICs may be assigned to the parts

file based on the ICC of "9" representing kit components being previously

assigned (Table HG). An option is also available to assign a constant NHA

PLISN indicator of "N" against each NHA PLISN assigned to the HH table.

(2) When a sequential LCN assignment method is utilized, the LCN

structure field may be left blank in the XA table, and the LCN-ICs must be

entered in the XB table in order to assign NHA PLISNs. The IC (Table HG)

should be that of the provisioned end item, while the LCN-IC should be related

to the system level in the LSAR.

b. When assigning PLISNs for a subordinate end item, the IC is not

assigned to the HG table. For example, a separately provisioned end item at

the "C" indenture to the system (LCN-IC, table XB) will have an IC of "A" come

out on the LSA-152 and LSA-036 reports, but will keep its IC of "C" assigned

under the system end item assignment. All components to the subordinate end

item will still have their IC assigned as before. For example, a "D"

indenture item item under the "C" indenture subordinate end item will have a

"B" IC assigned when PLISN assignment is run against the "C" indenture

subordinate end item.

c. PLISNs may be assigned only to items that qualify by PTD Selection

Code for a specified Provisioning List (PL) or lists (Table HG).

d. PLISNs may be assigned in either topdown (LCN) or Reference Number

sequence. When PLISNs are assigned in Reference Number sequence, the system

will lock out the option to assign NHA PLISNs/ICs.

e. PLISNs may be assigned as either all alphabetic, alphanumeric,

numeric, or, first position alphabetic, then second through fourth position

numeric.

f. A starting PLISN value may be specified on the report selection card.

g. PLISN values of "AAAA" through "AAAHZ" may be reserved for the system

level and separately provisioned end items (Model Reserve). If this option is

selected, a starting model PLISN value may be specified (within the given

range). If none is selected, the first model PLISN assignment will be "AAAA".

h. PLISNs may be assigned to overlay old PLISN values established in the

file; to overlay PLISNs and to move the old PLISN value to the Prior Item

PLISN field; or to assign PLISNs only to items that do not have a PLISN value

already established (insert) (Insert/Overlay selection on report). If the

insert option is chosen, PLISNs already assigned to the file must match with

the LCN structure or LCN-ICs of the selected LCN range.

i. It is possible to skip PLISN values between the assigned PLISNs for
152 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX B

- - 

future use, when the item is impacted by Design Change Notice or Engineering

Change Proposals, or for when the item having PLISNs assigned is not fully

broken down to piece part level. This option cannot be utilized if the insert

option (paragraph h) is in use. PLISN gaps may be as great as 1,121.

j. PLISNs may be assigned to items based upon the Data Status Code (Table

HG) contained against the qualified item. This can be useful when performing

incremental provisioning on an LSAR that is not fully mature.

30.47 LSA-154, Provisioning Parts Breakout Summary. This report provides a

two-part summary of each reference number and can be utilized to assist in

performance of the DOD Replenishment Parts Breakout Program. Included in

part I of the report are critical pricing and breakout program information.

It is sequenced in ascending reference number and CAGE. Part II contains

selected parts application data and is sequenced in ascending LCN. If both

parts are selected, a separate page of the report for each reference number

and CAGE is prepared. If only part I is required, there is no page break

between reference numbers. The report may be selected by contractor technical

information codes, source codes, reference number or report parts. The format

is contained on figure 61. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical

on this report.

30.48 LSA-155, Recommended Spare Parts List for Spares Acquisition Integrated

with Production (SAIP). This summary provides the data required for SAIP

list, as specified by MIL-STD-1388-1A. Either the unit of measure or issue

prices may be displayed and are presented by ascending reference number and

CAGE. Items are qualified for the SAIP List based on entry of "Y" in the SAIP

code (DED 391). The format is contained on figure 62. Spacing between rows

and columns is not critical on this report.
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE 

TABLE XA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE K 96 EIACODXA K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KLCN STRUCTURE 202 LCNSTRXA X X X ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME 14 ADDLTMXA CONTACT TEAM DELAY TIME 52 CTDLTMXA CONTRACT NUMBER 55 CONTNOXA COST PER REORDER ACTION 61 CSREORXA COST PER REQUISITION 62 CSPRRQXA DEMILITARIZATION COST 77 DEMILCXA DISCOUNT RATE 83 DISCNTXA ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE 102 ESSALVXA HOLDING COST PERCENTAGE 160 HLCSPCXA INITIAL BIN COST 166 INTBINXA INITIAL CATALOGING COST 167 INCATCXA INTEREST RATE 173 INTRATXA INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST 176 INVSTGXA LOADING FACTOR 195 LODFACXA OPERATION LEVEL 271 WSOPLVXA OPERATION LIFE 272 OPRLIFXA PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE-CIVILIAN 289 PRSTOVXA PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE-MILITARY 289 PRSTOMXA PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR 300 PROFACXA RECURRING BIN COST 333 RCBINCXA RECURRING CATALOGING COST 334 RCCATCXA RETAIL STOCKAGE CRITERIA 359 RESTCRXA SAFETY LEVEL 363 SAFLVLXA SUPPORT OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT COST FACTOR 421 SECSFCXA TRANSPORTATION COST 466 TRNCSTXA TYPE ACQUISITION 478 WSTYAQXA X TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM CODE 484 TSSCODXA 

TABLE XB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA X X X X X X X F F X X X X X X X X F F X F F X F F F X X X X X X X X F X X F F X FFFFFLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) K 199 LSACONXB X X X X X X X K K X X X X X X X X K K X K K X K K K X X X X K X X X K X X K K X KKKKKALTERNATE LCN CODE K 19 ALTLCNXB X X X X X X X K K X X X X X X X X K K X K K X K K K X X X X K X X X K X X K K X KKKKKLCN TYPE K 203 LCNTYPXB X K K K K K K K K K X K K X K X K K X K K X K K K XXXX KKKKKKXKKXKKKKKLCN INDENTURE CODE 200 LCNINDXB X X X X LCN NOMENCLATURE 201 LCNAMEXB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE 438 TMFGCDXB X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER 423 SYSIDNXB SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 367 SECITMXB * RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR 342 RAMINDXB * * * 

TABLE XC 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F X F F F F F F F F F FLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F X F F F F F F F F F FALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F X F F F F F F F F F FLCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FUSABLE ON CODE M 501 UOCSEIXC X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X M M X M X M M X X X X X X X X X X X X X X M X M X M X M X M M MSYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER M 307 PCCNUMXC M M M M M M M X M M M M M M M M M M M M X X M X M * M X M M M M M M M M M M M M X M XXXXMSYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE 179 ITMDESXC X X X X SYSTEM/EI PLISN 309 PLISNOXC X X X X X X X XXXX SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 481 TOCCODXC X X X X SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 316 QTYASYXC X X X X X X X SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM 317 QTYPEIXC X X X X X X X TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR 467 TRASEIXC * 

TABLE XD 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F SERIAL NUMBER FROM K 373 FRSNUMXD X K SERIAL NUMBER TO K 373 TOSNUMXD X K SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE 375 SNUUOCXD X 

TABLE XE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXE S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXE S/N ITEM LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXE S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIXE S/N SYSTEM/EI ALC F 19 ALCSEIXE S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE F 203 LTYSEIXE S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM F 373 FRSNUMXE S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO F 373 TOSNUMXE 

TABLE XF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UOC ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE UOC ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UOC ITEM LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC F 19 ALCSEIXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE F 203 LTYSEIXF * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * TABLE XG END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * PHYSICAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 PLSACNXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * PHYSICAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 PALCNCXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * PHYSICAL LCN TYPE F 203 PLCNTYXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * FUNCTIONAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER F 199 FLSACNXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * FUNCTIONAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 FALCNCXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * FUNCTIONAL LCN TYPE F 203 FLCNTYXG * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * TABLE XH COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE K 46 CAGECDXH K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K K KCAGE NAME 47 CANAMEXH X X X CAGE STREET 47 CASTREXH X X CAGE CITY 47 CACITYXH X X CAGE STATE 47 CASTATXH X X CAGE NATION 47 CANATNXH X X CAGE POSTAL ZONE 47 CAPOZOXH X X TABLE XI TM CODE K 437 TMCODEXI X K K K K TM NUMBER 440 TMNUMBXI X X X X X 

TABLE AA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA X F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X X X F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X X X F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB X F F F SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE K 376 SERDESAA X X K K REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 222 MAXTTRAA X REQUIRED PERCENTILE 286 PERCENAA X REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY 1 ACHAVAAA X X REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY 164 INHAVAAA X X OPERATIONAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME 223 OMAMDTAA X TECHNICAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME 223 TMAMDTAA X REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR 236 OPMTTRAA X REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR 236 TEMTTRAA X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE NUMBER OPERATING LOCATIONS 262 NUOPLOAA CREW SIZE 64 CREWSZAA TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 454 TOSYSUAA X RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE LOGIC UTILIZED 345 RCMLOGAA X 

TABLE AB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA X F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB X F SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE F 376 SERDESAA X F OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR K 275 OPRQINAB X K ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS 21 ANNOMIAB ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS 22 ANOPDAAB ANNUAL OPERATING TIME 24 ANOPTIAB MEAN MISSION DURATION 228 MMISDUAB X MEAN MISSION DURATION MEASUREMENT BASE 238 MMISDMAB X REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY 273 OPAVAIAB X REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME 13 OPALDTAB REQUIRED STANDBY TIME 403 OSTBTIAB 

TABLE AC 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE F 376 SERDESAA F OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR F 275 OPRQINAB F OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE K 277 OMLVLCAC K MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 222 MLMTTRAC X MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE 286 MLPERCAC X NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 265 MLNSSUAC MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS 20 MLSAMHAC X MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS 20 MLUAMHAC X SCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR 215 MLSMHOAC X UNSCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR 215 MLUMHOAC X UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN ELAPSED TIME 499 MLUMETAC X UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN MAN-HOURS 499 MLUMMHAC X 

TABLE AD 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE F 376 SERDESAA F OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR F 275 OPRQINAB F OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE F 277 OMLVLCAC F DAILY INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 DINMETAD X DAILY INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 DINMMHAD X PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 PREMETAD X PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 PREMMHAD X POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 POIMETAD X POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 POIMMHAD X PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 PINMETAD X PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 PINMMHAD X MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 MPCMETAD X MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 MPCMMHAD X TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME 280 TINMETAD X TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS 280 TINMMHAD X 

TABLE AE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE F 376 SERDESAA F OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR F 275 OPRQINAB F OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE F 277 OMLVLCAC F SKILL SPECIALTY CODE F 387 SKSPCDGA F AVAILABLE MAN HOUR 28 AVAIMHAE X AVAILABLE QUANTITY 324 QTYAVAAE X UTILIZATION RATIO 503 UTRATIAE 

TABLE AF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE F 376 SERDESAA OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR F 275 OPRQINAB ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE F 450 TEXSEQAF 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY KEY DED CODE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 9 WPADDRAF 

TABLE AG 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT MEASUREMENT BASE K 238 MEASBSAG K X X X * K ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT M 23 ANOPREAG X X X X C X OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS INDICATOR M 275 OPRQINAB M M M M M M REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 229 OPMTBFAG X REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 229 TEMTBFAG X X REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MTBMA 230 OPMRBMAG X REQUIRED TECHNICAL MTBMA 230 TMTBMAAG X REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS 235 MTBRXXAG X 

TABLE AH 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME K 182 IONAMEAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NUMBER TYPE K 266 IOINTYAH INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE 46 IOCAGEAH INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER 337 IOREFNAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NIIN 253 IONIINAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER FSC 253 IONFSCAH INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER 440 IOITNMAH 

TABLE AI 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA MODELING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE K 376 SERDESAI MODELING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE K 277 OMLVLCAI LABOR RATE 189 LABRATAI NUMBER OF SHOPS 263 NOSHPSAI REPAIR WORK SPACE COST 352 RPWSCSAI REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK 357 RQDSTKAI 

TABLE AJ 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM K 277 OMLVLFAJ OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO K 277 OMLVLTAJ SHIP DISTANCE 85 SHPDISAJ SHIP TIME 379 TIMESHAJ 

TABLE AK 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE K 424 SEINCDAK SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQAK SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE --- SEINARAK ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS 10 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS 11 OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION 274 

TABLE BA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F FF LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F X F F X X F F FX ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F X F F X X F F FX LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F X F F FF MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR 243 MEQLINBA CONVERSION FACTOR 59 CONVFABA X C X X X X FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 1 143 FIAMBABA FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 1 143 FIPFGABA BIT DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 1 32 BDLPGABA FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 2 143 FIAMBBBA FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 2 143 FIPFGBBA BIT DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 2 32 BDLPGBBA BUILT IN TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE 31 BITNDPBA BUILT IN TEST RETEST OK PERCENT 33 BITROPBA FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE 141 FRDATABA X PILOT REWORK OVERHAUL CANDIDATE 292 PREOVCBA SECURITY CLEARANCE 369 SECCLEBA X SUPPORT CONCEPT 410 SUPCONBA X WEAROUT LIFE 505 WEOULIBA X X WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE 238 WOLIMBBA X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS STANDARDIZATION 196 LOGSTABA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS ACCESSIBILITY 196 LOGACCBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS MAINTENANCE EASE 196 LOGMAIBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SAFETY 196 LOGSAFBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TEST POINTS 196 LOGTEPBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SKILLS 196 LOGSKIBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TRAINING 196 LOGTRABA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CONNECTORS 196 LOGCONBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION 196 LOGPATBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS FAULT LOCATION 196 LOGFLOBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS LABELING 196 LOGLABBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN FOR SELF PROTECTION 196 LOGDSPBA X LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CORROSION/RUST CONTROL 196 LOGCRCBA X 

TABLE BB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F X F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F X F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE K 341 RAMCNABB X X X X RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQBB K K K K RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE --- RAMNARBB X X X X RAM ITEM FUNCTION 180 X X X RAM MAINTENANCE CONCEPT 207 X X RAM MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE 244 X RAM QUAL AND QUANT MAINTAINABILITY RQTS 315 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE 210 X X 

TABLE BC 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE K 425 LOCOCOBC X X RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQBC K K RAM LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 426 LOGNARBC X X 

TABLE BD 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X F F F F F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X F F F F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F RAM INDICATOR CODE K 347 RAMINDBD X X K X X K K ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY 1 ACHAVABD INHERENT AVAILABILITY 164 INHAVABD X FAILURE RATE 140 FAILRTBD X X X FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE 238 FARAMBBD X X X INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR 165 INHMAFBD MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 222 MAXTTRBD X PERCENTILE 286 PERCENBD X MEAN TIME TO REPAIR OPERATIONAL 236 MTTROPBD X MEAN TIME TO REPAIR TECHNICAL 236 MTTRTHBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL 229 OPMTBFBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL MB 238 OMTBFMBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL 229 TEMTBFBD X X X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL MB 238 TMTBFMBD X X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL 230 OMTBMABD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL MB 238 OMTBMMBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL 230 TMTBMABD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL MB 238 TMTBMMBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED 231 INMTBMBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED MB 238 IMTBMMBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT 232 INHMTBBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT MB 238 INHMTMBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT 233 NOMTBMBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT MB 238 NMTBMMBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 234 MTBMPVBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MB 238 MTBMPMBD X X MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS 235 MTBRXXBD X MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS MEASUREMENT BASE 238 MTBRMBBD X 

TABLE BE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB RAM INDICATOR CODE F 347 RAMINDBD RAM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR K 275 OPRQINBE 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME 13 ALDTXXBE OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY 273 OPAVAIBE STANDBY TIME 403 STABYTBE 

TABLE BF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F FLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F X FALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F X FLCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F FFAILURE MODE INDICATOR K 134 FAMOINBF X K X XENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE 97 EFMTBFBF X ENGINEERING FM MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE MB 238 EFMMMBBF X FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION 132 FMCLASBF FAILURE MODE RATIO 136 FMRATOBF X X X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 01 344 RCMR01BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 02 344 RCMR02BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 03 344 RCMR03BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 04 344 RCMR04BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 05 344 RCMR05BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 06 344 RCMR06BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 07 344 RCMR07BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 08 344 RCMR08BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 09 344 RCMR09BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 10 344 RCMR10BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 11 344 RCMR11BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 12 344 RCMR12BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 13 344 RCMR13BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 14 344 RCMR14BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 15 344 RCMR15BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 16 344 RCMR16BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 17 344 RCMR17BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 18 344 RCMR18BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 19 344 RCMR19BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 20 344 RCMR20BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 21 344 RCMR21BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 22 344 RCMR22BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 23 344 RCMR23BF X RCM LOGIC RESULTS 24 344 RCMR24BF X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE RCM LOGIC RESULTS 25 344 RCMR25BF X RCM DISPOSITION A 84 RCMDSABF X RCM DISPOSITION B 84 RCMDSBBF X RCM DISPOSITION C 84 RCMDSCBF X RCM DISPOSITION D 84 RCMDSDBF X RCM DISPOSITION E 84 RCMDSEBF X RCM DISPOSITION F 84 RCMDSFBF X RCM DISPOSITION G 84 RCMDSGBF X RCM DISPOSITION H 84 RCMDSHBF X RCM DISPOSITION I 84 RCMDSIBF X RCM DISPOSITION J 84 RCMDSJBF X 

TABLE BG 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F FAILURE MODE INDICATOR F 134 FAMOINBF F X F FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE CODE K 131 FMNCNABG X X X FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQBG K K KFAILURE MODE NARRATIVE --- FMNNARBG X X X FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT END EFFECT 125 X FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT LOCAL 126 X FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT NEXT HIGHER 127 X FAILURE CAUSE 124 X X FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE 128 X X FAILURE MODE DETECTION METHOD 129 X FAILURE MODE PREDICTABILITY 138 X FAILURE MODE REMARKS 137 X REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 426 X X RCM AGE EXPLORATION 343 X RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE REASONING 346 X RCM REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 426 X 

TABLE BH 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F FAILURE MODE TASK (FMT) LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONBH X F X X X FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNBH X F X X X FMT LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPBH F F F F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F MISSION PHASE CODE F 246 MISSPCBL X RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE K 362 FMSHSCBK X RAM ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER 178 RICRITBK X 

TABLE BL 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F MISSION PHASE CODE K 246 MISSPCBL K MISSION PHASE OPERATIONAL MODE 247 MPOPLDBL X 

TABLE CA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F F F X F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F X F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X * X X X F F X F F F X F X X X F F F F F F F X F F X F X X ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X * X X X F F X F F F X F X X X F F F F F F F X F F X F X X LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB X * F F F F F F F F F X F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F TASK CODE K 427 TASKCDCA X X X X X X X X K X X X K X X X K A K K K X K X * * * X X X REFERENCED END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 96 REFEIACA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * REFERENCED LCN 199 REFLCNCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE 19 REFALCCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * REFERENCED LCN TYPE 203 REFTYPCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * REFERENCED TASK CODE 427 REFTSKCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR) LCN 199 AORLCNCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * AOR ALC 19 AORALCCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * AOR LCN TYPE 203 AORTYPCA * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * * TASK AOR MEASUREMENT BASE 238 AORMSBCA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X TASK IDENTIFICATION M 431 TASKIDCA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X TASK FREQUENCY 430 TSKFRQCA X C C X X X X X X X C X X X X X X X X X TASK CRITICALITY CODE 429 TSKCRCCA X HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURE CODE 152 HRDCPCCA X X HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE 155 HAZMPCCA X X PMCS INDICATOR CODE 296 PMCSIDCA * MEASURED MEAN ELAPSE TIME 224 MSDMETCA C X X X X X X X X X X X PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSE TIME 224 PRDMETCA C X X X X X X X X X X MEASURED MEAN MAN HOURS 225 MSDMMHCA C C X X X X C X X X PREDICTED MEAN MAN HOURS 225 PRDMMHCA C C X X X X C X X X PRIMARY MEANS OF DETECTION 237 PMDTECCA SECONDARY MEANS OF DETECTION 237 SMDTECCA FACILITY REQUIREMENT CODE 358 FTRNRQCA * X X TRAINING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE 358 TRNRQCCA X * X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE TRAINING RECOMMENDATION TYPE 463 TRNRECCA X X TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE 461 TRNLOCCA X TRAINING RATIONALE 462 TRNRATCA X TOOL/SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE 358 TSEREQCA X TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD A 287 PRSTDACA X TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD B 287 PRSTDBCA X TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD C 287 PRSTDCCA X TASK CONDITION A 428 TCONDACA X X TASK CONDITION B 428 TCONDBCA X X TASK CONDITION C 428 TCONDCCA X X 

TABLE CB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F F F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F F F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F F F F F F F SUBTASK NUMBER K 407 SUBNUMCB K K K K K K K SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION 431 SUBTIDCB X REFERENCED SUBTASK END ITEM ACRONYM CODE 96 RFDEIACB * * * * REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN 199 RFDLCNCB * * * * REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE 19 RFDALCCB * * * * REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE 203 RFDTYPCB * * * * REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER 407 RFDSUBCB * * * * REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE 427 RFDTCDCB * * * * SUBTASK MEAN MINUTE ELAPSE TIME 227 SBMMETCB * X SUBTASK WORK AREA CODE 514 SUBWACCB X 

TABLE CC 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F F F SUBTASK NUMBER F 407 SUBNUMCB F X F SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQCC K X K SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 372 SUBNARCC X X X ELEMENT INDICATOR 95 ELEMNTCC * 

TABLE CD 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F F X F F F F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F F X F F F F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F F F F F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F F F F X F F F F F F SUBTASK NUMBER F 407 SUBNUMCB F F F F F F F F F F F SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER K 288 SUBPIDCD X K K K K X X X X K X SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 387 SKSPCDGA X X X X X X X X X X X NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 257 MDCSSCGB X X X X X X X X X X X SUBTASK MEAN MAN MINUTES 226 SUBMMMCD C * X C X C C SKILL SPECIALTY EVALUATION CODE 388 SSECDECD X X 

TABLE CE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE K 349 TSKRRCCE X K TASK REMARK 432 TSKREMCE X X 

TABLE CF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F F TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE F 349 TSKRRCCE F F 

TABLE CG 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F F * F * F FLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F X X F X F F F F * F * X FALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F X X F X F F F F * F * X FLCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F F F F * F * F FTASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE F 46 TSCAGECG F X X X F F X X X X * F * F XTASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 TSREFNCG F X X X F F X X X X * F * F XTASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F X X X F X X F F F * X * F FSUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK 319 SQTYTKCG X X X X X SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE 491 SQTKUMCG X X X X 

TABLE CH 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE 203 LCNTYPXB F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F F TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE F 437 TMCODEXI F X 

TABLE CI 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F * F TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 TSKLCNCI F X F F F X * F TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 TSKALCCI F X F F F X * F TASK LCN TYPE F 203 TSKLTYCI F F F F F F * F TASK PROVISION TASK CODE F 427 TSKTCDCI F X X F F F * F TASK PROVISION LCN F 199 PROLCNCI F F X F F F * X TASK PROVISION ALC F 19 PROALCCI F F X F F F * X TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE F 203 PROLTYCI F F F F F F * F TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE F 46 PROCAGCI X X X X X F * X TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 PROREFCI X X X X X F * X PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK 319 PQTYTKCI X X X X X PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE 491 PQTKUMCI X X X * 

TABLE CJ 

JOB CODE K 186 JOBCODCJ K DUTY CODE K 91 DUTYCDCJ K JOB NARRATIVE 185 JOBDESCJ X DUTY NARRATIVE 90 DUTIESCJ X 

TABLE CK 

JOB CODE F 186 JOBCODCJ F DUTY CODE F 91 DUTYCDCJ F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA F SUBTASK NUMBER F 407 SUBNUMCB F SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC FROM K 450 TSFROMCK F SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC TO K 450 TEXTTOCK F SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER K 288 SUBPIDCD F 

TABLE EA 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F F X F F F F F F X X X F X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F F F X F F F F F F X X X F X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME 412 FLITNMEA X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ITEM CATEGORY CODE 177 SEICCDEA X X X X * X X X * X * X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE 2 AQDCOFEA X X END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR 179 ENDARTEA X ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED 5 AIDRQDEA DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY 71 DATFADEA X X CALIBRATION INTERVAL 37 CALINTEA X X CALIBRATION ITEM 38 CALITMEA X CALIBRATION REQUIRED 40 CALRQDEA X X CALIBRATION STANDARD 41 CALSTDEA CALIBRATION TIME 42 CALTIMEA X CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQT SUMMARY RECOMMEND 35 CMRSRCEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTRACT NUMBER 55 CNTRNOEA X CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 56 CFEGFEEA X X CUSTODY CODE 69 CUSTCDEA X DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 88 DRWCLSEA ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 93 ECOANLEA FAMILY GROUP 142 FAMGRPEA GENERIC CODE 148 GENECDEA GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 149 GOVDESEA X X HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE 153 HDWRPREA X X INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE 170 ILSPRCEA X X DESIGN DATA PRICE 80 DSNPRCEA X X EXTENDED UNIT PRICE 103 EXUNPREA X PASS THRU PRICE 285 PASTHREA X X OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST 267 OSCOSTEA RECURRING COST 332 RCURCSEA X X LIFE CYCLE STATUS 190 LICYSTEA X LIFE SPAN 191 LIFSPNEA LOGISTIC CONTROL CODE 197 LGCTCDEA X LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE 198 LGDCOFEA X LSA RECOMMENDATION CODE 204 LSARCDEA MANAGEMENT PLAN 216 MGTPLNEA X MANAGING COMMAND/AGENCY 217 MGCOATEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 229 SEMTBFEA X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MTBMA 230 SMTBMAEA SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME TO REPAIR 236 SEMTTREA X MOBILE FACILITY CODE 248 MOBFACEA X MODIFICATION OR CHANGE 252 MODCHGEA 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE OPERATING HEIGHT 268 OPRHGTEA X X X OPERATING LENGTH 268 OPLENGEA X X X OPERATING WIDTH 268 OPWIDTEA X X X OPERATING WEIGHT 270 OPRWGTEA X X X OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE 491 LWHOUMEA X X X OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE 491 WGTOUMEA X X X PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR O/M LEVEL 277 PCBLVLEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION O/M LEVEL 277 CALLVLEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) REPAIR O/M LEVEL 277 RPRLVLEA X X X SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE 389 SMRCSEEA X X TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIRED CODE 441 TMRQCDEA X OPERATORS MANUAL 278 OPRMANEA X X SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 387 SSCOPREA X PREPARING ACTIVITY 294 PREATYEA X PROGRAM ELEMENT 301 PROELEEA X PROGRAM SUPPORT INVENTORY CONTROL POINT 303 PSICPOEA X REPORTABLE ITEM CONTROL CODE 356 SERICCEA REVOLVING ASSETS 361 REVASSEA X SELF TEST CODE 370 SLFTSTEA X SENSORS OR TRANSDUCERS 371 SENTRAEA SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR 376 SERDESEA X USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 376 USESEREA X SKETCH 383 SKETCHEA X X SPARE FACTOR 390 SPRFACEA X SPECIAL MANAGMENT CODE 393 SPMGNTEA X STANDARD INTERSERVICE AGENCY SERIAL CONTROL NUMBER 401 SIASCNEA X X STORAGE HEIGHT 405 STOHGTEA X STORAGE LENGTH 405 STOLENEA X STORAGE WIDTH 405 STOWDTEA X STORAGE WEIGHT 406 STOWGTEA X STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE 491 LWHSUMEA X STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE 491 WGTSUMEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING HEIGHT 419 SESHPHEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING LENGTH 419 SESHPLEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WIDTH 419 SESHPWEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT 420 SESHWTEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS UM 491 UMSHIPEA X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE 491 UMSEWTEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING 413 SEGRCDEA X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 418 SEREQDEA TECHNICAL EVALUATION PRIORITY CODE 435 TECEVLEA X TEST LANGUAGE 443 TSTLNGEA TEST POINTS 446 TSTPTSEA TMDE REGISTER CODE 444 TMDERCEA X TMDE REGISTER INDEX NUMBER 445 TMDERIEA X TYPE CLASSIFICATION 479 TYPCLSEA X TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE 480 TYPEEQEA X YEAR OF FIELDING 518 YRFLDGEA X 

TABLE EB 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F ALLOWANCE DOCUMENT NUMBER K 16 ALDCNMEB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 1 15 ALORG1EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 2 15 ALORG2EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 3 15 ALORG3EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 4 15 ALORG4EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 5 15 ALORG5EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 6 15 ALORG6EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 7 15 ALORG7EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 8 15 ALORG8EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 9 15 ALORG9EB X ALLOWABLE RANGE 10 15 ALRG10EB X ALLOCATION DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION 15 ALDNDSEB X ALLOCATION EXTENDED RANGE 15 ALEXRNEB X ALLOCATION LAND VESSEL CODE 15 ALLVCDEB X ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL FUNCTION 15 ALMLVLEB X ALLOCATION STATION IDENTIFICATION CODE 15 ALSTIDEB X 

TABLE EC 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER GROUP CODE K 284 PARGPCEC X K K CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 39 CALPROEC X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER 284 PARPAREC X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE FROM 284 RNGFRMEC X X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE TO 284 RNGTOCEC X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER ACCURACY 284 PARACCEC X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER INPUT OUTPUT CODE 284 SPARIOEC X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE 284 PARRVCEC X X 

TABLE ED 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE F 337 SEREFNEA F F F ACTIVITY NAME/LOCATION K 399 ACTNAMED X K K TYPE OF ACTIVITY 399 TYPACTED X NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES 399 NUMACTED X C SUPPORT EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER ACTIVITY 399 SEQTYAED X C C 

TABLE EE 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQEE K K K SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE K 414 SENARCEE K K K SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE --- SEQNAREE X X X FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 147 X DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 78 X X X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT 415 X X CHARACTERISTICS OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 44 X INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES 169 X ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 8 X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION 411 X X JUSTIFICATION 188 X 

TABLE EF 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F F F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER K 416 SERDNOEF X X X X X X SERD REVISION K 360 SRDREVEF K XK K X SERD STATUS 404 STATUSEF X X X SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION 71 INTSUBEA X X SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION 71 DTGVDSEF X SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION 71 DTRVSBEF X X X 

TABLE EG 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER F 416 SERDNOEF F SERD REVISION F 360 SRDREVEF F SERD REVISION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQEG K SERD REVISION REMARKS 417 REVREMEG X 

TABLE EH 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER F 416 SERDNOEF F SERD REVISION F 360 SRDREVEF F ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) FSC K 253 ALTFSCEH X ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION CODE K 253 ALTNIIEH X 

TABLE EI 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F SOURCE OPTION NUMBER K 168 IPSOPNEI K K INPUT POWER SOURCE ALTERNATING/DIRECT CURRENT 168 IPACDCEI X X INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MAXIMUM 168 IPFRMXEI X XINPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MINIMUM 168 IPRGMXEI X XINPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MAXIMUM 168 IPSRGMEI X XINPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MINIMUM 168 IPOPRGEI X XINPUT POWER SOURCE PERCENT MAXIMUM RIPPLE 168 IPMXRPEI X X INPUT POWER SOURCE PHASE 168 IPPHASEI X X INPUT POWER SOURCE WATTS 168 IPPOWREI X X 

TABLE EJ 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE (DDCC) K 79 DSNDATEJ X DDCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 57 CNTRECEJ X DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE 101 ESTPRCEJ X DDCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 150 GOVRQDEJ X DDCC SCOPE 365 DDCCSCEJ X 

TABLE EK 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F SUPERCEDURE CAGE CODE K 46 SPRCAGEK X X SUPERCEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER K 337 SPRREFEK X X SUPERCEDURE TYPE M 408 SUTYPEEK X M 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SUPERCEDURE ITEM NAME 182 SUPITNEK X SUPERCEDURE SE RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER 416 SUSRNOEK X REASON FOR SUPERCEDURE/DELETION 327 REASUPEK X SUPERCEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 172 ICCODEEK X 

TABLE EL 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F ILS REQUIREMENT CATEGORY CODE (IRCC) K 171 IRCCODEL X IRCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 57 CONRECEL X IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE 101 ESTPRCEL X IRCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 150 GOVRQDEL X IRCC SCOPE 365 IRCSCOEL X 

TABLE EM 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F SYSTEM CAGE CODE F 46 SCAGECEM X SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SREFNOEM X SYSTEM EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER TEST 320 QTYTSTEM X SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR 179 GFAEIDEM X 

TABLE UA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA X X UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA X X UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA F F UUT ALLOWANCE 16 UTALLOUA X UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 209 UMNTPLUA X UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER 448 UTTRDNUA X UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 515 UTWPRFUA X 

TABLE UB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA F X F UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA F X F UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F F UUT CALIBRATION/MEASUREMENT REQT SUMMARY STATUS 36 UTSTCDUB X UUT CMRS RECOMMENDED CODE 35 UTCMRSUB X * 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE 

TABLE UC 

OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM (OTP) CAGE CODE F 46 OTPCAGUC X X OTP REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 OTPREFUC X X OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING 25 OTPACRUC X X OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING 25 OTPACNUC X X OTP COORDINATED TEST PLAN 60 OTPCTPUC X X OTP STANDARDS FOR COMPARISON 402 OTPSFCUC X OTP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 OTPSRDUC X 

TABLE UD 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA * * UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA * * UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA * * UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA * * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA * * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA * * OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM CAGE CODE F 46 OTPCAGUC * * OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 OTPREFUC * * 

TABLE UE 

OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM CAGE CODE F 46 OTPCAGUC F OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 OTPREFUC F TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION (TPI) COGE CODE F 46 TPICAGUE X TPI REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 TPIREFUE X TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING 25 TPAUCRUE X TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING 25 TPAUCNUE X TPI SELF TEST 370 TPISTSUE X TPI TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE 434 TPITDPUE X TPI SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 TPISRDUE X 

TABLE UF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA F F UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA F F UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA F F UUT EXPLANATION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQUF K K UUT EXPLANATION 498 UTEXPLUF X X 

TABLE UG 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA F F UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA F F SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA F F UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE K 284 UUTPGCUG X K UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE 34 UUTPPCUG X UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY 284 UUTPACUG X X UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE 284 UUTPIOUG X X UUT PARAMETER OPERATIONAL/SPECIFICATION CODE 284 UUTPSOUG UUT PARAMETER 284 UUTPARUG X X UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM 284 UUTPRFUG X X UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO 284 UUTPRTUG X X UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE 284 UUTPRVUG X UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL 442 UUTPTAUG X UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED 442 UUTPTDUG X 

TABLE UH 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 TSKLCNCI F TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 TSKALCCI F TASK LCN TYPE F 203 TSKLTYCI F TASK PROVISION TASK CODE F 427 TSKTCDCI F TASK PROVISION LCN F 199 PROLCNCI F TASK PROVISION ALC F 19 PROALCCI F TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE F 203 PROLTYCI F TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE F 46 PROCAGCI X TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 PROREFCI X SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE M 46 SECAGEEA M SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER M 337 SEREFNEA M UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 1 143 UUTFA1UH X UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 2 143 UUTFA2UH X UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 1 143 UUTFP1UH X UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 2 143 UUTFP2UH X UUT FIRU TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR 447 UUTFTDUH X

TABLE UI 

ADAPTER INTERCONECTOR DEVICE (AID) CAGE CODE F 46 AIDCAGUI X X AID REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 AIDREFUI X X AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING 25 AIDUCNUI X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING 25 AIDUCRUI X X AID SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 AIDSRDUI X AID COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST 48 AIDCUTUI X 

TABLE UJ 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA * UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA * UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA * UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA * ADAPTER-INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE (AID) CAGE CODE F 46 AIDCAGUI * AID REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 AIDREFUI * 

TABLE UK 

AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) CAGE CODE F 46 ATECAGUK X ATE REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 ATEREFUK X ATE GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 149 ATEGDSUK X 

TABLE UL 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA * UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA * UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 UUTALCUA * UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 46 SECAGEEA * SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA * AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) CAGE CODE F 46 ATECAGUK * ATE REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 ATEREFUK * 

TABLE UM 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST (SE UUT) CAGE CODE F 46 SUTCAGUM X SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SUTREFUM X SE UUT ALLOWANCE 16 SUTALLUM SE UUT CMRS STATUS 36 SUTSTCUM SE UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 209 MNTPLNUM SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER 448 TRDNUMUM SE UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 515 WKPKRFUM 

TABLE UN 

TESTING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE F 46 TGSCAGUN F TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 TGSREFUN F SE UNIT UNDER TEST (UUT) CAGE CODE F 46 SUTCAGUM F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SUTREFUM F SE UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE K 284 SEUPGCUN K SE UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE 34 UTPACMUN * SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY 284 UTPAACUN X SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE 284 UTPAIOUN X SE UUT PARAMETER 284 UTPAPAUN X SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM 284 UTRGFRUN X SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO 284 UTPRRTUN X SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE 284 UTPARVUN X SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL 442 UTPATAUN SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED 442 UTPATDUN 

TABLE FA 

FACILITY NAME K 118 FACNAMFA X FACILITY CATEGORY CODE K 115 FACCCDFA X FACILITY TYPE K 483 FACTYPFA X FACILITY CLASS 116 FACCLAFA X FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 88 DRCLASFA X FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER 89 FADNUMFA X FACILITY DRAWING REVISION 360 FADREVFA X FACILITY AREA 112 FAAREAFA X FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 491 FAARUMFA X FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE 492 FACNCOFA X CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE 491 CONUOMFA X 

TABLE FB 

FACILITY NAME F 118 FACNAMFA F FACILITY CATEGORY CODE F 115 FACCCDFA F FACILITY TYPE F 483 FACTYPFA X FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 119 FNCODEFB X FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQFB K FACILITY NARRATIVE --- FACNARFB X FACILITY CAPABILITY 114 X FACILITY LOCATION 117 X 

TABLE FC 

BASELINE FACILITY NAME F 118 FACNAMFC F BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE F 115 FACCCDFC F BASELINE FACILITY TYPE F 483 FACTYPFC X BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 113 FBNACDFC X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQFC K BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE --- FABNARFC X FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT 107 X FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS 109 X FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINING 110 X FACILITY REQUIREMETNS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 120 X FACILITY REQUIREMENTS SUPPLY/STORAGE 121 X 

TABLE FD 

NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME F 118 FACNAMFD F X NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE F 115 FACCCDFD F X NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY TYPE F 483 FACTYPFD F NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 255 NMFNCDFD X X NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARR TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQFD K K NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE --- NMFNARFD X X FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA 105 X FACILITY INSTALLATION LEAD TIME 106 X FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN 122 X FACILITIES UTILIZATION 111 X FACILITIES REQUIREMENT 108 X X FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE 123 X FACILITY JUSTIFICATION 188 X TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 482 X UTILITES REQUIREMENT 502 X 

TABLE FE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA X X FACILITY NAME F 118 FACNAMFA F X FACILITY CATEGORY CODE F 115 FACCCDFA F X FACILITY TYPE F 483 FACTYPFA X * 

TABLE GA 

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE K 387 SKSPCDGA K K X K SKILL LEVEL CODE 386 SKLVCDGA X X X X HOUR LABOR RATE 161 HRLARTGA TRAINING COST 460 TRNCOSGA 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE 

TABLE GB 

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE K 257 MDCSSCGB K X NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE 386 MDSCLCGB X X SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 387 SKSPCDGA DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL 92 DPRNRSGB X RECOMMENDED CIVILIAN GRADE 330 RPPCIVGB X RECOMMENDED MILITARY RANK/RATE 330 RPPMILGB X SECURITY CLEARANCE 369 SCRSSCGB X TEST SCORE 449 SSCTESGB X ASVAB AFQT SCORE 26 ABAFQTGB ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE LOW 26 AAEXRLGB ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE HIGH 26 AAEXRHGB ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT LOW 26 AALPRLGB ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT HIGH 26 AALPRHGB 

TABLE GC 

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE F 257 MDCSSCGB F NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE K 256 NMSNCDGC X NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE 450 TEXSEQGC K NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE --- NMSNARGC X NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 7 XEDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS 94 X SKILL JUSTIFICATION 188 X ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 12 X 

TABLE GD 

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE F 257 MDCSSCGB ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT K 26 ASVAPEGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED RANGE LOW 26 AAERLLGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED RANGE HIGH 26 AAEERHGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST PERCENT LOW 26 AAELPLGD ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST PERCENT HIGH 26 AAELPHGD 

TABLE GE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA X SUBTASK NUMBER F 407 SUBNUMCB X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER F 288 SUBPIDCD X NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE F 257 MDCSSCGB F PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQGE K PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE 290 PAMENRGE X 

TABLE HA 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH X F F F F F F F F F X F F X X F F X F X F F F F X F F F F F X X F F F F FXREFERENCE NUMBER K 337 REFNUMHA X K K K K K K F K K X K K X X K K X K X K K X X X K K K K K X X K K K K KXITEM NAME 182 ITNAMEHA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X XITEM NAME CODE 183 INAMECHA X REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 338 REFNCCHA X X X X REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 339 REFNVCHA X X X DLSC SCREENING REQUIREMENT CODE 73 DLSCRCHA * DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE 87 DOCIDCHA * ITEM MANAGEMENT CODE 181 ITMMGCHA X X NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) COGNIZANCE CODE 253 COGNSNHA X X X XXXXX X NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION CODE/MMAC 253 SMMNSNHA X X X X XXXXX X NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE 253 MATNSNHA X X X X X X X X X FSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION 253 FSCNSNHA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION CODE 253 NIINSNHA X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X NSN ACTIVITY CODE 253 ACTNSNHA X X X X X X X X X UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR 489 UICONVHA X SHELF LIFE 377 SHLIFEHA X X X SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE 378 SLACTNHA X X PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST 302 PPSLSTHA X DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY CODE 86 DOCAVCHA X X X PRODUCTION LEAD TIME 299 PRDLDTHA X X X X X XSPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE 395 SPMACCHA X X SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE 392 SMAINCHA X X X CRITICALITY CODE 66 CRITCDHA X * PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE 293 PMICODHA X X SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION 391 SAIPCDHA *GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PLCC 308 AAPLCCHA X INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS PLCC 308 BBPLCCHA X LONG LEAD TIME ITEM PLCC 308 CCPLCCHA X TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT PLCC 308 DDPLCCHA X X COMMON AND BULK ITEM PLCC 308 EEPLCCHA X REPAIRABLE ITEMS PLCC 308 FFPLCCHA X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE INTERIM RELEASED ITEM PLCC 308 GGPLCCHA X INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT ITEM PLCC 308 HHPLCCHA X AUTHORIZATION STOCK LIST ITEM PLCC 308 JJPLCCHA X RECOMMENDED BUY LIST ITEM PLCC 308 KKPLCCHA X PRESCRIBED LOAD LIST ITEM PLCC 308 LLPLCCHA X SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE COMPONENT LIST PLCC 308 MMPLCCHA X PHYSICAL SECURITY PILFERAGE CODE 291 PHYSECHA X X X ADP EQUIPMENT CODE 27 ADPEQPHA X DEMILITARIZATION CODE 76 DEMILIHA X X X ACQUISITION METHOD CODE 3 ACQMETHA X X X XACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE 4 AMSUFCHA X X X X HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST 156 HMSCOSHA XHAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST 157 HWDCOSHA X HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST 158 HWSCOSHA X CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION CODE 58 CTICODHA X X X X UNIT WEIGHT 497 UWEIGHHA X X UNIT SIZE LENGTH 496 ULENGTHA X X UNIT SIZE WIDTH 496 UWIDTHHA X X UNIT SIZE HEIGHT 496 UHEIGHHA X X HAZARDOUS CODE 154 HAZCODHA X X UNIT OF MEASURE 491 UNITMSHA X X X X X X X X XUNIT OF ISSUE 488 UNITISHA X X X X XLINE ITEM NUMBER 193 LINNUMHA X CRITICAL ITEM CODE 65 CRITITHA X INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPACITY 163 INDMATHA X MATERIAL LEADTIME 219 MTLEADHA X MATERIAL WEIGHT 220 MTLWGTHA X MATERIAL 218 MATERLHA X 

TABLE HB 

ARN ITEM CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDHB F F F F F F ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHB F F F F F F ARN CAGE CODE F 46 ADCAGEHB X X F X F X ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER K 6 ADDREFHB X X X X X X ARN REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 338 ADRNCCHB X X X X X ARN REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 339 ADRNVCHB X X X X X 

TABLE HC 

ITEM CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDHC F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHC F F CTIC CAGE CODE F 46 CTCAGEHC X X 

TABLE HD 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F F F F F FREFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F F F F F FUNIT OF ISSUE (UI) PRICE K 490 UIPRICHD K X X X X X XUI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM 205 LOTQFMHD X XUI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO 205 LOTQTOHD X XUI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE 51 CURPRCHD XUI PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 485 TUIPRCHD XUI PRICE PROVISIONING 314 PROUIPHD X * * * * UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR 145 FISCYRHD 

TABLE HE 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F F F F FFREFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F F F F FFUNIT OF MEASURE (UM) PRICE K 492 UMPRICHE X X X X X XXUM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM 205 LOTQFMHE X X XUM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO 205 LOTQTOHE X X XUM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE 51 CURPRCHE X X XUM PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 485 TUMPRCHE X X XUM PRICE PROVISIONING 314 PROUMPHE * X * * UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR 145 FISCYRHE X X

TABLE HF 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH X F F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA X F F DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE K 74 DEGPROHF X X * UNIT CONTAINER CODE 486 UNICONHF X UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL 487 UCLEVLHF X PACKING CODE 283 PKGCODHF X PACKAGING CATEGORY CODE 282 PACCATHF X X METHOD OF PRESERVATION CODE 239 MEPRESHF X CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURES 45 CDPROCHF X PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE 295 PRSMATHF X WRAPPING MATERIAL 517 WRAPMTHF X CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL 67 CUSHMAHF X CUSHIONING THICKNESS 68 CUSTHIHF X QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK 321 QTYUPKHF X X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE 174 INTCONHF X INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER QUANITTY 175 INCQTYHF X SPECIAL MARKING CODE 394 SPEMRKHF X UNIT PACK WEIGHT 495 UNPKWTHF X UNIT PACK LENGTH 494 LENUPKHF X UNIT PACK WIDTH 494 WIDUPKHF X UNIT PACK DEPTH 494 DEPUPKHF X UNIT PACK CUBE 493 UNPKCUHF X OPTIONAL PROCEDURES INDICATOR 279 OPTPRIHF X SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION (SPI) NUMBER 396 SPINUMHF X SPI NUMBER REVISION 397 SPIREVHF X SPI NUMBER JULIAN DATE 187 SPDATEHF X CONTAINER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 253 CONNSNHF X SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA 409 SUPPKDHF X PACKAGING DATA PREPARER CAGE 46 PKCAGEHF X 

TABLE HG 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH X X F X X X X F X F F F F X F F X X X X X F X X X F X XXXXXXFREFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA X X F X X X X F X F F F F X F F X X X X X F X X X F X XXXXXXFEND ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F X * F F F F X X F X X F F X X X F F F F * F F X XFXXFXXLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F X * F F F F X X F X X X F X X X F F F X * X F X XFXXFXXALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F X * F F F F X X F X X X F X X X F F F X * X F X XFXXFXXLCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F * F F F F X F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FFFFFFXPROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCING NUMBER (PLISN) 309 PLISNOHG X X X X X X X XXXX QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 316 QTYASYHG X X X X X X X X X X X X SUPPRESSION INDICATOR 422 SUPINDHG XDATA STATUS CODE 70 DATASCHG * PROVISIONING SYSTEM IDENTIFIER CODE 312 PROSICHG LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST (PTD) 313 LLIPTDHG * * * * PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) 313 PPLPTDHG * * * * SHORT FORM PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) 313 SFPPTDHG * * * * COMMON AND BULK ITEMS LIST (PTD) 313 CBLPTDHG * * * * REPAIRABLE ITEMS LIST (PTD) 313 RILPTDHG * * ** INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS LIST (PTD) 313 ISLPTDHG * * * * POST CONFERENCE LIST (PTD) 313 PCLPTDHG * * ** TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST(PTD) 313 TTLPTDHG * * * * 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD) 313 SCPPTDHG * * * * AS REQUIRED LIST A (PTD) 313 ARAPTDHG * * * * AS REQUIRED LIST B (PTD) 313 ARBPTDHG * * * * TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 481 TOCCODHG X X X X X INDENTURE CODE 162 INDCODHG X X X X X * X X X X X QUANTITY PER END ITEM 317 QTYPEIHG X X A X X X X X X X PRIOR ITEM PLISN 297 PIPLISHG X X SAME AS PLISN 364 SAPLISHG X X HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM 151 HARDCIHG X X X * REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR 348 REMIPIHG X X LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT 194 LRUNITHG X X ITEM CATEGORY CODE 177 ITMCATHG X X X * X X * ESSENTIALITY CODE 100 ESSCODHG X X X X X SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE 389 SMRCODHG X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I 211 MRRONEHG X X X X X X XMAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II 212 MRRTWOHG X X MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER 213 MRRMODHG X X ORGANIZATIONAL REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION (RTD) 355 ORTDOOHG X INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RTD 355 FRTDFFHG X INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RTD 355 HRTDHHHG X SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RTD 355 LRTDLLHG X DEPOT/SHIPYARD RTD 355 DRTDDDHG X MINIMUM REPLACEMENT UNIT 245 MINREUHG X MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME 221 MAOTIMHG X X MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE 206 MAIACTHG X X RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY 328 RISSBUHG X RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL 329 RMSSLIHG X X RECOMMENDED TENDER LOAD LIST QUANTITY 331 RTLLQTHG X TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED 453 TOTQTYHG X X X X XORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION (MTD) 214 OMTDOOHG X X INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT MTD 214 FMTDFFHG X X INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT MTD 214 HMTDHHHG X X SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY MTD 214 LMTDLLHG X X DEPOT/SHIPYARD MTD 214 DMTDDDHG X X CONDEMNED BELOW DEPOT MTD 214 CBDMTDHG X X XCONDEMNED AT DEPOT MTD 214 CADMTDHG X X XORGANIZATIONAL REPAIR CYCLE TIME (RCT) 350 ORCTOOHG X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RCT 350 FRCTFFHG X INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RCT 350 HRCTHHHG X SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RCT 350 LRCTLLHG X DEPOT/SHIPYARD RCT 350 DRCTDDHG X CONTRACTOR RCT 350 CONRCTHG X NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION 261 NORETSHG X REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE 351 REPSURHG X DESIGNATED REWORK POINT ONE 81 DRPONEHG X DESIGNATED REWORK POINT TWO 81 DRPTWOHG X WORK UNIT CODE 516 WRKUCDHG X X X X ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE 17 ALLOWCHA X X ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY 18 ALIQTYHA X X 

TABLE HH 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F F F F FFFFREFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F F F F FFFFEND ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F FFFFLSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F F F FFFFALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F F F FFFFLCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F FFFFNEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY (NHA) (PLISN) K 258 NHAPLIHH K * X X X X X X KNHA PLISN INDICATOR 259 NHAINDHH * X X * * OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE 281 OVHREPHH X X X

TABLE HI 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F PROVISIONING TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQHI K PROVISIONING REMARKS 311 REMARKHI X 

TABLE HJ 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F REFERENCE DESIGNATION K 335 REFDESHJ X X A REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE 336 RDCODEHJ * X * TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE 437 TMCODEXI * FIGURE NUMBER 144 FIGNUMHK X ITEM NUMBER 184 ITEMNOHK X 

TABLE HK 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH X F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA X F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE F 437 TMCODEXI X X FIGURE NUMBER K 144 FIGNUMHK X X ITEM NUMBER K 184 ITEMNOHK X X TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE 438 TMFGCDHK X X TM INDENTURE CODE 439 TMINDCHK X X QUANTITY PER FIGURE 318 QTYFIGHK X X TM CHANGE NUMBER 436 TMCHGNHK X 

TABLE HL 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F F TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE F 437 TMCODEXI F F F FIGURE NUMBER F 144 FIGNUMHK F F F ITEM NUMBER F 184 ITEMNOHK F F F PARTS MANUAL TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQHL K K K PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE 310 PROVNOHL X X X 

TABLE HM 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F BASIS OF ISSUE CONTROL K 30 BOICTRHM X X BASIS OF ISSUE QUANTITY M 30 QTYBOIHM X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE BASIS OF ISSUE END ITEM 30 RATIOBHM X X BASIS OF ISSUE LEVEL 30 LVLBOIHM X X 

TABLE HN 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDHN F S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHN F S/N PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONHN F S/N PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 ALTLCNHN F S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIHN F S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC F 19 ALCSEIHN F S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER FROM F 373 FRSNUMHN F S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO F 373 TOSNUMHN F 

TABLE HO 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FLCN TYPE 203 LCNTYPXB F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FUOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDHO F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FUOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHO F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F F FUOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONHO F F F F F F FFFFF FF FF FFUOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 ALTLCNHO F F F F F F FFFFF FF FF FFUOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIHO F F F F F F FFFFF FF FF FFUOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC F 19 ALCSEIHO F F F F F F FFFFF FF FF FF

TABLE HP 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER K 43 CANUMBHP K X REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING (R/S) (PLISN) 353 RSPLISHP X R/S PLISN INDICATOR 354 RSPINDHP X INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 172 INTCHCHP A X TOTAL ITEM CHANGES 452 TOTICHHP X QUANTITY SHIPPED 323 QTYSHPHP X QUANTITY PROCURED 322 QTYPROHP X PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM NUMBER (ELIN) 305 PROELIHP X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE PRORATED QUANTITY 306 PROQTYHP X 

TABLE HQ 

CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDXH F REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA F END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER F 43 CANUMBHP F FROM SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY K 374 FMSRNOHQ X TO SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY K 374 TOSRNOHQ X 

TABLE HR 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE F 46 CAGECDHO F UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHO F UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONHO F UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 19 ALTLCNHO F UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI F 199 LCNSEIHO F UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI F 19 ALCSEIHO F CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER F 43 CANUMBHP F 

TABLE JA 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB X ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB X LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB X TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 468 TRNINDJA SECTIONALIZED IDENTIFICATION 366 SECTIDJA X ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 98 ENHATCJA DELIVERY SCHEDULE 75 DELSCHJA TRANSPORTATION CONTRACT NUMBER 55 CONNUMJA X PROPER SHIPPING NAME 304 PROPSNJA X SPEED 400 SPSPEDJA X TOWING SPEED 455 TWSPEDJA X MILITARY UNIT TYPE 242 MILUNTJA X REVISION DATE 71 TRCHRDJA X THEATER OF OPERATION 451 TRCHTHJA X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE NONOPERATIONAL FRAGILITY FACTOR 260 NOPRFFJA X NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT 254 NETEXWJA X 

TABLE JB 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER NUMBER K 465 TRANCNJB * TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE K 464 TRCHMTJB X TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR 469 TRITDRJB X SHIPPING CONFIGURATION 380 SHPCONJB X CONTAINER LENGTH 53 CONLENJB X CONTAINER TYPE 54 CONTYPJB X FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION 146 FRCLASJB X EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR 104 EOILINJB X HELICOPTER MISSION ALTITUDE 159 HMATLRJB XHELICOPTER MISSION DISTANCE 159 HMDISRJB XHELICOPTER MISSION PAYLOAD 159 HMPAYRJB X HELICOPTER MISSION TEMPERATURE 159 HMTMPRJB X HELICOPTER MISSION TIME 159 HMTIMRJB X HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL LOAD 250 HIPRMLJB X HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL TYPE 251 HIPRMTJB X HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL LOAD 250 HALTMLJB X HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL TYPE 251 HALTMTJB X RAIL USE 326 RAILUSJB X RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY 325 RAILTCJB XSEA DECK STOWAGE 72 SDECKSJB X 

TABLE JC 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER K 473 TRCONMJC * MOBILITY TYPE K 249 MOBTYPJC * OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY 276 OPWEEMJC X MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION EMPTY 241 HICLNEJC X OPERATIONAL WEIGHT LOADED 276 OPWELDJC X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOADED 241 HICLNLJC X SHIPPING WEIGHT EMPTY 381 SHWEEMJC X SHIPPING WEIGHT LOADED 381 SHWELDJC X CREST ANGLE 63 CREANGJC X TRACKED GROUND PRESSURE 456 TRGRPRJC X TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT 459 TRRWWTJC X TRACKED PADS TOUCHING 458 TRNUPTJC X TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA 457 TRPSARJC X TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 491 TPSAUMJC X WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE 507 WHINPRJC X WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES 508 WHNUPLJC X WHEELED NUMBER TIRES 509 WHNUTIJC X WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATINGS 510 WHTLDRJC X WHEELED TIRE SIZE 512 WHTIFTJC X WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS 513 WHWERAJC X LENGTH FRONT INSIDE 29 TWALFIJC X LENGTH FRONT OUTSIDE 29 TWALFOJC X LENGTH REAR INSIDE 29 TWALRIJC X LENGTH REAR OUTSIDE 29 TWALROJC X SKID NUMBER OF SKIDS 264 SNUMSKJC X SKID AREA 384 SDSICGJC X SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 491 SKADUMJC X 

TABLE JD 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F F TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER F 473 TRCONMJC F F MOBILITY TYPE F 249 MOBTYPJC F F TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE K 474 TREINCJD K K TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQJD K K TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE --- WHTRLOJD X X WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS 511 X SKID REMARKS 385 X TURNING INFORMATION 477 X WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS 506 X TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT 475 X X 
X Appearing on output * Qualifying or processing M Mandatory A Modified Element 

 C Used in report computation F Data table foreign key K Data table key 

 xirtart mop reoes t tabla datRA LS 14.ERGUFI

 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1

L S A R R E P O R T S 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 6 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 7 8 8 2 5 5 5 5

 1 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0 1 2 3 4 6 8 9 3 4 5 6 7 0 2 3 6 7 9 0 6 0 6 8 5 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 0 5 6 1 2 4 5

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE 

TABLE JE 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TRANSPORT FISCAL YEAR K 145 TRAFYRJE X FIRST QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 FIQPQTJE X SECOND QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 SQPQTYJE X THIRD QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 TQPQTYJE X FOURTH QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 FQPQTYJE X 

TABLE JF 

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 96 EIACODXA F LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB F ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 19 ALTLCNXB F LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB F TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE K 470 TRANCDJF X TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE K 450 TEXSEQJF K TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE --- TRANARJF X TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATIONS REMARKS 382 X LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REMARKS 192 X TRANSPORTATION PROJECTIONS REMARKS 471 XREGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 340 X TRANSPORTATION REMARKS 472 X SPECIAL SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT 398 X SECTIONALIZED REMARKS 368 X TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM 476 X ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 99 X MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION 240 X UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 500 X VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 504 X DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE REQUIREMENTS 82 X 
LSA-001 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

ANNUAL MAN-HOURS BY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE AND LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SSC SSE PARTS

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY ARMY BOTH

NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED BY MAINTENANCE LEVEL: OPERATOR/CREW (C): 5000

ORGANIZATIONAL/AVUM/ON EQUIP (O): 5000INTERMEDIATE/DS AVIM/AFLOAT/OFF EQUIP (F): 5000INTERMEDIATE/GS/ASHORE (H): 5000ASHORE AND AFLOAT (NAVY) (G): 0SPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY (L): 5000DEPOT/SHIPYARD (D): 5000

PART I - MAN-HOUR SUMMARY

OPERATOR/ ORGANIZATIONAL/ INTERMEDIATE/DS- INTERMEDIATE/ INTERMEDIATE/ SPECIALIZED DEPOT/

SSC CREW (C) ON EQUIP (O) AVIM/AFL/OF EQP (F) GS/ASHORE (H) NAVY ASH/AFL (G) REPAIR ACT (L) SHIPYARD (D)35B20 0.00 2770.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

35B30 0.00 3440.00 1759.15 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

44B10 0.00 0.00 213.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

44E10 0.00 0.00 1186.60 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

52C10 0.00 24.57 315.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

52C20 0.00 614.30 1219.20 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00

76J10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 127.00 1005.15

TOTAL NUMBER OF MAINTENANCE TASKS: 33

PART II - PERSONNEL SKILL AND TASK SUMMARY

LCN LCN-TYPE PERS TRG M-H PER ANL M-H/ TOTAL ANL

SSC NOMENCLATURE ALC TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB SSE ID EQP PERS ID ITEM M-H FGC35B20 002 F GGOAGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS .2000 O M AAA N 0.67 0.13 670.00 02

WIRE HARNESS ASSY 00 ASSY00204 F HGOAAAA REPLACE LIGHT ASSY .8400 O A AAA N 0.50 0.42 2100.00 0204LIGHT ASSEMBLY 00

35B30 002 F GGOAGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS .2000 O M AAF N 1.34 0.27 1340.00 02

WIRE HARNESS ASSY 00 ASSY00201 F JGFOGAA REPAIR POWER CONTROL .2330 O A ABB Y 1.51 0.35 1759.15 0201POWER CONTROL ASSY 0000204 F HGOAAAA REPLACE LIGHT ASSY .8400 O A AAF N 0.50 0.42 2100.00 0204LIGHT ASSEMBLY 00

Summary LSA-001 15. FIGURE
LSA-003 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

MAINTENANCE SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES AOR MB PEACE/WARREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 DCY AIR FORCE 007200 O

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------ORGANIZATIONAL INSPECTIONS

DAILY INSP PREOP INSP POSTOP INSP PERIODIC INSP MISS PROF CHG TURNAROUND

M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP

REQUIRED .25 .25 .25 .25 .15 .15 .51 .51 1.00 1.15 .00 .00

STATUS .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .28 .03 .00 .00 .00 .00

------------------------------MAINTENANCE LEVEL CREW/OP

UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM M-H PER OPER HOUR

M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL

REQUIRED .00 .00 .00 00 .0 .0 .0 .00 .00 .00

STATUS .00 .00 .5 .0 .5 .00 .00 .00------------------------------MAINTENANCE LEVEL ORG

UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM M-H PER OPER HOUR

M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL

REQUIRED .00 .00 .00 00 .0 .0 .0 .00 .00 .00

STATUS 1.68 1.54 .0 5.1 5.1 .00 .00 .00------------------------------MAINTENANCE LEVEL INT(F)

UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM M-H PER OPER HOUR

M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL

REQUIRED 4.00 4.00 5.00 95 75.0 18.0 93.0 .02 .05 .07

STATUS .69 .53 100 .0 1.9 1.9 .00 .00 .00

------------------------------------------------------------STATUS TOTALS FOR ALL MAINT LEVELS: ANNUAL M-H

PER END ITEM M-H PER OPER HOUR

SCHEDULED 0.5 0.00

UNSCHEDULED 7.0 0.00

TOTAL M-H PER END ITEM 7.5 0.00

Summary LSA-003 16. FIGURE
CHART ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LSA-004

SELECTION SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DESREFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 FF ARMYITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: A, B, CTOOL LIST OPTION: YESTECHNICAL MANUAL CODE: TM2TECHNICAL MANUAL DESIGNATION: TM 5-4110-234-14DRAFT/PROOF OPTION SELECTED: PROOF MACDISPLAY OPTION: TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE

Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
LSA-004 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

DRAFT MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTION TM CODE TOOL LISTREFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 FF ARMY B,X,Y,Z TM2 YESTECH MANUAL DESIGNATION DISP OPTTM 5-4110-234-14 LCN------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODES TOOLS AND

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE FUNCTION COFHGLD EQUIPMENT006 ENGINE ASSY TEST .00 .00 .77 .00 .00 .00 .00

SERVICE .06 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00FAULT LOCATIO .00 .78 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 3,4,7N

00602 ENGINE BLOCK REMOVE .00 .00 .54 .00 .00 .00 .00 1,5,7

0060201 PISTON ASSY REPAIR .00 .00 .56 .00 .00 .00 .00 6,8,9,10,

11,12,13,14

00607 B SUPER CARB REMOVE AND RE .00 1.38 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 3,5,7,15

PLACE 17

REPAIR .00 .00 1.50 .00 .00 .00 .00

00614 STARTER ASSY REMOVE AND RE .00 .00 .61 .00 .00 .00 .00 2,7,17

PLACEREPAIR .00 .00 .35 .00 .00 .00 .00 2,7,18

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
LSA-004 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 02

DRAFT TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TOOL/TESTEQUIPMENT MAINTENANCEREF CODE CATEGORY ITEM NAME NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

1 F WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-449-8083 AT503 11599

2 F WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-148-7917 B107-6 80204

3 O SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH B2502 10702

4 O COMPRESSION GAUGE 5210-00-278-1248 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2STA123 80244

5 O,F SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-222-8852 GGG-S-121 81348

6 F SPREADER,PISTONRING JH25 44940

7 O,F TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG 5180-00-596-1474 SC5180-90-CL-N14 50980

8 F RING, RETAINING 112-0003 44940

9 F PIN, PISTON 112-0069 44940

10 F PISTON 2805-00-647-0713 112-0136 44940

11 F RING SET, PISTON 2805-01-045-3095 113-0153 44940

12 F BUSHING, CONN ROD 114-0036 44940

13 F BEARING, ROD (HALF) 114-0145 44940

14 F CONNECT ROD, PISTON 2805-00-865-2333 114-0203 44940

15 O KIT, GASKET 142-0033 44940

16 O CARBURETOR 2910-01-044-8999 142-0431 44940

17 F STARTER ASSY 2920-01-043-8778 191-1052 44940

18 F CLUTCH ASSY 3010-01-008-9140 191-1087 44940

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

TM 5-4110-234-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINT MAINTENANCE CATEGORY TOOLS AND (6)NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTIONCOFHD EQUIPMENT REMARKS06 ENGINE ASSY TEST .0 .0 .8 .0 .0

SERVICE .1 .0 .0 .0 .0REPLACE .0 1.5 .0 .0 .0 1,2,3,9, A

11,13

REPAIR .0 .8 .0 .0 .0 6,8

0601 DELUXE CARB SERVICE .0 .0 .3 .0 .0 5,7

REPLACE .0 1.2 .0 .0 .0 6,10

0602 ENGINE BLOCK REM/INS .0 .0 .5 .0 .0 1,100602 SUPER CARB REPLACE .0 1.4 .0 .0 .0 6,10

REPAIR .0 .0 1.5 .0 .0 B

060201 PISTON ASSY REPAIR .0 .0 .6 .0 .0 12,14,15,

16

0607 CARBURETOR ASSY ADJUST .0 .5 .0 .0 .0

SERVICE .0 .0 .2 .0 .0 5,7REPAIR .0 .0 1.0 .0 .0

0614 STARTER ASSY REPLACE .0 .0 .6 .0 .0 4

REPAIR .0 .0 .4 .0 .0 4

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TM 5-4110-234-14

TOOL/TESTEQUIPMENT MAINT NATIONAL/NATOREF CODE CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STOCK NUMBER TOOL NUMBER

1 O,F WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-449-8083 AT5032 O SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-278-1273 A1353 O SOCKET 5120-00-189-7985 A244 F WRENCH, BOX 5120-00-148-7917 B107-65 F TONGS B25

6 O SOCKET WRENCH B2502

7 F BUCKET WITH LID CTB1

8 O COMPRESSION GAUGE 5210-00-278-1248 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2S

1234

9 O PLIERS 5120-00-293-0032 GGG-P-471

10 O,F SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-222-8852 GGG-S-12111 O EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 5120-00-243-1697 GGG-W-64112 F SPREADER,PISTONRING JH2513 O SCREW STARTER, HAND 5120-00-832-6221 SN914 F SET, SOLDERING 5820-00-347-8650 400310015 F COMPRESSOR, RING 5480-00-123-9876 400310016 F LEAK DETECTION DEV 3420- - - 4990866

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

TM 5-4110-234-14

SECTION IV. REMARKS

REFERENCE CODE REMARKS

A DS WILL REPLACE PHENOLIC CONNECTOR AND POT FOR MOISTURE.B ALL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS PERFORMED BY ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE LIMITED TO AUTHORIZED ITEMS LISTED IN

TM 9-4240-1643-24P.

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

TM 5-4110-234-14

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

GROUP COMPONENT/ MAINT MAINTENANCE CATEGORY TOOLS AND (6)NUMBER ASSEMBLY FUNCTION AVUM AVIM DEPOT EQUIPMENT REMARKS06 ENGINE ASSY TEST .0 .8 .0 (1),(2)

REPLACE 1.5 .0 .0 1,2,3,9,

11,13

REPAIR .8 .0 .0 6,8 (3),A

0601 DELUXE CARB SERVICE .0 .3 .0 5,7

REPLACE 1.2 .0 .0 6,10

0602 ENGINE BLOCK REM/INS .0 .5 .0 1,100602 SUPER CARB REPLACE 1.4 .0 .0 6,10

REPAIR .0 1.5 .0 A

060201 PISTON ASSY REPAIR .0 .6 .0 12,14,15,

16

0607 CARBURETOR ASSY ADJUST .5 .0 .0

SERVICE .0 .2 .0 5,7REPAIR .0 1.0 .0

0614 STARTER ASSY REPLACE .0 .6 .0 4

REPAIR .0 .4 .0 4

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

TM 5-4110-234-14

TOOL/TESTEQUIPMENT MAINT NATIONAL/NATOREF CODE CATEGORY NOMENCLATURE STOCK NUMBER TOOL NUMBER

1 AVUM/AVIM WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-449-8083 AT5032 AVUM SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-278-1273 A1353 AVUM SOCKET 5120-00-189-7985 A244 AVIM WRENCH, BOX 5120-00-148-7917 B107-65 AVIM TONGS B25

6 AVUM SOCKET WRENCH B2502

7 AVIM BUCKET WITH LID CTB1

8 AVUM COMPRESSION GAUGE 5210-00-278-1248 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2S

1234

9 AVUM PLIERS 5120-00-293-0032 GGG-P-471

10 AVUM/AVIM SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-222-8852 GGG-S-12111 AVUM EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 5120-00-243-1697 GGG-W-64112 AVIM SPREADER,PISTONRING JH2513 AVUM SCREW STARTER, HAND 5120-00-832-6221 SN914 AVIM SET, SOLDERING 5820-00-347-8650 400310015 AVIM COMPRESSOR, RING 5480-00-123-9876 400310016 AVIM LEAK DETECTION DEV 3420- - - 4990866

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

TM 5-4110-234-14

SECTION IV. REMARKS

X150 ENGINE

REFERENCE

CODE REMARKS/NOTES

(1) DIAGNOSTIC INSPECTION USING BORESCOPE(2) FUNCTIONAL TEST AT AVIM - ENGINE IN METS(3) REPAIR AT AVIM INCLUDES THE COMPLETE ENGINE ASSEMBLY, INDIVIDUAL LINE REPLACEMENT UNITS (LRU)(ACCESSORIES) AND

MODULES.

continued - Summary LSA-004 17. FIGURE
LSA-005 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT ITEM UTILIZATION SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ITEM CATEGORY CODES T/Q OPTIONREFRIG UNT CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY 00607 00 007 FF ARMY Z,B ELAPSED TIME

DISPLAY OPTIONLCN------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SUPPORT ITEMREFERENCE NUMBER: SC5189-90-CL-N14-2345 CAGE: 44940 ITEM NAME: TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG ITEM CATEGORY CODE: ZM/L LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TM FUNCT GROUP CODEDS 00614 00 STARTER ASSY 0614

TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME MAN-HOURS QTY/TA UMJGFAGAA REPAIR STARTER ASSY .3330 O .35(M) .35(M) 1.00 EAHGFAGAA REPLACE STARTER ASSEMBLY .3330 O .61(M) .61(M) 1.00 EA

TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL: DS .32TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS .32

------------------------------SUPPORT ITEMREFERENCE NUMBER: B107-6 CAGE: 44940 ITEM NAME: WRENCH, BOX ITEM CATEGORY CODE: 4

M/L LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TM FUNCT GROUP CODEDS 00614 00 STARTER ASSY 0614

TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME MAN-HOURS QTY/TA UMJGFAGAA REPAIR STARTER ASSY .3330 O .35(M) .35(M) 1.00 EAHGFAGAA REPLACE STARTER ASSEMBLY .3330 O .61(M) .61(M) 1.00 EA

TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL: DS .32TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS .32

------------------------------SUPPORT ITEMREFERENCE NUMBER: B25 CAGE: 44940 ITEM NAME: TONGS ITEM CATEGORY CODE: 4

M/L LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TM FUNCT GROUP CODEDS 00607 CARBURETOR ASSY 0607TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME MAN-HOURS QTY/TA UMCGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR 3.3360 O 1.70(M) .20(M) 1.00 EA

TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL: DS 5.67TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS 5.67

Summary LSA-005 18. FIGURE
LSA-006 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASK SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES DISPLAY OPTION

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 DCY AIR FORCE TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODECRITICAL CRITERIA 1. THE FOLLOWING TASKS EXCEED 2.0000 FOR TASK FREQUENCY

2. THIS REPORT COVERS THE FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE LEVELS: ALL3. THIS REPORT COVERS UNSCHEDULED TASKS ONLY

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TASK

TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TSK FREQ MB LCN00 REFRIGERATION UNIT F100000RG-245CK4 94833 HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O 0

AM700 ION UNIT

0607 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 CGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR 3.3360 O 00607

0607 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 DGOAAAA ADJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 O 0060706 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 HGDXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS 3.3330 0 006

Y

06 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 NGOAAAA FAULT LOCATION - E 3.3090 O 006

NGINE ASSY

05 COMPRESSOR ASSY 5D43-139-A 10855 HGFAAAA REPLACE COMPRESSOR 2.0000 O 005

ASSY

Summary LSA-006 19. FIGURE
LSA-007 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS BY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SSC M/L

REFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 00608 FF NAVY 4 52C20 O

SEQ OPT DISP OPTM/L-SSC LCN------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TASK

M/L SSC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TM FGC

ORG 52C20 CLOTHS A-A-531 04643 006 HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS 06

Y

ADJUSTABLE WRENCH AT503 41947 006 HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS 06

Y

SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH B2502 41947 00607 HGONGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR 0607

ON ENGINE ASSEMBLY

TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 006 CBONAAA CHANGE OIL AND OIL 06

-1234 FILTER

TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 006 HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS 06

-1234 Y

TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 00607 HGONGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR 0607

-1234 ON ENGINE ASSY

SEALANT, GASKET S023 10855 00607 HGONGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR 0607

ON ENGINE ASSEMBLY

FILTER, OIL 122-0323 10855 006 CBONAAA CHANGE OIL AND OIL 06

FILTER

KIT, GASKET 142-0033 10855 00607 HGONGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR 0607

ON ENGINE ASSY

Summary LSA-007 20. FIGURE
LSA-008 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT ITEMS VALIDATION SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES M/L SEL ICC SELECTEDREFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 DCY ARMY O Z,B,X

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLSM/L ICC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME QTY/TASK UM SUPPORT LCN ALC TASK CD TASK FREQ MB SSC HMPCORG 4 AT503 41947 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

ORG 4 AT503 41947 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

ORG 4 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2S 10855 COMPRESSION GAUGE 1.00 EA 006 NGOAAAA 3.3090 O 52C20 C

-1234

ORG 4 GGG-P-471 96906 PLIERS 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

ORG 4 GGG-P-471 96906 PLIERS 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

ORG 4 GGG-W-641 41947 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

ORG 4 GGG-W-641 41497 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

ORG 4 SN9 96906 SCREW STARTER, HAND 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

ORG 4 SN9 96906 SCREW STARTER, HAND 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

SPARE AND REPAIR PARTSORG X CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 ENGINE 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

ORG X CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 ENGINE 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C10 B

-1234

ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 HGOXAAA 3.3370 O 52C20 B

-1234

ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 NGOAABB 3.3090 O 52C20 C

-1234

OTHER

Summary LSA-008 21. FIGURE
LSA-009 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

SUPPORT ITEMS VALIDATION

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SEQUENCE

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ARMY REFERENCE NUMBER

ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: --------------------- PTD LISTS SELECTED -------------------

PPL SFPPL LLTIL RIL ISIL TTEL CBIL PCL SCPL ARA ARB

X, Y, AA, AC YES NO YES NO NO NO NO NO NO NO NO

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER PCCN IND ITEM NAME SM SM ICC UM QTY/EI UM-PRICE PS/ QTY/ASY SMR SL

LCN ALC WUC PLISN CD NAT STOCK NUMBER CC IC PLT PC

44940 A12316142F-110 A90B10 C COMPRESSOR ASSY 9 B X EA 00001 1239.74 U 0001 PAOFF 0

00506 00 05AA AACG 4130-01-091-9159 12

51440 CCG45/1842-11AC A90B10 C POWER SUPPLY 4 X EA 00002 327.25 U 0001 PAFDD 0

00501 00 0520 ABA3 5120-01-096-3211 07

31560 LP1213980F-1000 A90B10 B ENGINE, GASOLINE 9 X EA 00001 2156.69 U 0001 PAODD 0

006 00 06 AAAK 3150-00-976-9349 15

54330 12398/1842-11AC A90B10 C CABLE, ASSEMBLY 9 A X EA 00001 19.39 U 0001 PAFDD 0

00512AA 00 0512A AC12 5120-01-097-4322 04

29871 189.0918 A90B10 F SCREW, CAP 9 A Y EA 00001 0.03 U 0001 PAODD 0

0031028AL 00 0312 AV19 5302-01-000-0542 01

54330 19698/1842-12AD A90B10 C CABLE, ASSEMBLY 9 A X EA 00001 21.34 U 0001 PAFDD 0

0051209AD 00 0514A AC28 5120-00-398-4322 04

Summary LSA-009 22. FIGURE
LSA-010 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

PARTS STANDARDIZATION SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC CTIC AMC DISPLAY OPTION

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 K 3,2 REFERENCE NO------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R R AP CN N DAMP T CTP

C V AMSS I LOT QUANTITY P U U

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE C C ITEM NAME FSC C C C L C CTIC CAGE(S) UM PRICE FROM TO UM FY C C C112-0069 44940 3 2 PIN, PISTON 2805 1 2 N CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 26.00 1 10000 EA 90 N Y112-0136-ABCDEF- 44940 5 9 PISTON, INT COMB EN 2805 1 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 9.99 1 10000 EA Y123456113-0153 44940 3 2 RING SET, PISTON 2805 1 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 2.53 1 10000 EA Y114-0036 44940 3 2 BUSHING, CONNEC ROD 5 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 3.20 1 10000 EA Y114-0145 44940 4 2 BEARING, ROD (HALF) 1 3 A CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 4.20 1 10000 EA Y114-0203 44940 3 2 CONNECTING ROD,PIST 1 3 N CK 81348 05472 96906 92392 136.99 1 10000 EA Y

Summary LSA-010 23. FIGURE
LSA-011 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL TRAINING DEVICE

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES DISPLAY OPTION

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00614 DCY ARMY LCN

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TASK

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME SSC MAN-HOURS TM FGC0 REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O .46 52C20 .46 00

ION UNIT

REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O .46 52C10 .17 00

ION UNIT

REFRIGERATION UNIT NGCAAAC FAULT LOCATION - N 5.4050 O .37 76J20 .37 00

OISY OPERATION

001 DOOR-SCREEN ASSY AGOABAA INSPECT FOR DAMAGE .8250 O .09 76J10 .09 0100102 DOOR SIDE LEFT HGOABAA REPLACE DOOR .5720 O .19 52C20 .19 0102002 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ABOACAA ORGANIZATIONAL INS .3000 O .10 52C10 .10 02

P OF WIRES/CABLES

WIRE HARNESS ASSY BGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS .2000 O .37 35B30 .37 02

ASSY

WIRE HARNESS ASSY RGDAGAA REMOVE WIRE HARNES .2000 O .50 35B20 .50 02

S ASSY

00501 VALVE PLATE ASSY AGFAGAA INSPECT VALVE PLAT 1.2240 O .10 52C20 .10 0501

E ASSY

006 ENGINE ASSY CBCACAA CHECK ENGINE OIL L 900.0000 O .06 76J10 .06 06

EVEL

0060201 PISTON ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR PISTON ASSY .2330 O .56 52C20 .56 06020100607 CARBURETOR ASSY DGOAAAA ADJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 O .50 52C20 .56 0607

Summary LSA-011 24. FIGURE
LSA-012 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES RPT TYP FCC

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY

FACILITY FACILITY DRAWING DRAW FACILITY FA COST UM OF CP

FACILITY NAME CATEGORY CODE FACILITY CLASS NUMBER REV FDC AREA UM PRICE UMLEXINGTON ARMY DEPOT 12333 REFRIG REPAIR FAC BR54910-09234235 AC D1N 15000 SF 20000 SF

123-045

TASK ELAPSED

TASK LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQ MB TIME

002 BGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY .2000 0 .37(M)

JGDAGAA REPAIR WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY .2000 0 1.36(P)

006 HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASSEMBLY 3.3370 0 1.68(M)

1. FACILITY LOCATION:

LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY, BUILDING 4, BAY A.

2. FACILITY CAPABILITY:

THIS BAY CAN HANDLE UP TO 100 REFRIGERATION UNITS WITHOUT

ANY PROBLEMS.3. FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS:

NONE.

4. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS:

120 VOLT POWER SUPPLY.

5. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINING:

2 WORK AREAS SHOULD BE SET ASIDE FOR TRAINING.

6. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS; SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS:

NONE.

7. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS; SUPPLY/STORAGE:

NONE.

8. FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA:

MUST REWIRE BAY FOR 40 120 VOLTS SPACED EVENLY ALONG THE

WALLS.9. FACILITY INSTALLATION LEAD TIME:

NONE.

Summary LSA-012 25. FIGURE
LSA-012 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY

10. FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN:

THE TESTING OF THE WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY IS DONE IN AREA 3

WHICH IS A 10 BY 15 FOOT TEST BED CUBICAL. IF THE TESTING PROVESTHAT THE WIRE HARNESS IS DEFECTIVE IT IS REPAIRED IN AREA 4WHICH IS 10 BY 10 FOOT. REPLACE THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY IN AREA 6WHICH IS 20 BY 20 FOOT.11. FACILITIES UTILIZATION:

THERE WILL BE 24 TEST AND REPAIR TASKS DONE AT THIS

FACILITY.12. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS:

NONE.

13. FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE:

NONE.

14. FACILITY JUSTIFICATION:

THERE IS NOT A FACILITY AT THIS TIME THAT HAS THE CAPABILITY

TO REPAIR REFRIGERATION UNITS. THE LEXINGTON FACILITY HAS THESPACE AVAILABLE AND THE PERSONNEL TO REPAIR THE UNITS.15. TYPE OF CONTRUCTION:

THE REWIRING OF THE FACILITY SHOULD TAKE APPROXIMATELY

3 MONTHS.16. UTILITIES REQUIREMENT:

NONE.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT:ITEM NAME NSN REFERENCE NUMBER LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT UM WEIGHT UM QTY UM

FSC NIIN

LAYUP TABLES TBD TBD 44-6578-A123 120.0 60.0 42.0 IN 75.0 LB 3.00 EAAC/DC IPS IPS IPS IPS IPS PER PHASE WATTS

FRMAX FRMIN ORMAX ORMIN MAX RIPPLE

continued - Summary LSA-012 25. FIGURE
LSA-013 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING UTILIZATION SUMMARY

SE

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES GROUP NO M/L SELECTED DISP OPTREFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 DCY AIR FORCE 200 F O LCN

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 200

TASK

M/L LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME MAN-HOURS TM FGCORG 0 REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O .46(M) .17(M) 00

ION UNIT

006 ENGINE ASSY HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS 3.3370 O 1.68(M) 1.51(M) 06

Y

006 ENGINE ASSY NGOAAAA FAULT LOCATION - E 3.3090 O .78(M) .78(M) 06

NGINE ASSY

00607 CARBURETOR ASSY DGOAAAA ASJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 O .50(P) .50(P) 0607

DS 006 ENGINE ASSY BGFAGAA TEST ENGINE ASSY A 3.3370 O .77(P) .77(P) 06

FTER REPAIR

00602 ENGINE BLOCK RGFAGAA REMOVE ENGINE FROM .3370 O .54(M) .54(M) 0602

ENGINE ASSY

0060201 PISTON ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR PISTON ASSY .2333 O .56(P) .56(P) 060201

00607 CARBURETOR ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR CARBURETOR .8400 O 1.00(M) 1.00(M) 0607

00607 CARBURETOR ASSY CGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR 3.3360 O 1.70(M) .20(M) 060700614 STARTER ASSY JGFAGAA REPAIR STARTER ASS .3330 O .35(M) .35(M) 0614

Y

00614 STARTER ASSY HGFAGAA REPLACE STARTER AS .3330 O .61(M) .61(M) 0614

SY

Summary LSA-013 26. FIGURE
LSA-014 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

TRAINING TASK LIST

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SSC TRAINING RECOMMENDEDREFRIG UNT ENGINE BLOCK 00602 00608 DCY ARMY ALL YES

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TASK

SSC LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TSK FREQ MB TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TRAINING RECOMMENDED TM FGC46B10 00607 B SUPER CARB 1.8400 O HGOAGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR OJT 0602

ON ENGINE ASSY

TASK CONDITIONS TM/TO USE NOT REQUIRED

SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED

PERFORMANCE STANDARDS PRECISION REQUIRED

TIME STANDARD

RATIONALE FOR TRAINING TASK LEARNING DIFFICULTYRECOMMENDATION IMMEDIACY OF PERFORMANCE

TASK DELAY TOLERANCEPROBABILITY OF DEFICIENT PERFORMANCE

RATIONALE FOR TRAINING PERCENT OF TOTAL TIME SPENT PERFORMING THE TASKLOCATION PERCENT OF WORK FORCE PERFORMING THE TASK

THEORY, PRINCIPLES, OR VERBALIZED CONCEPTS REQUIREDFIELD EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING PURPOSES

SSC LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TSK FREQ MB TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TRAINING RECOMMENDED TM FGC52C20 00602 ENGINE BLOCK .3370 O RGFAGAA REMOVE ENGINE FROM OJT 0602

ENGINE ASSY

TASK CONDITIONPERFORMANCE STANDARD SUPERVISION REQUIREDRATIONALE FOR TRAINING IMMEDIACY OF PERFORMANCERECOMMENDATIONRATIONALE FOR TRAINING FIELD EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING PURPOSESLOCATION

Summary LSA-014 27. FIGURE
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES TOOL LIST PART LIST SEQUENCE

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY YES YES LCN

ICC(S) TOOL LIST: A, B, C ICC(S) PART LIST: Y, AA, AB

PART I MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION

NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I EC SMR TM-FGC

0001 0 00 A REFRIGERATION UNIT 44940 FI0000RG-300 1 0.0231 1 PAOHH OO

TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFERENCES:

INSPECT (C) 0.25 (P) 0007, 0009TEST (O) 0.33 (M) 0003, 0001, 0005REPLACE (O) 0.75 (P) 0002, 0003, 0005, 0006 0002, 0011REPAIR (O) 0.40 (P) 0003, 0004, 0007 0003, 0004, 0005, 0009REPAIR (F) 0.87 (P) 0004, 0008, 0009, 0011 0003, 0008, 0009, 0011, 0012REPAIR (H) 1.25 (P) 0005, 0006, 0007, 0008, 0009, 0010, 0001, 0004, 0005, 0007, 0008

0012 0009

NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I EC SMR TM-FGC

0002 001 00 B DOOR, SCREEN ASSEM 10825 32198/89-12 2 0.1312 1 PAFFF 01

TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFERENCES:

INSPECT (C) 0.08 (M) 0005REPLACE (F) 0.25 (M) 0005, 0009, 0013, 0014 0003, 0009, 0010REPAIR (F) 0.67 (M) 0003, 0008, 0010, 0012 0003, 0005, 0012, 0013

NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I EC SMR TM-FGC

0003 002 00 B WIRE HARNESS ASSEM 31280 12190-7892 1 1.0022 1 PAFDD 02

TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFERENCES:

INSPECT (C) 0.05 (P)REPLACE (F) 0.67 (P) 0016, 0017, 0003, 0009REPAIR (D) 1.33 (P) 0003, 0008, 0009, 0010, 015 0006, 0014, 0015, 0016

Summary LSA-016 28. FIGURE
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

PART II TOOLS LIST

TOOL NO. CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME O/M LEVELS

0001 31290 AT503 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH H

0002 21988 AT35 SCREWDRIVER O

0003 55389 A24 SOCKET O, F

0004 71980 B107-6 WRENCH, SOCKET O, D

0005 32190 B25 TONGS F

0006 44978 B2502 SET, SOCKET, 3/8 I C, O, F, H

0007 31201 CTB1 BUCKET WITH LID O

0008 11908 GGG-P-471 PLIERS C

0009 87965 GGG-S-121 TABLE, CABLE FORMI F, D0010 54310 GGG-W-64F1 EXTENSION, SOCKET F, H, D0011 32500 JM25 SPREADER, DOOR JAM F

0012 98024 SC5180-90-CL-N14/23P(V) TOOL KIT, GENERAL F0013 76505 SN9 SOLDERING IRON F

0014 12298 121-098/34 HAMMER F

0015 12280 12298 MULTIMETER D

0016 32190 12980-349 WORKBENCH F

0017 12134 131098/MVR-T GAUGE, COMPRESSION F

continued - Summary LSA-016 28. FIGURE
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART

PART III PARTS LIST

PART NO. CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME LCN ALC O/M LEVELS SMR

0001 44940 B19109 COUPLING, FEMALE 0AG 00 H, PAHZZ

0002 21988 D8977 GAUGE, TEMPERATURE 0AL 00 O PAOZZ

0003 32890 E12908 SCREW, CAP HEXAGON 0AC 00 O, F PAOZZ

001AD 00 F PAFZZ

002AY 00 F PAFZZ

0004 12897 GG1389/231451234 VALVE, SUCTION 0AQ 00 O PAOZZ

32198

0005 89702 G1209865 NUT, TUBE, COUPLIN 0A8 00 O, H PAOZZ

0006 98076 Z98076/32 CABLE, CONNECTOR 002AI 00 D PADZZ

0007 23198 119807-23 VALVE, PLATE 0AR 00 H PAHZZ

0008 44908 119907 RING, RETAINER 0AN 00 F PAFZZ

0009 32890 12098/E WASHER, LOCK 0AD 00 O, F, H PAOZZ

001AE 00 F PAFZZ

002AZ 00 F PAFZZ

0010 21897 14098-LP HINGE, MECHANICAL 001AU 00 F PAFZZ

0011 32198 15109/09 BULB, ELECTRIC LI 0BA 00 F PAFZZ

0012 98012 22190/23 SWITCH, ELECTRIC 0BF 00 F PAFZZ

0013 12190 3421AAUL SPACER, 1/4 INCH 001A4 00 F PAFZZ

0014 33218 441-8976 CABLE, INSULATED 002AN 00 D PADZZ

0015 33218 441-9801/2 CABLE, THREE WIRE 002AW 00 D PADZZ

0016 33218 441-99102 CONNECTOR, ELECTR 002AX 00 D PADZZ

continued - Summary LSA-016 28. FIGURE
LSA-018 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

TASK INVENTORY REPORT

EIAC JOB SELECTIONM1AI TANK COMMANDER------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------DUTY (JOB)

TASK IDENTIFICATION

SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION

ELEMENT NARRATIVE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PREPARE STATION FOR OPERATION (COMMANDER)

POWER UP COMMANDER'S STATION

CLIMB ON TANKENTER COMMANDER'S STATION

SET AND HOLD MASTER POWER SWITCHENSURE CWS POWER/MANUAL LEVER IS IN POWER POSITIONSET AND HOLD TURRET POWER/ENGINE-ON/MANUALAUX. POWER/ENGINE-OFF

CHECK COMMANDER'S PANEL SWITCHES

REPLACE PANEL LAMPSADJUST PANEL LAMP BRIGHTNESS

CHECK WARNING LIGHTS ON COMMANDER'S PANEL

OPERATE COMMANDER'S HATCH

RAISE/LOWER CWS HATCH TO PROTECTEDRAISE COMMANDER'S CWS HATCH FULL OPENCLOSE CWS HATCH

ADJUST COMMANDER'S SEAT/PLATFORM

ADJUST SEAT LINED UP WITH CWS & GPSADJUST COMMANDER'S KNEE GUARDOPERATE COMMANDER'S DOME LIGHTADJUST FOOTREST BAR

OPERATE RADIO SET WITH INTERCOM

CONNECT/DISCONNECT HELMET & INTERCOMOPERATE INTERCOM WITH REMOTE SWITCHOPERATE INTERCOM W/O REMOTE SWITCHTURN RADIO SET ON/SELECT FREQUENCY

PERFORM PRE-TARGET ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITIES (COMMANDER)

SUPERVISE CREWPLAN NAVIGATION/ORIENTATIONCOMMUNICATIONS (EXTERNAL)RECONNAISSANCE/SURVEILLANCE ACTIVITYC31PLANNING/EVALUATION

Summary LSA-018 29. FIGURE
LSA-018 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 02

TASK INVENTORY REPORT

DUTY (JOB)

TASK IDENTIFICATION

SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION

ELEMENT NARRATIVE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

MONITOR (INTERNAL)

CDR'S PANEL MOUNTING, LIGHTS, CONTROLCDR'S PANEL WARNING LIGHTSCDR'S WEAPON STATION

PREPARE TO FIRE ACTIVITIES

MAIN GUNCOAXIAL(M-240) MACHINEGUN

OPERATE AUXILIARY SYSTEMSCOMMUNICATIONS (INTERNAL)

COMMUNICATE WITH OTHER CREW MEMBERSTARGET ACQUISITIONS COMMUNICATIONS

POST OPERATIONS ACTIVITIES (COMMANDER)

PERFORM AFTER OPERATIONS CHECKS

SUPERVISE POST OPERATIONS PMCSADJUST GPSETEST .50 CAL FIRING MECHANISMTEST TURRET POWER TRAVERSE OPERATIONCHECK TURRET OVERRIDE CAPABILITYTRAVERSE CWS USING POWER HANDLETRAVERSE CWS MANUALLYELEVATE/DEPRESS .50 CAL W/CRANKHANDLEFIELD STRIP .50 CAL & CHECK PARTSCLEAN & LUBRICATE .50 CAL

continued - Summary LSA-018 29. FIGURE
LSA-019 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

TASK ANALYSIS SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN TYPE UOC SERV DES M/L SELECT ICC SELECTIONREFRIG UNT ENGINE BLOCK 00602 P DCY ALL ALL ALL

DISP OPT TASK NARRATIVE SELECTION HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURES SELECTION TASK INTERVAL TASK FUNCTIONLCN YES NO

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME TM FUNCT GROUP CODE

00602 142-0431ALCA 33647 ENGINE BLOCK 0601

TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION HCP HMPC TSK FREQ MB LSAR ELAP TIME MANUALLY MEASURED ELAPSED TIMERGFAGAA REMOVE ENGINE FROM ENGINE ASSY S D .3370 O .82(M) ______________________________

SUBTASK TEXT WORK PERS MEAN MAN MEAN MINUTENUMBER SEQUENCE CODE SEQUENTIAL TASK NARRATIVE AREA ID MINUTE ELAP TIME001 1 REMOVE THE RINGS FROM THE PISTON USING THE PISTON RING SPREADER. A 5.0 5.0002 1 CLEAN PISTON RING GROOVES WITH THE END OF A BROKEN RING. A 5.0 5.0003 1 REMOVE THE PISTON PIN RETAINER FROM EACH SIDE. A 8.0 8.0004 1 REMOVE TWO SCREWS SECURING THE CARBURETOR TO THE MANIFOLD. A 10.0 10.0005 1 INSPECT THE PISTONS FOR FRACTURES AT THE RING LANDS SKIRTS AND

2 PIN BOSSES. A 3.0 3.0

006 1 INSTALL NEW RINGS ON THE PISTON USING A PISTON RING SPREADER. A 10.0 10.0007 1 ATTACH CONNECTING ROD BY REINSTALLING PISTON PIN AND PIN

2 RETAINERS. A 8.0 8.0

SSC SS EVAL PERSON ID LSAR MAN-HOURS MANUALLY MEASURED MAN-HOURS52C20 E A .82(M) ___________________________SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS ACTUAL MANUALICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVALUATION4 PISTON SPREADER PS5180-91-CN-N1532 10855 1.00 _____________ ___________________________________SPARE AND REPAIR PARTS

ACTUAL MANUAL

ICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVALUATIONX PISTON 143-0431 44940 1.00 _____________

OTHER

ACTUAL MANUAL

ICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVALUATION

_____________ __________________________________

SUPPORT ITEMS NOT IDENTIFIED IN LSAR

ACTUAL MANUAL

ICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVALUATION

_____________ __________________________________

REVIEWER'S NAME __________________________________

Summary LSA-019 30. FIGURE
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY

PART I SYSTEM/END ITEM R&M REQUIRMENT

DISP

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTED RPT PT OPT W/PREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY ARMY BZQY YYYY X

TM FGC ALC LCN LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE HCI SC SEC00 00 0 REFRIGERATION UNIT F100000RG-2223-1 94833 TYPE001 MODEL00002 SR SUFFIXO B 4

1334-FGR

SERIAL NUMBER

FROM TO FROM TO FROM TO FROM TO FROM TO

0012 002349

AOR MB AOR MB AOR MB MSN DUR MB

7200 O 300 D 10 T 1 D

AI AA AO MTBF MTBMA MTBR MB MTTR MAMDT MAX TTR PCTL

97.000000 95.000000 90.000000 TECH 350.0 75.0 125.0 O .35 1.0 7.50 95

OPER 500.0 90.0 O .25 .7

TECH 0.5 0.1 .15 D

OPER 0.4 0.1 D

TECH 14.6 3.1 4.2 T

OPER 12.0 2.9 T

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT:

INSPECTION/FAULT LOCATION TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CREW MAINTANANCE,WITH FOLLOW-ON INSPECTION/FAULT LOCATION AND REPLACEMENT OFDOOR-SCREEN AND ENGINE ASSEMBLIES PERFORMED BY ORGANIZATIONALMAINTENANCE. DIRECT SUPPORT TASKED WITH REPLACEMENT OFCOMPRESSOR AND REPAIR OF ALL ASSEMBLIES EXCEPT THE WIRE HARNESS,WHICH REQUIRES THE ATTENTION OF DEPOT MAINTENANCE.

MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE:

NONE AT THIS TIME.

Summary LSA-023 31. FIGURE
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY

PART II RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY

DISP

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTED RPT PT OPT W/PREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY ARMY BZQY YYYY X

DISP

TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE ALC LCN NSN AND RELATED DATA REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 00 0 -4110-01-074-5174- F100000RG-2223-11334-FGR 94833CONV MAOT MAC SMR UI UNIT OF QPAFACTOR ISSUE PRICE00001 5876.00 1RAM INDICATOR CODE: ALLOCATED

MTBF MB MTBMA MB MTBM-INH MB MTBM-IND MB MTBM NO DEF MB MTBPM MB MTBR MB

TECH 426.2 O 7.1 O 7.1 7.2 O 10.4 O

OPER 588.1 O 12.2

MTTR MAX TTR PCTL

TECH 5.18 5.30 95OPER 4.10

continued - Summary LSA-023 31. FIGURE
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY

PART III SECTION A

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

DISP

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTED RPT PT OPT W/PREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY ARMY BZQY YYYY X

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC TASK CODE TASK FREQ MB HCP NO SSC M-H PER ELAP SKILL SSC TRN TRN LCN

SSC TIME LEVEL REC EQP

02 00 AACACAA .3500 O N 01 .13 .13(P) B 76J10 N N 00206 00 CBCACAA 900.0000 O N 01 .O6 .06(M) B 76J10 N Y 006MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORG02 00 ABOACAA .3000 0 N 01 .10 .10(P) B 52C10 J Y 002

continued - Summary LSA-023 31. FIGURE
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 4

MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY

PART III SECTION B

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

DISP

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTED RPT PT OPT W/PREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY ARMY BZQY YYYY X

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC TASK CODE TASK FREQ MB HCP NO SSC M-H PER ELAP SKILL SSC TRN TRN LCN

SSC TIME LEVEL REC EQP

00 00 AGCABAA .8450 O N 01 .25 .25(P) B 76J10 N N 0

00 NGCAAAA 3.5470 O N 01 .27 .27(P) B 76J10 N N 000 NGCAAAB 3.0410 O N 01 .33 .33(P) B 76J10 N N 000 NGCAAAC 5.4050 O N 01 .37 .37(P) B 76J10 N Y 0

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORG

00 HGOAAAA 4.0540 O N 01 .46 .46(P) I 52C20 J Y 000 HGOAAAA 4.0540 O N 01 .17 .46(P) I 52C10 J Y 000 JGOAAAA 5.4050 O N 01 .33 .33(P) I 52C20 J Y 000 NGOAAAA 3.0070 O N 01 .23 .23(P) I 52C20 J Y 000 NGOAAAB 2.8010 O N 01 .25 .25(P) I 52C20 J N 000 HGOAAAC 5.1050 O N 01 .25 .25(P) I 52C20 J N 0

continued - Summary LSA-023 31. FIGURE
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 5

MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY

PART IV RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS

DISP

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC SELECTED RPT PT OPT W/PREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY ARMY BZQY YYYY X

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FAC

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 AGCABAA INSPECT DAMAGE N

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FAC

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAA FAULT LOCATION - UNIT INOPERABLE N

REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT:ICC ITEM NAME QTY/TASK UM REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

Q FUEL, REG GASOLINE 16.00 GL VV-G-1690 44566

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FAC

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAB FAULT LOCATION - INSUFFICANT COOLING N

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWTM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FAC

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAC FAULT LOCATION - NOISY OPERATION N

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORGTM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FAC

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERATION UNIT N

REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT:ICC ITEM NAME QTY/TASK UM REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

Q CLOTHS .10 PG E3727 44565Q SHIMS 2.00 EA E3727 44565Z TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG 1.00 EA SC5180-90-CL-N14 449404 SOCKET SET 1.00 EA B2502 22312

continued - Summary LSA-023 31. FIGURE
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

MAINTENANCE PLAN

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES DISP OPTREFRIG UNT DELUXE CARB 00607 02 DCY ALL LCN

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SELECTION SUMMARY

MAINTENANCE LEVEL OPTION: ALL

TECHNICAL FACTORS BASIS NUMBER: 1

PART 2 ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: ALL

PART III ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: ALL

EQUIPMENT TYPE CODE: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

REPORT PARTS SELECTED: ALL

Summary LSA-024 32. FIGURE
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

MAINTENANCE PLAN

PART I - GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP CODE: T123

142-0431ALCA 33647

SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING ACTIVITY

ITEM DESIGNATOR MRSA

NALC: A1B

PREPARED BY: FISHER

NSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84

REVIEWED BY: ___________________________

MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-16-44TEST

APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE OF APPROVAL: ________________

SERD NUMBERTESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC00607 02 NARRATIVE

ITEM FUNCTION: DEVICE PRODUCING AN EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE OF GAS AND AIR.

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT: ADJUST AND REPLACE TASKS ACCOMPLISHED BY ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTEN

ANCE. DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE. REPAIR AND SERVICE PERFORMAED BY DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE.

MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE:

continued - Summary LSA-024 32. FIGURE
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 03

MAINTENANCE PLAN

PART II - REPAIR CAPABILITY

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP CODE: T123

142-0431ALCA 33647

SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING ACTIVITY

ITEM DESIGNATOR MRSA

NALC: A1B

PREPARED BY: FISHER

NSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84

REVIEWED BY: ___________________________

MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-16-44TEST

APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE OF APPROVAL: ________________

SERD NUMBERTESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

REPAIRABLE ITEMS

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME NSN & RELATED DATA TM FGC IND I/R

00607 02 142-0431ALCA 44940 CARBURETOR ASSY 0601 B

TECHNICAL FACTORS

SMR: PAOFF DMIL: A MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION INTERVAL MAINT CYCLEWEAROUT: 9000 RIP: 000 O DS GS SRA D CBD CADMB: O AMSC: -- 35 20 -- 00 15 00 P: 1680

AMC: 1 HCI: NO C: 1473.4SMIC: G MRR: 1.3323 NSO: 5 T:

MRF: 00.0000 SAR: 1.00 U:RPF: 00.7328 RSR:DSR: RRR: .01

BDSR: 00.1998

----------------------------------

MAINTENANCE SIGNIFICANT CONSUMABLES

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME NSN & RELATED DATA TM FGC IND I/R

00607AA 02 142-0431ALCA1 44940 VALVE, CARBURETOR

continued - Summary LSA-024 32. FIGURE
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

MAINTENANCE PLAN

PART III - MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP CODE: T123

142-0431ALCA 33647

SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING ACTIVITY

ITEM DESIGNATOR MRSA

NALC: A1B

PREPARED BY: FISHER

NSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84

REVIEWED BY: ___________________________

MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-16-44TEST

APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE OF APPROVAL: ________________

SERD NUMBERTESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC REQ NO TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TSK FREQ MB INTERVAL TM FGC

00607 02 0001C HGOXGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR ON ENGINE ASSY 1.1400 O 1473.4 0601

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ICCS023 41497 SEALANT, GASKET Q142-0431 44940 CARBURETOR X

142-0033 41497 GASKET, KIT Y

SC5180-90-CL-N14-1234 44940 TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG ZB2502 04643 SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH 4GGG-S-121 04643 SCREWDRIVER 4

LCN ALC REQ NO TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TSK FREQ MB INTERVAL TM FGC

continued - Summary LSA-024 32. FIGURE
LSA-025 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS DATA

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC DEGREE OF PROT TAPE OPTION

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P C NO

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME10855 AA06BR200 SCREW, HEX HEAD

CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD UNIT UNIT SIZE PKG SPEC QUP ICQ CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER SCI

(5 POS) WEIGHT LEN WID HEI CC MKG

A ----- 5305-00-378-2804 -- 00001 0010 0005 0005 32AO 99 012 024 10855 AA06BR200 4

CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD HC QUP ICQ MTH CD PRES WRAP CUSH CT UNIT DOP INT UC SPEC PK CD

(5 POS) PRES MATL MATL MATL CONT CONT LVL MKG ABC

B ----- 5305-00-378-2804 -- - 012 024 -- 0 00 -- 00 - WR C 11 A 99 Y

UNIT PACK UNIT PACK SIZE UNIT PACK RES OPI SCI

WEIGHT LEN WID DEP CUBE (5 POS)

----- 0011 0007 0007 0000539 ----- A 4

CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA

(5 POS)

C ----- 5303-00-378-2804 -- TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRAT

CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD CAGE SPI NUMBER SPI RES SPI DATE CONTAINER NSN

(5 POS) REV (3 POS)

D ----- 5303-00-378-3804 -- 44940 ---------- - --- 90061 ---- -- --- ----

APPROVED BY: ______________APPROVAL DATE: ____________

Summary LSA-025 33. FIGURE
LSA-026 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PACKAGING DEVELOPMENTAL DATA

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SOURCE CODE

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P PACAGE REFERENCE NUMBER10855 AA06BR200

UNIT UNIT SIZE

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER NAT STOCK NUMBER ITEM NAME UI WEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH HEIGHT SL HC PS/PC10855 AA06BR200 5303-00-378-2804 SCREW, CAP HEX HEAD EA 0.1 0.4 0.4 3.5 U

LOT QUANTITY

UI PRICE FROM TO DOP QUP PKG-CAT

0.17 000001 000025 C 001 80800.15 000026 000100 B 001

LCN ALC QTY/ASSY QTY/EI SMR USABLE ON CODES00201AA 00 0003 000027 PAOZZ DCY, DCX, DCZ00304AC 00 0006 REF PAOZZ DCY, DCZ0030609AQ 00 0002 REF PAFZZ DCY, DCZ0050201AZ 00 0002 REF PAOZZ DCY, DCX, DCZ

Summary LSA-026 34. FIGURE
LSA-027 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

FAILURE/MAINTENANCE RATE SUMMARY

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE

OPERATING OP MRRI/II

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES PROGRAM MB RATIO

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT O 00 P 00607 DCY ARMY 7200 H 2.25

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE AOR MB SMR CODE MRR MOD WEAROUT LIFE MB00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY 7200 H PAFFF 11111

LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SMR CODE MRR MOD

00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY RZ4369 34456 PAFFF 11111

MRRI TABLE HG MRRII MRRI CALCULATED MRRII

2.5920 5.832 2.5920 5.832

LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA MB CALCULATED MB

CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ

00602 00 HGFAAAA 2.5920 H 2.5920 H

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK UM

00602 00 RZ4369 34456 1.00 EA

LCN ALC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB MTBM MB MTBM MB CONV

RATIO RATE INDUCED NO DEFECT FACT

00602 00 FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 50000.0(P) H 30000.0(P) H 20050

LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SMR CODE MRR MOD

0060201 00 PISTON PIN RR423196923 22443 PAFZZ 11111

MRRI TABLE HG MRRII MRRI CALCULATED MRRII

6.7760 15.246 6.7760 15.246

LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA MB CALCULATED MB

CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ

00602 00 JGFAGAA 3.3880 H 3.3880 H

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK UM

0060201 00 RR423196923 22443 2.00 EA

LCN ALC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB MTBM MB MTBM MB CONV

RATIO RATE INDUCED NO DEFECT FACT

00602 00 FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 50000.0(P) H 30000.0(P) H 200500060201 00 FAAA 0.400 .0005000(M) H 50000.0(P) H 30000.0(P) H 20050

Summary LSA-027 35. FIGURE
LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

INDENTURED PARTS LISTINGS

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCNREFRIG-UNT COMPRESSOR ASSY 005 00 P

SELECTION SUMMARY

TM CODE: TM2 TM DESIGNATION: TM-5-4110-300-24-POPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVELS: CREW (C) YES

ORGANIZATIONAL (O) YESDIRECT SUPPORT/AVIM (F) YESGENERAL SUPPORT (H) YESSPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY (L) YESDEPOT (D) YES

RANGE ONE RANGE TWO RANGE THREE RANGE FOUR

START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC0001 0001A 9501 9501

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES: PART NUMBER YES

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER YESREFERENCE DESIGNATOR YESFIGURE/ITEM NUMBER YES

RPSTL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADERS

SECTION TM FUNCT GROUP SEQ FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADER

2 0001 1 GROUP: 05

2 FIG 1 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

3 9501 1 GROUP: 95

2 FIG 27 SPECIAL TOOLS

1). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION II TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR PARTS AND PAGE: 2

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/02

ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND

NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY FIG NO FGC PLCC NSN PCCN PLISN

1 PAOFF 10855 6D23-522 VALVE PLATE ASSY 1 1 0001 Y A90B10 A101

UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB,AAC.................

2 PAFZZ 41947 A5051 NUT, TUB, COUPLING 2 1 0001 Y A90B10 A102

UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB.....................

3 PAOZZ 31246 ENO748EAA3412378 VALVE, SERVICE 1 1 0001 Y A90B10 A103

12-24N UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB,FF..................

4 PAFZZ 44282 123123123 CAP, TUBE 1 1 0001 Y A90B10 A104

UOC:DCY,FFA.........................

5 KFOZZ 11215 6D43-1421 GASKET, VALVE PART OF KIT P/N

142-0033 2 1 0001 N A90B10 A105

UOC:DCY.............................

6 PAFZZ 25557 6D40-2163 HEAD, COMPRESSOR 1 1 0001 Y A90B10 A106

UOC:DCY,FFA.........................

7 KFOZZ 32145 6D43-1427 GASKET, HEAD PART OF KIT P/N

142-0033 1 1 0001 N A90B10 A107

UOC:DCY,AAB.........................

8 PAOZZ 10855 MS27183-123 WASHER, FLAT 2 1 0001 Y A90B10 A108

UOC:DCY,FFA.........................

9 PAOZZ 10855 MS18802.35 SCREW, CAP, HEX HD 2 1 0001 Y A90B10 A109

UOC:DCY.............................

10 PAOZZ 10855 MS3880-2.35 NUT, PLAIN, HEX 2 1 0001 Y A90B10 A110

UOC:DCY.............................

continued -1). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION III TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR PARTS AND PAGE: 3

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND

NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY FIG NO FGC PLCC NSN PCCN PLISN

1 PAODD 73785 GA9473512 DITMCO STATION 27 9501 D Y A90B10 T101

UOC DCY...........................BOI 00002 A1BOI 00004 B2BOI 00003 F3

2 PAOHH 01762 SN517832105 VOLTMETER, MICROWAVE 27 9501 D Y A90B10 T102

UOC DCY..........................BOI 00001-24 1BOI 0000225-48 2BOI 0000349-100 3

continued -1). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION IV TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR PARTS AND PAGE: 4

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

PART NUMBER INDEX

CAGE PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO41947 A5051 5305-00-225-8507 1 2

31246 EN0748EAA3412378 4820-00-316-2695 1 3

12-24N

73785 GA9473512 6680-01-122-8053 27 1

10855 MS18802.35 5315-00-984-3521 1 9

10855 MS27183-123 5315-00-925-8884 1 8

01762 SN517832105 6689-00-734-1394 27 2

44282 123123123 4320-01-345-9801 1 4

44940 6DKIT12-135 4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT

10855 6D23-522 3150-00-976-9943 1 1

25557 6D40-2163 4120-00-285-9801 1 6

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO5305-00-225-8507 1 2 5315-00-925-8884 1 8

4120-00-285-9801 1 6 3150-00-976-9943 1 1

4820-00-316-2695 1 3 5315-00-984-3521 1 9

4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT 6680-01-122-8053 27 16689-00-734-1394 27 2 4320-01-345-9801 1 4

continued -1). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION IV TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR PARTS AND PAGE: 5

SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE DESIGNATION FIGURE NO ITEM NOCCHO415192AAAR 1 4CCHO415192AABA 1 7CCHO415192AACC 1 3CCHO415211AA 1 9CCHO415311AA 1 1CCHO415331AC-AAO/A128.32/YIL,121 1 631314CCHO41541512 1 2CCHO419223AV 1 5CCHO6121223T 1 8

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER CAGE PART NUMBER

1 KIT 4130-00-328-2898 44940 6DKIT12-1351 1 3150-00-976-9943 10855 6D23-5221 2 5305-00-225-8507 41947 A50511 3 4820-00-316-2695 31246 EN0748EAA3412378

12-24N

1 4 4320-01-345-9801 44282 1231231231 6 4120-00-285-9801 25557 6D40-21631 8 5315-00-925-8884 10855 MS27183-1231 9 5315-00-984-3521 10855 MS18802.35

27 1 6680-01-122-8053 73785 GA947351227 2 6689-00-734-1394 01762 SN517832105

continued -1). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

INDENTURED PARTS LISTINGS

REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCNREFRIG-UNT COMPRESSOR ASSY 005 00 P

SELECTION SUMMARY

TM CODE: TM2 TM DESIGNATION: TM-5-4110-300-24-POPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVELS: CREW (C) YES

ORGANIZATIONAL (O) YESDIRECT SUPPORT/AVIM (F) YESGENERAL SUPPORT (H) YESSPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY (L) YESDEPOT (D) YES

RANGE ONE RANGE TWO RANGE THREE RANGE FOUR

START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC0001 0001A 9501 9501

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES: PART NUMBER YES

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER YESREFERENCE DESIGNATOR YESFIGURE/ITEM NUMBER YES

RPSTL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADERS

SECTION TM FUNCT GROUP SEQ FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADER

2 0001 1 GROUP: 05

2 FIG 1 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

3 9501 1 GROUP: 95

2 FIG 27 SPECIAL TOOLS

2). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION II TM-5-4110-300-24-P

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND

NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP: 05FIG 1 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

1 PAOFF 10855 6D23-522 VALVE PLATE ASSY.................... 12 PAFZZ 41947 A5051 ..NUT, TUB, COUPLING................ 23 PAOZZ 31246 ENO748EAA3412378 ..VALVE, SERVICE.................... 1

12-24N

4 PAFZZ 44282 123123123 CAP, TUBE........................... 1

UOC:DCY

5 KFOZZ 11215 6D43-1421 GASKET, VALVE PART OF KIT P/N

142-0033............................ 2

6 PAFZZ 25557 6D40-2163 HEAD, COMPRESSOR.................... 17 KFOZZ 32145 6D43-1427 GASKET, HEAD PART OF KIT P/N

142-0033............................ 1

8 PAOZZ 10855 MS27183-123 WASHER, FLAT........................ 29 PAOZZ 10855 MS18802.35 SCREW, CAP, HEX HD.................. 2

KIT PAOZZ 44940 6DKIT12-135 KIT, GASKET......................... V

GASKET, VALVE ( 2) 1-5GASKET, HEAD ( 1) 1-7

END OF FIGURE

continued -2). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION III TM-5-4110-300-24-P

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)

ITEM SMR PART DESCRIPTION AND

NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY

GROUP: 95FIG 27 SPECIAL TOOLS

1 PAODD 73785 GA9473512 DITMCO STATION .....................

UOC:DCYBOI:2 PER LETTERED COMPANYBOI:4 PER BN HQBOI:3 BY NUMBERED BTRY/COMPANY

AND SIMILAR HQ PERFORMING ORGMAINT FOR OTHER UNITS

2 PAOHH 01762 SN517832105 VOLTMETER, MICROWAVE ..............

UOC:DCYBOI:1 PER 1-24 END ITEMSBOI:2 PER 25-48 END ITEMSBOI:3 PER 49-100 END ITEMS

END OF FIGURE

continued -2). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION IV TM-5-4110-300-24-P

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES

PART NUMBER INDEX

CAGE PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO41947 A5051 5305-00-225-8507 1 2

31246 EN0748EAA3412378 4820-00-316-2695 1 3

12-24N

73785 GA9473512 6680-01-122-8053 27 1

10855 MS18802.35 5315-00-984-3521 1 9

10855 MS27183-123 5315-00-925-8884 1 8

01762 SN517832105 6689-00-734-1394 27 2

44282 123123123 4320-01-345-9801 1 4

44940 6DKIT12-135 4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT

10855 6D23-522 3150-00-976-9943 1 1

25557 6D40-2163 4120-00-285-9801 1 6

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX

STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO5305-00-225-8507 1 2 5315-00-925-8884 1 8

4120-00-285-9801 1 6 3150-00-976-9943 1 1

4820-00-316-2695 1 3 5315-00-984-3521 1 9

4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT 6680-01-122-8053 27 16689-00-734-1394 27 2 4320-01-345-9801 1 4

continued -2). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
SECTION IV TM-5-4110-300-24-P

CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES

REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX

REFERENCE DESIGNATION FIGURE NO ITEM NOCCHO415192AAAR 1 4CCHO415192AABA 1 7CCHO415192AACC 1 3CCHO415211AA 1 9CCHO415311AA 1 1CCHO415331AC-AAO/A128.32/YIL,121 1 631314CCHO41541512 1 2CCHO419223AV 1 5CCHO6121223T 1 8

FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX

FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER CAGE PART NUMBER

1 KIT 4130-00-328-2898 44940 6DKIT12-1351 1 3150-00-976-9943 10855 6D23-5221 2 5305-00-225-8507 41947 A50511 3 4820-00-316-2695 31246 EN0748EAA3412378

12-24N

1 4 4320-01-345-9801 44282 1231231231 6 4120-00-285-9801 25557 6D40-21631 8 5315-00-925-8884 10855 MS27183-1231 9 5315-00-984-3521 10855 MS18802.35

27 1 6680-01-122-8053 73785 GA947351227 2 6689-00-734-1394 01762 SN517832105

continued -2). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

INDENTURED PARTS LISTING

ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCNREFRIG-UNT COMPRESSOR ASSY 005 00 P

SELECTION SUMMARY

TM CODE: TM2 TM DESIGNATION: TM-5-4110-300-24-POPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVELS: ORGANIZATIONAL/ON-EQUIPMENT (O) YES

INTERMEDIATE/OFF-EQUIPMENT (F) YESDEPOT (D) YES

SECTION SELECTION: MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST YES

NUMERICAL INDEX YESREFERENCE DESIGNATION YES

3). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
II. MAINTENANCE PARTS LIST TM-5-4110-300-24-P

FIG ITEM PART 1234567 QTY PER

NO NO NUMBER CAGE DESCRIPTION ASSY UOC SMR

1 1 6D23-522 10855 VALVE PLATE ASSY.................... 1 DCY PAOFF1 2 A5051 41947 ..NUT, TUB, COUPLING................ 2 DCY PAFZZ1 3 ENO748EAA3412378 31246 ..VALVE, SERVICE.................... 1 DCY PAOZZ

12-24N

1 4 123123123 44282 CAP, TUBE........................... 1 DCY PAFZZ1 5 6D43-1421 11215 GASKET, VALVE PART OF KIT P/N DCY KFOZZ

142-0033............................ 2

1 6 6D40-2163 25557 HEAD, COMPRESSOR.................... 1 DCY PAFZZ1 7 6D43-1427 32145 GASKET, HEAD PART OF KIT P/N DCY KFOZZ

142-0033............................ 1

1 8 MS27183-123 10855 WASHER, FLAT........................ 2 DCY PAOZZ1 9 MS18802.35 10855 SCREW, CAP, HEX HD.................. 2 DCY PAOZZ

KIT 6DKIT12-135 44940 KIT, GASKET......................... V DCY PAOZZ

GASKET, VALVE ( 2) 1-5GASKET, HEAD ( 1) 1-7

continued -3). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
III. NUMERICAL INDEX TM-5-4110-300-24-P

PART FIGURE ITEM QTY PER SMRNUMBER NO NO END ITEM CODES6D23-522 1 2 1 PAOFFA5051 1 6 2 PAFZZENO748EAA3412378 1 3 1 PAOZZ12-24N123123123 27 2 1 PAFZZ

continued -3). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
IV. REFERENCE DESIGNATION TM-5-4110-300-24-P

REFERENCE DESIGNATION FIGURE ITEM PART

NO NO NUMBER

CCHO415192AAAR 1 4 6D23-522CCHO415192AABA 1 7 A5051CCHO415192AACC 1 3 ENO748EAA3412378

12-24N

CCHO415211AA 1 9 123123123CCHO415311AA 1 1 6D43-1421CCHO415331AC-AAO/A128.32/YIL,121 1 6 23142331314CCHO41541512 1 2 6D40-2163CCHO419223AV 1 5 6D43-1427CCHO6121223T 1 8 MS27183-123

continued -3). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

INDENTURED PARTS LIST

STOCKAGE LIST TYPE FOUR

SELECTION SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN STOCK LIST NUMBERREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P SL-3-88643E

UOC(S): DCY, DCZ, ABC

4). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST SL-4-88647E LSA-030, STOCKAGE LIST PAGE: 2

PART I ITEM IDENTIFICATION LISTING (IPL) TYPE FOUR

TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

REF I QUANTITY S

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK DESIG N PER PER SMR S REPL FIG

NO. MODEL NUMBER FIG-KEY D ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM APPL EQUIP CODE I FACTOR CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER TMC NO.

1 DCY 3150-00-976-9943 001-0001 C VALVE PLATE ASSY EA 1 1 PAOFF 0.121 10855 6D23-522 TM2 22 DCY 5305-00-225-8507 001-0002 D NUT, TUB, COUPLING EA 2 12 PAFZZ 0.165 41947 A5051 TM2 23 DCY 4820-00-316-2695 001-0003 D VALVE, SERVICE EA 1 2 PAOZZ 0.123 31246 EN0748EAA3412378 TM2 2

12-24N

4 DCY 4320-01-345-9801 001-0004 C CAP, TUBE EA 1 1 PAFZZ 0.874 44282 123123123 TM2 25 DCY 001-0005 C GASKET, VALVE EA 2 2 KFOZZ 1.222 11215 6D43-1421 TM2 2

6 DCY 4120-00-285-9801 001-0006 C HEAD, COMPRESSOR EA 1 1 PAFZZ 0.367 25557 6D40-2163 TM2 27 DCY 001-0007 C GASKET, HEAD EA 1 1 KFOZZ 1.222 32145 6D43-1427 TM2 2

8 DCY 5315-00-925-8884 001-0008 C WASHER, FLAT EA 2 12 PAOZZ 0.321 10855 MS27183-123 TM2 29 DCY 5315-00-984-3521 001-0009 C SCREW, CAP, HEX HD EA 2 12 PAOZZ 0.321 10855 MS18802.35 TM2 2

continued -4). (Option Summary LSA-030 36. FIGURE
LSA-032 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER (DLSC) SUBMITTALS

PROVISIONING SCREENING

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES PCCN

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ARMY A90B10ACTIVITY DESTINATION OUT DATA SGL/MULT SOURCE ARN SEL TYPE SCREEN STAT IND PRI IND JULIAN DIC DSRC DLSC

CODE CODE REQ CODE OUT CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE CODE DATE SUPPRESS SUPPRESS TAPE

MU XMDSE 9910 4 PA YES F A 4 0060 YES A, B, C YES

ERROR CODE

1 - MISSING PCCN/PLISN2 - MORE THAN 24 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER/CAGES FOR ONE REFERENCE NUMBER.3 - SOURCE CODE (SMR) NOT RECORDED.4 - DUPLICATE REFERENCE NUMBER/ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER AND CAGES (F & S TYPE SCREEN).5 - MISSING RNCC/RNVC FOR P TYPE SCREEN.

PART ONE SUBMITTER'S CONTROL NUMBER - LCN CROSS REFERENCE LISTSUBMITTER CONTROL REFERENCE NUMBER/ARN CAGE RNCC RNVC LCN ALC SMR ERROR CODE(S)0060AA90B10AACG A123161142F-110 44940 5 9 005 00 PAOFF

1246-123 11267 5 2 0041232/87AT 88714 3 2 00

0060AA90B10AAEF ER191923C-192 33251 3 2 0030201AA 00 PAOZZ

1121987/23-N 23231 5 9 00

0060AA90B10AALG C1219036-23 76743 3 2 00210AA 00 PAHZZ

0060AA90B10AAM3 A18918234-45 34123 5 9 0010208AZ 00 PAFZZ

6565431 22178 5 2 00ER12156/GH 33156 3 2 00C120134 44569 5 9 00

Summary LSA-032 37. FIGURE
LSA-032 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER (DLSC) SUBMITTALS

PROVISIONING SCREENING

PART TWO CARD IMAGE DLSC SCREENING

CARD COL DESCRIPTION CARD COL DESCRIPTION

01-03 DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE LSR 32 TYPE SCREENING CODE F04-06 PACKAGE SEQUENCE NUMBER 33-36 OUTPUT DATA REQ 991007 PRIORITY INDICATOR 4 37 STATISTICAL INDICATOR A

08-09 ACTIVITY CODE MU 38 SINGLE/MULTIPLE OUTPUT 4

10-26 SUBMITTER CONTROL NUMBER 39 RNFC (LEFT BLANK)

10-13 JULIAN DATE 0060 40 DIDS SEGMENT CODE 2

14 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE A 41 RNCC (P TYPE SCREEN)

15-25 PCCN-PLISN 42 RNVC (P TYPE SCREEN)26 BLANK 43-47 CAGE

27-31 DESTINATION CODE XMDSE 48-79 REFERENCE NUMBER/ARN

80 CONTINUATION INDICATOR 1

12345678

....:....0....:....0....:....0....:....0....:....0....:....0....:....0....:....0LSRA014MU0060AA90B10AACG XMDSEF9910A4 2 44940A123161142F-110 1LSRA024MU0060AA90B10AACG XMDSEF9910A4 2 112671246-123 1LSRZ034MU0060AA90B10AACG XMDSEF9910A4 2 8871441232/87AT 1LSRA014MU0060AA90B10AAEF XMDSEF9910A4 2 33251ER191923C-192 1LSRZ024MU0060AA90B10AAEF XMDSEF9910A4 2 232311121987/23-N 1LSRA014MU0060AA90B10AALG XMDSEF9910A4 2 76743C1219036-23 1LSRA014MU0060AA90B10AAM3 XMDSEF9910A4 2 34123A18918234-45 1LSRA024MU0060AA90B10AAM3 XMDSEF9910A4 2 221786565431 1LSRA034MU0060AA90B10AAM3 XMDSEF9910A4 2 33156ER12156/GH 1LSRZ044MU0060AA90B10AAM3 XMDSEF9910A4 2 44569C12034

TOTAL 80-CARD COLUMN RECORDS TO DLSC: 10

continued - Summary LSA-032 37. FIGURE
LSA-033 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES TM CODE TM NUMBER

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ARMY TM7 TM 5-4110-296-12

ITEMS TO

ITEM NO. INTERVAL CHECK/SERVICE PROCEDURE NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF:

0001 BEFORE REFRIGERATION UNIT A. CHECK FOR EVIDENCE OF LEAKAGE (OIL, FUEL, CLASS III LEAKAGE IS EVIDENT (NO

HYDRAULIC FLUID OR COOLANT) ON OR UNDER THE UNIT. FUEL LEAKAGE IS ALLOWED)B. CHECK COOLANT PRESSURE. ADD FREON TO CLASS II LEAKAGE IS EVIDENTAPPROXIMATELY 20-22 PSI.C. VISUALLY INSPECT FOR LOOSE, MISSING ORDAMAGED PARTS.

0002 BEFORE ENGINE CHECK OIL LEVEL. ADD OIL UP TO FULL MARK ON

DIPSTICK

0003 BEFORE BELTS VISUALLY INSPECT ENGINE DRIVE BELTS FOR FRAYED OR BELT MISSING OR BROKEN

DETERIORATED CONDITION.

0004 DURING DOOR CHECK FOR PROPER SEAL AND VACUUM. DOOR DOES NOT REMAIN CLOSED

0005 WEEKLY FUEL FILTER DRAIN WATER AND SEDIMENT.0006 300 HOURS ENGINE DRAIN ENGINE OIL. REFILL CRANKCASE PER

LO5-4110-296-12

Summary LSA-033 38. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

NOMENCLATURE OF PRIME SUBMITTER SUBMITTAL MULTI-CONFIG FULL EFFECTIVITY

PCCN PIIN/SPIIN MODEL OR TYPE NUMBER CONTROL DATA CAGE CONTROL NO DATE UOCS ASSIGNED UOC SUPPRESS

A90B10 DAAK-89-1234AALQ123 AN/REF-143 PL-13882B 44940 00001 900301 YES NO

SYSTEM/END ITEM USABLE ON CODES SELECTED: DCY, DCX, DCZMULTI-CONFIGURATION UOCS ASSIGNED:

DCY: DCY DCX: DCX DCZ: DCZ DCX AND DCY: A DCX AND DCZ: B DCY, DCX, AND DCZ: (BLANK)

CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBERS

FIRST NUMBER SECOND NUMBER THIRD NUMBER FOURTH NUMBER FIFTH NUMBER SIXTH NUMBERNONE

FIRST RANGE SECOND RANGE THIRD RANGE FOURTH RANGE FIFTH RANGE

START-PLISN STOP-PLISN START-PLISN STOP-PLISN START-PLISN STOP-PLISN START-PLISN STOP-PLISN START-PLISN STOP-PLISNA121 A125 F121 F125

TYPE LIST(S) OUTPUT MODE PROVISIONING BASELINED QPEI CALCULATED OVERHAUL PLISNS PART II PART IIIPROVISIONING PARTS LIST TAPE AND REPORT YES (INITIAL) YES (OPTION 1) NO STANDARD OPTION 1

WITH HEADERS

PLISN TOTALS FOR PCCN A90B10

EXTRACTED FROM EXTRACTED FROM ADDED TO DELETED FROM NEW PROVISIONING

H DATA TABLES NOT SELECTED PROV BASELINE PROV BASELINE PROV BASELINE BASELINE

1080 2 0 2

LSA-036 PLISN CARD RECORD TOTALS

A B CDEFGHJKM

ADDED (TOCC = SPACE) 8 2 242002640MODIFIED (TOCC = L, M, Q) 0 0 000000000DELETED (TOCC = D, G) 0 0 000000000

Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART I LISTING FOR PCCN: A90B10 AND MODEL: ANREF-143

....:....1....:....2....:....3....:....4....:....5....:....6....:....7....:....8A90B10DAAK-89-1234AALQ123AN/REF-143 PL-13882B 4494000001900301A90B10A123 C44940142-0001 13 1WIDGET, INTERCONNEC0 01AA90B10A123 223234321-0098213 C3 02A

A90B10A123 4423114321-0987 D3 03A

A90B10A123 55523ARN-01234 53 04A

A90B10A123 5240010987432 EA0000000995EA000000099500001001PAOZZ A08 01BA90B10A123 A003 N021000200006000001110000002211111W Y01CA90B10A123 A REFERENCE-DESIGNATION-W1 RA AA001 01D

A90B10A123 EXTRA-LONG-REFERENCE-DESIGNATIONAR 02D

A90B10A123 -FOR-W2 B 03D

A90B10A123 100 EC ZY01E

A90B10A123 00202 APPROVED AT LSAR REVIEW 9/12/88 01H

A90B10A123 TMC 4 12 2001002 00001 A100008 C2 01JA90B10A123 TMC 4 12 3-84 3 02J

A90B10A123 TMC 5 14 2001002A 00001 A100008 C2 03JA90B10A123 TMC 5 14 3-84 3 04J

A90B10A123 TMC 4 12TING DEVICE, BRASS 01KA90B10A123 TMC 5 14TING DEVICE, BRASS SEE FIGURE 4 F02KA90B10A123 TMC 5 14OR INTERFACE SWITCH CONNECTION TO WIDGET HOLDER. 03KA90B10F122 D44940142-0001 13 1WIDGET, INTERCONNEC0 01AA90B10F122 223234321-0098213 C3 02A

A90B10F122 4423114321-0987 D3 03A

A90B10F122 55523ARN-01234 53 04A

A90B10F122 5240010987432 EA0000000995EA000000099500001001PAFZZ A08 01BA90B10F122 F011 N0110001REF 00000123000000231AAAAW A123 Y01CA90B10F122 B F01REFERENCE-DESIGNATION-W1 RA AA001 01DA90B10F122 100 EC Z 01EA90B10F122 0150103 01HA90B10F122 TMC 28 10 2 01501 00001 A100008 C2 01JA90B10F122 TMC 28 10 3-84 3 02J

A90B10F122 TMC 28 10TING DEVICE, BRASS 01K....:....1....:....2....:....3....:....4....:....5....:....6....:....7....:....8

TOTAL 80 CARD COLUMN RECORDS ON LSA-036 (INCLUDING HEADER): 31

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

TO IND REFERENCE NUMBER RN RN DA PP E S SL CS CF

PCCN PLISN CC CD CAGE ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBERS CC VC C SL C ITEM NAME L AC N I

A90B10 A123 C 44940 142-0001 1 3 - - 1 WIDGET, INTERCONNEC 0 -- 01 A

22323 4321-0098213 C 3 02 A

TO NSN AND RELATED DATA UI DM PL HC PS PM ADP CS CF

CC PRE FSC- NIIN----- SUFF UM UM PRICE UI UI PRICE CONV QUP SMR IL T I PC IC EC N I

--- 5240 010987432 ---- EA 0000000995 EA 0000000995 00001 001 PAOZZ A 08 - - - - 01 B

TO NHA NHA TOTAL SAME AS PRIOR CS CF

CC PLISN IND ORR QPA QPEI MRR-I MRR-II MRR MOD REC QTY PLISN PLISN MAOT MAC NRTS LRU N I

A003 N 021 0002 00006 00000111 0000022 11111W ------ ----- ----- ---- - --- Y 01 C

TO RD RD SM PL SM AI AIC RMS RISS RTLL CS CFCC UOC REFERENCE DESIGNATION OC C CC CC IC C QTY MRU SL BUY QTY RSR N I

A REFERENCE-DESIGNATION-W1 - R A - - AA 001 --- --- --- --- --- 01 D

TO MAINT TASK DISTRIB REPAIR CYCLE TIME--CON REPLACEMENT TASK DIST DES REWORK PT CT AM AM IM RI CS CFCC O F H SRA D CB CA O F H SRA D TAT O F H SRA D ONE TWO IC C SC C P N I

-- -- -- -- -- -- -- --- --- --- --- --- --- 100 ------ ------ EC - - Z Y 01 E

TO CHANGE AUTHORITY SER NUMBER EFFECTIVITY REP/SUP R/S QUANTITY QUANITY CS CFCC NUMBER IC FROM TO TIC PLISN IND SHIPPED PROCURED DCN-UOC N I

CHG000123 OW ---------- ---------- 03 AABV R 000333 000444 ---,--- 01 F

TO CHANGE AUTHORITY PRORATED PRORATED CS CFCC NUMBER ELIN QUANITY N I

CHG000123 ELINBB 000400 01 G

TO CS CFCC LCN ALC REMARKS N I

00202 00 APPROVED AT LSAR REVIEW 9/12/88 01 H

TO TM FIG ITEM TM TM QTY WUC/ --BASIS OF ISSUE-- --BASIS OF ISSUE-- C ITEM NAME CS CFCC CODE NO NO CHG IND FIG TM-FGC QTY-A EI LV CTR QTY-A EI LV CTR C CODE N I

TMC 4 12 - 2 001 002 00001 A 1 00008 C 2 - 77777 01 J

TO TM FIG ITEM CS CFCC CODE NO NO PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE N I

TMC 4 12 TING DEVICE, BRASS SEE FIGURE 4 FOR INTERFACE SWITCH 01 K

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART II STANDARD EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10

PLISN REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC MESSAGE

A121 14109-23L 44940 002 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON UOCA122 12890A-098/32 33125 00201 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECTA123 142-0001 44940 00202 00 PLISN RETAINED ON LSA-036

QPEI NOT CALCULATED, NO TOPDOWN BREAKDOWN

A124 1829180/90 89104 00203 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON UOCA125 21290/78-1 21289 00204 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON UOCF120 AER-01290 45346 0150101 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECTF121 5E23 10990 0150102 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECTF122 142-0001 44940 0150103 00 PLISN RETAINED ON LSA-036

QPEI NOT CALCULATED, NO TOPDOWN BREAKDOWN

F123 A99-098TY 10990 0150104 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECTF124 89-19092/18965RK 65903 0150104 01 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECT

7-PQ

F125 231-IU 55901 0150105 00 PLISN DISQUALIFIED, NO MATCH ON PTD SELECT

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 4

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 1, ARMY EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10EACH EDIT NUMBER (EDIT NO) IS SEPARATELY SELECTABLE BY THE REQUIRING AUTHORITY.

EDIT NO EDIT ERRORS SELECTED ASSOCIATED ERROR MESSAGES

1 ITEM NAME .............................................. 0002 YES 0102 UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) AND UM PRICE ...................... 0002 YES 0203 USABLE ON CODE (UOC) ................................... 0000 YES 0304 INDENTURE CODE (IND CD) ................................. NO 040, 390

5 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER (ARN) ....................... NO 0506 ESSENTIALITY CODE (EC) OPTIONS A OR B ................... 0001 OPTION A 0607 SHELF LIFE (SL) ......................................... NO 0708 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) ............................. NO 0809 UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) AND UI PRICE ......................... NO 090

10 QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK .................................. NO 10011 SOURCE MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY (SMR) CODE 0006 OPTION B

OPTION A .............................................. 110OPTION B .............................................. 120, 130, 140, 150, 170, 180, 190, 200

210, 220

OPTION C .............................................. 120, 130, 140, 160, 170, 180, 190, 200

210, 220

12 DEMILITARIZATION CODE (DEMIL) ............................ 0000 YES 23013 PRODUCTION LEAD TIME (PLT) ............................... 0000 YES 24015 PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE (PS/PC) ................. NO 25016 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY (NHA) PLISN ......................... NO 26017 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY (QPA) .............................. NO 27018 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATES (MRR) ...................... NO 28019 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE (RDC) ......................... NO 29020 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC) ................................ NO 30021 PLISN AND NHA PLISN ...................................... NO 31022 ASTERISK INDENTURE CODE AND NHA PLISN .................... NO 32023 ASSEMBLED ITEMS AND PARTS AND SMR ........................ NO 330, 34024 SMR ASSEMBLY AND PARTS ................................... NO 35025 ITEM AND NHA ITEM INDENTURE CODE ......................... NO 36026 UM PRICE OF ITEM AND NHA ................................. NO 37027 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATES ............................... NO 38029 INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE (INTCH CD) AND R/S PLISN ......... NO 400

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 5

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 1, ARMY EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10NOTE: DATA FIELDS AFFECTED BY THE EDIT ARE DEPICTED BY TABLE CODE.DATA ELEMENT CODE FOLLOWING THE EDIT MESSAGE.* 010 MISSING ITEM NAME * HA.ITNAMEHA* 020 MISSING UM/UM PRICE * HA.UNITMSHA, HE.UMPRICHD, HE.PROUMPHE* 030 UOC NOT 3 POSITIONS * HO.UOCSEIXC* 040 INDENTURE CODE MISSING * HG.INDCODHG* 050 RNCC MISSING, MULTIPLE D & C/7 * HB.ADRNCCHB * ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBERS (ARN) MUST EACH HAVE AN RNCC. IN ADDITION NOMORE THAN ONE DRAWING AND ONE SPECIFICATION NUMBER DESIGNATED BY D AND C OR 7 CAN BE INCLUDED IN ARNS FOR A REFERENCE NUMBER/CAGECOMBINATION.* 060 ESSENTIALITY CODE MISSING * HG.ESSCODHG * OPTION A OF ESSENTIALITY CODE (EC) EDIT REQUIRES THAT EC BE ENTERED FOR ALL

PLISNS.

OPTION B REQUIRES EC ON RECORDS WITH SMR SOURCE CODE OF PA, PC OR PG.* 070 SHELF LIFE MISSING * HA.SHLIFEHA* 080 NSN NOT 13 POSITIONS, FIXED * HA.FSCNSNHA, HA.NIINSNHA * FSC AND NIIN MUST EITHER BOTH BE BLANK OR HAVE ENTRIES.* 090 MISSING UI/UI PRICE & UI CONVERSION FAC * HD.UIPRICHD, HD.PROUIPHD * APPLICABLE ONLY AGAINST "P" SOURCE CODED ITEMS.* 100 MISSING QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK * HF.DEGPROHF, HF.QTYUPKHF* 110 SMR NOT BLANK (OPTION A) * HG.SMRCODHG* 120 SMR OTHER THAN ARMY ALLOWED CODES * HG.SMRCODHG * DATA EDITS FOR OPTIONS B AND C REQUIRE SPECIFIC SUBFIELD EDIT VARIATIONS FROM AR 700-82, JOINT REGULATION GOVERNING USE AND APPLICATION OF SOURCE MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILIYT CODES, WHICH AREESTABLISHED IN THE BASIC EDITS FOR SMR.

A. SOURCE CODE (POSITIONS 1 AND 2). CODES MG AND AG ARE NOT ALLOWED. IN ADDITION TO THE CODES LISTED IN AR 700-82, CODE XD

IS PERMITTED.

B. MAINTENANCE REMOVE (POSITION 3). CODES ALLOWED ARE C, O, F, H, AND D. CODES 2 THROGH 6 AND G ARE NOT ALLOWED.C. MAINTENANCE REPAIR (POSITION 4). CODES ALLOWED ARE O, F, H, D, L, Z, AND B. CODE G IS NOT ALLOWED.D. RECOVERABILITY CODE (POSITION 5). CODES ALLOWED ARE O, F, H, D, L, Z AND A. CODE G IS NOT ALLOWED.

* 130 MAINT LEVEL CODES NOT COMPATIBLE (SMR-3/4) * HG.SMRCODHG * THE FOLLOWING COMBINATIONS OF MAINTENANCE (REMOVE) 3D POSITIONAND MAINTENANCE (REPAIR) 4TH POSITION OF THE SMR ARE INVALID: DO, DF, DH, HO, HF, AND FO.* 140 SMR-3 MUST BE D WHEN SOURCE CODE IS KD * HG.SMRCODHG* 150 MAINT/RECOV NOT EQUAL (OPTION B) * HG.SMRCODHG * UNDER SMR EDIT OPTION B, THE SMR-4 AND SMR-5 MUST BE EQUAL; OR SMR-4MUST BE B; OR SMR-5 MSUT BE A.* 160 MAINT/RECOV NOT COMPATIBLE (OPT C) * HG.SMRCODHG * USING SMR EDIT OPTION C, THE FOLLOWING COMBINATIONS OF SMR-4 AND SMR-5ARE PERMITTED: B-, -A, OO, OF, OH, OL, OD, FF, FH, FL, FD, HH, HL, HD, DD, DL, AND ZZ.

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 6

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 1, ARMY EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10* 170 MTD NOT COMPATIBLE WITH SMR (SMR3/4) * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.OMTDOOHG, HG.FMTDFFHG, HG.HMTDHHHG, HG.LMTDLLHG, HG.DMTDDDHG,HG.CBDMTDHG, HG.CADMTDHG * AN EDIT IS PERFORMED BETWEEN SMR AND MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION (MTD). MTD IS A MANDATORYENTRY FOR ALL PA, PC, OR PG SOURCE CODED ITEMS WHEN SMR-4 IS NOT Z OR B. OTHERWISE, MTD SHOULD BE BLANK.

A. IF SMR-3 EQUALS O AND SMR-4 IS:

O, THEN MTD-O AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.F, THEN MTD-O, MTD-F, AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-F CANNOT BE BLANK.H, THEN MTD-O, MTD-F, MTD-H, MTD-L, AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-H/L CANNOT BE ZERO.D, THEN MTD-0, MTD-F, MTD-H, MTD-L, MTD-D AND CAD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-D CANNOT BE ZERO.

B. IF SMR-3 EQUALS F AND SMR-4 IS:

F, THEN MTD-F, AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-F CANNOT BE BLANK.H, THEN MTD-F, MTD-H, MTD-L, AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-H/L CANNOT BE ZERO.D, THEN MTD-F, MTD-H, MTD-L, MTD-D AND CAD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-D CANNOT BE ZERO.

C. IF SMR-3 EQUALS H AND SMR-4 IS:

H, THEN MTD-H, MTD-L, AND CBD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-H/L CANNOT BE ZERO.D, THEN MTD-H, MTD-L, MTD-D AND CAD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND MTD-D CANNOT BE ZERO.

D. IF SMR-3 EQUALS D THEN SMR-4 MUST EQUAL D AND MTD-D AND CAD MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.

* 180 MTD NOT BLANK FOR OTHER THAN PA/PC/PG SOURCE * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.OMTDOOHG, HG.FMTDFFHG, HG.HMTDHHHG, HG.LMTDLLHG,HG.DMTDDDHG, HG.CBDMTDHG, HG.CADMTDHG* 190 RTD NOT COMPATIBLE WITH SMR (SMR-3) * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.ORTDOOHG, HG.FRTDFFHG, HG.HRTDHHHG, HG.LRTDLLHG, HG.DRTDDDHG *AN EDIT IS PERFORMED BETWEEN THE SMR AND THE REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION (RTD). RTD IS MANDATORY FOR PA, PC AND PG SOURCECODED ITEMS. OTHERWISE RTD SHOULD BE BLANK.

A. WHEN SMR-4 EQUALS Z AND SMR-3 IS:

O, THEN RTD-O, RTD-F, RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-O CANNOT BE ZERO.F, THEN RTD-F, RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-F CANNOT BE ZERO.H, THEN RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-H AND RTD-L CANNOT BE ZERO.D, THEN RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.

B. WHEN SMR-4 EQUALS O SMR-3 MUST EQUAL O AND RTD-0 MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.C. WHEN SMR-4 EQUALS F AND SMR-3 IS:

O, THEN RTD-O, AND RTD-F MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-O CANNOT BE ZERO.F, THEN RTD-F MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.

D. WHEN SMR-4 EQUALS H OR L AND SMR-3 IS:

O, THEN RTD-O, RTD-F, RTD-H, AND RTD-L MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-O CANNOT BE ZERO.F, THEN RTD-F, RTD-H, AND RTD-L, MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-F CANNOT BE ZERO.H, THEN RTD-H, AND RTD-L, MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.

E. WHEN SMR-4 EQUALS D AND SMR-3 IS:

O, THEN RTD-O, RTD-F, RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-O CANNOT BE ZERO.F, THEN RTD-F, RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-F CANNOT BE ZERO.H, THEN RTD-H, RTD-L, AND RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT AND RTD-H OR RTD-L CANNOT BE ZERO.D, THEN RTD-D MUST EQUAL 100 PERCENT.

* 200 RTD NOT BLANK FOR OTHER THAN PA/PC/PG SOURCE * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.ORTDOOHG, HG.FRTDFFHG, HG.HRTDHHHG, HG.LRTDLLHG,HG.DRTDDDHG* 210 MRR MISSING FROM PA/PC OR PG SOURCE * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.MRRONEHG, HG.MRRTWOHG, HG.MRRMODHG * MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATES I,II, AND MODIFIER MUST NOT BE BLANK FOR SOURCE CODES PA, PC AND PG EXCEPT FOR ITEMS WITH "D" IN 3RD POSITION OF SMR.

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 7

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 1, ARMY EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10* 220 MAINT REPL RATES/MOD NOT BLANK * HG.SMRCODHG, HG.MRRONEHG, HG.MRRTWOHG, HG.MRRMODHG * MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATES I,II, AND MODIFIER MUST BE BLANK FOR SOURCE CODES OTHER THAN PA, PC AND PG AND FOR ALL ITEMS WITH SMR-3 OF D.* 230 DMIL AND SMR NOT BLANK OR BOTH * HG.SMRCODHG, HA.DEMILIHA * EITHER THE DEMILITARIZATION CODE AND SMR CODE MUST BOTH BEBLANK OR HAVE ENTRIES.* 240 PRODUCTION LEAD TIME IS MISSING * HA.PRDLDTHA* 250 PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE MISSING * HA.PHYSECHA* 260 NHA PLISN MISSING (NHA IND OF A, B, OR N) * HH.NHAPLIHH, HH.NHAINDHH * THE NHA PLISN MUST BE IDENTIFIED BY AN NHA PLISNINDICATOR OF A, B, OR N. IF THE INDENTURE CODE FOR THE ITEM IS NOT A, THEN IT MUST HAVE AN NHA PLISN. THERE CAN ONLY BE ONENHA PLISN INDICATOR OF EITHER N, B OR A; ALL OTHER NHA PLISN S (OVERHAUL/KIT PLISNS) MUST BE EITHER BLANK OR ASTERISK (*). THERECANNOT BE AN A AND * NHA PLISN INDICATOR FOR THE SAME ITEM.* 270 QPEI OR QPA MISSING/QPEI < QPA * HG.QTYASYHG, HG.QTYPEIHG * THE QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY MUST BE GREATER THAN ZERO.* 280 MRRI, MRRII, OR MRR-MOD MISSING * HG.MRRONEHG, HG.MRRMODHG, HG.MRRMODHG * WHENEVER MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE (MRR) I,II OR MRR MODIFIER ARE ENTERED, THEN ALL MUST BE ENTERED.* 290 RDC OF H, T, R OR S NOT ALLOWED * HJ.RDCODEHJ* 300 AIC 1ST POS NOT A, AIC QTY BLANK (NOT AD) * HG.ALLOWCHG, HG.ALIQTYHG* 310 NHA PLISN > PLISN * HG.PLISNOHG, HH.NHAPLIHH * THE NHA PLISN MUST BE ALPHANUMERICALLY (EBCDIC) LOWER THAN THE PLISNRECORD ON WHICH IT IS CONTAINED.* 320 NO SECOND NHA PLISN (* IND CD) * HG.INDCODHG, HH.NHAPLIHH, HH.NHAINDHH * WHEN THE INDENTURE CODE IS ASTERISK, THEN THEREMUST BE TWO NHA PLISNS; THE FIRST WITH AN NHA-IND OF EITHER B OR N, AND THE SECOND WITH AN NHA-IND OF *.* 330 NHA SMR NOT A- WHEN NHA-IND A * HH.NHAPLIHH, HH.NHAINDHH, HG.SMRCODHG * IF AN NHA PLISN INDICATOR IS A, THEN THE NHAITEM MUST BE SOURCE CODED "A-".* 340 ASSEMBLED ITEM PIECE PARTS NOT PA/PC SRC * HG.SMRCODHG, HH.NHAPLIHH * WHEN ITEMS CONTAINED SOURCE CODES OF AO - AD, THEPARTS AT THE NEXT LOWER INDENTURE MUST BE SMR SOURCE CODED PA OR PC.* 350 SMR ASSY NOT COMPATIBLE WITH SMR PARTS * HG.SMRCODHG, HH.NHAPLIHH * IF THE SMR MAINTENANCE (REPAIR), 4TH POSITION, ISNOT Z OR B, THEN THE NEXT LOWER INDENTURE ITEMS CANNOT BE SMR MAINTENANCE (REMOVE), 3RD POSITION, CODED WITH A MAINTENANCE LEVELTHAT IS HIGHER THAN THE SMR-4 OF THE ASSEMBLY, E.G., AN ASSEMBLY WITH AN SMR OF PAFFF CANNOT HAVE COMPONENTS WITH SMRS OF PAHZZ,PADZZ, OR PAHHH. MAINTENANCE LEVELS IN ASCENDING ORDER ARE AS FOLLOWS: C, O, F, H, L, AND D.* 360 IND CD OF NHA PLISN NOT ONE LESS THAN PLISN * HG.INDCODHG, HH.NHAPLIHH, XC.INDCODXC * THE NEXT HIGHER PLISN RECORD MUSTCONTAIN AN INDENTURE CODE THAT IS ALPHANUMERICALLY (EBCDIC) ONE LESS THAN THE INDENTURE CODE OF THE PLISN RECORD. (EXCEPTION ISASTERISK INDENTURE CODE FOR PLISN RECORD).* 370 UM PRICE NOT LESS THAN UM PRICE OF NHA * HE.UMPRICHE, HH.NHAPLIHH ** 380 ORR MISSING FOR P SRC WITH NHA SMR OF P--D- * HG.SMRCODHG, HH.NHAPLIHH, HH.OVHREPHH

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 8

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 1, ARMY EDIT REPORT FOR PCCN A90B10* 390 IND CD AND PLISN INCONSISTENT * HG.INDCODHG, HG.PLISNOHG, XC.INDCODXC, XC.PLISNOXC * IF THE INDENTURE CODE (IND CD) IS A,THEN THE PLISN MUST BE BETWEEN AAAA AND AAAHZ. IF THE IND CD IS GREATER THAN A THEN THE PLISN MUST BE GREATER THAN AAAHZ.* 400 R/S PLISN AND INTCH CD NOT BLANK OR BOTH * HP.RSPLISHP, HP.INTCHCHP * EITHER THE REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING (R/S) PLISN ANDINTERCHANGEABILITY CODE MUST BOTH BE BLANK OR BOTH BE ENTERED.

PLISN REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC EDIT MESSAGEA123 142-0001 44940 00202 010 MISSING ITEM NAME

020 MISSING UM/UM PRICE030 UOC NOT 3 POSITIONS060 ESSENTIALITY CODE MISSING120 SMR OTHER THAN ARMY ALLOWED CODES150 MAINT/RECOV NOT EQUAL (OPTION B)190 RTD NOT COMPATIBLE WITH SMR

F121 142-0001 44940 0050103 010 MISSING ITEM NAME

020 MISSING UM/UM PRICE150 MAINT/RECOV NOT EQUAL (OPTION B)190 RTD NOT COMPATIBLE WITH SMR200 RTD NOT BLANK FOR OTHER THAN PA/PC/PG SOURCE

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-036 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 4

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART III OPTION 2, AIR FORCE L CARD FOR PCCN A90B10AIR FORCE L CARDS ARE DISPLAYED IN THIS SECTION OF THE REPORT FROM A SORTED FILE EXTERNAL TO THE LSAR DATA TABLES IN ASCENDINGPLISN AND CFI SEQUENCE. IF THE TAPE OPTION IS REQUESTED THE L CARDS ARE MERGED WITH THE LSA-036 A-K CARD RECORDS.

....:....1....:....2....:....3....:....4....:....5....:....6....:....7....:....8A90B10A123 E 18 0007C1 01LA90B10A123 3220008763125 3218916590/902 02LA90B10A123 95JUN0010AUG0008OCT0013 03L....:....1....:....2....:....3....:....4....:....5....:....6....:....7....:....8

(REPORT WITHOUT HEADER OPTION)

1-6 7-11 12 13 14 15 16-17 18-19 20-23 24 25 26 27 28-31 32-33 34 35 36 37-39 40-63 64-77 78-79 80

TO MT BL WR WRMC ATC SPRAM HM RN IS MOE PI MO MO PC BL REQUISITION CS CF

PCCN PLISN CC CH NK WC QTY QTY QTY I J S SI RULE CA S SM A MIE NK NUMBER N IA90B10 A123 - E W 18 -- 0007 C1-- ---- -- - - - --- -------------- 01 L1-6 7-11 12 13-25 26-27 28-32 33-64 65-77 78-79 80

TO SUB NATIONAL SUBSTITUTE SUBSTITUTE CS CF

PCCN PLISN CC STOCK NUMBER MMAC CAGE SUBSTITUTE REFERENCE NUMBER BLANK N I

A90B10 A123 - 3220008763125 -- 32189 16590/902 02 L

1-6 7-11 12 13-14 15-16 17-19 20-23 24-26 27-30 31-33 34-37 38-40 41-44 45-47 48-51 52-54 55-58 59-61 62-65 66-71 72-77 78-79 80

TO ACT DELIVERY SCHEDULE DESTI CS CF

PCCN PLISNCC CODE YEAR MONTH QTY MONTH QTY MONTH QTY MONTH QTY MONTH QTY MONTH QTY MONTH QTY NATION ELIN N IA90B10 A123 - -- 95 JUN 0010 AUG 0008 OCT 0013 --- ---- --- ---- --- ---- --- ---- ------ ------ 03 L

(REPORT WITH HEADER OPTION)

continued - Summary LSA-036 39. FIGURE
LSA-037 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

SPARES AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LIST

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC ICC SELECTED RPT PT

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY BZQYX YYYY

SECTION A: INVESTMENT SPARES; REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME CAGE EC MTBF MB QTY/EI QTY/REC PLT PMIC DMILC SLAC UNIT OF MEASURE UMPART NUMBER PRICE1240D1 CARD ASSY/DPIO 18655 1 20000.0(P) H 2 1 8 A B 33 1535.00

EA

SECTION B: EXPENSE SPARES, REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME CAGE PLT LRU UNIT OF MEASURE UMPART NUMBER PRICE112202-01 LAMP DRIVER 62623 10 Y 541.83 EA

SECTION C: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME QTY REC CAGE PMIC DMILC UNIT OF MEASURE UMPART NUMBER PRICEHP5411D OSCILLOSCOPE 1 28480 A B 3150.00 EA

SECTION D: TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME CAGE PLT UNIT OF MEASURE UMPART NUMBER PRICEP6015 PROBE/TEST 28480 6 176.50 EA

Summary LSA-037 40. FIGURE
LSA-039 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC ITEM SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PARTS SEQ PT I SEQ PT II

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ALL LCN LCN

CRITICAL ITEM CODE(S) SELECTED: INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPABILITY (1ST POS) SELECTED:ALL ALL

PART I CRITICAL ITEM LISTINGLCN ALC WUC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME UI CRIT ITEM CD QPA

00201 00 04AA 44940 EC1231980 CONNECTION ROD,PIST EA BCACOFD 0001

0020104 00 04CF 12890 LBAD-123-90/40 BUSHING, CONNECTING EA MCALLPQ 0006

0030401 00 05AA 67902 114-0204 RING, RETAINING EA PFDFSSQ 0006

00402 00 051101 44940 113-153 BEARING, ROD, HALF PR PLLPQ 0006PART II CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC MATERIAL LISTINGLCN ALC WUC PLISN NHA-PLISN NHA-IND ITEM-NAME UI MAT-WT MAT-LEAD QPA IMAC

CAGE REFERENCE-NUMBER NHA-CAGE NHA-REFERENCE-NUMBER

002011507 00 0205 AA01 AAAV N POWER SUPPLY EA 001.342 104 0001 EELCT-PT GOLD

10825 145-18902 44940 129A123/4R

0040106 00 0485 ACYU AB01 N BEARING, BALL EA 000.150 156 0006 MMECH-PT RUTHEN

16585 1987-189-543/P6112189-34 33291 1907812-09

0040515 00 0492 ADAQ ADWR N WIDGET EA 010.432 052 0001 FFORM PLATNM

87091 64D109-23PL2 13126 198/890123

005120412AA 00 0548 AEAN AD06 N POWER SUPPLY EA 000.539 104 0002 EELCT-PT SILVER

54679 12A90 44940 1433-15430

Summary LSA-039 41. FIGURE
LSA-040 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC AUTH LISTS SELECTED

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ALL

PART I COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ILLUS NO NSN DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER UOC UM QTY REQ

1 4310-00-017-0125 BOX, CONNECTOR DCY, DCZ EA 2

(IN MOUNT ON SIDE OF UNIT)(05472), 1420-1113/R

2 6645-00-089-8842 METER, TIME DCY EA 1

(IN ELECTRICAL OUTLET ON UNIT SIDE)(16476) 561/34K

3 2910-01-163-2725 PUMP, FUEL, METERING DCZ EA 1

AND DISTRIBUTING (IN FUEL CONNECTION PORT)(34125) 10811-34Y

PART II BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ILLUS NO NSN DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER UOC UM QTY REQ

4 4930-00-766-7629 LUBRICATING GUN, HAND DCY, DCZ EA 1

HIGH PRESSURE (IN TOOL BAG)(36251) 102758

5 8415-00-266-8843 MITTENS, CLOTH DCY, DCX, DCZ PR 1

PAIR M1942 (IN ODDMENT TRAY)(19207) 11655982

6 5340-00-682-1508 PADLOCK, SET DCY, DCZ EA 1

1-3/4 W CLEVIS - INCLUDES 1 LOCK AND 2 KEYS(ON BACK PANEL)(80063) SMD5555531-1

7 7240-00-160-0455 PAIL, UTILITY DCY EA 1

14 QUART CAPACITY (INSIDE UNIT)(81348) RRP35

1). (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
LSA-040 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY

PART III ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4)

NSN DESCRIPTION USABLE UM QTY

CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER ON CODE AUTH

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST - MTOE AUTHORIZED

3410-00-145-8795 GENERATOR SET, 5 KW, DCZ EA 1

6410-00-128-1325 TRAILER, UTILITY DCY, DCX, DCZ EA 1

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST - OTHER AUTHORIZED

2315-00-239-4484 CAN, GASOLINE, 16 GAL DCY, DCX EA 15310-00-321-8984 SHOVEL DCZ, EA 1

PART IV EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST

(1) (2) (3) (4) (5)

ITEM NO LEVEL NSN DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER UM

1 C 2310-00-198-8710 FUEL, DIESEL GL

2 C 2310-00-178-9800 FUEL, GASOLINE GL

3 C 2310-00-124-7856 OIL, LUBRICATING QT

continued -1) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
LSA-040 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY

STOCKAGE LIST TYPE THREE

SELECTION SUMMARY

EIACREFRIG-UNTITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC

REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY

TM DESIGNATION LIST OF COMPONENTS REQUIREDSL-3-88643E SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY YES

USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY YESCOLLATERAL EQUIPMENT YES

2) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST SL-3-88643E LSA-040, STOCKAGE LIST PAGE: 2

LIST OF COMPONENTS TYPE THREE

SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

1 2 34 5 6 7

REF QTY

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK DESIG MODEL USED IN

NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN ALC AIC

1 4420-00-189-3876 002-0001 DCY COMPRESSOR UNIT EA 1 005 00 AA

2 4130-01-091-9159 002-0011 DCY 001 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY EA 00506 00 AD

3 3150-00-976-9349 003-0001 DCY ENGINE, GASOLINE EA 1 006 00 AA

4 6620-01-101-3214 003-0008 DCY 004 PISTON ASSEMBLY EA 00602 00 AD

5 2910-00-358-5618 003-0168 DCY 001 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY EA 00607 00 AD

continued -2) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST SL-3-88643E LSA-040, STOCKAGE LIST PAGE: 3

LIST OF COMPONENTS TYPE THREE

USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

1 2 34 5 6 7

REF QTY

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK DESIG MODEL USED IN

NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN ALC AIC

6 6645-00-089-8842 014-0018 DCY METER TIME EA 1 00702 00 AC

7 5975-00-152-1144 019-0034 DCY BOX, CONNECTOR EA 2 00785 00 AC

8 3110-01-013-8645 021-0008 DCY VALVE, SERVICE EA 1 0079001 00 AC9 5890-00-892-1674 021-0010 DCY COUPLING, FEMALE EA 1 0079002 00 AC

10 5490-00-091-0982 021-0018 DCY DISK, VALVE EA 1 0079003 00 AC

11 4790-01-003-1244 024-0011 DCY DOOR, LEFT EA 3 0079004 00 AC

12 4125-00-987-8842 034-0018 DCY STARTER ASSEMBLY EA 1 0079005 00 AC

continued -2) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST SL-3-88643E LSA-040, STOCKAGE LIST PAGE: 4

LIST OF COMPONENTS TYPE THREE

COLLATERAL EQUIPMENT TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

1 2 34 5 6 7

REF QTY

ITEM NATIONAL STOCK DESIG MODEL USED IN

NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN ALC AIC

13 3410-00-145-8795 036-0004 DCY GENERATOR SET, 5 KW EA 1 008 00 AE

14 6410-00-128-1325 036-0007 DCY TRAILER, UTILITY EA 1 009 00 AE

15 7240-00-160-0455 036-0009 DCY PAIL, UTILITY EA 1 010 00 AE

16 5340-00-682-1508 036-0011 DCY PADLOCK, SET EA 1 011 00 AE

continued -2) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST SL-3-88643E LSA-040, STOCKAGE LIST PAGE: 5

TYPE THREE

COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01

CAGE ADDRESS CAGE ADDRESS00779 TOLEDO ELECTRONICS 11215 YORK MANUFACTURING

105 EAST HIGH ST 1324 CHAMBERSBURG ROADTOLEDO, OH 46217 YORK, PA 16189

33210 ACME ELECTRONICS 62122 BIG DEFENSE INDUSTRY GUYS

6145 ROADRUNNER AVE 1 BIG DEFENSE PLAZAMIDLAND TX 75901 SUNNYVALE, CA 96107

continued -2) (Option Summary LSA-040 42. FIGURE
LSA-046 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

NUCLEAR HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEQ OPT

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY REF-NO

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME IMC SMR PCCN PLISN IND QTY/ASSY QTY/EIA5051 41947 NUT, TUBE, COUPLING A PAOZZ A90B10 A034 C 6 14

PAFZZ A90B10 A179 E 4 REF

BC192015 34127 VALVE, SHUTOFF G PAOFF B90134 AACX B 1 1

MS27183-123 10855 WASHER, FLAT A PAOZZ A90B10 A031 C 12 22

PAFZZ A90B10 F110 E 6 REFPAHZZ B90134 ACAL D 4 4

MS18802.35 10855 SCREW, CAP, HEX HD A PAOZZ A90B10 A032 C 12 22

PAFZZ A90B10 F111 E 6 REFPAHZZ B90134 ACAM D 4 4

Summary LSA-046 43. FIGURE
LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY

PART I

FAILURE MODES WITH RCM ANALYSIS

SHSC RPT PT SELECT

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEL DISP

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 P 00602 DCY 2 YYY A

LOGIC UTILIZED: AMCP 750-2

LOGIC RESULTS DISPOSITION FM CRIT

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE SHSC FMI MPC 0000000001111111111222222 OR

1234567890123456789012345 ABCDEFGHIJ FAIL PROB

0 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 2 FAAB B Y NNNN Y Y 418.78MTBPM MB FAILURE RATE MB FMR

7.2(P) H .0006667(P) H .607

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ELAPSEDLCN ALC TASK CODE TIME

00

RCM REASONING:LOGIC RESULT OF 01 IS (Y) BECAUSE THE ITEM HAS A SHSC OF (2).LOGIC RESULT OF 05 IS (N) BECAUSE THERE ARE NO MEANS OF INSPECTION ONLY TESTING. LOGIC RESULT OF 06 IS (N) BECAUSE LITTLEMAINTENANCE IS DONE. LOGIC RESULTS OF 07 IS (N) BECAUSE THEREIS NO ADVERSE RELATIONSHIP. LOGIC RESULT OF 08 IS (N) BECAUSECREW DOES NOT INSPECT THE ITEM. LOGIC RESULT OF 10 IS (Y)BECAUSE IMPEDING FAILURE CAN BE DETECTED BY TESTING.DISPOSITION OF A IS (Y) BECAUSE TESTING IS ACCEPTABLE.RCM REDESIGN/NARRTATIVE:NOT APPLICABLE.RCM AGE EXPLORATION NARRATIVE:NOT APPLICABLE.

LOGIC RESULTS DISPOSITION FM CRIT LCN

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE SHSC FMI MPC 0000000001111111111222222 OR

1234567890123456789012345 ABCDEFGHIJ FAIL PROB

0 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 2 FAAA A Y Y Y Y 358.95MTBPM MB FAILURE RATE MB FMR

7.2(P) H .0006667(P) H .607

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ELAPSED ELAPSED

LCN ALC TASK CODE TIME LCN ALC TASK CODE TIME

005 00 ABCACAA .27(P) 005 00 ABOACAA .12(P)

RCM REASONING:LOGIC RESULT(O1) IS (Y) BECAUSE SHSC IS (2). LOGIC RESULT(05) IS(Y) BECAUSE OPERATOR CAN DETECT IMPENDING FAILURE. LOGICRESULT(11) IS (Y) MONITORING IS EFFECTIVE. DISPOSITION(B),SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE IS ACCEPTABLE.RCM REDESIGN/NARRATIVE:NOT APPLICABLE.RCM AGE EXPLORATION NARRATIVE:NOT APPLICABLE. Summary LSA-050 44. FIGURE
LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY

PART II

RCM MANAGEMENT SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SHSC RPT PT SELECT DISP

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 00602 00 P 00603 DCY 23 YYY

LCN INHERENT AVAILABILITY END ITEM0 95.000000MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREWLCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE AOR MB IA DISPOSITION ABCDEFGHIJ00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY 7200 H 95.000000 Y

LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA CALCULATED MAN ELAPSED MAINTENANCE MB

CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ HOURS TIME INTERVAL

00602 00 FBCAGAA 45.0000 45.0000 .35(M) .45(M) 200.0 H

PERSON ID SSC SL MAN-MINUTES

A 76J10 B 0.15B 36C20 B 0.20

LCN ALC SHSC FEP MPC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB CONV FM CRIT/

RATIO RATE FACT FAIL PROB

00602 00 2 .60 A FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 20050 358.95

3 B 40.20

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE AOR MB IA DISPOSITION ABCDEFGHIJ0060201 00 PISTON RING 7200 H 96.88000 Y

LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA CALCULATED MAN ELAPSED MAINTENANCE MB

CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ HOURS TIME INTERVAL

0060201 00 DBCAGAA 72.0000 72.0000 .30(P) .15(P) 100.0 H

PERSON ID SSC SL MAN-MINUTES

A 76J10 B 0.15C 86C20 B 0.15

LCN ALC SHSC FEP MPC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB CONV FM CRIT/

RATIO RATE FACT FAIL PROB

0060201 00 3 .70 A FAAA 0.400 .0005000(M) H 00001 128.5

TOTAL

SSC MAN-HOURS

76J10 .3086C20 .1536C20 .20

continued - Summary LSA-050 44. FIGURE
LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY

PART III

FAILURE MODES WITHOUT RCM ANALYSIS

SHSC RPT PT

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEL

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 00602 DCY 3 YYY

SHSC MPC FMI LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE FM CRIT/FAIL PROB

3 A FAAA 00201 00 21.25

3 B FAAB 21.25

continued - Summary LSA-050 44. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT

PART I (FMECA) WORKSHEET SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES RPT PR SHSC

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY NAVY YYY 1234

---- FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS ----

FR RAM

LCN ALC LCN-TYPE LCN NOMENCLATURE FAILURE RATE MB I C FAIL RATE SOURCE0 00 F REFRIGERATION UNIT 0.002346100(M) O P GIDEPDRAWING NUMBER REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

1451-109832ITEM FUNCTION:PROVIDES REFRIGERATED AIR FOR AN ENCLOSED SPACE, MAINTAINING ATEMPERATURE BETWEEN 0 AND 50 DEGREES F (-18 AND 10 DEGREES C).CRIT CRIT TABLE BK CALCULATED CRIT CRIT TABLE BK CALCUALTED CRIT CRIT TABLE BK CALCULATEDMPC SHSC ITEM CRIT NO ITEM CRIT NO MPC SHSC ITEM CRIT NO ITEM CRIT NO MPC SHSC ITEM CRIT NO ITEM CRIT NO

A 2 844.0934910 844.0934910 B 2 299.1277500 299.1277500 B 3 160.1213250 160.1213250

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE:

NOT APPLICABLE.

LOG CON CD LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS/SYSTEM REDESIGN:

B RECOMMEND REDESIGN OF REFIGERATION UNIT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE

ACCESSIBILITY TO COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY.

FMI FM-RATIO EFM-MTBF MBFAAA 0.182 2341.975222 O

1. FAILURE MODE:

POOR PERFORMANCE.

2. FAILURE CAUSE:

DUE TO INSUFFICENT COOLING.

3. FAILURE EFFECTS: LOCAL: INSUFFICENT COOLING.

NEXT HIGHER: MISSION DEGRADATION.END EFFECT: MISSION DEGRADATION.

4. FAILURE DETECTION METHOD:

OBSERVANCE OF OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - HUMAN DETECTION.

Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT

5. FAILURE PREDICTABILITY:

NOT APPLICABLE.

6. REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS FOR LCN 0 , ALC 00 , FMI FAAA:TASK-LCN TASK-ALC TASK CODE TASK-LCN TASK-ALC TASK CODE0 00 NGFNAAA 0 00 JGFNAAA

FAILPROB OT TABLE BI CALCULATED

FMI MPC SHSC LVL F-E PROB OPER TIME MB FM CRIT NO FM CRIT NOFAAA A 2 B 0.83 0001.00 O 354.4018660 354.4018660

1. MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE:

FAILURE OCCURS DURING SYSTEM COOLING PHASE.

2. COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS:

NONE.

3. COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS:

OPERATOR PROCEDURES MONITORING UNIT PERFORMANCE AND ROOM TEMPERATURE.

4. SYSTEM REDESIGN:

NONE.

FAILPROB OT TABLE BI CALCULATED

FMI MPC SHSC LVL F-E PROB OPER TIME MB FM CRIT NO FM CRIT NOFAAA B 3 C 0.75 0000.50 O 160.1213250 160.1213250

1. MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE:

FAILURE OCCURS DURING SYSTEM START-UP PHASE.

2. COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS:

NONE.

3. COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS:

NONE.

4. SYSTEM REDESIGN:

NONE.

continued - Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT

FMI FM-RATIO EFM-MTBF MBFAAB 0.255 1671.525233 O

1. FAILURE MODE:

COMPRESSOR FAILURE.

2. FAILURE CAUSE:

GASKET LEAK

3. FAILURE EFFECTS: LOCAL: INSUFFICENT COOLING.

NEXT HIGHER: LOSS OF MISSION.END EFFECT: LOSS OF MISSION.

4. FAILURE DETECTION METHOD:

OBSERVANCE OF OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - HUMAN DETECTION.

5. FAILURE PREDICTABILITY:

NOISY OPERATION, INSUFFICENT COOLING.

6. REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE

CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS FOR LCN 0 , ALC 00 , FMI FAAB:TASK-LCN TASK-ALC TASK CODE TASK-LCN TASK-ALC TASK CODE0 00 NGONAAA 005 00 HG0NAAA

FAILPROB OT TABLE BI CALCULATED

FMI MPC SHSC LVL F-E PROB OPER TIME MB FM CRIT NO FM CRIT NOFAAB A 2 B 1.00 0000.75 O 488.6916250 488.6916250

1. MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE:

FAILURE OCCURS DURING SYSTEM COOLING PHASE.

2. COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS:

NONE.

3. COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS:

NONE.

4. SYSTEM REDESIGN:

NONE.

continued - Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 4

FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT

FAILPROB OT TABLE BI CALCULATED

FMI MPC SHSC LVL F-E PROB OPER TIME MB FM CRIT NO FM CRIT NOFAAB B 2 B 1.00 0000.50 O 299.1277500 299.1277500

1. MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE:

FAILURE OCCURS DURING SYSTEM START-UP PHASE.

2. COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS:

NONE.

3. COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS:

NONE.

4. SYSTEM REDESIGN:

NONE.

---- DAMAGE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS ----

DMI 1. DAMAGE MODE:DA01 RUST AND CORROSION DETERIORATING THE SYSTEM OPERATION.

2. DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL:

NEXT HIGHER:END EFFECT: INCREASED SUSCEPTIBILITY TO CORROSION, AND IN THE EVENT THAT INTERNAL

COMPONENTS ARE EXPOSED, THE UNIT WILL BE MORE SUSCEPTIBLE TO DAMAGE ANDMAY PRESENT A SAFETY HAZARD. THIS DAMAGE MODE IS RELATED TO ONE OR MOREOF THE FOLLOWING FAILURE MODES: AAC, AAE, AAF AND AAG.

3. REMARKS:

A FINE RUST LAYER NEAR THE CONDENSATION DRIP PIPE IS ACCEPTABLE.

continued - Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 5

PART II CRITICALITY ANALYSIS SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES RPT PR SHSC

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY NAVY YYY 1234

FM CRIT SEL FAIL PROB SEL

B

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE FAIL RATE SOURCE

7890123456789012

A 00607 00 FAAB 0603 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 GIDEP

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE FAIL RATE SOURCE

B 006 00 FAAA 06 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 GIDEP

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE FAIL RATE SOURCE

B 00602 00 FAAA 0602 ENGINE BLOCK 110-1860 44940 GIDEP

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE FAIL RATE SOURCE

B 0060201 00 FAAA 060201 PISTON ASSY BC1920 44940 GIDEP

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE FAIL RATE SOURCE

B 00607 00 FAAA 0603 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 GIDEP

continued - Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 6

PART III FAILURE MODE ANALYSIS SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES RPT PR SHSC

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY NAVY YYY 1234

OP TABLE BI CALCULATED

LCN ALC PART F-RATE MB TIME MB MPC SHSC FMI FEP F-M RATIO F-MODE CRIT F-MODE CRIT TM FGC

00 .001250(P) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .95 .80 218.50 218.50 05

TOTAL .80

00501 00 .0000500(P) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .75 1.00 8.63 8.63 0501

TOTAL 1.00

006 00 .0012024(M) H .23 H B 2 FAAB .30 .42 110.34 110.34 06

.23 H B 3 FAAA 1.00 .03 8.30 8.30 06

.0(P) H .00 H B 3 FAAC .00 .00 .00 .00 06

TOTAL .45

00602 00 .0006667(M) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .70 1.00 107.34 107.34 0602

TOTAL 1.00

0060201 00 .0006667(M) H .23 H B 2 FAAB .90 .20 30.67 30.67 060201

H .23 H B 3 FAAA .90 .80 110.41 110.41 060201

TOTAL 1.00

00607 00 .0005000(P) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .70 .40 32.20 32.20 0603

.23 H B 3 FAAB .85 .40 39.10 39.10 0603.23 H B 3 FAAC .90 .20 20.70 20.70 0603

TOTAL 1.00

00614 00 .008333(M) H .01 H B 2 FAAA 1.00 1.00 8.33 8.33 0614

TOTAL 1.00

continued - Summary LSA-056 45. FIGURE
LSA-058 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS

PART I RELIABILITY SUMMARY - REDESIGN

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC RPT PT SELECTION

REFRIG-UNT WIRE HARNESS ASSY 002 00 P OO2 DCY YY YYYY

RAM LCN ALC FMI LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MPC SHSC FM CRIT NO/

FAIL PROB LVL

002 00 FAAA WIRE HARNESS ASSY BR549-0076666TG 94833 A 3 599.96

B 2 78.00

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE:

WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY FAILURE.

FAILURE CAUSE:

DEGRADED CONDITION OF THE WIRES.

SYSTEM REDESIGN:

RAM LCN ALC FMI LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MPC SHSC FM CRIT NO/

FAIL PROB LVL

002 00 FAAB WIRE HARNESS ASSY BR549-0076666TG 94833 A 3 67.0

B 3 123.0

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE:

WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY CRACKS.

FAILURE CAUSE:

ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS LEAD TO THE CRACKING OF THE PLASTIC COVERWHICH CAUSED THE METAL WIRE TO RUST

SYSTEM REDESIGN:

COAT WITH AN ENVIRONMENTAL RESISTANT PLASTIC.

LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS:STANDARDIZATION Y ACCESSABILITY Y MAINTENANCE EASE Y SAFETY Y TEST POINTS Z SKILLS Y TRAINING Y

CONN REMOVAL Z PKG AND TRANSP Y FAULT LOCATION Y LABELING Z DAMAGE PROTECT Y CORR AND RUST CONT Y

LOG CON CD RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS NARRATIVE:

B RECOMMEND REDESIGN OF REFRIGERATION UNIT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE

ACCESSIBILITY TO COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY

Summary LSA-058 46. FIGURE
LSA-058 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS

PART II MAINTAINABILITY SUMMARY - LEVEL OF REPAIR

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC RPT PR

REFRIG-UNT WIRE HARNESS ASSY 002 P OO2 DCY YY

TASK TASK ELAPSED FM CRIT

LCN ALC M/L FMI MPC SHSC TM FGC TASK LCN ALC CODE TIME NUMBER006 00 O FAAA A 3 06 006 00 HGOXAAA 1.67(P) 8.30

FAAA B 3 06 006 00 NGOAAAA .78(M) 8.30

FAAB A 2 06 006 00 HGOXAAA 1.67(P) 110.34

FAAB B 2 06 006 00 NGOAAAA .78(M) 110.34

FAAB B 2 06 00607 00 HGOAGAA .98(M) 110.34

FAAB B 2 06 00607 00 HGOAGAA .98(M) 110.34

FAAC B 3 06 006 00 NGOAAAA .78(M)

FAAC A 3 06 00607 00 DGOAAAA .50(M)

F FAAA A 3 06 006 00 BGFAGAA .77(M) 8.30

FAAB A 2 06 006 00 BGFAGAA .77(M) 110.34

FAAB A 2 06 00614 00 HGFAGAA 1.03(M) 110.34

TASK TASK ELAPSED FM CRIT

LCN ALC M/L FMI MPC SHSC TM FGC TASK LCN ALC CODE TIME NUMBER00602 00 O FAAA A 3 00602 006 00 NGOAAAA .78(M) 107.34

F FAAA A 3 00602 00602 00 GGFAGAA .59(M) 107.34

FAAA B 3 00602 00602 00 RGFAGAA .59(M) 107.34

FAAA A 3 00602 0060201 00 GGFAFAA .92(M) 107.34

FAAA B 3 00602 0060201 00 JGFXGAA 1.00(M) 107.34

FAAA B 3 00602 0060201 00 RGFAGAA 1.08(M) 107.34

continued - Summary LSA-058 46. FIGURE
LSA-065 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS CRITERIA (MARC)

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SSC

REFFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NATIONAL STOCK NO. ITEM NAME0 00 F10000RG-2 44940 4110-01-074-5175 REFRIGERATION UNIT

UNSCHEDULED ON-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

PERSON M-HR PER TASK M TASK

SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA CRIT44B10 AAA 0.33 JGFAAAA REPAIR REFRIGERATION UNIT 0.2720 O 26470.6 YUNSCHEDULED OFF-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE

PERSON M-HR PER TASK M TASK

SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA CRIT4C24K ACH 1.42 JGFAGAA REPAIR COOLANT CONTAINER 0.2720 O 26470.6 Y4C24K ACI 0.71 JGFAGAA REPAIR COOLANT CONTAINER 0.2720 O 26470.6 Y5C210 ALQ 3.54 JGFAGAA REPAIR MOTOR LINKAGE 0.0330 O 2.182E+5 YSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE

PERSON M-HR PER TASK M TASK

SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA CRIT44B10 ADC 0.22 ANFAAAA INSPECT REFRIGERATION UNIT 2.000 O 3600.0 Y44B10 LPR 0.05 APFAAAA INSPECT FOR COOLING CONDITION 12.000 O 600.0 Y

Summary LSA-065 47. FIGURE
LSA-070 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SELECTION SUMMARY

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE: F14

MANUFACTURER’S PART NUMBER: A31U14200-5

MANUFACTURER’S CAGE CODE: 26512

Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 1

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS

FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS:

A requirement exists at the intermediate maintenance level totest, troubleshoot and fault isolate to the SRU level and toperform serviceability tests after repair of the H-60 aircraftLRUs. Support equipment is required to provide the necessarytest interface, stimulus, and measurement capability for thefollowing LRU and SRU requirements:PARAMETER RANGE ACCURACYDC Voltage 3A maximum 10 mV to 10VDC +/- 1%AC Voltage 15A maximum 1, 10, 100 VAC +/- 3%Resistance 1, 10, 100 ohms +/- 1%Frequency 0 to 18 GHz +/- 0.5%RF Power 0 to 100 dB +/- 1 dBWave Form (sine, square, 1mHz to 50 MHz +/- 5% of selectedtriangle, and ramp) valuePhase 45 to 90 Degrees +/- 2 DegreesPhase 90 to 315 Degrees +/- 5 Degrees

DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION:

The RADCOM ATE II Test Station, NSN 4920-01-211-2823 is recommended to fulfill the functional requirements. The test stationis comprised of the following elements: signal switch section;digital input/output; interface panel; power supplies; signalgenerators; measurement devices; MIL-STD-1553 bus test unit; RFinterface unit; and control and mass storage elements. TheRADCOM ATE II Test Station will perform end-to-end and faultisolation tests of airborne UUTs. The Test Station also providessupport requirements for analog/hybrid/RF WRAs and SRAs.Critical or limiting characteristics: The RADCOM ATE II TestStation is designed for operation in a temperature and humiditycontrolled environment. This limitation must be consideredbefore substitution is considered.

SE NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT:

All applicable DOD and commercial documents were reviewed. Documentation review included: MIL-STD-2097A, MIL-STD-1364,MIL-HDBK-300 (SE TIF), MIL-HDBK-265, DI-E-7098, NAVAIR 16-1-525,and NAVAIR 19-1-127. The RADCOM ATE II Test Station is the onlytest station that will satisfy the requirements.

CHARACTERISTICS OF SE:

See Section 6 for characteristics/parametric data.

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER PAGE 1

0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 1

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS

INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES:

None.

ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:

None.

___________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER PAGE 1

0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 2

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA

LCN ALC PREPARING ACTIVITY ORIG DT CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER E-CAGE/PN

Grumman Aerospace Corp. 280284 26512 A31U14200-5 N

SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) END ARTICLE DESIGNATOR EA NAME ACTION DATE(G)

0000005162 BB 020585 A H-60 Aircraft 250685

SE ITEM NAME GOVT DESIGNATOR SE FULL ITEM NAME SIASCN(G) SKETCH

RADCOM ATE II AN/USM-467 Test Station, RADCOM, ATE II Y

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) ALT NSN CONTRACT NUMBER RESPONSIBLE AGENCY(G).............. PSICP(G) ICC CFE/GFEPREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX NAME CODE PE6RX 4920-01-211-2823 EE N N00019-81-C-0172 NAEC52A51 KE 1 G

CAL ITEM CAL REQD SER USER CTIC SM&R(G) TEC(G) TECHEVAL(G)

N Y N N PEGGD GHUW

TECH MANUAL CODES PROD LEAD TIME 1ST ARTICLE SPCL MGT(G) MGT PLAN(G)

08, 12, 16 48 250688 A Y

USABLE ON CODES:--------------------------------- PHYSICAL DATA -------------------------------------------------- ÉÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍÍ

o PRICE DATA

.......... DIMENSIONS .......... ... WEIGHT ... oLN WD HT UM WT UM o HDWR DEV:

o

OPERATING: 092.0 034.0 077.5 IN 02800.0 LB o DESIGN DATA: 111,711

o

STORAGE: 092.0 034.0 077.5 IN 02800.0 LB o PASS THRU:

o

SHIPPING(G): o ILS: 127,737

oo NONRECURRING

SHIPPING MODES(G): Air, sea, land transportable. Wooden shoring required for air o TOTAL:

transportation. o

oo RECURRING: 1,300,000o

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued – Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 3

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA

SYSTEM EQUIPMENT REQUIRED (GFAE)

LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER WORK UNIT CODE

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME QUANTITY

PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER WORK UNIT CODE

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME QUANTITY

PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER WORK UNIT CODE

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME QUANTITY

PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER WORK UNIT CODE

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME QUANTITY

PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER WORK UNIT CODE

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME QUANTITY

PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31414200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 4

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA

ARTICLES REQUIRING SUPPORT (ARS)

LCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER

OO6 00 QLGNGAA MP-PSE-0462:EK 26512 A34U11800-1

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERPREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR ARS NAME

2VX5895-01-279-4288 PEGGD J-4429/USM-467 Amplifier Control

MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE WORK PKG REF

20000.0 H 80.000000 N 72TEB00 R5466

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERPREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR ARS NAME

MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE WORK PKG REF

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERPREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR ARS NAME

MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE WORK PKG REF

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 5

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 1. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA

EQUIVALENT CAGE/PN(S):N = No equivalent CAGEs/PNs available.____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________ALTERNATE NSN(S):N = No alternate NSNs available.____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________REVISION REMARKS:(REVISION, REVISION DATE, ACTION DATE (G), REVISION REMARKS)BB, 020585, 250685, system improvements resulting from ECP 999.AA, 020584, 250684, station reconfiguration. Parametric datasummations.____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________EXPLANATION:The following information expands/clarifies data element data:1. LCN/ALC-TBD due to SE and related data keying off CAGE/PN inLSAR.2. WUC of ATE II Test Station is 72TCO for planning purposes.____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 6

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 3. SUPERSEDURE/DELETION/DISTRIBUTION DATA

SUPERSEDURE DATA

SERDS SUPERSEDED BY THIS SERDSERD NO. REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SE ITEM NAME IC

0000005161 F3 26512 A31U14150-1 RADCOM ATE I

SERDS THAT SUPERSEDE THIS SERDSERD NO. REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SE ITEM NAME IC

REASON FOR DELETION:____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

ALLOCATION DATA

................... ALLOWANCE RANGE(G) ....................

ALLOWANCE SIDN MLF LVC CUST. DESIG 1 5 9 13 17 25 33 65 126 251 EXT RNG

(G) (G) (G) (G) CODE(G) DESCRIP.(G) 4 8 12 16 24 32 64 125 250 450 (G)

R5466 I B 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 X

MOBILE FACILITY(G) SPARE FACTOR(G) REVOLVING ASSET(G)X Q000 Q000------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATIONS

NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES (G) TYPE OF ACTIVITY(G) NAME/LOCATION OF ACTIVITY (G) QTY PER ACTIVITY (G)

1 6 NADEP Pensacola, FL 001

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 7

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 4. DESIGN DATA

REQUIREMENTS DDCC CONTRACTOR GOVERNMENT ESTIMATED PRICE SCOPE

RECOMMENDED REQUIRED

SE STANDARDIZATION NSE SPECIFICATION NDESIGN ENGINEERING Y 111711 Level 3 drawings

CONFIGURATION CONTROL NRELIABILITY NMAINTAINABILITY NQUALITY ASSURANCE NSAFETY NHUMAN ENGINEERING NTEST & EVALUATION NCOMPUTER RESOURCES NOTHER N

DESIGN DATA PRICE

111711

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 8

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 5. ILS DATA

REQUIREMENTS IRCC CONTRACTOR GOVERNMENT ESTIMATED PRICE SCOPE

RECOMMENDED REQUIRED

ILS PLAN NLSA NMAINTENANCE PLAN Y 112636 IAW DI-ILSS-80119

SUPPORT MATERIALS LIST Y 1942 IAW UDI-V-21042REPAIR OF REPAIRABLES NPROV TECH DOC Y 13159 IAW DI-V-7002MASTER INDEX REP NCMRS NFACILITIES MANUALS NTECHNICAL MANUALS NMRCs NICPs NPHASED SUPPORT PLAN NCPR/R NREWORK STANDARD NNEW START NTRAINING NCETS NPHS&T NOTHER

ILS PRICE

127737

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 9

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED INFORMATION

SE PARAMETERS

PGC I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACY R/V CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

AA O Hertz DC 18 E+9 ñ5% R 17-20AW-92(12)

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

UUT RELATED INFORMATION

UUT INFORMATIONLCN ALC CAGE MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER

006 00 26512 A34U118001

ITEM NAME MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER TRDAmplifier Control MP-PSE-O462:EKCMRS STAT CMRS RECMD ALLOWANCE WORK PKG REF CONV FACT MTBF MB PRICE

N N R5466 20000.0 H 16,000

UUT PARAMETERSPGC I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACY R/V TASK CODE CMRSP TAR

DES ACT

AA I 18 GHz ñ5% V QLGNGAA N 1:1------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------FAULT ISOLATED REPLACEABLE UNITSCAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER ITEM NAME TRD IND FAULT ISO FAULT ISO

AMGR PCT AMGR PCT

____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00:00 90-02-28 PAGE 10

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)

SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED INFORMATION

OPERATIONAL ATE/TMDE TEST PROGRAMUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT COST STAN CTP

NONRECURRING RECURRING COMP

005 00 26512 TPD(R)127165-1-* 0000005061 TPD, RR 446

TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTIONUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT COST TDP SELF

NONRECURRING RECURRING TEST

005 00 26512 TPI(R)127165-1-* 0000005062 TRI, RR 272

1234

ADAPTER/CABLE SET/INTERCONNECTING DEVICEUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT COST COMMON UUT

NONRECURRING RECURRING

005 00 26512 123SAV57030-1 0000005064 Cable Set, RX 28085

ATE TEST STATIONCAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER ITEM NAME GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR

UUT RELATED REMARKS1. SE/UUT parametric data for RF attenuation f's within a rangeof 0 to 100 dBs. Reference Serd Number 0000005161 for all teststation parametric values.2. Daily usage = 19.2 hrs. Service life > 20 yrs.3. UUT requires 260-6XLP (55820) and 2336-YA (80009) or equivalents for support.4. FIRU, data requirements - N/A.____________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200-5

continued - Summary LSA-070 48. FIGURE
LSA-071 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES INITIAL/REISSUE LISTREFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 005 00599 DCY ALL INITIAL

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART I - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATES

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TM FGC

005 COMPRESSOR ASSY HGDAAAA REMOVE AND REPLACE COMPRESSOR ASSY 05

SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SE ITEM NAME UNIT PRICE SE NSN SMR CODE

5D43-139-A 10855 COMPRESSOR, RING 100.00 5480001239876 PAFZZDESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: BAND TYPE SLEEVE WITH A MECHANICAL LEVERAGE MECHANISM TO FACILI

TATE EASY REDUCTION OF RING RADII.

Summary LSA-071 49. FIGURE
LSA-071 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST

PART II - DISAPPROVED SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATES

SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER DATE OF GOVT DISPOSITION

continued - Summary LSA-071 49. FIGURE
LSA-072 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT N/A N/A 5D43-139-A 10855

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TMDE ITEM SELECTED BY REFERENCE NUMBER/CAGE: 5D43-139-A 10855

PART I - TMDE TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION

SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME FULL ITEM NAME5D43-139-A 10855 COMPRESSOR, RING COMPRESSOR, RING, CIRCUMFERENTIAL, BANDDESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: A BAND TYPE SLEEVE WITH A MECHANICAL LEVERAGE MECHANISM TO FACILITATE EASY REDUCTION OF RING RADII.I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO RANGE ACCURACY

DIAMETER IN. 2 5 RANGE IS IN INCHES

DEPTH WIDTH HEIGHT UM WEIGHT UM VOLTS AC/DC FREQUENCY PHASE WATTS PERCENT MAX RIPPLE

MIN MAX MAX MIN

4.0 5.0 5.0 IN 3.5 LB 10 110

ITEMS THIS WILL REPLACE: SUPERCEDED REFERENCE NUMBER CAGESKILL SPECIALTY PUBLICATIONS MAINT LEVEL TMDE RAM CHARACTERISTICS NSN AND RELATED DATA

CODE FOR SE MTBF MTTR CAL TIME

52C20 300.0 .50 1 5820-003478650

TYPE CLASS LIN LOG CONTROL SELF TESTING CAL INTERVAL LIFE CYCLE UNIT COST

CODE STATUS

T N 720 D 75.75

END ITEM NSN AND RELATED DATA SE MANAGING COMMAND

4110-010745175 MRSA

SE REMARKS: ACCURACY IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THE RING COMPRESSORDESCRIPTION OF OPERATING PROCEDURE: ________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Summary LSA-072 50. FIGURE
LSA-072 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY

PART II - TMDE REQUIREMENTS REVIEW

SUPPORTED LCN ALC SUPPORTED NOMENCLATURE TMDE NON-PROLIFERATION SEARCH005 INTERNAL COMPRESSOR THE PROPOSED RING COMPRESSOR IS OF SUFFICIENT CAPACITY TO COMPLY

WITH ALL PRESENT DESIGN CRITERIA AND FOR THOSE CRITERIA FORESEEABLE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.

SSC MAINT LVL TMDE REG NO TMDE CODE JUSTIFICATION52C20 IAJ3114 E

QUANTITY OF TMDE ITEMS TO BE PROCURED ITEM NAME NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

QUANTITY DATE REQUIRED ESTIMATED TOTAL COST

20 901231 COMPRESSOR, RING 5820-003478650

CHARACTERISTICS TO BE MEASURED/STIMULUS REQUIRED

I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO RANGE ACCURACY

DIAMETER IN. 32 45 NOT APPLICABLEDIAMETER 32 42 NOT APPLICABLE

INTERFACE ADAPTERS/SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITRY

APPORTIONED UNIT COST

ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE RECURRING NONRECURRING

ATE SOFTWARE REQUIRED

ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE APPORTIONED UNIT COST TEST PLAN

RECURRING NONRECURRING

UNIT UNDER TEST REMARKS: THE RANGE CRITERIA ARE GIVEN IN INCHES.ESTIMATED TYPE CLASSIFICATION DATE: __/__/__PREPARED BY: _______________________________ DATE: __/__/__

-continued Summary LSA-072 50. FIGURE
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC - 1 ICC - 2 ICC - 3 ICC - 4REFRIG UNT DOOR-SCREEN ASSY 00510 00520 DCY ARMYN4*8------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PART I - TOOLS CURRENTLY IN INVENTORY

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER NSN AND RELATED DATA MAINT LEVEL ICCAA123C 13579 TORQUE WRENCH USAAMCCOM 6018123456 H D N

A135 44940 SCREWDRIVER USAAMCCOM 6015123456 5120-00-278-1273 COFHLD N

B107-6 44940 WRENCH SET, COMB USATROSCOM 6007123456 5120-00-148-7917 N

CB9234569 44940 DOLLIE, 4WH USATROSCOM 6010123456 O N

KT024683N2 44940 SCISSORS USATROSCOM 6020123456 O F D N

K252 44940 HYDROMEMETER USAAMCCOM 6001123456 N450K4 12345 KIT, SOLDERING GUN USAAMCCOM 6005123456 3439-00-930-1638 N

Summary LSA-074 51. FIGURE
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST

PART II - TOOLS IN INVENTORY BUT NOT ASSIGNED TO GAINING UNIT

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKETCH MAINT LEVEL ICCA24 34521 WRENCH, SOCKET USAAMCCOM 6016123456 MAR-098 N 4

A610 12345 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH USATROSCOM 6006123456 N45098X 4

B25 44940 TONGS, 7 IN USATROSCOM 6008123456 N1389XX F 4

45021 44940 WELDER USATROSCOM 6019123456 N453-0X N 4

continued - Summary LSA-074 51. FIGURE
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST

PART III - MODIFIED HAND TOOLS

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKETCH MAINT LEVEL ICCCTB1 44940 BUCKET, 3 GAL USATROSCOM 6011123456 N3412XX N F *

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKETCH MAINT LEVEL ICCE3727 44940 SHIM, 1/4 CM USATROSCOM 6012123456 N129(2) N O *

MAKE FROM ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NSN AND RELATED DATA

SLEEVE, CHOKE COVER 142-205 44940DISK, VALVE 142-0055 44940 2910-00-358-5618

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKETCH MAINT LEVEL ICCSN517832105 44940 VOLTMETER, 1/3AMP USACECOM 6003123456 G-CE2/9 Y *

MAKE FROM ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NSN AND RELATED DATA

ARMATURE 191-1088 44940

SLEEVE, CHOKE COVER 142-2054 44940SPRING SET 191-0984 44940

SPRING 142-0035 44940 5360-01-066-3450

continued - Summary LSA-074 51. FIGURE
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST

PART IV - PECULIAR TOOLS REQUIRING DEVELOPMENT

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKETCH MAINT LEVEL ICCAT503 44940 WRENCH, ADJUSTABLE 6014123456 MAR-023 N F 8

A26 44940 WRENCH, SOCKET USAAMCCOM 6017123456 MAR-005 Y 8

B2502 44940 SET, SOCKET USATROSCOM 6009123456 NR123XX Y F H 8

CC586T3692 44940 DITMCO STATION USATROSCOM 6004123456 N3987XX N O 8

FC1036921 44940 BRUSH, WIRE USATROSCOM 6013123456 N238/2X Y H 8

FW25 44940 WRENCH, FILTER USACECOM 6002123456 G-CE5/7 N 8

Summary LSA-074 51. FIGURE
LSA-075 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

MANPOWER PERSONNEL AND TRAINING REPORT

LCN

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES MAINT LVLS SSC AVAILABLE M-H PEACE/WARREFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 P DCY ARMY

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE0 REFRIGERATION UNIT

PART I - MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL SUMMARY

SSC MAINTENANCE LEVEL AVAIL M-H ACTUAL M-H AVAIL QTY ACTUAL QTY35B20 OPER/CREW (C) 100.00 .00 2 0

ORG/ON EQP (O) 600.00 668.90 1 1

35B30 ORG/ON EQP (O) 1400.00 1328.90 2 2

INT/DS/AVIM (F) 100.00 25.29 1 1

44B10 INT/DS/AVIM (F) 13.50 0 1

44E10 INT/DS/AVIM (F) 0.00 6.60 0 1

52C10 ORG/ON EQP (O) 25.00 24.57 1 1

INT/DS/AVIM (F) 15.00 0 1

52C20 ORG/ON EQP (O) 600.00 624.30 1 1

INT/DS/AVIM (F) 1200.00 1219.20 2 2

76J10 OPER/CREW (C) 50.00 54.49 1 1

Summary LSA-075 52. FIGURE
LSA-075 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 04

MANPOWER PERSONNEL AND TRAINING REPORT

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

RECOMMENDED

ORIGINAL ORIGINAL NEW/MOD NEW/MOD DUTY POSITION RANK/RATE/GRADE SECURITY TEST

SSC SLC SSC SLC REQUIRING NEW/MOD SKILL MIL RANK CIVIL GRADE CLEARANCE SCORE

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL REQUIREMENTS

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

SKILL JUSTIFICATION

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS

LCN ALCTASK CD SUBTASK NO PERSON ID NARRATIVE002 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXAGCABAA 003 AA XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

006 B XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

HGOABAA 002 AB1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX

continued - Summary LSA-075 52. FIGURE
LSA-076 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC STOP LCN UOC SERV DES

FX FX AIRCRAFT 0 NAVY------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

SECTION 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR CMRS SUMMARY DATA

LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE PAGE

005 ATTITUDE DIRECTOR CX1 10855 0004

Summary LSA-076 53. FIGURE
LSA-076 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 02

CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY

SECTION 2. TABLE OF CATEGORY II TMDE

ITEM NAME NSN ICC CALIBRATION OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERD O/M LEVEL

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MTBF REQ INTVL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE RCCP

DIGITAL MULTIMETER 6625-01-131-XXXX 5 33D7-34-20-01-1 0056123456 COFH9XXX 28560 30000 Y 012 17-20AGG-11-00XD

continued - Summary LSA-076 53. FIGURE
LSA-076 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 03

CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY

SECTION 3. TABLE OF CATEGORY III CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT/STANDARDS

ITEM NAME NSN ICC CALIBRATION OPERATOR'S MANUAL SERD O/M LEVEL

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MTBF REQ INTVL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE RCCP

PHASE ANALYZER 6625-01-156-XXXX 5 COFHX000A 11289 44890 Y 006

continued - Summary LSA-076 53. FIGURE
LSA-076 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 04

CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY

SECTION 4.

CATEGORY I - OPERATION/AIRBORNE EQUIPMENTLCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE AOR MB MTBF

005 ATTITUDE DIRECTOR CX1 10855 7200 O 20000.0

PARAMETER S/O I/O R/V RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACYmVAC S O V 340.000 +/- 1%

LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK FREQ MEAN ELAP TIME005 FBFNAAA 0.5000 6.23

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CATEGORY II TMDE CATEGORY III CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT/STANDARDS/PROCEDURESLCN ALC PARAMETER R/V RANGE FROM LCN ALC PARAMETER R/V RANGE FROM

ITEM NAME I/O RANGE TO ITEM NAME I/O RANGE TO

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ACCURACY REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ACCURACY

600 mVAC R 0

DIGITAL MULTIMETER I 1.000 17-20AGG-11-00XD9XXX 28560 mVAC +/- 0.25

%

continued - Summary LSA-076 53. FIGURE
LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ORIGINATING COMMANDREFFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY

HEADER DATA:

ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED NAT STOCK NUMBERTYPE1 MODEL02 S SFX12 44940 F10000RG-2 003000 4110-01-074-5175

PART I JLC 28/29 DATA DEPOT REPAIRABLE ITEMS/ENGINEERING DRAWINGSLCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ENGRG DRAWING NO DWC REV ITEM NAME NAT STOCK NUMBER DAC QPA QPEI002 00 L1090V123-39802. 94833 11902AA 2N A WIRE HARNESS ASSEMB 4110-01-074-5175 1 0001 00001

11123

DEPOT LEVEL TASKS REQUIREMENT FOR

TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQUENCY MB FAC TRN-EQ TOOLBGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O Y Y BGGDFGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O N N CJGDAGAA REPAIR WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.1500 O Y N CRGDAGAA REMOVE WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O N Y C

ITEM FUNCTION

WIRE HARNESS SERVES AS THE NETWORK OF POWER TRANSMISSION.

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ENGRG DRAWING NO DWC REV ITEM NAME NAT STOCK NUMBER DAC QPA QPEI005 00 5D43-139-A 10855 1910877.32-12134 2N F COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY 4130-01-091-9159 1 0001 00001

.16YLQ

DEPOT LEVEL TASKS REQUIREMENT FOR

TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQUENCY MB FAC TRN-EQ TOOLHGDAAAA REMOVE AND REPLACE AT DEPOT 000.1215 O N N CKRDAAAA OVERHAUL COMPRESSOR AT DEPOT 000.1100 O N N C

ITEM FUNCTION

COMPRESSES THE REFRIGERANT GAS AND PUMPS IT THROUGH THE SYSTEM.

Summary LSA-077 54. FIGURE
LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY

PART II SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS

AND DEPOT FACILITY REQUIREMENTS

SECTION A. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LISTREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME GOVERNMENT DESIG SERD NUMBER ST REVA12891-6 33215 MULTIMETER MULTIPLE USE ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENT DEV 0728

CV-1298056/349.3 87012 DEVICE, LEAK DETE FREON LEAK DETECTION DEVICE, REFRIGERATIO LPSQM32 02T7 0731 R C37/2YLP-1214309Y 66218 DYNOMOMETER DEVICE, POWER MEASUREMENT, PRECISION 0823 U SS11289-654 77125 ANALYZER, EXHAUST ANALYZER, EXHAUST GAS 8238 C AA4003100 24940 SET, SOLDERING HP REPAIR SET, VACUUM/TEMPERATURE CONTROL ANUSF1624 00L2 0726 R A4003100 32189 RING, COMPRESSOR COMPRESSOR, RING, BAND 0727 R AC4891210.32 32190 BENCH, LEAK DOWN COMPRESSION LEAK DOWN TEST BENCH WP23A78 010E 0887 C AASECTION B. NEW OR MODIFIED DEPOT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS LIST

FACILITY CATEGORY CODE: 23333 FACILITY NAME: FREON FACILITY

FUNCTIONS PERFORMED AT THE FACILITY:

LCN ALC TASK CODE LCN ALC TASK CODE LCN ALC TASK CODE

005 00 HGDAAAA 005 00 HGDAAAA 0050201 00 KGDAAAA

0050201 00 KGDAAAB 0050204 00 KGDAAAAFACILITY REQUIREMENT: THE FREON FACILITY IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM REPAIR ON THE REFRIGERATION UNITS

BEING DEVELOPED TO SUPPORT THE ARMY MISSION INTO THE TWENTY-FIRST CENTURY.NEW WEAPON DEVELOPMENTS REQUIRE THAT 155 MM ROUNDS BE KEPT AT A TEMPERATUREOF 10 DEGREES CELCIUS. THE REFRIGERATION UNIT REPAIRS WORKLOAD WILLINCREASE BY THREE MILLION PERCENT THUS REQUIRING AN ORGANIC REPAIR FACILITY.

continued - Summary LSA-077 54. FIGURE
LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY

PART III JLC 30 DATA NEW/UNIQUE DEPOT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CFE YEAR TOTAL QUANTITY

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER ST REV NAT STOCK NUMBER GFE FIELD AUTHORIZEDCC56T3692 33721 DITCMO STATION L110 6004 3210-00-321-9865 90 000004

----- NONRECURRING COST -----DEVELOPMENT DESIGN PASS-THRU ILS RECURRING GOVERNMENT DESIGNATION000321890 000087091 00000000 00004589 00009523 LQ110

TASKS REQUIRING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME002 00 BGDAGAA BC 000.40(M) 000.65(M)

PERSON SKILL SPEC SKILL LEVEL MAN-MINUTES

ID CODE CODEAAL 35B30 A 012.8ACY 42C20 B 027.2

LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME00201 00 KGDAGAA BC 000.32(P) 000.47(P)

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CFE YEAR TOTAL QUANTITY

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER ST REV NAT STOCK NUMBER GFE FIELD AUTHORIZEDSN517832105 01762 VOLTMETER, 1/3 AMP V120 6120 4120-00-967-9865 C 92 000012

----- NONRECURRING COST -----DEVELOPMENT DESIGN PASS-THRU ILS RECURRING GOVERNMENT DESIGNATION000001289 000002300 00000268 00000699 00000984 VQ84-Q

TASKS REQUIRING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME005 00 KRDAGAA BC 003.75(P) 003.75(P)

continued - Summary LSA-077 54. FIGURE
LSA-078 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERVIC DES

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY

MATERIALS WASTE WASTE

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME STORAGE COST STORAGE COST DISPOSAL COST UM UM PRICE21980 121908.34-09 LEAD IZIDE 00000987 00018902 00026729 PT 4.27

M COMPUTED TOTAL QTY

LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION QTY/TASK TASK FREQ B QUANTITY RECOMMENDED

0181001 00 CACAGAA SERVICE FUZE FOR MK32 ROUND 000.12 0001.1250 O 000000.2 0002000181001 00 JGOAGAA REPAIR FUZE FOR MK32 ROUND 001.50 0000.6670 O 000001.0

TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED: 1.2 PINTS

MATERIALS WASTE WASTE

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME STORAGE COST STORAGE COST DISPOSAL COST UM UM PRICE33216 89-09121 HYDRAZINE 00003498 00008902 00032128 GL 3.00

M COMPUTED TOTAL QTY

LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION QTY/TASK TASK FREQ B QUANTITY RECOMMENDED

00102 00 CACAGAA SERVICE AUXILIARY POWER UNIT 012.00 0056.2500 O 000675.0 00166000102 00 CHOAGAA POST-OPERATIVE FLIGHT SERVICING 017.50 0056.2500 O 000984.40030401 00 CACAGAA SERVICE SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY 003.00 0028.1250 O 000084.4 0003000030401 00 CHOAGAA POST-OP POWER SUPPLY SERVICE 004.50 0028.1250 O 000126.6

TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED: 1870.4 GALLONS

Summary LSA-078 55. FIGURE
LSA-080 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

BILL OF MATERIALSPART 1 PARTS LIST

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEQ OPTION LCN-CODE PCCN

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY PLISN CLASSICAL A90B10

LINE PLISN IC NHA-PLISN REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SMR QPA LCN ALC LCN-IC MRR-I ERROR

A124 D A013 BC1920 44940 PISTON ASSEMBLY PAOFF 2 0060201 00 1.1250

1 A125 E A124 112-0069 44940 PIN, PISTON PAFZZ 1 0060201AA 00 0.0671

2 A126 E A124 112-0003 44940 RING, RETAINING PAFZZ 3 0060201AB 00 0.3218

3 A127 E A124 114-0203-1234/PA 44940 CONNECTING ROD, PIST PAFZZ 1 0060201AC 00 0.1219

RT/E

4 A128 E A124 114-0145 44940 BEARING, ROD, HALF PAFZZ 2 0060201AD 00 0.1298

5 A129 E A124 114-0036 44940 BUSHING, CONNECTING PA 2 0060201AE 00 0.1198 **

6 A130 E A124 113-0153 44940 RING SET, PISTON PAFZZ 4 0060201AF 00 1.0023

7 A131 E A124 112-0136 44940 PISTON, INTERNAL COM XAFZZ 1 0060201AG 008 A132 E A124 116-1845 44940 BOLT, CONNECTING ROD PAFZZ 2 0060201AH 00 0.1189

9 A133 E A124 112-0187 44940 NUT, HEXAGONAL, 3/4 PAFZZ 2 0060201AI 00 0.0117

BILL OF MATERIALS

PART 2 ERROR LISTING

ITEMS IN PCCN/LCN RANGE: 14ITEMS ON PARTS LIST: 10ITEMS ON ERROR LIST ONLY: 4ITEMS ON ERROR LIST: 5

ERROR CODES:

1 ITEM SMR CODED NONREPAIRABLE WITH PART BREAKDOWN2 PART OF THE PCCN/SELECTED LCN RANGE BUT NOT ATTACHED TO ANY ASSEMBLY OR PART3 NO INDENTURE CODE4 SMR CODE BLANK OR INCOMPLETE5 DUPLICATE LCNS WHEN CLASSICAL ASSIGNMENT IS SPECIFIED6 RECOVERABILITY CODE IN ERROR7 SMR CODED REPAIRABLE ASSEMBLY WITH NO PARTS

ERROR REASON

PLISN IC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME QPA SMR NHA-PLISN LCN ALC 1234567

AAAA A 44940 CCKA-MS/1423 REFRIGERATION UNIT 1 PEOZZ 0 00 Y

A001 B 44940 11890-12 ENGINE, INTERNAL CO 1 PAOHH AAAA 006 00 Y

A129 E 44940 114-0036 BUSHING, CONNECTING 2 PA A124 0060201AE 00 Y

A312 C 44940 118-0192 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY 1 PAOFF AAAA 0060701 00 Y Y

A362 E 44940 118-3210 CHOKE, PULLY ASSEMB 1 PAOZZ A342 006070101AAA 00

Summary LSA-080 56. FIGURE
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC

M113A3 M113A3 APC (WAK) 0 00 P DCY

REVISION TYPE THEATER

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CONTRACT NUMBER DATE ACQ OF OPERF1000111RG-2 45940 2350-01-219-7577 DAAA21-12145 900301 N PAESCCONTRACTOR NAME AND LOCATION:NAME STREET CITY STATE NATION POSTAL ZONE

FMA CORPORATION 114 BAJA ST. LONG BEACH NY UNITED STATES 98001

PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE:FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY90 010 010 020 020 91 003 005 009 016 92 022 016 015 014 93 010 009 004 004 94 010 008 004 002MILITARY UNIT TYPE:THIS UNIT WILL BE TRANSPORTED BY A GROUND TRANSPORTATION COMPANY; FIXED WING C-130, C-141, AND C-5 UNITS; HELICOPTERS CH-47 ANDCH-53 UNITS. THIS UNIT WILL BE USED BY DIFFERENT ARMORED DIVISIONS.PROPER SHIPPING NAME NOFF NET EXP WEIGHT SPEED TOWING SPEED SECT IDM113A ARMORED PERSONNEL CARRIER (WITHOUT ARMOR KIT) 1000 40 10

--SHIPPING MODES--

FREIGHT SHIPPING CONATINER RAIL

CLASSIFICATION CONFIGURATION LENGTH CONTAINER TYPE USE

01223AZ VE CGABU

RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES:UNITED STATESHIGHWAY PRIME MODEL HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL SHIP DECK LIGHTERAGE DECK

LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE ITEM DESIGNATOR STOWAGE ITEM DESIGNATOR STOWAGE

B M931A1/M172A1 B M851A2/M172A1 BREAK BULK Y LARC-XV Y

RORO YBARGE Y

AIRCRAFT E/I LOAD HELICOPTER E/I LOAD HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS

ITEM DESIGNATOR INDICATOR ITEM DESIGNATOR INDICATOR ALTITUDE DISTANCE PAYLOAD TEMP TIMEC-130 B C-47 A 15000 235 15000 02 10.2

C-141 B C-53 A 25000 500 40000 -10 15.0

C-5 B

--TRANSPORTED END ITEM--

AXLE LENGTH

SHIPPING SHIPPING OPERATIONAL MIL LOAD OPERATIONAL MIL LOAD CREST FRONT FRONT REAR REAR

WEIGHT EMPTY WEIGHT LOADED WEIGHT EMPTY CLASS EMP WEIGHT LOADED CLASS LOADED ANGLE IN OUT IN OUT

3.2 6.4 5.4 06 6.8 07 15 75.8 105.8 75.8 105.8

Summary LSA-085 57. FIGURE
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 2

TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY

TRACKED TRACKED TRACKED ROAD TRACKED PAD NUMBER SKID AREA

GROUND PRESSURE PADS TOUCHING WHEEL WEIGHT SHOE AREA UM OF SKIDS UM

7.9 40 1000 3150 SI

WHEELED INFLATION WHEELED NUMBER WHEELED NUMBER WHEELED TIRE WHEELED TIRE WHEELED WEIGHT

PRESSURE OF PLIES OF TIRES LOAD RATINGS SIZE RATINGS

0 20 SOLID

1. WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

2. SKID REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

3. TURNING INFORMATION:

TURNING RADIUS: PIVOT TURN TO INFINITE.

4. WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS:AXLE LOADS AXLE AND SUSPENSIONCOMBAT LOADED (FRONT TO REAR) COMBAT LOADED

(FRONT TO REAR)

LEFT RIGHT2205 LBS 2341 LBS 4546 LBS3345 LBS 3346 LBS 6691 LBS3129 LBS 3129 LBS 6258 LBS2910 LBS 2911 LBS 5821 LBS1932 LBS 1933 LBS 3865 LBSEMPTY (FRONT TO REAR) EMPTY (FRONT TO REAR)LEFT RIGHT2023 LBS 2144 LBS 4167 LBS3074 LBS 3075 LBS 6149 LBS2875 LBS 2875 LBS 5750 LBS2677 LBS 2678 LBS 5355 LBS1769 LBS 1769 LBS 3538 LBS5. TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT:

NOT APPLICABLE.

6. TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATIONS REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

continued - Summary LSA-085 57. FIGURE
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 3

TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY

7. LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REMARKS:

THE M113A3 APC (WAK) MEETS THE MINIMUM STRENGTH

REQUIREMENTS OF MIL-STD-209 FOR LIFTING AND TIEDOWN PROVISIONS.WHEN FINAL CONFIGURATION OF THE M113A3 WITH ARMOR KIT INSTALLEDIS ESTABLISHED, ALL LIFTING AND TIEDOWN PROVISIONS WILL HAVE TOBE REEVALUATED.8. TRANSPORTATION PROJECTION REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

9. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

10. TRANSPORTATION REMARKS:

AS SOON AS THE FINAL CONFIGURATION OF THE M113A WITH ARMOR

KIT INSTALLED, WE RECOMMEND IT BE REEVALUATED.11. SPECIAL SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT:

NOT APPLICABLE.

12. SECTIONALIZED REMARKS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

13. TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM:

NOT KNOW AT THIS TIME.

14. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION:

NOT APPLICABLE.

15. MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION:

NOT APPLICABLE.

16. UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

17. VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:

NOT APPLICABLE.

18. DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE REQUIREMENTS:

NOT APPLICABLE.

continued - Summary LSA-085 57. FIGURE
LSA-126 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

LCN/PCCN INDENTURE STRUCTURE TREE

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PCCN

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY A90B10

LEGEND FOR DATA ON LSA-126

+--------------------------------------------------------+I ITEM NAME--------- NSN------------- SMR--- LCN-IC II PCCN-- PLISN LCN--------------- ALC CAL-IC II REFERENCE NUMBER---------------- CAGE- IND-CD I+--------------------------------------------------------+

THE CAL-IC (CALCULATED INDENTURE CODE) IS BASED ON EITHER LCN STRUCTURE OR LCN-INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC) WHEN THE REPORT ISSELECTED BY LCN RANGE. THE CAL-IC IS BASED ON THE PROVISIONING INDENTURE CODE (IND-CD) WHEN SELECTION IS MADE BY PCCN.THE CAL-IC IS ALWAYS USED TO POSITION THE RECORD FOR THE REPORT.AB C D E F G H I J K L M NII I I I I I I I I I I I I+---------------------------------------------------+I REFRIGERATION UNIT 4110-01-074-5175 PAOHH II A90B10 AAAA 0 00 A I

I FIOOOOORG-2 94833 A I+---------------------------------------------------+

I +---------------------------------------------------+I I ENGINE, INTERNAL C 3420-00-126-1920 PAOFF II--I A90B10 A001 006 00 B I

I I 11898-12 44940 B II +---------------------------------------------------+I I +---------------------------------------------------+I I I ENGINE BLOCK 3120-00-120-3219 PAFFF II I--I A90B10 A002 00602 00 C I

I I I 114-109AC 44940 C II I +---------------------------------------------------+I I I +---------------------------------------------------+I I I I PISTON ASSEMBLY 3210-00-125-9873 PAOFF II I I--I A90B10 A124 0060201 00 D I

I I I I BC1920 44940 D II I I +---------------------------------------------------+IIII +---------------------------------------------------+I I I II PIN, PISTON 3120-00-678-9845 PAFZZ II I I I--I A90B10 A125 0060201AA 00 E I

I I I II 112-0069 44940 E I

IIII +---------------------------------------------------+IIII +---------------------------------------------------+I I I II RING, RETAINING 3120-00-798-0967 PAFZZ II I I I--I A90B10 A126 0060201AB 00 E I

I I I II 112-0009 44940 E I

IIII +---------------------------------------------------+

Summary LSA-126 58. FIGURE
LSA-151 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PROVISIONING PARTS LIST INDEX

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PCCN SEQ PTD-SEL

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY A90B10 REF-NO ALL

T A PO L I E L NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER PCCN PLISN C LCN C C ITEM NAME QPA QPEI UM SMR C T CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 AALD 00201AA 01 D SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON 10 26 EA PAOZZ 3 02 44940 12190.69F10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 ACLN 0071801AV 00 E SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON 6 REF EA PAOZZ 3 02 32145 112-16897/E21N1

-34-G

10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 AQLR 00912010204AN 00 G SCREW, CAP, HEXAGON 5 REF EA PAOZZ 3 02 44940 119-1987510855 MS27183-123 A90B10 AAQN 0020501AF 00 E WASHER, FLAT 8 37 EA PAOZZ 3 02 44940 13191.98C10855 MS27183-123 A90B10 ABYW 003021901AC 00 F WASHER, FLAT 11 REF EA PAOZZ 3 02 11215 8N34.1931246 ENO748EAA3412378 A90B10 AALV 00205AQ 00 D VALVE, SERVICE 1 1 EA PAOZZ 3 04 44940 1819198-32

12-23N

44282 123123123 A90B10 ALNE 0040108AW 00 E CAP, TUBE 1 1 EA PAOZZ 3 02 44940 1198-142

Summary LSA-151 59. FIGURE
LSA-152 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE: 90/03/07 PAGE: 01

PLISN ASSIGNMENT/REASSIGNMENT

NHA PLISN PLISN

EIAC START LCN STOP LCN PCCN LCN STRUCTURE PTD SELECT STATUS I/O SEQ METHOD IND CODE TYPEREFRIG UNT 0 AUTOPL 122221 P X ASTART PLISN MODEL MODEL LCN-ICPLISN GAP PLISN RESV PLISN REASSIGNMENT

0000 X AAAE

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

NEW RECORD DATA ON PARTS MASTER FILE OLD RECORD DATA ON PARTS MASTER FILE

PRIOR SAME PRIOR S

IND NHA ITEM IND NHA AS ITEM LCN I

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC PLISN CD PLISN PLISN PCCN PLISN CD PLISN PLISN PLISN IC CF100000GR-2 64643 0 00 AAAE A AAAA AAAA01 AAAA A

F10000R-6 11599 0 01 AAAF A AAAB AAAA01 AAAB A

8742SPRTEQGRP123 64643 00S 00 AAAJ B AAAE Y4574369 81343 001 00 AAAK B AAAE AAAJ AAAA01 AAAJ B

74817 11599 00101 00 AAAL C AAAK AAAK AAAA01 AAAK C74643 11599 00101 01 AAAM C AAAK AACZ AAAA01 AACZ C74639-1 11599 00102 00 AAAN C AAAK AAAL AAAA01 AAAL C74640-2 11599 00102AA 00 AAAP D AAAN AAAM AAAA01 AAAM DAD44BS 64643 00104 00 AAAQ C AAAK AAAP AAAA01 AAAP CMS35489-123-1248 81343 00106 01 AAAR C AAAK AACO AAAA01 AACO C93453580-10-12 64643 00108 00 AAAS C AAAK AAAR AAAA01 AAAR C

Summary LSA-152 60. FIGURE
LSA-154 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

PROVISIONING PARTS BREAKOUT SUMMARY

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN CTIC1 CTIC2 SRC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER PARTS

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ALL ALL BOTHPART I REFERENCE NUMBER INFORMATIONREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE RNCC RNVC DAC ITEM NAME NSN CTIC PLT AMC AMSC UM

CCG45/1842-11AC 51440 3 2 1 POWER SUPPLY 2805-01-108-9240 AN 02 2 N EA

ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER(S) CAGE RNCC RNVC3417-158(C) 33210 5 9T38-09127/7 11215 5 9CTIC CAGE CAGE NAME | UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY CPC TUC FY

| FROM TO

33210 ACME ELECTRONICS | 327.25 1 2000 N A 9011215 YORK MANUFACTURING | 234.91 2001 3000 N C 9023219 GENERAL ELECTRICAL |

PART II REFERENCE NUMBER APPICATIONS INFORMATION

AL I NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY TOT QTY

LCN C C PCCN PLISN QPA QPEI SMR EC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER RECOMMENDED UOC(S)00602 00 C A90B10 A109 1 3 PAOFF 3 18976 18798 1 DCY, DCX

0080102 00 E A90B10 B024 1 REF PAOFF 3 25597 5T23-98/12 2 DCY,01203 00 C A90B10 E127 1 REF PAOFF 3 87390 119-563290 0 DCX, DCZ

Summary LSA-154 61. FIGURE
LSA-155 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE: 90/03/01 PAGE: 1

RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST

FOR SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION (SAIP)

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC TYPE PRICES

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P UM--------------------------------------

LOT QUANTITY

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME UM UM PRICE FROM TO CPC TUC PLTA4622 41947 COUPLING, FEMALE EA 0.30 1 25 Y C 01

0.28 26 150 N C

REFERENCE NUMBER APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION TOT QUANTITY

NO. LCN ALC MRR-1 ORR NRTS CBD CAD RECOMMENDED

001 0020103 00 0.1230 0.03 010 01 02 5

002 00301 00 0.1439 0.05 010 00 02 4

--------------------------------------REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME UM UM PRICE FROM TO CPC TUC PLT142-0431 44940 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY EA 49.56 1 500 N C 18

46.00 501 1000 Y C39.95 1001 10000 N C

REFERENCE NUMBER APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION TOT QUANTITY

NO. LCN ALC MRR-1 ORR NRTS CBD CAD RECOMMENDED

001 00607 00 0001.3323 0.05 010 00 05 16

--------------------------------------REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME UM UM PRICE FROM TO CPC TUC PLT162-1056-34 44940 CABLE, POWER, ELECT EA 122.56 1 10 N C 18

108.00 11 50 Y C

98.34 51 999999 N C

REFERENCE NUMBER APPLICATIONS

MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION TOT QUANTITY

NO. LCN ALC MRR-1 ORR NRTS CBD CAD RECOMMENDED

001 0020501 00 0000.1523 0.02 001 00 03 9

--------------------------------------

Summary LSA-155 62. FIGURE
 323

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

GUIDANCE FOR ASSIGNMENT OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS (LSA)

CONTROL NUMBER (LCN), ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC), LCN TYPE

AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

10. PURPOSE. This appendix provides guidance for the assignment of LCNs,

ALCs, LCN-Types, and UOCs; their use; and, their relationship to one another.

10.1 Traditional LCN assignments. Traditionally, the LCN was developed using

the physical hardware configuration (or engineering drawings), for LCN

assignment. Using this approach, the LCNs assigned, directly tracked with

provisioning documentation requirements, and enabled easy conversion to

provisioning data keys (Provisioning List Item Sequence Numbers (PLISN)). Any

product documentation, such as the Maintenance Allocation Chart, Maintenance

Plans, or Repair Parts and Special Tools List requiring a Functional Group

Code (FGC) or Work Unit Code (WUC) sequencing was selected by LCN and then

resorted by the data element WUC/TM-FGC.

10.2 Functional and physical LCN assignments: a new perspective. Under the

Reliability and Maintainability areas, a physical hardware breakdown may

create problems in "rolling up" failure rates, reliability times, and

maintainability frequencies to the appropriate higher item. For example, if

an antenna connected to a wing-tip fails, the failure should be rolled to the

communications system, and not to the wing structure on which it is physically

attached. The traditional WUC/TM-FGC cannot be used for functional

documentation since this element is used for product development and may

contain a consolidated code for "like" items which will create problems for

reliability/ maintainability summations and calculations. In addition, a

WUC/TM-FGC cannot be documented until a physical (or traditional) LCN has

already been assigned. The functional LCN will provide the flexibility

necessary to correct these situations. In cases where the functional and

physical breakdown are identical, separate structures will not be required.

When there is a requirement for both physical and functional breakdowns, a

cross-reference table mapping the functional and physical LCNs will be

documented to "convert" reliability/maintainability numbers to provisioning

technical factors. In an automated data processing system, the physical LCN

structure should take precedence for data storage, when both a physical and

functional LCN exist for the same item. Under no circumstances should it be

necessary to document LSAR data under both physical and functional LCNs for

the same item under analysis. By creating the physical/functional mapping,

any data documented under a functional LCN will be converted from a functional

to a physical key. It is important to recognize that the two structures are

completely independent, and that a "mixing" of structures (part physical/part

functional) for a system/end item is not permitted. Also recognize the

importance of proper mapping of the functional and physical LCNs. To document

functional/physical LCN assignment requires a new data element, LCN Type.

This element is a key and is required where all LCN oriented data resides.

The LCN-Type is a one-position code of either "F", Functional; or "P",

Physical.

20. LCN ASSIGNMENT. The LCN may represent either a functional or hardware

generation breakdown/disassembly sequence of system/equipment hardware

including support equipment, training equipment, and installation (connecting)

hardware. As such, the LCN is a key field utilized to input data into the

LSAR data system and to extract reports from the data system. Normally,
 324 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

development of the LCN structure and assignment of LCNs through the subsystem

level should be accomplished prior to completion of the first LSAR data

tables. Extreme care should be exercised in developing the structure, so that

the least number of characters is used for each indenture level. This can be

accomplished by identifying the maximum number of parts/assemblies which will

be assigned a unique LCN at each indenture level. If the maximum number of

items at a given indenture level is less than or equal to 36, then 1

alphanumeric character would suffice. If the maximum number of items is

greater than 36 but less than or equal to 1296, then 2 alphanumeric characters

would suffice and so on. No more than one position of the LCN should be used

to identify the system. It is useful to develop an LCN structure for the

entire system/equipment hardware. Care should be exercised in assigning the

LCNs, since the order in which they are assigned will affect the order of

Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) data and task analysis

information, and may affect the order in which it will be used on a repair

parts lists and assignment of PLISNs. For example, if it is a requirement for

attaching hardware to appear on a repair parts list prior to the assembly,

these items would have to be assigned LCNs which are less in value than the

one assigned to the assembly. In assigning the LCN early in the design of an

end item, it is also advantageous to skip one or two LCNs, so that an

additional item can be inserted later on due to design changes. This advance

planning avoids the possibility of having to resequence at a later point in

the program. The above guidance should be considered prior to assigning the

LCNs. In addition, three basic methods for assigning LCNs are provided below.

20.1 Classical LCN assignment. This method dictates assignment of a unique

LCN to every application of a part numbered item in the system including piece

parts. This method ensures proper identification of an item to its Next

Higher Assembly (NHA) and ensures proper roll-up/summarization of data for all

LSA Record (LSAR) reports. Figure 63 is an example of the classical LCN

assignment method. From a provisioning standpoint, use of the classical

assignment method would allow the automatic assignment of PLISN, NHA PLISN,

SAME AS PLISN, and Indenture Code.

20.2 Modified classical assignment method. This method is a variation of the

classical assignment method, which permits piece parts to be assigned the same

LCN at the indenture level below the component/assembly of which they are a

part. In addition, attaching hardware may be assigned the same LCN at the

same indenture level at which the assembly is located. The assembly to which

the attaching hardware is required is provided a separate LCN. Figure 64

shows an example of the modified classical method. The items with an asterisk

have been assigned the same LCN. Application of this method could economize

the number of LCNs required at the lower indenture levels. Use of this method

ensures proper roll-up/summarization of data for all LSAR reports. From a

provisioning standpoint when hardware breakdown approach is used for the LCN,

this method allows the automatic assignment of all PLISNs and the indenture

code.

20.3 Sequential assignment method. For large systems, an attempt to use any

of the above methods can still result in a need for more than the 18

characters allocated to the LCN field. In this situation, the classical or

modified classical assignment method would be employed for the first 12 or 13

characters of the LCN field; the last five or six characters of the LCN field

would be assigned sequentially through the remaining indentures. An example

of the sequential assignment method is provided on figure 65. This method
 325 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 
326 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 
327 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 
 328 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

does not affect the normal processing of the LSAR output reports; however, it

is necessary to select reports at indenture levels above the point where

sequential assignment of LCNs was initiated. From a provisioning standpoint,

this method dictates manual input of the LCN-indenture code (LCN-IC) in order

to automatically assign PLISN, NHA PLISN, and Indenture Code.

30. ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC). The ALC (codes 00 through 99 and space)

provides the capability to document alternate design concepts or like items

for different models using identical LCNs at the same system breakdown level.

As such, ALC is a key data element and a value of 00 is considered just as

significant as a value of 01, 10, or 23. In fact, all LCNs which have a

corresponding ALC with a value of 00 represent the "basic system" hardware.

The ALC is LCN oriented and is used to aid in the documentation of the

following:

a. Alternate items with different reference numbers (e.g., diesel engine

versus gas engine), one of which will be selected for production.

b. Different reference numbered items which are used in the same

functional and physical location (i.e., same LCN) in the hardware breakdown,

and the usage of either item results in a different configuration/model

designation (i.e., different UOCs).

The use of ALC for a single configuration/model is discussed in the

immediately following paragraphs, while ALC usage for multiple

configurations/models is discussed in paragraph 50.

30.1 ALC usage for a single configuration/model. A system/end item which has

a single configuration/model designation will have only one assigned UOC.

When a system/end item has a single UOC, then the ALC can be used to capture

analysis data for alternative designs or maintenance concepts. To properly

input LSAR data and establish a traceable LCN breakdown structure, the

following rules should be adhered to:

a. Rule 1. The "basic system" hardware breakdown must be input using ALC

values of 00. This is necessary since the selection process will always

default to the "basic system" data, if alternative data has not been entered.

b. Rule 2. Alternative designs would be broken down completely in terms

of LCN and associated data.

c. Rule 3. To the maximum extent possible, the ALC assigned should be

the same value throughout the alternative design/maintenance concept.

Following these rules allows for an orderly buildup of LSAR data and avoids

confusion concerning which items may be common to two or more alternatives and

provides for easier retrieval of LSAR reports.

30.1.1 Figure 66 is an example of a single configuration/model end item with

a UOC of "ABC". The example also represents how the ALC can be used for

alternative hardware design concepts. Three different fuel pumps are being

considered for use on the gas engine, as well as an alternative diesel engine.

All "basic" hardware items have an ALC of 00, while two additional fuel pumps

and the entire diesel engine breakdown have different ALCs. This is in

accordance with the first rule stated above.
 329 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 
 330 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

30.1.2 Rule 2 is also followed for the figure 66 breakdown of the diesel

engine because the identical electrical system was repeated from the gas

engine. Rule 3 is followed in assignment of ALCs for the diesel engine.

30.2 ALC usage for LSAR reports. For most report selections, the UOC is

always the first criteria that must be met for data selection and LCN is the

second criteria. ALC becomes the third select criteria, if the user specifies

a specific ALC value on the report request. As already discussed, an ALC of

00 on the report submittal will result in choosing "basic system" LCN data

(i.e., records with 00 ALCs). If an ALC is requested with a specific

numeric value, only items with a matching ALC will be chosen.

30.3 Lower-tiered LCN/ALC selections. In addition to the basic report

request, different LCN and ALC combinations at a lower indenture level from

the basic report selection may be chosen to specify the alternative design

desired by identifying these LCNs and ALCs. This is necessary when rule 3,

discussed in paragraph 30.1, cannot be strictly adhered to and designation of

the ALC on the basic report request will not result in a complete substitution

of the alternative design. This situation will occur when alternative designs

are being considered within the hardware breakdown of another alternative

design. The example on figure 66 displays this situation; alternative fuel

pumps are being considered within the gas engine and two alternative engines

are being considered. Thus, in order to obtain the "basic system" (i.e., with

gas engine, but with fuel pump RN5), a lower-tiered LCN/ALC request selection

must be input with an LCN of "A203" and an ALC of "03". The basic report

request would have an ALC value of 00. In order to produce a report for the

"basic system" with the diesel engine substituted, the following selection

request would be required:

a. A basic selection request with an LCN of "A", UOC of "ABC", and an ALC

of "00". This produces a report of the "basic" truck.

b. A lower-tiered LCN/ALC selection request with an LCN of "A2" and an

ALC value of "01". This information would modify the basic selection request

to choose the diesel engine, in lieu of the gas engine.

The lower-tiered LCN/ALC selection request allows the user to create many

different variations of a system/end item via the LSAR reports. While use of

the ALC for alternative designs does not reduce the amount of data required

(i.e., rule 2 of paragraph 30.1), it does provide for easier data storage and

report generation.

40. LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL NUMBER TYPE (LCN-TYPE). The LCN-TYPE

is a one-position code used to indicate whether the associated LCN represents

a functional versus physical or hardware generation breakdown structure.

Generally, top-down FMECA documentation and selective task analysis, e.g.,

fault locations, "track" to a functional breakdown. Other documentation

requirements, e.g., provisioning, track to a system/equipment hardware

breakdown. An example of a functional and physical breakdown for the same

system/equipment is shown on figure 67.

50. USABLE ON CODE (UOC). The UOC is used to identify the model/

configuration relationship of each LCN comprising a system/equipment and to

control these relationships for LSAR report generation. The UOC is a critical

data element and should therefore be used when establishing an LSAR. This
 331 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 
 332 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

requirement holds even if only one configuration/model of a system/equipment

is being documented. In accordance with table XC, contained in appendix A of

this standard, each configuration/model is assigned a unique UOC at the

system/end item level LCN. Each individual assembly/component/piece part is

also "linked" to the assigned UOC of the model of which it is applicable

through tables XF and HO. When an assembly/component/piece part is applicable

to more than one configuration/model, then multiple UOCs are "linked" to the

component for a single LCN and ALC via tables XF and HO. This eliminates the

requirement of duplicating analysis and related data, merely because an item

has application to multiple configurations/models. It should be stressed that

if an item's usage for a given configuration model differs from another

configuration/model in terms of quantity, Source, Maintenance, Recoverability

(SMR) coding or analysis data, then multiple UOCs should not be used for a

single LCN. This situation dictates input of additional relational table rows

using the ALC to indicate different data for the same LCN and a different UOC.

50.1 ALC and UOC relationship. In order to document multiple configurations/

models in the LSAR, the ALC plays an important role. As already stated, for

items that are common to all configurations/models, only one LCN entry is

required for the multiple UOCs. In addition, since such an item is considered

part of the "basic system", its ALC would be 00. For those items that bring

about a configuration/model change, the ALC is used in a manner similar to

that discussed in paragraph 30 of this appendix. Figure 68 is an example

of multiple UOCs for a given system/end item and the usage of ALC in

conjunction with multiple model items. In the example, the basic model truck

has a UOC of "ABC", while the new model truck has a UOC of "ABD". The reason

for the additional model is the use of a diesel engine, instead of the gas

engine. Since both types of engines physically and functionally appear in the

same location of the truck breakdown, their LCNs are the same. The ALC of

"01" has been used to differentiate new reference numbered items from the

basic items.

50.2 UOC and ALC usage for LSAR reports. Paragraph 30.2 of this appendix

stated that most selection requests for the LSAR reports must have, as a

minimum, LCN and UOC on the request. The reason for this is that UOC is the

overall report generation key that must match to a record before LCN and ALC

are considered. In the case of a single configuration/model, its importance

is reduced since every item has the same UOC value. For multiple

configurations/models, the identification of the desired UOC on the selection

request will result in building the desired output LSAR reports without lowertiered LCN/ALC selections and without knowing which ALC values were used for

that UOC's LCNs. Using the example on figure 68, a report selection request

with an LCN of "A", an ALC of 00, and a UOC of "ABC" will result in the basic

model breakdown being output. This means that the fuel pump, with reference

number RN7, would be chosen over the other two fuel pumps. If the report

selection request had been LCN of "A", a blank ALC, and UOC of "ABC", all

items containing the UOC "ABC" would be selected. Therefore, all three fuel

pumps under the basic model would be output. If the second model of the truck

with UOC of "ABD" is to be selected, a report selection request with an LCN of

"A" and a UOC of "ABD" is all that is needed. This would result in all LCN

items with UOC values of "ABC" and "ABD", as well as all LCN items with UOC of

"ABD" only being selected. In effect, the basic model with the diesel engine

substituted would be output for the desired reports.
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- 333 - 
 334 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX C

- - 

60. SERIAL NUMBER CONTROL AS AN ALTERNATIVE FOR CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT.

For complex or major weapon systems in various production stages, the use of

serial numbers may be used for greater control of end item configuration. By

documenting Serial Number applicability in tables XD, and assembly/component/

piece part relationships to the serial numbered end item(s) using tables XE

and HN, configuration control may be maintained to the individual end item.

This is beneficial when production changes may occur to individual end items,

which may not warrant an official configuration/model designation change. The

LSAR summaries do not use serial number as a selection criteria, but ad hoc

query capability would allow analysis/summary report generation based on

serial number qualification.

70. SUMMARY. The assignment of LCNs, UOCs, and ALCs must be approached

carefully and logically in order to ensure that the LSAR reports represent the

hardware logistics data desired. In general, a system/end item development

effort normally begins with a single model designation (i.e., one UOC).

During this phase of development, the ALC is needed only when alternative

designs are being considered. As the hardware design stabilizes, the

"undesirable" alternatives are deleted from the LSAR database in favor of

"basic system" configuration. Once a system/end item enters the production

phase, engineering change proposals, because of producibility limitations,

design deficiencies, or changes in operational requirements, can dictate a new

configuration model. When this occurs, the ALC once again would be used to

aid in the documentation effort. This orderly application of the ALC to

alternative design/maintenance concepts or multiple configuration/models can

preclude user confusion. It is possible that some system/end item

developments will initially be faced with documenting multiple configurations/

models and alternative design/maintenance concepts, simultaneously. When this

occurs, an orderly and logical approach to UOC and ALC, following the guidance

of this appendix, will result in a properly documented system/end item.
 335 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

APPENDIX D

APPLICATION AND TAILORING GUIDANCE

FOR THE LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS (LSA) RECORD (LSAR)

10. GENERAL.

10.1 Purpose. The LSA process associated with a materiel acquisition program

is iterative in nature. The LSAR provides a structured, standardized, yet

flexible approach to the documentation and use of the data required to

effectively accomplish contractually invoked LSA tasks. To be effective, LSA

documentation must be initiated early in the acquisition life cycle, must be

updated to reflect changes in the hardware design and support concept, and

must be tailored to be commensurate with individual program requirements,

constraints, and characteristics. The LSAR data is generated as a result of

the performance of LSA tasks. Tailoring of both the LSA tasks to be

performed, and the resultant LSAR data produced as a part of LSA task

documentation, is mandatory. Limitations on system development funding make

it imperative that LSA be applied judiciously to improve hardware design and

support concepts, not merely to collect LSAR data. This appendix provides

guidance for appropriate application of the LSAR during each phase of a

system's life cycle and the procedures for tailoring of the LSAR data records,

elements, and standard reports to satisfy program requirements at minimum

cost. This appendix does not contain any requirements and is not to be

implemented in contractual documents. The user of this appendix may be a

Department of Defense contracting activity, government in-house activity,

prime contractor, or subcontractor wishing to impose LSAR requirements.

l0.2 How to Use this appendix. Tailoring of the LSAR requirement begins with

the identification of the life cycle phase of the system/equipment acquisition

effort. Paragraph 20 of this appendix addresses the applicability of the LSAR

for each of the life cycle phases. Figure 69 depicts general applicability of

the LSAR data tables to the system/hardware breakdown. Once the life cycle

phase has been established, tailoring of the LSAR requirement can be

performed. Paragraph 30 provides a stepwise procedure for tailoring the LSAR,

based upon MIL-STD-l388-l tasks and subtasks, related engineering and

Integrated Logistic Support (ILS) element analysis efforts which result in

LSAR data, and deliverable logistic products specified by data item

descriptions (DID) to be included in the contract. The result of this

tailoring process is a completed DD Form l949-3, LSAR data requirements form,

identifying the LSAR data table and data element requirements for the specific

phase of the acquisition effort (see figure 71). Guidance for determining

LSAR completion schedules is contained in paragraph 40. The final step in

tailoring the LSAR effort involves contractual delivery of the LSAR data

itself. Paragraph 50 discusses alternatives for delivery of the LSAR data.

20. LSAR APPLICATION AND USE BY LIFE CYCLE PHASE.

20.l LSA process. The LSA process is applicable to all phases of the life

cycle and all types of acquisition efforts. Tailoring of the LSA tasks, and

additionally, tailoring of the LSAR documentation requirements are dependent

upon the life cycle phase, type of acquisition, and degree of program control

desired. In relation to the acquisition life cycle, the LSA process can be

divided into two basic categories: (a) LSA encompassing laboratory research
 336 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

and development (R&D), preconceptual and conceptual studies, and development

of conceptual designs; and, (b) LSA for Design Development (DD) to include

late R&D and the demonstration/validation through deployment phases. Both

categories of LSA have as a primary objective:

a. Influence of design concepts and hardware design to reduce operating

and support costs and increase readiness and sustainability.

b. Identification of support resource requirements progressively and

concurrently with the hardware design.

20.2 Concept exploration and definition (CE) phase. LSA is initiated in the

earliest studies and design efforts and continued during all phases of the

materiel development and acquisition program. Initially, the LSA is primarily

directed toward establishing support related factors and constraints, which

must be used in developing design guidelines and trade study plans. Initial

LSA is also directed toward identifying targets of improvement; of objectives

or goals for reliability, availability, maintainability, and life cycle cost

(LCC); potential logistics problems, constraints and risks; and, the

projection of logistics resource requirements and costs. During this effort,

the LSA program continually interfaces with other system engineering programs

through historical data reviews, tradeoff analyses, use studies, design

projections, and other LSA tasks to arrive at the most cost-effective materiel

design concept(s) and acquisition plan(s) for further examination, study, and

development. In fact, LSA task 301 accomplishment produces a task inventory

that can be used by all engineering specialties. The results of the LSA

effort are embodied in the program documents and supplemental technical

reports. These are required in the materiel acquisition decision process

prior to entry into the demonstration and validation phase. The limited

volume of LSAR data is usually produced by the requiring authority to define

and document system level requirements. Figure 70 suggests the LSAR data

which might be generated at this time. However, tailoring LSAR data

requirements is mandatory, and not all of these elements may be required to

support LSA objectives.

20.3 Demonstration and validation (DVAL) phase. For most development

programs, the second category of the LSA effort begins with this phase. The

data elements completed within each table are dependent upon the analysis

tasks specified and the DIDs placed on contract (these aspects are covered in

paragraph 30 of this appendix). Because of the LSA efforts in the earlier

phase, the requiring authority is more aware of system requirements and

possible shortfalls and can better monitor subsequent performing activity

system development. With this awareness of the system, the requiring

authority can require the performing activity to justify any deviations or

changes in the original concept. To more fully utilize the LSAR documentation

previously developed, contracts should specify that repair and support

requirements be documented for all maintenance levels down to major

subsystems. This data can be used to verify data derived for lower

assemblies/parts, and conversely, for the system and major subsystems.

20.3.l During the DVAL phase, the LSA is directed toward: (a) influencing

the materiel design by refining and updating support related design

guidelines, and by challenging design characteristics which impose unnecessary

or costly support requirements; and, (b) updating and refining logistics

support planning data developed during the preconcept and concept phase. LSA
 337 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

documentation during this phase should provide the data to help further define

support concepts, cost estimates, potential logistics problem areas,

technological advances, or additional design improvements and test

requirements.

20.4 Engineering and manufacturing deployment phase. During this phase, the

LSAR effort is a continuation of the effort conducted during the DVAL phase.

The LSAR data tables are completed to the hardware indenture level identified

on figure 69, and the resulting data is used to develop logistics support

requirements for testing, deployment, and operation.

20.5 Production and deployment phase. The LSAR data established during the

development phases is retained during this phase to support the logistics

analyses that occur as a result of engineering design changes. In addition,

the data is used to evaluate the system's performance after it is deployed to

determine the impact of future equipment modifications or support

requirements. The LSAR data would be used to establish design changes, goals,

and requirements for succeeding generations of materiel acquisitions.

30. TAILORING LSAR REQUIREMENTS. The extent, and consequently the cost, of

LSAR inputs and outputs required to document and support the analyses of LSA

tasks will vary from program to program. These variations are attributable to

such factors as: the degree of LSA program visibility and control desired by

the requiring authority; life cycle phase; hardware complexity; and, the

specific acquisition program characteristics (e.g., new development, major

modification, nondevelopmental). In addition, the data requirements

identified in this standard have been designed to accommodate the

documentation and data manipulation to support Army, Air Force, Navy, and

Marine Corps requirements. Each service has expressed requirements for unique

capabilities not generally applicable to the other services. For the above

reasons, the blanket purchase of the LSAR data elements and reports is an

ineffective and costly approach to the utilization of the LSAR. To realize

maximum benefit from the application of the LSAR, it is imperative that

extreme care be exercised in the contractual imposition of the LSAR

requirements is not only concerned with the exclusion of unnecessary data

requirements, but also, and just as important, with the identification of all

requirements which will eventually be needed to support a specific LSA program

effort. Failure to adequately identify data requirements can be just as

costly as the over purchase of data. To that end, each functional and

engineering specialty area must play in the tailoring of the LSAR, including

manpower and human factors engineering personnel. The guidance contained in

the following sections of this appendix have been arranged in a logical,

stepwise sequence to assist in the optimum selection of LSAR features.

30.l LSA task selection. The initial step in tailoring of the LSA data

requirements involves selection of the analyses tasks described in

MIL-STD-l388-l, which are to be accomplished. Detailed guidance for task and

subtask selection, with respect to acquisition program characteristics,

program phase, and information requirements associated with primary system

developmental milestones, is provided in appendix A of MIL-STD-l388-l.

Selection of some LSA tasks will result in data which is documented directly

into the LSAR. Output from other tasks becomes the input to follow-on

analyses, and as such, relates only indirectly to the LSAR documentation.

Table II provides a list of the LSA tasks and subtasks which relate directly

to the LSAR data tables. A review of each data table is mandatory to ensure
 338 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

that only those data elements required to document the tasks are procured.

Once established, the specific data elements required to document the tasks

should be recorded on DD Form l949-3 (see figure 71).

30.2 Interfacing and coordination with other program elements. Data required

to conduct an effective LSA program may also be developed as a result of

analyses conducted in support of associated program elements such as:

a. System/equipment design program

b. System/equipment reliability program

c. System/equipment maintainability program

d. Human engineering program

e. Standardization program

f. Parts control program

g. System safety program

h. Packaging, handling, storage, and transportability program

i. Initial provisioning program

j. System/equipment testability program

k. Survivability program

l. Technical publications program

m. Training and training equipment program

n. Facilities program

o. Support equipment program

p. Test and evaluation program

q. LCC program

It is essential that coordination and interfacing of engineering disciplines

and ILS functional elements be affected to maximize the usage of data

developed by each program element, thereby, realizing analysis economics and

avoiding the generation of incompatible ILS products. Effective coordination

with related program elements can produce benefits by eliminating costly

duplications of effort.

30.2.l Identification of the engineering and ILS functional element

requirements which interface with the LSA process, and which generate LSAR

data, is the next consideration in the tailoring process. Results of analyses

from other program elements can be used as source data for LSA tasks and vice

versa. For example, inputs from the design, reliability, maintainability,

human engineering, safety, and other program elements may be required to
 339 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

satisfy the requirements of task 40l, Task Analysis, as described in

MIL-STD-1388-1. Benefits of effective interfacing and coordination may also

be achieved by utilizing the features of the LSAR to record, store, and

manipulate data in support of requirements levied by other program elements.

As an example, the LSAR data tables can be used to produce the LSA-018, Task

Inventory report. This report is used and reviewed by human systems

integration specialists, as well as the LSA program.

30.2.2 Once the related program elements have been established, the next step

in the tailoring process is the identification of the logistics DIDs

associated with each element of ILS that will be placed on contract. A

detailed review of the DIDs is required to determine the specific data element

requirements of each. Table III provides a listing of the commonly cited

DID's associated with each element of ILS that can be satisfied by the LSAR

data. This listing is not intended to be inclusive of all logistic related

DIDs and the user is encouraged to apply the same logic in table III to other

DID's not listed which may be partially satisfied using the LSAR. The

objectives and use of each DID are summarized in table III, along with a

description of the extent of interface with the LSAR data tables and LSAR

reports. The user of this appendix should use table III to determine the

extent to which the LSAR data can be used to satisfy the logistics DIDs that

will be placed on contract. If LSAR reports can be used to satisfy a DID,

then the specific LSAR data elements can be established by using appendix B,

figure 14, LSAR Input to Report Matrix. This matrix identifies all of the

LSAR reports and the input data elements required to generate each

(e.g., DI-ILSS-81140A, Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), can be satisfied by

using the LSA-004 report). Finding this report across the top of figure 14

and then reading down the column will provide the user with the specific data

elements and LSAR data tables required to produce the report. This process

would be repeated for each DID identified. This information would then be

input on DD Form l949-3, in order to establish the total LSAR data

requirements from both an analysis and a logistics data product standpoint.

40. SCHEDULING OF THE LSAR DATA. This paragraph addresses scheduling the

development of the LSAR data, so that it can be used in a timely manner as

source data for the development of the contractually cited logistics products

discussed in paragraph 30. This guidance is applicable to any type of

development effort and any phase of the life cycle. To establish timely

completion of the LSAR data, the user must first establish the scheduled

completion dates for the data products that utilize LSAR data. Required

delivery dates for the products specified by DIDs should be established in

conjunction with preparation of the solicitation package, and should take into

account the significant milestones of the development effort.

40.l Once the scheduled completion dates for all chosen DIDs have been

established, the user can determine the required completion scheduled for the

LSAR. Figure 14 provides a cross-reference list of the LSAR data elements and

the reports that use the data elements on a given data table for product

development. Since the table is sequenced by data table, the completion date

of each data table can be established by listing the delivery dates on the

DIDs and then choosing the earliest date as the scheduled completion date for

that LSAR data table. This approach must be tempered by the range of data

elements on a data table that are required as source data for development of a

DID product. For example, the scheduled delivery date for DI-ILSS-81285, Long

Lead Time Items List, may be l20 days after contract award, while the delivery
340 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

date of DI-ILSS-81285, Provisioning Parts List, is 24 months after contract

award. This does not mean that all data tables related to support item

identification and application are to be completed l20 days after contract

award, but rather, specific data elements for parts with certain production

lead times would be completed on data tables of support items to satisfy

DI-ILSS-81285, Long Lead Times Item List.

40.2 Completion dates for the LSAR reports can be established by using the

required delivery dates of the DIDs that use the given report for product

development. Additionally, the scheduled completion date for the LSAR data

tables, to include the specific data elements required to produce an LSAR

report, can be established by using figure 14. For example, if

DI-ILSS-81140A, MAC, had a required delivery date of l8 months after award of

contract, then the LSAR output report, LSA-004, must be available at that

point for product development. Additionally, by using figure 14, it can be

established that specific data elements on the listed data tables must be

completed for product development of DI-ILSS-81140A (and report LSA-004).

40.3 This approach to scheduling completion of the LSAR data must take into

account interim product delivery dates, final product delivery dates, and

scheduled updates to final products. Each of these dates will impact the

range of LSAR data required, depth of data required (i.e., the hardware

indenture levels and maintenance levels specified), and the number of updates

to the LSAR data required. The LSAR completion schedule must then be

coordinated with related program schedules (i.e., drawing release) to ensure

availability of data for LSAR development. Finally, by establishing an LSAR

completion schedule which is timely for DID product development, the user now

has the additional option of not requiring delivery of LSAR data as a separate

data item. In effect, completion of a deliverable product is intimately tied

to the LSAR data and quality.

50. ALTERNATIVES FOR DATA DELIVERY. The last step in the LSAR data tailoring

process involves delivery of the LSAR data itself. LSAR data can be delivered

in manual form, LSAR reports, LSAR data table files, or through interactive

access to a contractor LSA database. The use of a manual LSAR data file is

generally applicable to simple hardware systems, limited report requirements,

infrequent use of the data, and uncomplicated reports. Implementation of an

automated LSAR is generally applicable to a complex hardware system, multiple

and varied applications, ability to produce tailored reports, on demand use

with short response time, and the ability to manipulate the LSAR data for

specialized reports.

50.1 An automated LSAR presents the additional decision option of who will be

made responsible for Automated Data Processing (ADP) of the LSAR data.

Normally, the performing activity would be responsible for data processing,

using a validated independently developed LSAR software system. The

alternative to this is to use the in-house ADP capabilities of the requiring

authority, thus requiring only a data entry effort by the performing activity.

Once the decision is made who will be responsible for automated processing of

LSAR data, the media for delivery can be established.

50.2 Delivery of the LSAR reports contained in appendix B is one option for

delivery of data in an automated LSAR environment. The LSAR reports are

intended to satisfy the delivery requirements of specific logistics products

(e.g., MAC, Maintenance Plan, Support Equipment Recommendation Data, etc.).
 341 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 

As such, the LSAR reports are static presentations of LSAR data and cannot be

updated or processed further after delivery. They offer the least flexibility

for LSAR data use from an automated standpoint. Requiring LSAR reports as

deliverables is appropriate for final product delivery, or when no further

processing capability is available or necessary.

50.3 Delivery of the LSAR relational tables via magnetic tape/disc/drum is

another option for delivery of data in an automated environment. This option

also includes the delivery of LSAR data files that require processing from the

LSAR relational tables (such as input files for provisioning, Defense

Logistics Information Systems screening, or packaging system data). An

internal processing capability is required for each LSAR data file procured by

the requiring authority. Delivery of the LSAR relational tables provides the

capability to subsequently produce any of the LSAR reports, other data files,

and to produce ad hoc reports via the query capability of a validated LSAR

Relational ADP system. Separate delivery of the LSAR data files places the

responsibility for their generation with the performing activity rather than

the requiring authority. Because of the flexibility provided by these

processable data files, they can be used to satisfy both interim and final

LSAR delivery requirements. Periodic delivery can reduce time spent for

onsite data reviews by providing a vehicle for advanced review of the data.

Final contract deliverables can be consolidated and reduced by internal

processing of LSAR data files, in part or in total. In addition, validated

LSAR systems are required to have the capability to produce and load standard

outputs not only for all data tables, but also standard outputs for "change

only" data (changes to the data tables since the previous submittal of the

LSAR data).

50.4 The third LSAR deliverables option is interactive access to a performing

activity's LSA database by using a validated LSAR Relational software system.

Interactive access includes the ability to selectively retrieve, review and

print, and process performing activity LSA source data. Interactive access

for faster requiring authority review of LSAR information represents more of a

performing activity service capability than a specific deliverable

requirement. This capability makes the most current authorized data available

to the requiring authority and eliminates the time required for preparation

and submission of deliverable products. It can also significantly reduce the

time requirement for onsite reviews, while supporting internal analyses and

planning that requires up-to-date supportability information. Interactive

access provides the greatest flexibility for using LSAR data, either by

utilizing the performing activity's automated LSAR capabilities, or by

electronically transferring the data for further internal processing. Since

interactive access can support interim and final delivery of both LSAR reports

and data files, it may entirely eliminate the need to bring the LSAR data inhouse. (However, it is advisable to have the LSAR relational table files

delivered at contract completion.) The interactive access service can be very

effective for satisfying LSAR deliverable requirements during the early life

cycle phases when the volume of LSAR data is low. In latter phases,

interactive access may be more appropriate as a contract compliance, "change

only" data review, and internal analysis tool rather than for bulk transfers

of complete LSAR master or data files.
 342 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
- 343 - 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D
 344 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 345 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 346 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 347 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 348 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 349 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 350 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 351 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 352 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 353

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
 354 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX D

- - 
355 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

APPENDIX E

DATA ELEMENT DICTIONARY

10 PURPOSE. This appendix provides the Data Element Dictionary for the

Logistic Support (LSA) Analysis Record (LSAR) and information for interpreting

and using it. The dictionary contains all the data elements and names that

appear on the LSAR data relationship tables.

20 SECTIONS. The dictionary is divided into three sections.

20.1 Section 1: Index of data element titles. This section contains listing

of data element definition (DED) numbers and titles. For each DED, the relational table location(s) in which the data element appears, by table and element codes, are depicted.

20.2 Section 2: Listing of data element codes. This section is an alphabetical listing of the data element codes used on the LSAR data relational

tables with cross-references to the data element roll names they represent.

Also listed are the applicable DED numbers.

20.3 Section 3: DEDs. This section contains definitions for all data elements that appear on the LSAR data relationship tables. The DED contains some

or all of the following entries. When a standard data element acronym applies, this is also listed in this section.

a. DED number

b. Data element title with acronym

c. Field format

d. DED

e. Data item(s)

f. Data code(s)

g. Role name(s)

20.3.1 Format. The general format for the DED is as follows:

DED # DATA ELEMENT TITLE FIELD FORMAT

(ACRONYM)

DATA ELEMENT DEFINITION

DATA ITEM(S) DATA CODE(S)

ROLE NAME(S)

Example of actual DED entry:
 356 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

339 RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY 1AFINDICATOR CODE

A code used to indicate whether the reliability and maintainability

parameters entered on the card are allocated, predicted, measured, or

comparability analysis values.

Comparability analysis C

Allocated A

Predicted P

Measured M

20.3.2 Definition of terms.

20.3.2.1 DED number. A sequentially assigned number to each data element in

the dictionary for use in locating and referencing it throughout the dictionary and data entry instructions (appendix A).

20.3.2.2 Data element title. The noun phrase name used to identify the data

element. Sufficient adjectival modifiers are used with the noun name to ensure title uniqueness.

20.3.2.3 Field format. A specification for the length, type, positional justification, and decimal placement of a data element field, or subfield thereof, as described below:

a. Length. The number of character positions in the data element. In

the event the length is variable, the maximum length is specified.

b. Type. A specification of the character type, wherein:

"A" specifies that all characters of the data entry are upper case

alphabetical.

"N" specifies that all characters of the data entry are numerical.

"X" specifies that characters of the data entry are upper case

alphabetical, numerical, special, or any combination thereof.

"D" specifies that characters of the data entry are numerical with

floating decimal. Decimals may be entered as required or

exponentially, e.g., "0.0000325" or "3.25E-5".

c. Justification. Specifies from which side of the field the characters

of the data element are entered. Those starting at the left are left justified (L), those starting at the right are right justified (R). Those which

always occupy the entire field are fixed (F), as shown below. A dash (-) is

used if this column is not applicable.

: (L) : 3 : l : 0 : 2 ::::

: (R) : : : : 3 : l : 0 : 2 :

: (F) : 1 : 3 : l : 0 : 2 : 0 : 5 :
 357 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

d. Decimal Placement. Specifies the number of character positions to the

right of the assumed decimal point when the data element is numeric in all

character positions. A dash (-) is used if this column is not applicable. AS

means "As Specified" and the detailed instructions will indicate the location

of decimal points.

20.3.2.4 DED. A narrative definition of the data element in sufficient

detail to present a clear and complete understanding of the precise data or

element of information that the data element represents.

20.3.2.5 Data item. One of a set of descriptive items of information or

values that apply to a data element. For example, the data element "Skill

Level Code" contains the data items "Basic", "Intermediate", and "Advanced".

20.3.2.6 Data code. One or more alphabetical, numerical, special characters,

or any combination thereof, that represent a data item and that are to be entered in a field on an LSAR data record. A code is used instead of the data

item itself, in order to conserve space on the data records and to facilitate

machine processing. For example, under the data element "Security Clearance",

and the Data Items "Top Secret", "Secret", "Confidential" and "Unclassified",

are represented by the data codes "1", "2", "3", and "4", respectively.

Note 1: In some cases, a position left blank counts as a data code signifying

some particular data item value as specified in the dictionary. For example

for the data element, "Maximum Allowable Operating Time", the third position

of the four-position code designates the appropriate multiplier code. The

codes are " " (blank), X, C, or M, witha"" (blank) designating a multiplier

of one (1), "x" a multiplier of ten (10), "C" a multiplier of one hundred

(100), and "M" a multiplier of one thousand (1000).

Note 2: When data items and data codes are too voluminous to be included in

this document, reference is made to items and codes in another document. For

example, see Skill Specialty Code, DED No. 379.

20.3.2.7 Role name. A unique modifier of a data element title which

describes the use/application of the data element within a specific relational

data table location.
358 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

APPENDIX E - SECTION 1

INDEX OF DATA ELEMENT TITLES

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

001 Achieved Availability AA.ACHAVAAA, BD.ACHAVABD

002 Acquisition Decision Office EA.AQDCOFEA

003 Acquisition Method HA.ACQMETHA

Code

004 Acquisition Method HA.AMSUFCHA

Suffix Code

005 Adapter/Interconnection EA.AIDRQDEA

Device Required

006 Additional Reference HB.ADDREFHB

Number

007 Additional Skill GC.NMSNARGC, GC.NMSNCDGC(A)

Requirement: Skill

Requiring a New or

Revised Skill Code

008 Additional Skills and EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(F)

Special Training

Requirements

009 Additional Specifications/ AF.WPADDRAF

Requirements

010 Additional Supportability AK.SEINARAK, AK.SEINCDAK(A)

Considerations

011 Additional Supportability AK.SEINARAK, AK.SEINCDAK(B)

Parameters

0l2 Additional Training GC.NMSNARGC, GC.NMSNCDGC(D)

Requirements

013 Administrative and AB.OPALDTAB, BE.ALDTXXBE

Logistic Delay Time

014 Administrative Lead Time XA.ADDLTMXA

015 Allocation Data EB.ALDCNMEB, EB.ALORG1EB

EB.ALORG2EB, EB.ALORG3EB

EB.ALORG4EB, EB.ALORG5EB
 359 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

EB.ALORG6EB, EB.ALORG7EB

EB.ALORG8EB, EB.ALORG9EB

EB.ALRG10EB, EB.ALDNDSEB

EB.ALEXRNEB, EB.ALLVCDEB

EB.ALMLVLEB, EB.ALSTIDEB

016 Allowance UA.UTALLOUA, UM.SUTALLUM

017 Allowance Item Code HG.ALLOWCHG

018 Allowance Item Quantity HG.ALIQTYHG

019 Alternate Logistic XB.ALTLCNXB, XC.ALTLCNXB

Support Analysis Control XD.ALTLCNXB, XE.ALTLCNXE

Number Code XE.ALCSEIXE, XF.ALTLCNXF

XF.ALCSEIXF, XG.PALCNCXG

XG.FALCNCXG

AA.ALTLCNXB, AB.ALTLCNXB

AC.ALTLCNXB, AD.ALTLCNXB

AE.ALTLCNXB, AF.ALTLCNXB

AG.ALTLCNXB, AH.ALTLCNXB

AJ.ALTLCNXB, AK.ALTLCNXB

BA.ALTLCNXB, BB.ALTLCNXB

BC.ALTLCNXB, BD.ALTLCNXB

BE.ALTLCNXB, BF.ALTLCNXB

BG.ALTLCNXB, BH.ALTLCNBH

BH.TALCNCBH, BI.ALTLCNXB

BJ.ALTLCNXB, BK.ALTLCNXB

CA.ALTLCNXB, CA.REFALCCA

CA.AORALCCA, CB.ALTLCNXB

CB.RFDALCCB, CC.ALTLCNXB

CD.ALTLCNXB, CF.ALTLCNXB

CG.ALTLCNXB, CH.ALTLCNXB

CI.PROALCCI, CI.TSKALCCI

CK.ALTLCNXB

UA.UUTALCUA, UB.UUTALCUA

UD.UUTALCUA, UF.UUTALCUA

UG.UUTALCUA, UH.TSKALCCI

UH.PROALCCI, UJ.UUTALCUA

UL.UUTALCUA

FE.ALTLCNXB, GE.ALTLCNXB

HG.ALTLCNXB, HH.ALTLCNXB

HI.ALTLCNXB, HJ.ALTLCNXB

HK.ALTLCNXB, HL.ALTLCNXB

HN.ALTLCNHN, HN.ALCSEIHN

HO.ALTLCNHO, HO.ALCSEIHO

HP.ALTLCNXB, HQ.ALTLCNXB

HR.ALTLCNHO, HR.ALCSEIHO
 360 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

JA.ALTLCNXB, JB.ALTLCNXB

JC.ALTLCNXB, JD.ALTLCNXB

JE.ALTLCNXB, JF.ALTLCNXB

020 Annual Man-Hours AC.MLSAMHAC, AC.MLUAMHAC

021 Annual Number of AB.ANNOMIAB

Missions

022 Annual Operating Days AB.ANOPDAAB

023 Annual Operating AG.ANOPREAG

Requirements

024 Annual Operating Time AB.ANOPTIAB

025 Apportioned Unit Cost UC.OTPACRUC, UC.OTPACNUC

UE.TPAUCRUE, UE.TPAUCNUE

UI.AIDUCRUI, UI.AIDUCNUI

026 Armed Services Vocational GB.ABAFQTGB, GB.AAEXRLGB

Aptitude Battery Score GB.AAEXRHGB, GB.AALPRLGB

GB.AALPRHGB, GD.ASVAPEGD

GD.AAEERLGD, GD.AAEERHGD

GD.AAELPLGD, GD.AAELPHGD

027 Automatic Data Processing HA.ADPEQPHA

Equipment Code

028 Available Man-Hours AE.AVAIMHAE

029 Axle Length JC.TWALFIJC, JC.TWALFOJC

JC.TWALRIJC, JC.TWALROJC

030 Basis of Issue HM.BOICTRHM, HM.QTYBOIHM

HM.RATIOBHM, HM.LVLBOIHM

031 Built-In-Test Cannot BA.BITNDPBA

Duplicate Percentage

032 Built-In-Test Detectability BA.BDLPGABA, BA.BDLPGBBA

Level Percentage

033 Built-In-Test Retest BA.BITROPBA

OK Percentage

034 Calibration and Measurement UG.UUTPPCUG, UN.UTPACMUN

Requirement Summary

Parameter Code

035 Calibration and Measurement EA.CMRSRCEA, UB.UTCMRSUB

Requirement Summary

Recommended
 361 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

036 Calibration and Measurement UB.UTSTCDUB, UM.SUTSTCUM

Requirement Summary Status

037 Calibration Interval EA.CALINTEA

038 Calibration Item EA.CALITMEA

039 Calibration Procedure EC.CALPROEC

040 Calibration Required EA.CALRQDEA

041 Calibration Standard EA.CALSTDEA

042 Calibration Time EA.CALTIMEA

043 Change Authority Number HP.CANUMBHP, HQ.CANUMBHP

HR.CANUMBHP

044 Characteristics of Support EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(D)

Equipment

045 Cleaning and Drying HF.CDPROCHF

Procedure

046 Commercial and Government XH.CAGECDXH, AH.IOCAGEAH

Entity Code CG.TSCAGECG, CI.PROCAGCI,

EA.SECAGEEA, EB.SECAGEEA

EC.SECAGEEA, ED.SECAGEEA

EE.SECAGEEA, EF.SECAGEEA

EG.SECAGEEA, EH.SECAGEEA

EI.SECAGEEA, EJ.SECAGEEA

EK.SECAGEEA, EK.SPRCAGEK

EL.SECAGEEA, EM.SECAGEEA

EM.SCAGECEM

UB.SECAGEEA, UC.OTPCAGUC

UD.SECAGEEA, UD.OTPCAGUC

UE.OTPCAGUC, UE.TPICAGUE

UG.SECAGEEA, UH.PROCAGCI

UH.SECAGEEA, UI.AIDCAGUI

UJ.SECAGEEA, UJ.AIDCAGUI

UK.ATECAGUK, UL.SECAGEEA

UL.ATECAGUK, UM.SUTCAGUM

UN.TGSCAGUN, UN.SUTCAGUM

HA.CAGECDXH, HB.CAGECDHB

HB.ADCAGEHB, HC.CAGECDHC

HC.CTCAGEHC, HD.CAGECDXH

HE.CAGECDXH, HF.CAGECDXH

HF.PKCAGEHF, HG.CAGECDXH

HH.CAGECDXH, HI.CAGECDXH

HJ.CAGECDXH, HK.CAGECDXH
 362 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

HL.CAGECDXH, HM.CAGECDXH

HN.CAGECDHN, HO.CAGECDHO

HP.CAGECDXH, HQ.CAGECDXH

HR.CAGECDHO

047 Commercial and Government XH.CANAMEXH, XH.CASTREXH

Entity Code Address XH.CACITYXH, XH.CASTATXH

XH.CANATNXH, XH.CAPOZOXH

048 Common Unit Under Test UI.AIDCUTUI

049 Compensating Design Provisions BJ.FMCNARBJ, BJ.FMMPCNBJ(A)

050 Compensating Operator Action BJ.FMCNARBJ, BJ.FMMPCNBJ(B)

Provisions

051 Concurrent Production Code HD.CURPRCHD, HE.CURPRCHE

052 Contact Team Delay Time XA.CTDLTMXA

053 Container Length JB.CONLENJB

054 Container Type JB.CONTYPJB

055 Contract Number XA.CONTNOXA, EA.CNTRNOEA

JA.CONNUMJA

056 Contractor Furnished EA.CFEGFEEA

Equipment/Government Furnished

Equipment

057 Contractor Recommended EJ.CNTRECEJ, EL.CONRECEL

058 Contractor Technical HA.CTICODHA

Information Code

059 Conversion Factor BA.CONVFABA

060 Coordinated Test Plan UC.OTPCTPUC

061 Cost per Reorder Action XA.CSREORXA

062 Cost per Requisition XA.CSPRRQXA

063 Crest Angle JC.CREANGJC

064 Crew Size AA.CREWSZAA

065 Critical Item Code HA.CRITITHA

066 Criticality Code HA.CRITCDHA

067 Cushioning and Dunnage HF.CUSHMAHF

Material Code
 363 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

068 Cushioning Thickness HF.CUSTHIHF

069 Custody Code EA.CUSTCDEA

070 Data Status Code HG.DATASCHG

071 Date EA.DATFADEA, EF.INTSUBEF

EF.DTGVDSEF, EF.DTRVSBEF

HA.WARDATHA, JA.TRCHRDJA

072 Deck Stowage JB.SDECKSJB

073 Defense Logistics Services Center HA.DLSCRCHA

Screening Requirement Code

074 Degree of Protection Code HF.DEGPROHF

075 Delivery Schedule JA.DELSCHJA

076 Demilitarization Code HA.DEMILIHA

077 Demilitarization Cost XA.DEMILCXA

078 Description and Function of EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(B)

Support Equipment

079 Design Data Category Code EJ.DSNDATEJ

080 Design Data Price EA.DSNPRCEA

081 Designated Rework Point HG.DRPONEHG, HG.DRPTWOHG

082 Disaster Response Force JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(M)

083 Discount Rate XA.DISCNTXA

084 Disposition BF.RCMDSABF, BF.RCMDSBBF

BF.RCMDSCBF, BF.RCMDSDBF

BF.RCMDSEBF, BF.RCMDSFBF

BF.RCMDSGBF, BF.RCMDSHBF

BF.RCMDSIBF, BF.RCMDSJBF

085 Distance AJ.SHPDISAJ

086 Document Availability Code HA.DOCAVCHA

087 Document Identifier Code HA.DOCIDCHA

088 Drawing Classification EA.DRWCLSEA, FA.DRCLASFA

089 Drawing Number FA.FADNUMFA

090 Duty CJ.DUTIESCJ
364 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

091 Duty Code CJ.DUTYCDCJ, CK.DUTYCDCJ

092 Duty Position Requiring GB.DPRNRSGB

a New or Revised Skill

093 Economic Analysis EA.ECOANLEA

094 Educational Qualifications GC.NMSNARGC, GC.NMSNCDGC(B)

095 Element Indicator CC.ELEMNTCC

096 End Item Acronym Code XA.EIACODXA, XB.EIACODXA

XC.EIACODXA, XD.EIACODXA

XE.EIACODXA, XF.EIACODXA

XG.EIACODXA

AA.EIACODXA, AB.EIACODXA

AC.EIACODXA, AD.EIACODXA

AE.EIACODXA, AF.EIACODXA

AG.EIACODXA, AH.EIACODXA

AI.EIACODXA, AJ.EIACODXA

AK.EIACODXA

BA.EIACODXA, BB.EIACODXA

BC.EIACODXA, BD.EIACODXA

BE.EIACODXA, BF.EIACODXA

BG.EIACODXA, BH.EIACODXA

BI.EIACODXA, BJ.EIACODXA

BK.EIACODXA, BL.EIACODXA

CA.EIACODXA, CA.REFEIACA

CB.EIACODXA, CB.RFDEIACB

CC.EIACODXA, CD.EIACODXA

CE.EIACODXA, CF.EIACODXA

CG.EIACODXA, CH.EIACODXA

CI.EIACODXA, CK.EIACODXA

UA.EIACODXA, UB.EIACODXA

UD.EIACODXA, UF.EIACODXA

UG.EIACODXA, UH.EIACODXA

UJ.EIACODXA, UL.EIACODXA

FE.EIACODXA, GE.EIACODXA

HG.EIACODXA, HH.EIACODXA

HI.EIACODXA, HJ.EIACODXA

HK.EIACODXA, HL.EIACODXA

HN.EIACODXA, HO.EIACODXA

HP.EIACODXA, HQ.EIACODXA

HR.EIACODXA

JA.EIACODXA, JB.EIACODXA

JC.EIACODXA, JD.EIACODXA

JE.EIACODXA, JF.EIACODXA
365 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

097 Engineering Failure Mode BF.EFMTBFBF

Mean Time Between Failure

098 Environmental Handling and JA.ENHATCJA

Transportation Indicator

099 Environmental/Hazardous JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(I)

Materials Considerations

100 Essentiality Code HG.ESSCODHG

101 Estimated Price EJ.ESTPRCEJ, EL.ESTPRCEL

102 Estimated Salvage Value XA.ESSALVXA

103 Extended Unit Price EA.EXUNPREA

104 External Or Internal Load JB.EOILINJB

Indicator

105 Facilities Design Criteria FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(A)

106 Facilities Installation FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(B)

Lead Times

107 Facilities Maintenance FC.FABNARFC, FC.FBNACDFC(A)

Requirements

108 Facilities Requirements FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(E)

109 Facilities Requirements FC.FABNARFC, FC.FBNACDFC(B)

For Operations

110 Facilities Requirements FC.FABNARFC, FC.FBNACDFC(C)

For Training

111 Facilities Utilization FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(D)

112 Facility Area FA.FAAREAFA

113 Facility Baseline Narrative Code FC.FBNACDFC

114 Facility Capability FB.FACNARFB, FB.FNCODEFB(A)

115 Facility Category Code FA.FACCCDFA, FB.FACCCDFA

FC.FACCCDFC, FD.FACCCDFD

FE.FACCCDFA

116 Facility Class FA.FACCLAFA

117 Facility Location FB.FACNARFB, FB.FNCODEFB(B)
 366 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

118 Facility Name FA.FACNAMFA, FB.FACNAMFA

FC.FACNAMFC, FD.FACNAMFD

FE.FACNAMFA

119 Facility Narrative Code FB.FNCODEFB

120 Facility Requirements: Special FC.FABNARFC, FC.FBNACDFC(D)

Considerations

121 Facility Requirements: Supply/ FC.FABNARFC, FC.FBNACDFC(E)

Storage

122 Facility Task Area Breakdown FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(C)

123 Facility Unit Cost FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(F)

Rationale

124 Failure Cause BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(D)

125 Failure/Damage Effects: BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(A)

End Effect

126 Failure/Damage Effects: BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(B)

Local

127 Failure/Damage Effects: BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(C)

Next Higher

128 Failure/Damage Mode BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(E)

129 Failure Detection Method BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(F)

130 Failure Effect Probability BI.FEPROBBI

131 Failure Mode and Reliability BG.FMNCNABG

Centered Maintenace

Narrative Code

132 Failure Mode Classification BF.FMCLASBF

133 Failure Mode Criticality BI.FACRNUBI

Number

134 Failure Mode Indicator BF.FAMOINBF, BG.FAMOINBF

BH.FAMOINBH, BI.FAMOINBF

BJ.FAMOINBF

135 Failure Mode Indicator Mission BJ.FMMPCNBJ

Phase Characteristics Narrative

Code

136 Failure Mode Ratio BF.FMRATOBF

137 Failure Mode Remarks BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(H)
367 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

138 Failure Predictability BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(G)

139 Failure Probability Level BI.FPROBLBI

140 Failure Rate BD.FAILRTBD

141 Failure Rate Data Source BA.FRDATABA

142 Family Group EA.FAMGRPEA

143 Fault Isolation BA.FIAMBABA, BA.FIPFGABA

BA.FIAMBBBA, BA.FIPFGBBA

UH.UUTFA1UH, UH.UUTFA2UH

UH.UUTFP1UH, UH.UUTFP2UH

144 Figure Number HJ.FIGNUMHK, HK.FIGNUMHK

HL.FIGNUMHK

145 Fiscal Year HD.FISCYRHD, HE.FISCYRHE

JE.TRAFYRJE

146 Freight Classification JB.FRCLASJB

147 Functional Analysis EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(A)

148 Generic Code EA.GENECDEA

149 Government Designator EA.GOVDESEA, UK.ATEGDSUK

150 Government Required EJ.GOVRQDEJ, EL.GOVRQDEL

151 Hardness Critical Item HG.HARDCIHG

152 Hardness Critical CA.HRDCPCCA

Procedures

153 Hardware Development Price EA.HDWRPREA

154 Hazardous Code HA.HAZCODHA

155 Hazardous Maintenance CA.HAZMPCCA

Procedures Code

156 Hazardous Materials Storage HA.HMSCOSHA

Cost

157 Hazardous Waste Disposal Cost HA.HWDCOSHA

158 Hazardous Waste Storage Cost HA.HWSCOSHA

159 Helicopter Mission JB.HMATLRJB, JB.HMDISRJB

Requirements JB.HMPAYRJB, JB.HMTMPRJB

JB.HMTIMRJB
368 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

160 Holding Cost Percentage XA.HLCSPCXA

161 Hourly Labor Rate Per Skill GA.HRLARTGA

Speciality Code

162 Indenture Code HG.INDCODHG

163 Industrial Materials Analysis HA.INDMATHA

of Capacity

164 Inherent Availability AA.INHAVAAA, BD.INHAVABD

165 Inherent Maintenance Factor BD.INHMAFBD

166 Initial Bin Cost XA.INTBINXA

167 Initial Cataloging Cost XA.INCATCXA

168 Input Power Source EI.IPSOPNEI, EI.IPACDCEI

EI.IPFRMXEI, EI.IPRGMXEI

EI.IPSRGMEI, EI.IPOPRGEI

EI.IPMXRPEI, EI.IPPHASEI

EI.IPPOWREI

169 Installation Factors or Other EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(E)

Facilities

170 Integrated Logistic Support EA.ILSPRCEA

Price

171 Integrated Logistic Support EL.IRCCODEL

Requirements Category Code

172 Interchangeability Code EK.ICCODEEK, HP.INTCHCHP

173 Interest Rate XA.INTRATXA

174 Intermediate Container Code HF.INTCONHF

175 Intermediate Container Quantity HF.INCQTYHF

176 Inventory Storage Space Cost XA.INVSTGXA

177 Item Category Code EA.SEICCDEA, HG.ITMCATHG

178 Item Criticality Number BK.RICRITBK

179 Item Designator Code XC.ITMDESXC, EA.ENDARTEA

EM.GFAEIDEM

180 Item Function BB.RAMNARBB, BB.RAMCNABB(A)

181 Item Management Code HA.ITMMGCHA
369 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

182 Item Name AH.IONAMEAH, EK.SUPITNEK

HA.ITNAMEHA

183 Item Name Code HA.INAMECHA

184 Item Number HJ.ITEMNOHK, HK.ITEMNOHK

HL.ITEMNOHK

185 Job CJ.JOBDESCJ

186 Job Code CJ.JOBCODCJ, CK.JOBCODCJ

187 Julian Date HF.SPDATEHF

188 Justification EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(H)

FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(G)

GC.NMSNARGC, GC.NMSNCDGC(C)

189 Labor Rate AI.LABRATAI

190 Life Cycle Status EA.LICYSTEA

191 Life Span EA.LIFSPNEA

192 Lifting and Tiedown Requirement JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(B)

for Transportation

193 Line Item Number HA.LINNUMHA

194 Line Replaceable Unit HG.LRUNITHG

195 Loading Factor XA.LODFACXA

196 Logistic Considerations BA.LOGACCBA, BA.LOGCONBA

BA.LOGCRCBA, BA.LOGDSPBA

BA.LOGFLOBA, BA.LOGLABBA

BA.LOGMAIBA, BA.LOGPATBA

BA.LOGSAFBA, BA.LOGSKIBA

BA.LOGSTABA, BA.LOGTEPBA

BA.LOGTRABA

197 Logistic Control Code EA.LGCTCDEA

198 Logistic Decision Office EA.LGDCOFEA

199 Logistic Support Analysis XB.LSACONXB, XC.LSACONXB

Control Number XD.LSACONXB, XE.LSACONXE

XE.LCNSEIXE, XF.LSACONXF

XF.LCNSEIXF, XG.PLSACNXG

XG.FLSACNXG

AA.LSACONXB, AB.LSACONXB

AC.LSACONXB, AD.LSACONXB

AE.LSACONXB, AF.LSACONXB
370 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

AG.LSACONXB, AH.LSACONXB

AJ.LSACONXB AK.LSACONXB

BA.LSACONXB, BB.LSACONXB

BC.LSACONXB, BD.LSACONXB

BE.LSACONXB, BF.LSACONXB

BG.LSACONXB, BH.LSACONBH

BH.TLSACNBH, BI.LSACONXB

BJ.LSACONXB, BK.LSACONXB

CA.LSACONXB, CA.REFLCNCA

CA.AORLCNCA, CB.LSACONXB

CB.RFDLCNCB, CC.LSACONXB

CD.LSACONXB, CF.LSACONXB

CG.LSACONXB, CH.LSACONXB

CI.PROLCNCI, CI.TSKLCNCI

CK.LSACONXB, UA.UUTLCNUA

UB.UUTLCNUA, UD.UUTLCNUA

UF.UUTLCNUA, UG.UUTLCNUA

UH.TSKLCNCI, UH.PROLCNCI

UJ.UUTLCNUA, UL.UUTLCNUA

FE.LSACONXB, GE.LSACONXB

HG.LSACONXB, HH.LSACONXB

HI.LSACONXB, HJ.LSACONXB

HK.LSACONXB, HL.LSACONXB

HN.LSACONHN, HN.LCNSEIHN

HO.LSACONHO, HO.LCNSEIHO

HP.LSACONXB, HQ.LSACONXB

HR.LSACONHO, HR.LCNSEIHO

JA.LSACONXB, JB.LSACONXB

JC.LSACONXB, JD.LSACONXB

JE.LSACONXB, JF.LSACONXB

200 Logistic Support Analysis Control XB.LCNINDXB

Number Indenture Code

201 Logistic Support Analysis Control XB.LCNAMEXB

Number Nomenclature

202 Logistic Support Analysis Control XA.LCNSTRXA

Number Structure

203 Logistic Support Analysis Control XB.LCNTYPXB, XC.LCNTYPXB

Number Type XD.LCNTYPXB, XE.LCNTYPXE

XE.LTYSEIXE, XF.LCNTYPXF

XF.LTYSEIXF, XG.PLCNTYXG

XG.FLCNTYXG

AA.LCNTYPXB, AB.LCNTYPXB

AC.LCNTYPXB, AD.LCNTYPXB

AE.LCNTYPXB, AF.LCNTYPXB

AG.LCNTYPXB, AH.LCNTYPXB

AJ.LCNTYPXB, AK.LCNTYPXB

BA.LCNTYPXB, BB.LCNTYPXB
 371 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

BC.LCNTYPXB, BD.LCNTYPXB

BE.LCNTYPXB, BF.LCNTYPXB

BG.LCNTYPXB, BH.LCNTYPBH

BH.TLCNTYBH, BI.LCNTYPXB

BJ.LCNTYPXB, BK.LCNTYPXB

CA.LCNTYPXB, CA.REFTYPCA

CA.AORTYPCA, CB.LCNTYPXB

CB.RFDTYPCB, CC.LCNTYPXB

CD.LCNTYPXB, CF.LCNTYPXB

CG.LCNTYPXB, CH.LCNTYPXB

CI.PROLTYCI, CI.TSKLTYCI

CK.LCNTYPXB, UA.UTLCNTUA

UB.UTLCNTUA, UD.UTLCNTUA

UF.UTLCNTUA, UG.UTLCNTUA

UH.TSKLTYCI, UH.PROLTYCI

UJ.UTLCNTUA, UL.UTLCNTUA

FE.LCNTYPXB, GE.LCNTYPXB

HG.LCNTYPXB, HH.LCNTYPXB

HI.LCNTYPXB, HJ.LCNTYPXB

HK.LCNTYPXB, HL.LCNTYPXB

HN.LCNTYPXB, HO.LCNTYPXB

HP.LCNTYPXB, HQ.LCNTYPXB

HR.LCNTYPXB

JA.LCNTYPXB, JB.LCNTYPXB

JC.LCNTYPXB, JD.LCNTYPXB

JE.LCNTYPXB, JF.LCNTYPXB

204 Logistic Support Analysis EA.LSARCDEA

Recommendation Code

205 Lot Quantity HD.LOTQFMHD, HD.LOTQTOHD

HE.LOTQFMHE, HE.LOTQTOHE

206 Maintenance Action Code HG.MAIACTHG

207 Maintenance Concept BB.RAMNARBB, BB.RAMCNABB(B)

208 Maintenance Interval BH.MAININBH

209 Maintenance Plan Number UA.UMNTPLUA, UM.MNTPLNUM

210 Maintenance Plan Rationale BB.RAMNARBB, BB.RAMCNABB(E)

211 Maintenance Replacement Rate I HG.MRRONEHG

212 Maintenance Replacement Rate II HG.MRRTWOHG

213 Maintenance Replacement Rate HG.MRRMODHG

Modifier
 372 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

214 Maintenance Task Distribution HG.OMTDOOHG, HG.FMTDFFHG

HG.HMTDHHHG, HG.LMTDLLHG

HG.DMTDDDHG, HG.CBDMTDHG

HG.CADMTDHG

215 Man-Hour Per Operating Hour AC.MLSMHOAC, AC.MLUMHOAC

216 Management Plan EA.MGTPLNEA

217 Managing Command/Agency EA.MGCOATEA

218 Material HA.MATERLHA

219 Material Leadtime HA.MTLEADHA

220 Material Weight HA.MTLWGTHA

221 Maximum Allowable Operating Time HG.MAOTIMHG

222 Maximum Time To Repair AA.MAXTTRAA, AC.MLMTTRAC

BD.MAXTTRBD

223 Mean Active Maintenance Downtime AA.OMAMDTAA, AA.TMAMDTAA

224 Mean Elapsed Time CA.MSDMETCA, CA.PRDMETCA

225 Mean Man-Hours CA.MSDMMHCA, CA.PRDMMHCA

226 Mean Man-Minutes CD.SUBMMMCD

227 Mean Minute Elapsed Time CB.SBMMETCB

228 Mean Mission Duration AB.MMISDUAB

229 Mean Time Between Failures AG.OPMTBFAG, AG.TEMTBFAG

BD.OPMTBFBD, BD.TEMTBFBD

EA.SEMTBFEA

230 Mean Time Between Maintenance AG.OPMRBMAG, AG.TMTBMAAG

Actions BD.OMTBMABD, BD.TMTBMABD

EA.SMTBMAEA

231 Mean Time Between Maintenance BD.INMTBMBD

Induced

232 Mean Time Between Maintenance BD.INHMTBBD

Inherent

233 Mean Time Between Maintenance BD.NOMTBMBD

No Defect

234 Mean Time Between Preventive BD.MTBMPVBD

Maintenance
 373 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

235 Mean Time Between Removals AG.MTBRXXAG, BD.MTBRXXBD

236 Mean Time To Repair AA.OPMTTRAA, AA.TEMTTRAA

BD.MTTROPBD, BD.MTTRTHBD

EA.SEMTTREA

237 Means of Detection CA.PMDTECCA, CA.SMDTECCA

238 Measurement Base AB.MMISDMAB, AG.MEASBSAG

BA.WOLIMBBA, BD.FARAMBBD

BD.OMTBFMBD, BD.TMTBFMBD

BD.OMTBMMBD, BD.TMTBMMBD

BD.IMTBMMBD, BD.INHMTMBD

BD.NMTBMMBD, BD.MTBMPMBD

BD.MTBRMBBD, BF.EFMMMBBF

BH.MAINMBBH, BI.FMOTMBBI

CA.AORMSBCA, HA.WARMBSHA

239 Method of Preservation HF.MEPRESHF

240 Military Distance Classification JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(J)

241 Military Load Classification JC.HICLNEJC, JC.HICLNLJC

(Empty/Loaded)

242 Military Unit Type JA.MILUNTJA

243 Minimum Equipment List BA.MEQLINBA

Indicator

244 Minimum Equipment List BB.RAMNARBB, BB.RAMCNABB(C)

Narrative

245 Minimum Replacement Unit HG.MINREUHG

246 Mission Phase Code BI.MISSPCBL, BJ.MISSPCBL

BK.MISSPCBL, BL.MISSPCBL

247 Mission Phase/Operational Mode BL.MPOPLDBL

248 Mobile Facility Code EA.MOBFACEA

249 Mobility Type JC.MOBTYPJC, JD.MOBTYPJC

250 Model Load JB.HIPRMLJB, JB.HALTMLJB

251 Model Type JB.HIPRMTJB, JB.HALTMTJB

252 Modification or Change EA.MODCHGEA

253 National Stock Number and AH.IONIINAH, AH.IONFSCAH

Related Data EH.ALTFSCEH, EH.ALTNIIEH

HA.COGNSNHA, HA.SMMNSNHA

HA.MATNSNHA, HA.FSCNSNHA
374 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

HA.NIINSNHA, HA.ACTNSNHA

HF.CONNSNHF

254 Net Explosive Weight JA.NETEXWJA

255 New or Modified Facility FD.NMFNCDFD

Narrative Code

256 New or Modified Skill Narrative GC.NMSNCDGC

Code

257 New or Modified Skill Specialty CD.MDCSSCGB, GB.MDCSSCGB,

Code GC.MDCSSCGB, GD.MDCSSCGB

GE.MDCSSCGB

258 Next Higher Assembly Provisioning HH.NHAPLIHH

List Item Sequence Number

259 Next Higher Assembly Provisioning HH.NHAINDHH

List Item Sequence Number

Indicator

260 Nonoperability, Fragility Factor JA.NOPRFFJA

261 Not Reparable This Station HG.NORETSHG

262 Number of Operating Locations AA.NUOPLOAA

263 Number of Shops AI.NOSHPSAI

264 Number of Skids JC.SNUMSKJC

265 Number of Systems Supported AC.MLNSSUAC

266 Number Type AH.IOINTYAH

267 Operating and Support Cost EA.OSCOSTEA

268 Operating Dimensions EA.OPRHGTEA, EA.OPLENGEA

EA.OPWIDTEA

269 Operating Time BI.FMOPTIBI

270 Operating Weight EA.OPRWGTEA

271 Operation Level XA.WSOPLVXA

272 Operation Life XA.OPRLIFXA

273 Operational Availability AB.OPAVAIAB, BE.OPAVAIBE

274 Operational Mission Failure AK.SEINARAK, AK.SEINCDAK(C)

Definition
375 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

275 Operational Requirement AB.OPRQINAB, AC.OPRQINAB

Indicator AD.OPRQINAB, AE.OPRQINAB

AF.OPRQINAB, AG.OPRQINAB

BE.OPRQINBE

276 Operational Weight (Empty and JC.OPWEEMJC, JC.OPWELDJC

Loaded)

277 Operations/Maintenance Level AC.OMLVLCAC, AD.OMLVLCAC

AE.OMLVLCAC, AI.OMLVLCAI

AJ.OMLVLFAJ, AJ.OMLVLTAJ

EA.PCBLVLEA, EA.CALLVLEA

EA.RPRLVLEA

278 Operator's Manual EA.OPRMANEA

279 Optional Procedure Indicator HF.OPTPRIHF

280 Organizational/On Equipment/Unit AD.DINMETAD, AD.DINMMHAD

Operations and Maintenance AD.PREMETAD, AD.PREMMHAD

Requirements AD.POIMETAD, AD.POIMMHAD

AD.PINMETAD, AD.PINMMHAD

AD.MPCMETAD, AD.MPCMMHAD

AD.TINMETAD, AD.TINMMHAD

281 Overhaul Replacement Rate HH.OVHREPHH

282 Packaging Category Code HF.PACCATHF

283 Packing Code HF.PKGCODHF

284 Parameters EC.PARGPCEC, EC.PARPAREC

EC.RNGFRMEC, EC.RNGTOCEC

EC.PARACCEC, EC.SPARIOEC

EC.PARRVCEC, UG.UUTPGCUG

UG.UUTPACUG, UG.UUTPIOUG

UG.UUTPSOUG, UG.UUTPARUG

UG.UUTPRFUG, UG.UUTPRTUG

UG.UUTPRVUG, UN.SEUPGCUN

UN.UTPAACUN, UN.UTPAIOUN

UN.UTPAPAUN, UN.UTRGFRUN

UN.UTPRRTUN, UN.UTPARVUN

285 Pass Through Price EA.PASTHREA

286 Percentile AA.PERCENAA, AC.MLPERCAC

BD.PERCENBD

287 Performance Standards CA.PRSTDACA, CA.PRSTDBCA

CA.PRSTDCCA

288 Person Identifier CD.SUBPIDCD, CK.SUBPIDCD

GE.SUBPIDCD
376 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

289 Personnel Turnover Rate XA.PRSTOVXA, XA.PRSTOMXA

290 Physical and Mental Requirements GE.PAMENRGE

291 Physical Security/Pilferage Code HA.PHYSECHA

292 Pilot Rework/Overhaul Candidate BA.PREOVCBA

293 Precious Metal Indicator Code HA.PMICODHA

294 Preparing Activity EA.PREATYEA

295 Preservation Material Code HF.PRSMATHF

296 Preventive Maintenance Checks CA.PMCSIDCA

and Services Indicator

297 Prior Item Provisioning List HG.PIPLISHG

Item Sequence Number

298 Procurement Quantity JE.FIQPQTJE, JE.SQPQTYJE

JE.TQPQTYJE, JE.FQPQTYJE

299 Production Lead Time HA.PRDLDTHA

300 Productivity Factor XA.PROFACXA

301 Program Element EA.PROELEEA

302 Program Parts Selection List HA.PPSLSTHA

303 Program Support Inventory EA.PSICPOEA

Control Point

304 Proper Shipping Name JA.PROPSNJA

305 Prorated Exhibit Line Item HP.PROELIHP

Number

306 Prorated Quantity HP.PROQTYHP

307 Provisioning Contract Control XC.PCCNUMXC

Number

308 Provisioning List Category Code HA.AAPLCCHA, HA.BBPLCCHA

HA.CCPLCCHA, HA.DDPLCCHA

HA.EEPLCCHA, HA.FFPLCCHA

HA.GGPLCCHA, HA.HHPLCCHA

HA.JJPLCCHA, HA.KKPLCCHA

HA.LLPLCCHA, HA.MMPLCCHA

309 Provisioning List Item Sequence XC.PLISNOXC, HG.PLISNOHG

Number
 377 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

310 Provisioning Nomenclature HL.PROVNOHL

311 Provisioning Remarks HI.REMARKHI

312 Provisioning System Identifier HG.PROSICHG

Code

313 Provisioning Technical HG.LLIPTDHG, HG.PPLPTDHG

Documentation Selection Code HG.SFPPTDHG, HG.CBLPTDHG

HG.RILPTDHG, HG.ISLPTDHG

HG.PCLPTDHG, HG.TTLPTDHG

HG.SCPPTDHG, HG.ARAPTDHG

HG.ARBPTDHG

314 Provisioning Unit of Measure/ HD.PROUIPHD, HE.PROUMPHE

Issue Price Code (PUC)

315 Qualitative and Quantitative BB.RAMNARBB, BB.RAMCNABB(D)

Maintainability Requirements:

Nuclear Hardened Characteristics,

Fail Safe, Environmental, etc.

316 Quantity Per Assembly XC.QTYASYXC, HG.QTYASYHG

317 Quantity Per End Item XC.QTYPEIXC, HG.QTYPEIHG

318 Quantity Per Figure HK.QTYFIGHK

319 Quantity Per Task CG.SQTYTKCG, CI.PQTYTKCI

320 Quantity Per Test EM.QTYTSTEM

321 Quantity Per Unit Pack HF.QTYUPKHF

322 Quantity Procured HP.QTYPROHP

323 Quantity Shipped HP.QTYSHPHP

324 Quantity Skill Specialty Code AE.QTYAVAAE

Available

325 Rail Transportation Country JB.RAILTCJB

326 Rail Use JB.RAILUSJB

327 Reason for Supersedure/Deletion EK.REASUPEK

328 Recommended Initial System HG.RISSBUHG

Stock Buy

329 Recommended Minimum System HG.RMSSLIHG

Stock Level
 378 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

330 Recommended Rank/Rate/Pay Plan/ GB.RPPCIVGB, GB.RPPMILGB

Grade

331 Recommended Tender Load List HG.RTLLQTHG

Quantity

332 Recurring EA.RCURCSEA

333 Recurring Bin Cost XA.RCBINCXA

334 Recurring Cataloging Cost XA.RCCATCXA

335 Reference Designation HJ.REFDESHJ

336 Reference Designation Code HJ.RDCODEHJ

337 Reference Number AH.IOREFNAH, CG.TSREFNCG

CI.PROREFCI, EA.SEREFNEA

EB.SEREFNEA, EC.SEREFNEA

ED.SEREFNEA, EE.SEREFNEA

EF.SEREFNEA, EG.SEREFNEA

EH.SEREFNEA, EI.SEREFNEA

EJ.SEREFNEA, EK.SEREFNEA

EK.SPRREFEK, EL.SEREFNEA

EM.SEREFNEA, EM.SREFNOEM

UB.SEREFNEA, UC.OTPREFUC

UD.SEREFNEA, UD.OTPREFUC

UE.OTPREFUC, UE.TPIREFUE

UG.SEREFNEA, UH.PROREFCI

UH.SEREFNEA, UI.AIDREFUI

UJ.SEREFNEA, UJ.AIDREFUI

UK.ATEREFUK, UL.SEREFNEA

UL.ATEREFUK, UM.SUTREFUM

UN.TGSREFUN, UN.SUTREFUM

HA.REFNUMHA, HB.REFNUMHB

HC.REFNUMHC, HD.REFNUMHA

HE.REFNUMHA, HF.REFNUMHA

HG.REFNUMHA, HH.REFNUMHA

HI.REFNUMHA, HJ.REFNUMHA

HK.REFNUMHA, HL.REFNUMHA

HM.REFNUMHA, HN.REFNUMHN

HO.REFNUMHO, HP.REFNUMHA

HQ.REFNUMHA, HR.REFNUMHO

338 Reference Number Category HA.REFNCCHA, HB.ADRNCCHB

Code

339 Reference Number Variation HA.REFNVCHA, HB.ADRNVCHB

Code

340 Regulatory Requirements JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(D)
379

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

341 Reliability Availability Maintain- BB.RAMCNABB

ability Characteristics Narrative

Code

342 Reliability Availability Maintain- XB.RAMINDXB

ability Indicator

343 Reliability Centered Maintenance BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(J)

Age Exploration

344 Reliability Centered Maintenance BF.RCMR01BF, BF.RCMR02BF

Logic Results BF.RCMR03BF, BF.RCMR04BF

BF.RCMR05BF, BF.RCMR06BF

BF.RCMR07BF, BF.RCMR08BF

BF.RCMR09BF, BF.RCMR10BF

BF.RCMR11BF, BF.RCMR12BF

BF.RCMR13BF, BF.RCMR14BF

BF.RCMR15BF, BF.RCMR16BF

BF.RCMR17BF, BF.RCMR18BF

BF.RCMR19BF, BF.RCMR20BF

BF.RCMR21BF, BF.RCMR22BF

BF.RCMR23BF, BF.RCMR24BF

BF.RCMR25BF

345 Reliability Centered Maintenance AA.RCMLOGAA

Logic Utilized

346 Reliability Centered Maintenance BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(K)

Reasoning

347 Reliability/Maintainability BD.RAMINDBD, BE.RAMINDBD

Indicator Code

348 Remain-In-Place Indicator HG.REMIPIHG

349 Remarks Reference Code CE.TSKRRCCE, CF.TSKRRCCE

350 Repair Cycle Time HG.ORCTOOHG, HG.FRCTFFHG

HG.HRCTHHHG, HG.LRCTLLHG

HG.DRCTDDHG, HG.CONRCTHG

351 Repair Survival Rate HG.REPSURHG

352 Repair Work Space Cost AI.RPWSCSAI

353 Replaced or Superseding HP.RSPLISHP

Provisioning List Item

Sequence Number

354 Replaced or Superseding HP.RSPINDHP

Provisioning List Item

Sequence Number Indicator
 380 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

355 Replacement Task Distribution HG.ORTDOOHG, HG.FRTDFFHG

HG.HRTDHHHG, HG.LRTDLLHG

HG.DRTDDDHG

356 Reportable Item Control Code EA.SERICCEA

357 Required Days of Stock AI.RQDSTKAI

358 Requirements for CA.FTRNRQCA, CA.TRNRQCCA

CA.TSEREQCA

359 Retail Stockage Criteria XA.RESTCRXA

360 Revision EF.SRDREVEF, EG.SRDREVEF

EH.SRDREVEF, FA.FADREVFA

361 Revolving Assets EA.REVASSEA

362 Safety Hazard Severity Code BI.FMSHSCBI, BK.FMSHSCBK

363 Safety Level XA.SAFLVLXA

364 Same As Provisioning List Item HG.SAPLISHG

Sequence Number

365 Scope EJ.DDCCSCEJ, EL.IRCSCOEL

366 Sectionalization Identification JA.SECTIDJA

367 Sectionalized Item Transportation XB.SECITMXB

Indicator

368 Sectionalized Remarks JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(G)

369 Security Clearance BA.SECCLEBA, GB.SCRSSCGB

370 Self Test EA.SLFTSTEA, UE.TPISTSUE

371 Sensors or Transducers EA.SENTRAEA

372 Sequential Subtask Description CC.SUBNARCC

373 Serial Number XD.FRSNUMXD, XD.TOSNUMXD

XE.FRSNUMXE, XE.TOSNUMXE

HN.FRSNUMHN, HN.TOSNUMHN

374 Serial Number Effectivity HQ.FMSRNOHQ, HQ.TOSRNOHQ

375 Serial Number Usable On Code XD.SNUUOCXD

376 Service Designator Code AA.SERDESAA, AB.SERDESAA

AC.SERDESAA, AD.SERDESAA

AE.SERDESAA, AF.SERDESAA
 381 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

AI.SERDESAI, EA.SERDESEA

EA.USESEREA

377 Shelf Life HA.SHLIFEHA

378 Shelf Life Action Code HA.SLACTNHA

379 Ship Time AJ.TIMESHAJ

380 Shipping Configuration JB.SHPCONJB

381 Shipping Weight (Empty/Loaded) JC.SHWEEMJC, JC.SHWELDJC

382 Shock and Vibration Remarks JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(A)

383 Sketch EA.SKETCHEA

384 Skid Area JC.SDSICGJC

385 Skid Remarks JD.WHTRLOJD, JD.TREINCJD(B)

386 Skill Level Code GA.SKLVCDGA, GB.MDSCLCGB

387 Skill Specialty Code AE.SKSPCDGA, CD.SKSPCDGA

EA.SSCOPREA, GA.SKSPCDGA

GB.SKSPCDGA

388 Skill Specialty Evaluation Code CD.SSECDECD

389 Source, Maintenance and EA.SMRCSEEA, HG.SMRCODHG

Recoverability Code

390 Spare Factor EA.SPRFACEA

391 Spares Acquisition Integrated HA.SAIPCDHA

with Production

392 Special Maintenance Item Code HA.SMAINCHA

393 Special Management EA.SPMGNTEA

394 Special Marking Code HF.SPEMRKHF

395 Special Material Content Code HA.SPMACCHA

396 Special Packaging Instruction HF.SPINUMHF

Number

397 Special Packaging Instruction HF.SPIREVHF

Number Revision

398 Specialized Service and JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(F)

Equipment Requirements
 382 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

399 Specific Authorization ED.ACTNAMED, ED.TYPACTED

ED.NUMACTED, ED.SEQTYAED

400 Speed JA.SPSPEDJA

401 Standard Interservice Agency EA.SIASCNEA

Serial Control Number

402 Standards For Comparison UC.OTPSFCUC

403 Standby Time AB.OSTBTIAB, BE.STABYTBE

404 Status EF.STATUSEF

405 Storage Dimensions EA.STOHGTEA, EA.STOLENEA

EA.STOWDTEA

406 Storage Weight EA.STOWGTEA

407 Subtask Number CB.SUBNUMCB, CB.RFDSUBCB

CC.SUBNUMCB, CD.SUBNUMCB

CK.SUBNUMCB, GE.SUBNUMCB

408 Supersedure Type EK.SUTYPEEK

409 Supplemental Packaging Data HF.SUPPKDHF

410 Support Concept BA.SUPCONBA

411 Support Equipment Explanation EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(G)

412 Support Equipment Full Item Name EA.FLITNMEA

413 Support Equipment Grouping EA.SEGRCDEA

414 Support Equipment Narrative Code EE.SENARCEE

415 Support Equipment Non- EE.SEQNAREE, EE.SENARCEE(C)

Proliferation Effort

416 Support Equipment Recommendation EF.SERDNOEF, EG.SERDNOEF

Data Number EH.SERDNOEF, EK.SUSRNOEK

UC.OTPSRDUC, UE.TPISRDUE

UI.AIDSRDUI

417 Support Equipment Recommendation EG.REVREMEG

Data Revision Remarks

418 Support Equipment Required EA.SEREQDEA

419 Support Equipment Shipping EA.SESHPHEA, EA.SESHPLEA

Dimensions EA.SESHPWEA
383 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

420 Support Equipment Shipping EA.SESHWTEA

Weight

421 Support of Support Equipment XA.SECSFCXA

Cost Factor

422 Suppression Indicator Code HG.SUPINDHG

423 System/End Item Identifier XB.SYSIDNXB, HG.PSYSIDHG

424 System/End Item Narrative Code AK.SEINCDAK

425 System Redesign/Logistics BC.LOCOCOBC

Considerations Code

426 System Redesign/Logistics Consid- BG.FMNNARBG, BG.FMNCNABG(I)

erations, Recommendations, Dispo- BG.FMNCNABG(L), BC.LOGNARBC

sition, Results

427 Task Code BH.TTASKCBH, CA.TASKCDCA

CA.REFTSKCA, CB.TASKCDCA

CB.RFDTCDCB, CC.TASKCDCA

CD.TASKCDCA, CF.TASKCDCA

CG.TASKCDCA, CH.TASKCDCA

CK.TASKCDCA, FE.TASKCDCA

GE.TASKCDCA

428 Task Condition CA.TCONDACA, CA.TCONDBCA

CA.TCONDCCA

429 Task Criticality CA.TSKCRCCA

430 Task Frequency CA.TSKFRQCA

431 Task Identification CA.TASKIDCA, CB.SUBTIDCB

432 Task Remarks CE.TSKREMCE

433 Task Type BH.TATYPEBH

434 Technical Data Package UE.TPITDPUE

435 Technical Evaluation Priority EA.TECEVLEA

Code

436 Technical Manual Change HK.TMCHGNHK

Number

437 Technical Manual Code XI.TMCODEXI, CH.TMCODEXI

HJ.TMCODEXI, HK.TMCODEXI

HL.TMCODEXI

438 Technical Manual Functional Group XB.TMFGCDXB, HK.TMFGCDHK

Code
384 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

439 Technical Manual Indenture HK.TMINDCHK

Code

440 Technical Manual Number XI.TMNUMBXI, AH.IOITNMAH

441 Technical Manual Required EA.TMRQCDEA

Code(s)

442 Test Accuracy Ratio UG.UUTPTAUG, UG.UUTPTDUG

UN.UTPATAUN, UN.UTPATDUN

443 Test Language EA.TSTLNGEA

444 Test Measurement and Diagnostic EA.TMDERCEA

Equipment Register Code

445 Test Measurement and Diagnostic EA.TMDERIEA

Equipment Register Index Number

446 Test Points EA.TSTPTSEA

447 Test Requirements Document UH.UUTFTDUH

Indicator

448 Test Requirements Document UA.UTTRDNUA, UM.TRDNUMUM

Number

449 Test Score GB.SSCTESGB

450 Text Sequencing Code AF.TEXSEQAF, AK.TEXSEQAK

BB.TEXSEQBB, BC.TEXSEQBC

BG.TEXSEQBG, BJ.TEXSEQBJ

CC.TEXSEQCC, CK.TSFROMCK

CK.TEXTTOCK, EE.TEXSEQEE

EG.TEXSEQEG, UF.TEXSEQUF

FB.TEXSEQFB, FC.TEXSEQFC

FD.TEXSEQFD, GC.TEXSEQGC

GE.TEXSEQGE, HI.TEXSEQHI

HL.TEXSEQHL, JD.TEXSEQJD

JF.TEXSEQJF

451 Theater of Operation JA.TRCHTHJA

452 Total Item Changes HP.TOTICHHP

453 Total Quantity Recommended HG.TOTQTYHG

454 Total Systems Supported AA.TOSYSUAA

455 Towing Speed JA.TWSPEDJA

456 Tracked Ground Contact Pressure JC.TRGRPRJC

457 Tracked Pad Shoe Area JC.TRPSARJC
 385 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

458 Tracked Pads Touching JC.TRNUPTJC

459 Tracked Road Wheel Weight JC.TRRWWTJC

460 Training Cost GA.TRNCOSGA

461 Training Location Rationale CA.TRNLOCCA

462 Training Rationale CA.TRNRATCA

463 Training Recommendation CA.TRNRECCA

464 Transportation Characteristics JB.TRCHMTJB

Mode Type

465 Transportation Characteristics JB.TRANCNJB

Number

466 Transportation Cost XA.TRNCSTXA

467 Transportation End Item Indicator XC.TRASEIXC

468 Transportation Indicator JA.TRNINDJA

469 Transportation Item Designator JB.TRITDRJB

(Ship, Literage, Aircraft,

Helicopter)

470 Transportation Narrative Code JF.TRANCDJF

471 Transportation Projection Remarks JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(C)

472 Transportation Remarks (Handling, JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(E)

Towing, Air Drop, Self-Propelled)

473 Transported Configuration JC.TRCONMJC, JD.TRCONMJC

Number

474 Transported End Item Narrative JD.TREINCJD

Code

475 Transported Other Equipment JD.WHTRLOJD, JD.TREINCJD(E)

476 Transport To and From JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(H)

477 Turning Information JD.WHTRLOJD, JD.TREINCJD(C)

478 Type Acquisition XA.WSTYAQXA

479 Type Classification EA.TYPCLSEA

480 Type Equipment Code EA.TYPEEQEA

481 Type of Change Code XC.TOCCODXC, HG.TOCCODHG
386 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

482 Type of Construction FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(H)

483 Type of Facility FA.FACTYPFA, FB.FACTYPFA

FC.FACTYPFC, FD.FACTYPFD

484 Type of Supply System Code XA.TSSCODXA

485 Type of Unit of Measure/ HD.TUIPRCHD, HE.TUMPRCHE

Issue Price Code

486 Unit Container Code HF.UNICONHF

487 Unit Container Level HF.UCLEVLHF

488 Unit of Issue HA.UNITISHA

489 Unit of Issue Conversion HA.UICONVHA

Factor

490 Unit of Issue Price HD.UIPRICHD

491 Unit of Measure CG.SQTKUMCG, CI.PQTKUMCI

EA.LWHOUMEA, EA.WGTOUMEA

EA.LWHSUMEA, EA.WGTSUMEA

EA.UMSHIPEA, EA.UMSEWTEA

FA.FAARUMFA, FA.CONUOMFA

HA.UNITMSHA, JC.TPSAUMJC

JC.SKADUMJC

492 Unit of Measure Price HE.UMPRICHE, FA.FACNCOFA

493 Unit Pack Cube HF.UNPKCUHF

494 Unit Pack Size HF.LENUPKHF, HF.WIDUPKHF

HF.DEPUPKHF

495 Unit Pack Weight HF.UNPKWTHF

496 Unit Size HA.ULENGTHA, HA.UWIDTHHA

HA.UHEIGHHA

497 Unit Weight HA.UWEIGHHA

498 Unit Under Test Explanation UF.UTEXPLUF

499 Unscheduled Maintenance AC.MLUMETAC, AC.MLUMMHAC

500 Unusual and Special Transportation JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(K)

Requirements

501 Usable On Code XC.UOCSEIXC,

502 Utilities Requirements FD.NMFNARFD, FD.NMFNCDFD(I)
 387 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE TABLE LOCATION

503 Utilization Ratio AE.UTRATIAE

504 Venting and Protective Clothing JF.TRANARJF, JF.TRANCDJF(L)

Requirements

505 Wearout Life BA.WEOULIBA

506 Wheeled Axle and Suspension JD.WHTRLOJD, JD.TREINCJD(D)

Requirements

507 Wheeled Inflation Pressure JC.WHINPRJC

508 Wheeled Number of Plies JC.WHNUPLJC

509 Wheeled Number of Tires JC.WHNUTIJC

510 Wheeled Tire Load Rating JC.WHTLDRJC

511 Wheeled Tire Requirements JD.WHTRLOJD, JD.TREINCJD(A)

512 Wheeled Tire Size JC.WHTIFTJC

513 Wheeled Weight Ratings JC.WHWERAJC

514 Work Area Code CB.SUBWACCB

515 Work Package Reference UA.UTWPRFUA, UM.WKPKRFUM

516 Work Unit Code HG.WRKUCDHG

517 Wrapping Material HF.WRAPMTHF

518 Year EA.YRFLDGEA
 388 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

APPENDIX E - SECTION 2

LISTING OF DATA ELEMENT CODES

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

-AAAEERHGD 026 ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED RANGE HIGH

AAEERLGD 026 ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED RANGE LOW

AAELPHGD 026 ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST PERCENT HIGH

AAELPLGD 026 ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST PERCENT LOW

AAEXRHGB 026 ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE HIGH

AAEXRLGB 026 ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE LOW

AALPRHGB 026 ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT HIGH

AALPRLGB 026 ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT LOW

AAPLCCHA 308 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE

ABAFQTGB 026 ASVAB AFQT SCORE

ACHAVABD 001 ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY

ACQMETHA 003 ACQUISITION METHOD CODE

ACTNAMED 399 ACTIVITY NAME LOCATION

ACTNSNHA 253 NSN ACTIVITY CODE

ADCAGEHB 046 ARN CAGE CODE

ADDLTMXA 014 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME

ADDREFHB 006 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER

ADPEQPHA 027 AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING EQUIPMENT CODE

ADQCOFEA 002 ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE

ADRNCCHB 338 ARN REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE

ADRNVCHB 339 ARN REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE

AIDCAGUI 046 ADAPTER INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE (AID) CAGE CODE

AIDCUTUI 048 COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST

AIDREFUI 337 AID REFERENCE NUMBER

AIDRQDEA 005 ADAPTER/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED

AIDSRDUI 416 AID SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

AIDUCNUI 025 AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING

AIDUCRUI 025 AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING

ALCSEIHN 019 S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC

ALCSEIHO 019 UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC

ALCSEIXE 019 S/N SYSTEM/EI ALTERNATE LCN CODE

ALCSEIXF 019 UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC

ALDCNMEB 016 ALLOWANCE DOCUMENT NUMBER

ALDNDSEB 015 ALLOCATION DESIGN DESCRIPTION

ALDTXXBE 013 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTICS DELAY TIME

ALEXRNEB 015 ALLOCATION EXTENDED RANGE

ALIQTYHG 018 ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY

ALLOWCHG 017 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE

ALLVCDEB 015 ALLOCATION LAND OR VESSEL CODE

ALMLVLEB 015 ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL FUNCTION

ALORG1EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 1

ALORG2EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 2

ALORG3EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 3

ALORG4EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 4

ALORG5EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 5

ALORG6EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 6

ALORG7EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 7
 389 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

ALORG8EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 8

ALORG9EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 9

ALRG10EB 015 ALLOWABLE RANGE 10

ALSTIDEB 015 ALLOCATION STATION IDENTIFICATION CODE

ALTFSCEH 253 ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION

ALTLCNBH 019 FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE

ALTLCNHN 019 S/N PROVISIONING ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC)

ALTLCNHO 019 UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC)

ALTLCNXB 019 ALTERNATE LCN CODE

ALTLCNXE 019 S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE

ALTLCNXF 019 UOC ITEM ALC

ALTNIIEH 253 ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

AMSUFCHA 004 ACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE

ANNOMIAB 021 ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS

ANOPDAAB 022 ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS

ANOPREAG 023 ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS

ANOPTIAB 024 ANNUAL OPERATING TIME

AORALCCA 019 AOR ALC

AORLCNCA 199 ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT (AOR) LCN

AORMSBCA 238 AOR MEASUREMENT BASE

AORTYPCA 203 AOR LCN TYPE

ARAPTDHG 313 AS REQUIRED LIST A (PTD)

ARBPTDHG 313 AS REQUIRED LIST B (PTD)

ASVAPEGD 026 ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT

ATECAGUK 046 ATE CAGE CODE

ATEGDSUK 149 ATE GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR

ATEREFUK 337 AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) REFERENCE NUMBER

AVAIMHAE 028 AVAILABLE MAN-HOUR

-BBBPLCCHA 308 INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS PLCC

BDLPGABA 032 BUILT IN TEST DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 1

BDLPGBBA 032 BUILT IN TEST DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE PER GROUP 2

BITNDPBA 031 BUILT IN TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE

BITROPBA 033 BUILT IN TEST RETEST OK PERCENT

BOICTRHM 030 BASIS OF ISSUE CONTROL

-CCACITYXH 047 CAGE CITY

CADMTDHG 214 CONDEMNED AT DEPOT MTD

CAGECDHB 046 ARN ITEM CAGE CODE

CAGECDHC 046 ITEM CAGE CODE

CAGECDHN 046 S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE

CAGECDHO 046 UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE

CAGECDXH 046 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE

CALINTEA 037 CALIBRATION INTERVAL

CALITMEA 038 CALIBRATION ITEM

CALPROEC 039 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE

CALRQDEA 040 CALIBRATION REQUIRED

CALSTDEA 041 CALIBRATION STANDARD

CALTIMEA 042 CALIBRATION TIME
390

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

CANAMEXH 047 CAGE NAME

CANATNXH 047 CAGE NATION

CANUMBHP 043 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER

CAPOZOXH 047 CAGE POSTAL ZONE

CASTATXH 047 CAGE STATE

CASTREXH 047 CAGE STREET

CBDMTDHG 214 CONDEMNED BELOW DEPOT MTD

CBLPTDHG 313 COMMON AND BULK ITEMS LIST (PTD)

CCPLCCHA 308 LONG LEAD ITEM PLCC

CDPROCHF 045 CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURES

CFEGFEEA 056 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT

CMRSRCEA 035 CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY RECOMMENDED

CNTRECEJ 057 DDCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED

CNTRNOEA 055 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTRACT NUMBER

COGNSNHA 253 NSN COGNIZANCE CODE

CONLENJB 053 CONTAINER LENGTH

CONNSNHF 253 CONTAINER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER

CONNUMJA 055 CONTRACT NUMBER

CONRCTHG 350 CONTRACTOR RCT

CONRECEL 057 IRCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED

CONTNOXA 055 SYSTEM END ITEM CONTRACT NUMBER

CONTYPJB 054 CONTAINER TYPE

CONUOMFA 491 CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE

CONVFABA 059 CONVERSION FACTOR

CREANGJC 063 CREST ANGLE

CREWSZAA 064 CREW SIZE

CRITCDHA 066 CRITICALITY CODE

CRITITHA 065 CRITICAL ITEM CODE

CSPRRQXA 062 COST PER REQUISITION

CSREORXA 061 COST PER REORDER

CTCAGEHC 046 CTIC CAGE CODE

CTDLTMXA 052 CONTRACT TEAM DELAY TIME

CTICODHA 058 CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION CODE

CURPRCHD 051 UI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE

CURPRCHE 051 UM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE

CUSHMAHF 067 CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL

CUSTCDEA 069 CUSTODY CODE

CUSTHIHF 068 CUSHIONING THICKNESS

-DDATASCHG 070 DATA STATUS CODE

DATFADEA 071 DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY

DDCCSCEJ 365 DDCC SCOPE

DDPLCCHA 308 TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT PLCC

DEGPROHF 074 DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE

DELSCHJA 075 DELIVERY SCHEDULE

DEMILCXA 077 DEMILITARIZATION COST

DEMILIHA 076 DEMILITARIZATION CODE

DEPUPKHF 494 UNIT PACK DEPTH

DINMETAD 280 DAILY INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME

DINMMHAD 280 DAILY INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS

DISCNTXA 083 DISCOUNT RATE
 391 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

DLSCRCHA 073 DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER SCREENING REQUIREMENT CODE

DMTDDDHG 214 DEPOT/SHIPYARD MTD

DOCAVCHA 086 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY CODE

DOCIDCHA 087 DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE

DPRNRSGB 092 DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL

DRCLASFA 088 FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION

DRCTDDHG 350 DEPOT/SHIPYARD RCT

DRPONEHG 081 DESIGNATED REWORK POINT ONE

DRPTWOHG 081 DESIGNATED REWORK POINT TWO

DRTDDDHG 355 DEPOT SHIPYARD RTD

DRWCLSEA 088 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DRAWING CLASSIFICATION

DSNDATEJ 079 DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE

DSNPRCEA 080 DESIGN DATA PRICE

DTGVDSEF 071 SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION

DTRVSBEF 071 SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION

DUTIESCJ 090 DUTY

DUTYCDCJ 091 DUTY CODE

-EECOANLEA 093 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS

EEPLCCHA 308 COMMON AND BULK ITEM PLCC

EFMMMBBF 238 ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE MEASUREMENT BASE

EFMTBFBF 097 ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE

EIACODXA 096 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE

ELEMNTCC 095 ELEMENT INDICATOR

ENDARTEA 179 END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR

ENHATCJA 098 ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR

EOILINJB 104 EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR

ESSALVXA 102 ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE

ESSCODHG 100 ESSENTIALITY CODE

ESTPRCEJ 101 DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE

ESTPRCEL 101 IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE

EXUNPREA 103 EXTENDED UNIT PRICE

-FFAAREAFA 026 FACILITY AREA

FAARUMFA 491 FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE

FABNARFC --- BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE

FACCCDFA 115 FACILITY CATEGORY CODE

FACCCDFC 115 BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE

FACCCDFD 115 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE

FACCLAFA 116 FACILITY CLASS

FACNAMFA 118 FACILITY NAME

FACNAMFC 118 BASELINE FACILITY NAME

FACNAMFD 118 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME

FACNARFB --- FACILITY NARRATIVE

FACTYPFA 483 FACILITY TYPE

FACTYPFC 483 BASELINE FACILITY TYPE

FACTYPFD 483 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY TYPE

FACRNUBI 133 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER

FADNUMFA 089 FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER

FADREVFA 360 FACILITY DRAWING REVISION
 392 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

FAILRTBD 140 FAILURE RATE

FALCNCXG 019 FUNCTIONAL EI ALC

FAMGRPEA 142 FAMILY GROUP

FAMOINBF 134 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR

FARAMBBD 238 FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE

FBNACDFC 113 BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE

FEPROBBI 130 FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY

FFPLCCHA 308 REPAIRABLE ITEMS PLCC

FIAMBABA 143 FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 1

FIAMBBBA 143 FAULT ISOLATION AMBIGUITY GROUP 2

FIGNUMHK 144 FIGURE NUMBER

FIPFGABA 143 FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 1

FIPFGBBA 143 FAULT ISOLATION PERCENT FAILURE GROUP 2

FIQPQTJE 298 FIRST QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY

FISCYRHD 145 UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR

FISCYRHE 145 UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR

FLCNTYXG 203 FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE

FLITNMEA 412 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME

FLSACNXG 199 FUNCTIONAL SYSTEM/EI LCN

FMCLASBF 132 FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION

FMCNARBJ --- FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

FMMPCNBJ 135 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE

FMNCNABG 131 FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE CODE

FMNNARBG --- FAILURE MODE NARRATIVE

FMOPTIBI 269 OPERATING TIME

FMOTMBBI 238 OPERATING TIME MEASUREMENT BASE

FMRATOBF 136 FAILURE MODE RATIO

FMSHSCBI 362 SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE

FMSHSCBK 362 RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE

FMSRNOHQ 374 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY FROM

FMTDFFHG 214 INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT MTD

FNCODEFB 119 FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE

FPROBLBI 139 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL

FQPQTYJE 298 FOURTH QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY

FRCLASJB 146 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION

FRCTFFHG 350 INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RCT

FRDATABA 141 FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE

FRSNUMHN 373 S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER FROM

FRSNUMXD 373 SERIAL NUMBER FROM

FRSNUMXE 373 S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM

FRTDFFHG 355 INTERMEDIATE/DIRECT SUPPORT RTD

FSCNSNHA 253 NSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION

FTRNRQCA 358 FACILITY REQUIREMENT CODE

-GGENECDEA 148 GENERIC CODE

GFAEIDEM 179 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR

GGPLCCHA 308 INTERIM RELEASED ITEM PLCC

GOVDESEA 149 GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR

GOVRQDEJ 150 DDCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED

GOVRQDEL 150 IRCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED
393 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

-HHALTMLJB 250 HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL LOAD

HALTMTJB 251 HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL TYPE

HARDCIHG 151 HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM

HAZCODHA 154 HAZARDOUS CODE

HAZMPCCA 155 HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE

HDWRPREA 153 HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE

HHPLCCHA 308 INSTALLATION AND CHECKOUT ITEM PLCC

HICLNEJC 241 MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION EMPTY

HICLNLJC 241 MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION LOADED

HIPRMLJB 250 HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL LOAD

HIPRMTJB 251 HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL TYPE

HLCSPCXA 160 HOLDING COST PERCENTAGE

HMATLRJB 159 HELICOPTER MISSION ALTITUDE

HMDISRJB 159 HELICOPTER MISSION DISTANCE

HMPAYRJB 159 HELICOPTER MISSION PAYLOAD

HMSCOSHA 156 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST

HMTDHHHG 214 INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT MTD

HMTIMRJB 159 HELICOPTER MISSION TIME

HMTMPRJB 159 HELICOPTER MISSION TEMPERATURE

HRCTHHHG 350 INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RCT

HRDCPCCA 152 HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURE CODE

HRLARTGA 161 HOUR LABOR RATE

HRTDHHHG 355 INTERMEDIATE/GENERAL SUPPORT RTD

HWDCOSHA 157 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST

HWSCODHA 158 HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST

-IICCODEEK 172 SUPERCEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE

ILSPRCEA 170 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE

IMTBMMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED MEASUREMENT BASE

INAMECHA 183 ITEM NAME CODE

INCATCXA 167 INITIAL CATALOG COST

INCQTYHF 175 INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER QUANTITY

INDCODHG 162 INDENTURE CODE

INDMATHA 163 INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPACITY

INHAVAAA 164 REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY

INHAVABD 164 INHERENT AVAILABILITY

INHMAFBD 165 INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR

INHMTBBD 232 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT

INHMTMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT MEASUREMENT BASE

INMTBMBD 231 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED

INTBINXA 166 INITIAL BIN COST

INTCHCHP 172 INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE

INTCONHF 174 INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE

INTRATXA 173 INTEREST RATE

INTSUBEF 071 SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION

INVSTGXA 176 INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE

IOCAGEAH 046 INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE

IOINTYAH 266 NUMBER TYPE

IOITNMAH 440 INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER
 394 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

IONAMEAH 182 INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME

IONFSCAH 253 INTEROPERABLE ITEM NSN FSC

IONIINAH 253 INTEROPERABLE ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

IOREFNAH 337 INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER

IPACDCEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE ALTERNATING CURRENT DIRECT CURRENT

IPFRMXEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MAXIMUM

IPMXRPEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE PERCENT MAX RIP

IPOPRGEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MINIMUM

IPPHASEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE PHASE

IPPOWREI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE WATTS

IPRGMXEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE FREQUENCY RANGE MINIMUM

IPSOPNEI 168 SOURCE OPTION NUMBER

IPSRGMEI 168 INPUT POWER SOURCE OPERATING RANGE MAXIMUM

IRCCODEL 171 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENT CATEGORY CODE

IRCSCOEL 365 IRCC SCOPE

ISLPTDHG 313 INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS LIST(PTD)

ITEMNOHK 184 ITEM NUMBER

ITMCATHG 177 ITEM CATEGORY CODE

ITMDESXC 179 SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE

ITMMGCHA 181 ITEM MANAGEMENT CODE

ITNAMEHA 182 ITEM NAME

-JJJPLCCHA 308 AUTHORIZATION STOCK LIST ITEM PLCC

JOBCODCJ 186 JOB CODE

JOBDESCJ 185 JOB

-KKKPLCCHA 308 RECOMMENDED BUY LIST ITEM PLCC

-LLABRATAI 189 LABOR RATE

LCNAMEXB 201 LCN NOMENCLATURE

LCNINDXB 200 LCN INDENTURE

LCNSEIHN 199 S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN

LCNSEIHO 199 UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN

LCNSEIXE 199 S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN

LCNSEIXF 199 UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN

LCNSTRXA 202 LCN STRUCTURE

LCNTYPBH 203 FMT LCN TYPE

LCNTYPXB 203 LCN TYPE

LCNTYPXE 203 S/N ITEM LCN TYPE

LCNTYPXF 203 UOC ITEM LCN TYPE

LENUPKHF 494 UNIT PACK LENGTH

LGCTCDEA 197 LOGISTICS CONTROL CODE

LGDCOFEA 198 LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE

LICYSTEA 190 LIFE CYCLE STATUS

LIFSPNEA 191 LIFE SPAN

LINNUMHA 193 LINE ITEM NUMBER

LLIPTDHG 313 LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST PROVISIONING TECHNICAL DOCUMENTATION
 395 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

LLPLCCHA 308 PRESCRIBED LOAD LIST ITEM PLCC

LMTDLLHG 214 SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY MTD

LOCOCOBC 425 LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE

LODFACXA 195 LOADING FACTOR

LOGACCBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS ACCESSIBILITY

LOGCONBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CONNECTORS

LOGCRCBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS CORROSION/RUST CONTROL

LOGDSPBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS DESIGN FOR SELF PROTECTION

LOGFLOBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS FAULT LOCATION

LOGLABBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS LABELING

LOGMAIBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS MAINTENANCE BASE

LOGNARBC 426 RAM LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS

LOGPATBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS PACKAGING AND TRANSPORTATION

LOGSAFBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SAFETY

LOGSKIBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS SKILLS

LOGSTABA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS STANDARDIZATION

LOGTEPBA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TEST POINTS

LOGTRABA 196 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS TRAINING

LOTQFMHD 205 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM

LOTQFMHE 205 UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM

LOTQTOHD 205 UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO

LOTQTOHE 205 UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO

LRCTLLHG 350 SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RCT

LRTDLLHG 355 SPECIAL REPAIR ACTIVITY RTD

LRUNITHG 194 LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT

LSACONHN 199 S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

LSACONHO 199 UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

LSACONXB 199 LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

LSACONXE 199 S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER

LSACONXF 199 UOC ITEM LCN

LSARCDEA 204 LSA RECOMMENDATION CODE

LTYSEIXE 203 LCN S/N UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE

LTYSEIXF 203 UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE

LVLBOIHM 030 BASIS OF ISSUE LEVEL

LWHOUMEA 491 OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE

LWHSUMEA 491 STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE

-MMAIACTHG 206 MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE

MAININBH 208 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL

MAINMBBH 238 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE

MAOTIMHG 221 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME

MATERLHA 218 MATERIAL

MATNSNHA 253 NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE

MAXTTRAA 222 REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR

MAXTTRBD 222 MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR

MDCSSCGB 257 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE

MDSCLCGB 386 NEW MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE

MEASBSAG 238 ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT MEASUREMENT BASE

MEPRESHF 239 METHOD OF PRESERVATION CODE

MEQLINBA 243 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR

MGCOATEA 217 MANAGING COMMAND/AGENCY
 396 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

MGTPLNEA 216 MANAGEMENT PLAN

MILUNTJA 242 MILITARY UNIT TYPE

MINREUHG 245 MINIMUM REPLACEMENT UNIT

MISSPCBL 246 MISSION PHASE CODE

MLMTTRAC 222 MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR

MLNSSUAC 265 NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED

MLSMHOAC 215 SCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR

MLUMHOAC 215 UNSCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR

MLPERCAC 286 MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE

MLSAMHAC 020 MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS

MLUAMHAC 020 MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS

MLUMETAC 499 UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN ELAPSED TIME

MLUMMHAC 499 UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN MAN-HOURS

MMISDMAB 238 MEAN MISSION DURATION MEASUREMENT BASE

MMISDUAB 228 MEAN MISSION DURATION

MMPLCCHA 308 SYSTEM SUPPORT PACKAGE COMPONENT LIST PLCC

MNTPLNUM 209 SE UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER

MOBTYPJC 249 MOBILITY TYPE

MODCHGEA 252 MODIFICATION OR CHANGE

MPCMETAD 280 MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN ELAPSED TIME

MPCMMHAD 280 MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN MAN-HOURS

MPOPLDBL 247 MISSION PHASE OPERATIONAL MODE

MRRMODHG 213 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER

MRRONEHG 211 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I

MRRTWOHG 212 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II

MSDMETCA 224 MEASURED MEAN ELAPSE TIME

MSDMMHCA 225 MEASURED MEAN MAN-HOURS

MTBMPMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENT BASE

MTBMPVBD 234 MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE

MTBRMBBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS MEASUREMENT BASE

MTBRXXAG 235 REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS

MTBRXXBD 235 MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS

MTLEADHA 219 MATERIAL LEADTIME

MTLWGTHA 220 MATERIAL WEIGHT

MTTROPBD 236 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR OPERATIONAL

MTTRTHBD 236 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR TECHNICAL

-NNETEXWJA 254 NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT

NHAINDHH 259 NHA PLISN INDICATOR

NHAPLIHH 258 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY NHA PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER

NIINSNHA 253 NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

NMFNARFD --- NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE

NMFNCDFD 255 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE

NMSNARGC --- NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE

NMSNCDGC 256 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE

NMTBMMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT MEASUREMENT BASE

NOMTBMBD 233 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT

NOPRFFJA 260 NON-OPERABILITY FRAGILITY FACTOR

NORETSHG 261 NOT REPARABLE THIS STATION

NOSHPSAI 263 NUMBER OF SHOPS

NUMACTED 399 NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES
 397 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

NUOPLOAA 262 NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS

-OOMAMDTAA 223 OPERATIONAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME

OMLVLCAC 277 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE

OMLVLCAI 277 MODELING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE

OMLVLFAJ 277 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM

OMLVLTAJ 277 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO

OMTBFMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE

OMTBMABD 230 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL

OMTBMMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE

OMTDOOHG 214 ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION (MTD)

OPAVAIAB 273 REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY

OPAVAIBE 273 OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY

OPLENGEA 268 OPERATING LENGTH

OPMTBFBD 229 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL

OPMRBMAG 230 REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS

OPMTBFAG 229 REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES

OPMTTRAA 236 REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR

OPRHGTEA 268 OPERATING HEIGHT

OPRLIFXA 272 OPERATION LIFE

OPRMANEA 278 OPERATOR'S MANUAL

OPRQINAB 275 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR

OPRQINBE 275 RAM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR

OPRWGTEA 270 OPERATING WEIGHT

OPTPRIHF 279 OPTIONAL PROCEDURES INDICATOR

OPWIDTEA 268 OPERATING WIDTH

ORCTOOHG 350 ORGANIZATIONAL REPAIR CYCLE TIME (RCT)

ORTDOOHG 355 ORGANIZATIONAL REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION (RTD)

OSCOSTEA 267 OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST

OSTBTIAB 403 REQUIRED STANDBY TIME

OTPACNUC 025 OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING

OTPACRUC 025 OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING

OTPCAGUC 046 OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM (OTP) CAGE CODE

OTPCTPUC 060 OTP COORDINATED TEST PLAN

OTPREFUC 337 OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM (OTP) REFERENCE NUMBER

OTPSFCUC 402 OTP STANDARDS FOR COMPARISON

OTPSRDUC 416 OTP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

OPWEEMJC 276 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY

OPWELOJC 276 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT LOADED

OVHREPHH 281 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE

-PPACCATHF 282 PACKAGING CATEGORY CODE

PALCNCXG 019 PHYSICAL ALC

PAMENRGE 290 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE

PARACCEC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER ACCURACY

PARGPCEC 284 PARAMETER GROUP CODE

PARPAREC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER

PARRVCEC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE-VALUE CODE

PASTHREA 285 PASS THROUGH PRICE
 398 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

PCCNUMXC 307 SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER

PCLPTDHG 313 POST CONFERENCE LIST (PTD)

PERCENAA 286 REQUIRED PERCENTILE

PERCENBD 286 PERCENTILE

PHYSECHA 291 PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE

PINMETAD 280 PERIODIC INSP MEAN ELAPSED TIME

PINMMHAD 280 PERIODIC INSP MEAN MAN-HOURS

PIPLISHG 297 PRIOR ITEM PLISN

PKCAGEHF 046 PACKAGING DATA PREPARER CAGE

PKGCODHF 283 PACKING CODE

PLCNTYXG 203 PHYSICAL LCN TYPE

PLISNOXC 309 SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN)

PLISNOHG 309 PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN)

PLSACNXG 199 PHYSICAL LCN

PMCSIDCA 296 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES INDICATOR CODE

PMDTECCA 237 PRIMARY MEANS DETECTION

PMICODHA 293 PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE

POIMETAD 280 POSTOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME

POIMMHAD 280 POSTOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS

PPLPTDHG 313 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD)

PPSLSTHA 302 PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST

PQTKUMCI 491 PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE

PQTYTKCI 319 PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK

PRDLDTHA 299 PRODUCTION LEADTIME

PRDMETCA 224 PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSE TIME

PRDMMHCA 225 PREDICTED MEAN MAN-HOURS

PREATYEA 294 PREPARING ACTIVITY

PREMETAD 280 PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME

PREMMHAD 280 PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS

PREOVCBA 292 PILOT REWORK OVERHAUL CANDIDATE

PROALCCI 019 TASK PROVISION ALC

PROCAGCI 046 TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE

PROELEEA 301 PROGRAM ELEMENT

PROELIHP 305 PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM NUMBER (ELIN)

PROFACXA 300 PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR

PROLCNCI 199 TASK PROVISION LCN

PROLTYCI 203 TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE

PROPSNJA 304 PROPER SHIPPING NAME

PROQTYHP 306 PRORATED QUANTITY

PROREFCI 337 TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER

PROSICHG 312 PROVISIONING SYSTEM IDENTIFIER CODE

PROUIPHD 314 UI PRICE PROVISIONING

PROUMPHE 314 UM PRICE PROVISIONING

PROVNOHL 310 PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE

PRSMATHF 295 PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE

PRSTDACA 287 TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD A

PRSTDBCA 287 TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD B

PRSTDCCA 287 TASK PERFORMANCE STANDARD C

PRSTOMXA 289 PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/MILITARY

PRSTOVXA 289 PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE/CIVILIAN

PSICPOEA 303 PROGRAM SUPPORT INVENTORY CONTROL POINT

PSYSIDHG 423 PROVISIONING SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER
399 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

-QQTYASYXC 316 SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY

QTYASYHG 316 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY

QTYAVAAE 324 AVAILABLE QUANTITY

QTYBOIHM 030 BASIS OF ISSUE QUANTITY

QTYFIGHK 318 QUANTITY PER FIGURE

QTYPEIXC 317 SYSTEM/END ITEM QUANTITY PER END ITEM

QTYPEIHG 317 QUANTITY PER END ITEM

QTYPROHP 322 QUANTITY PROCURED

QTYSHPHP 323 QUANTITY SHIPPED

QTYTSTEM 320 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER TEST

QTYUPKHF 321 QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK

-RRAILTCJB 325 RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY

RAILUSJB 326 RAIL USE

RAMCNABB 341 RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE

RAMINDBD 347 RAM INDICATOR CODE

RAMINDXB 342 RAM INDICATOR

RAMNARBB --- RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

RATIOBHM 030 BASIS OF ISSUE END ITEM

RCBINCXA 333 RECURRING BIN COST

RCCATCXA 334 RECURRING CATALOG COST

RCMDSABF 084 RCM DISPOSITION A

RCMDSBBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION B

RCMDSCBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION C

RCMDSDBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION D

RCMDSEBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION E

RCMDSFBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION F

RCMDSGBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION G

RCMDSHBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION H

RCMDSIBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION I

RCMDSJBF 084 RCM DISPOSITION J

RCMLOGAA 345 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE LOGIC UTILIZED

RCMR01BF 344 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE (RCM) LOGIC RESULTS 01

RCMR02BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 02

RCMR03BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 03

RCMR04BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 04

RCMR05BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 05

RCMR06BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 06

RCMR07BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 07

RCMR08BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 08

RCMR09BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 09

RCMR10BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 10

RCMR11BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 11

RCMR12BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 12

RCMR13BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 13

RCMR14BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 14

RCMR15BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 15

RCMR16BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 16

RCMR17BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 17
400 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

RCMR18BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 18

RCMR19BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 19

RCMR20BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 20

RCMR21BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 21

RCMR22BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 22

RCMR23BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 23

RCMR24BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 24

RCMR25BF 344 RCM LOGIC RESULTS 25

RCURCSEA 332 RECURRING

RDCODEHJ 336 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE

REASUPEK 327 REASON FOR SUPERCEDURE DELETION

REFALCCA 019 REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE

REFDESHJ 335 REFERENCE DESIGNATION

REFEIACA 096 REFERENCED END ITEM ACRONYM CODE

REFLCNCA 199 REFERENCED LCN

REFNCCHA 338 REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE

REFNUMHA 337 REFERENCE NUMBER

REFNUMHB 337 ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER

REFNUMHC 337 ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER

REFNUMHN 337 S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER

REFNUMHO 337 UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER

REFNVCHA 339 REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE

REFTSKCA 427 REFERENCED TASK CODE

REFTYPCA 203 REFERENCED LCN TYPE

REMARKHI 311 PROVISIONING REMARKS

REMIPIHG 348 REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR

REPSURHG 351 REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE

RESTCRXA 359 RETAIL STOCKAGE CRITERIA

REVASSEA 361 REVOLVING ASSETS

REVREMEG 417 SERD REVISION REMARKS

RFDALCCB 019 REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE

RFDEIACB 096 REFERENCED SUBTASK END ITEM ACRONYM CODE

RFDLCNCB 199 REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN

RFDSUBCB 407 REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER

RFDTCDCB 427 REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE

RFDTYPCB 203 REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE

RICRITBK 178 CRITICALITY NUMBER

RILPTDHG 313 REPAIRABLE ITEMS LIST (PTD)

RISSBUHG 328 RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY

RMSSLIHG 329 RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL

RNGFRMEC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE FROM

RNGTOCEC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE TO

RPPCIVGB 330 RECOMMENDED CIVILIAN GRADE

RPPMILGB 330 RECOMMENDED MILITARY RANK RATE

RPWSCSAI 352 REPAIR WORK SPACE COST

RQDSTKAI 357 REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK

RSPLISHP 353 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING (R/S) PLISN

RTLLQTHG 331 RECOMMENDED TENDER LOAD LIST QUANTITY

-SSAIPCDHA 391 SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PODUCTIONS

SAFLVLXA 363 SAFETY LEVEL
401 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

SAPLISHG 364 SAME AS PLISN

SBMMETCB 227 SUBTASK MEAN MINUTE ELAPSE TIME

SCAGECEM 046 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE

SCPPTDHG 313 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD)

SCRSSCGB 369 SECURITY CLEARANCE

SDECKSJB 072 SEA DECK STOWAGE

SDSICGJC 384 SKID AREA

SECAGEEA 046 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE

SECCLEBA 369 SECURITY CLEARANCE

SECITMXB 367 SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR

SECSFCXA 421 SUPPORT OF EQUIP COST FACTOR

SECTIDJA 366 SECTIONALIZED IDENTIFICATION

SEGRCDEA 413 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING

SEICCDEA 177 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ITEM CATEGORY CODE

SEINARAK --- SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE

SEINCDAK 424 SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE

SEMTBFEA 229 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE

SEMTTREA 236 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME TO REPAIR

SENARCEE 414 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE

SENTRAEA 371 SENSORS OR TRANSDUCERS

SEQNAREE --- SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE

SEQTYAED 399 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER ACTIVITY

SERDESAA 376 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE

SERDESAI 376 MODELING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE

SERDNOEF 416 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER

SEREFNEA 337 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER

SEREQDEA 418 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED

SERICCEA 356 REPORTABLE ITEM CONTROL CODE

SESHPHEA 419 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING HEIGHT

SESHPLEA 419 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING LENGTH

SESHPWEA 419 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WIDTH

SESHWTEA 420 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT

SEUPGCUN 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST PARAMETER GROUP CODE

SFPPTDHG 313 SHORT FORM PROVISIONING PARTS LIST (PTD)

SHLIFEHA 377 SHELF LIFE

SHPCONJB 380 SHIPPING CONFIGURATION

SHPDISAJ 085 SHIP DISTANCE

SHWEEMJC 381 SHIPPING WEIGHT EMPTY

SHWELDJC 381 SHIPPING WEIGHT LOADED

SIASCNEA 401 STANDARD INTERSERVICE AGENCY SERIAL CONTROL NUMBER

SKADUMJC 491 SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE

SKETCHEA 383 SKETCH

SKLVCDGA 386 SKILL LEVEL CODE

SKSPCDGA 387 SKILL SPECIALTY CODE

SLACTNHA 378 SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE

SLFTSTEA 370 SELF TEST CODE

SMAINCHA 392 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE

SMDTECCA 237 SECONDARY MEANS DETECTION

SMMNSNHA 253 NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION CODE/MATERIAL MANAGEMENT

AGGREGATION CODE

SMRCODHG 389 SOURCE, MAINTENANCE, AND RECOVERABILITY CODE

SMRCSEEA 389 SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE, AND RECOVERABILITY CODE

SMTBMAEA 230 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS
401 a 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

SNUMSKJC 264 NUMBER OF SKIDS

SNUUOCXD 375 SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE

SPARIOEC 284 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER INPUT OUTPUT CODE

SPDATEHF 187 SPI NUMBER JULIAN DATE

SPEMRKHF 394 SPECIAL MARKING CODE

SPINUMHF 396 SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION (SPI) NUMBER

SPIREVHF 397 SPI NUMBER REVISION

SPMACCHA 395 SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE

SPMGNTEA 393 SPECIAL MANAGEMENT

SPRCAGEK 046 SUPERCEDURE CAGE CODE

SPRFACEA 390 SPARE FACTOR

SPRREFEK 337 SUPERCEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER

SPSPEDJA 400 SPEED

SQPQTYJE 298 SECOND QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY

SQTKUMCG 491 QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE

SQTYTKCG 319 QUANTITY PER TASK

SRDREVEF 360 SERD REVISION

SREFNOEM 337 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER

SSCOPREA 387 SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR

SSCTESGB 449 TEST SCORE

SSECDECD 388 SKILL SPECIALTY EVALUATION CODE

STABYTBE 403 STANDBY TIME

STATUSEF 404 SERD STATUS

STOHGTEA 405 STORAGE HEIGHT

STOLENEA 405 STORAGE LENGTH

STOWDTEA 405 STORAGE WIDTH

STOWGTEA 406 STORAGE WEIGHT

SUBMMMCD 226 SUBTASK MEAN MAN-MINUTES

SUBNARCC 372 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION

SUBNUMCB 407 SUBTASK NUMBER

SUBPIDCD 288 SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER

SUBTIDCB 431 SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION

SUBWACCB 514 SUBTASK WORK AREA CODE

SUPCONBA 410 SUPPORT CONCEPT

SUPINDHG 422 SUPPRESSION INDICATOR

SUPITNEK 182 SUPERCEDURE ITEM NAME

SUPPKDHF 409 SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA

SUSRNOEK 416 SUPERCEDURE SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER

SUTALLUM 016 SE UUT ALLOWANCE

SUTCAGUM 046 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST (SE UUT) CAGE CODE

SUTREFUM 337 SE UNIT UNDER TEST (UUT) REFERENCE NUMBER

SUTSTCUM 036 SE UUT CMRS STATUS

SUTYPEEK 408 SUPERCEDURE TYPE

SYSINDXB 423 SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER

-TTALCNCBH 019 TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN CODE

TASKCDCA 427 TASK CODE

TASKIDCA 431 TASK IDENTIFICATION

TATYPEBH 433 TASK TYPE

TCONDACA 428 TASK CONDITION A

TCONDBCA 428 TASK CONDITION B
 401 b

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

TCONDCCA 428 TASK CONDITION C

TECEVLEA 435 TECHNICAL EVALUATION PRIORITY CODE

TEMTBFAG 229 REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE

TEMTBFBD 229 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL

TEMTTRAA 236 REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR

TEXSEQAF 450 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQAK 450 SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQBB 450 RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQBC 450 RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQBG 450 FAILURE MODE NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQBJ 450 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQCC 450 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQEE 450 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQEG 450 SERD REVISION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQFB 450 FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQFC 450 BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQFD 450 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQGC 450 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQGE 450 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQHI 450 PROVISIONING TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQHL 450 PARTS MANUAL TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQJD 450 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQJF 450 TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXSEQUF 450 UUT EXPLANATION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE

TEXTTOCK 450 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE TO

TGSCAGUN 046 TESTING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) CAGE CODE

TGSREFUN 337 TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER

TIMESHAJ 379 SHIP TIME

TINMETAD 280 TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME

TINMMHAD 280 TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS

TLCNTYBH 203 TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE

TLSACNBH 199 TASK REQUIREMENT LCN

TMAMDTAA 223 TECHNICAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME

TMCHGNHK 436 TM CHANGE NUMBER

TMCODEXI 437 TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE

TMDERCEA 444 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER CODE

TMDERIEA 445 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REGISTER INDEX NUMBER

TMFGCDHK 438 TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE

TMFGCDXB 438 TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE

TMINDCHK 439 TM INDENTURE CODE

TMNUMBXI 440 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER

TMRQCDEA 441 TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIRED CODE(S)

TMTBFMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE

TMTBMAAG 230 REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS

TMTBMABD 230 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL

TMTBMMBD 238 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE

TOCCODXC 481 SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE

TOCCODHG 481 TYPE OF CHANGE CODE

TOSNUMHN 373 S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO

TOSNUMXD 373 SERIAL NUMBER TO

TOSNUMXE 373 S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO

TOSRNOHQ 374 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY TO
401 c

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

TOSYSUAA 454 TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED

TOTICHHP 452 TOTAL ITEM CHANGES

TOTQTYHG 453 TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED

TPAUCNUE 025 TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING

TPAUCRUE 025 TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING

TPICAGUE 046 TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION (TPI) CAGE CODE

TPIREFUE 337 TPI REFERENCE NUMBER

TPISRDUE 416 TPI SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER

TPISTSUE 370 TPI SELF TEST

TPITDPUE 434 TPI TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE

TPSAUMJC 491 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA UNIT OF MEASURE

TQPQTYJE 298 THIRD QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY

TRAFYRJE 145 TRANSPORT FISCAL YEAR

TRANARJF --- TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE

TRANCDJF 470 TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE

TRANCNJB 465 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTIC NUMBER

TRASEIXC 467 TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR

TRCHMTJB 464 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTIC MODE TYPE

TRCHRDJA 071 REVISION DATE

TRCHTHJA 451 THEATER OF OPERATION

TRCONMJC 473 TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER

TRDNUMUM 448 SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER

TREINCJD 474 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE

TRGRPRJC 456 TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE

TRITDRJB 469 TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR

TRNCOSGA 460 TRAINING COST

TRNCSTXA 466 TRANSPORTATION COST

TRNINDJA 468 TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR

TRNLOCCA 461 TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE CODE

TRNRATCA 462 TRAINING RATIONALE

TRNRECCA 463 TRAINING RECOMMENDATION TYPE

TRNRQCCA 358 TRAINING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE

TRNUPTJC 458 TRACKED PADS TOUCHING

TRPSARJC 457 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA

TRRWWTJC 459 TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT

TSCAGECG 046 TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE

TSEREQCA 358 TOOL/SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE

TSFROMCK 450 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE FROM

TSKALCCI 019 TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC)

TSKCRCCA 429 TASK CRITICALITY CODE

TSKFRQCA 430 TASK FREQUENCY

TSKLCNCI 199 TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

TSKLTYCI 203 TASK LCN TYPE

TSKREMCE 432 TASK REMARK

TSKRRCCE 349 TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE

TSKTCDCI 427 TASK PROVISION TASK CODE

TSREFNCG 337 TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER

TSSCODXA 484 TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM CODE

TSTPTSEA 446 TEST POINTS

TSTLNGEA 443 TEST LANGUAGE

TTASKCBH 427 TASK CODE

TTLPTDHG 313 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST (PTD)

TUIPRCHD 485 UI PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE
 401 d 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

TUMPRCHE 485 UM PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE

TWALFIJC 029 FRONT INSIDE AXLE LENGTH

TWALFOJC 029 FRONT OUTSIDE AXLE LENGTH

TWALRIJC 029 REAR INSIDE AXLE LENGTH

TWALROJC 029 REAR OUTSIDE AXLE LENGTH

TWSPEDJA 455 TOWING SPEED

TYPACTED 399 TYPE OF ACTIVITY

TYPCLSEA 479 TYPE CLASSIFICATION

TYPEEQEA 480 TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE

-UUCLEVLHF 487 UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL

UHEIGHHA 496 UNIT SIZE HEIGHT

UICONVHA 489 UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR

UIPRICHD 490 UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) PRICE

ULENGTHA 496 UNIT SIZE LENGTH

UMNTPLUA 209 UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER

UMPRICHE 492 UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) PRICE

UMSEWTEA 491 SE SHIPPING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE

UMSHIPEA 491 SE SHIPPING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE

UNICONHF 486 UNIT CONTAINER CODE

UNITISHA 488 UNIT OF ISSUE

UNITMSHA 491 UNIT OF MEASURE

UNPKCUHF 493 UNIT PACK CUBE

UNPKWTHF 495 UNIT PACK WEIGHT

UOCSEIXC 501 USABLE ON CODE

USESEREA 376 USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE

UTALLOUA 016 UUT ALLOWANCE

UTCMRSUB 035 UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY RECOMMENDED CODE

UTEXPLUF 498 UUT EXPLANATION

UTLCNTUA 203 UUT LCN TYPE

UTPAACUN 284 SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY

UTPACMUN 034 SE UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY PARAMETER CODE

UTPAIOUN 284 SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE

UTPAPAUN 284 SE UUT PARAMETER

UTPARVUN 284 SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE

UTPATAUN 442 SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL

UTPATDUN 442 SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED

UTPRRTUN 284 SE UUT PARAMTER RANGE TO

UTRATIAE 503 UTILIZATION RATIO

UTRGFRUN 284 UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM

UTSTCDUB 036 UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY STATUS

UTTRDNUA 448 UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER

UTWPRFUA 515 UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE

UUTALCUA 019 UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE

UUTFA1UH 143 UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 1

UUTFA2UH 143 UUT FIRU AMBIGUITY GROUP 2

UUTFP1UH 143 UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 1

UUTFP2UH 143 UUT FIRU PERCENT FAILURE 2

UUTFTDUH 447 UUT FIRU TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR

UUTLCNUA 199 UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

UUTPACUG 284 UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY
 401 e 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

CODE DED DATA ELEMENT TITLE (ROLE NAMED)

UUTPARUG 284 UUT PARAMETER

UUTPGCUG 284 UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE

UUTPIOUG 284 UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE

UUTPPCUG 034 UUT CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY PARAMETER CODE

UUTPRFUG 284 UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM

UUTPRTUG 284 UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO

UUTPRVUG 284 UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE

UUTPSOUG 284 UUT PARAMETER OPERATIONAL SPECIFICATION CODE

UUTPTAUG 442 UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) ACTUAL

UUTPTDUG 442 UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED

UWEIGHHA 497 UNIT WEIGHT

UWIDTHHA 496 UNIT SIZE WIDTH

-WWEOULIBA 505 WEAROUT LIFE

WGTOUMEA 491 OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE

WGTSUMEA 491 STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE

WHINPRJC 507 WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE

WHNUPLJC 508 WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES

WHNUTIJC 509 WHEELED NUMBER OF TIRES

WHTIFTJC 512 WHEELED TIRE SIZE

WHTLDRJC 510 WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATING

WHTRLOJD --- TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE

WHWERAJC 513 WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS

WIDUPKHF 494 UNIT PACK WIDTH

WKPKRFUM 515 SE UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE

WOLIMBBA 238 WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE

WPADDRAF 009 ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

WRAPMTHF 517 WRAPPING MATERIAL

WRKUCDHG 516 WORK UNIT CODE

WSOPLVXA 271 OPERATION LEVEL

WSTYAQXA 478 TYPE ACQUISITION

-YYRFLDGEA 518 YEAR OF FIELDING
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
402 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

APPENDIX E - SECTION 3

DATA ELEMENT DEFINITIONS

001 ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY (Aa) 8NR6

The probability that, when used under stated conditions in an ideal support

environment, a system will operate satisfactorily at any time. This differs

from Inherent Availability only in its inclusion of consideration for

preventive action. Aa excludes supply downtime and administrative downtime.

The measurement bases for MTBM and M must be consistent when calculating Aa.

Aa may be expressed by the following formula:

MTBM

Aa = MTBM + M

where MTBM = ( 1 1 1 ) -1

MTBF + MTBM-ND + MTBPM

N

Σ (ETi) (TFi)

i=1

= N _

Σ TFi

i=1

M = Mean active maintenance downtime (where corrective and preventive

actions are considered)

ETi = Elapsed time for task i

TFi = Task frequency for task i

N = Total number of tasks performed

Note: The measurement bases for MTBF, MTBM-ND, and MTBPM must be

consistent when calculating the MTBM parameter.

REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY. An Aa representing the requirement/

specification Aa.

002 ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE 15XLIdentifies the activity name and code or office symbol responsible for

technical and acquisition management decisions.

003 ACQUISITION METHOD CODE (AMC) 1NFA code assigned by Department of Defense (DOD) activities to describe the

results of screening reviews of parts, defining either a single source or
403

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

competitive procurement direction for the item. For codes and explanations refer to DOD 4100.38-M.

004 ACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE lXF-

(AMSC)

A code assigned by DOD activities to provide a further description of the

acquisition method code by adding information concerning the status of a

part in areas such as engineering, manufacturing, and technical data. For

codes and explanations, refer to DOD 4100.38-M.

005 ADAPTER/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE lAFREQUIRED

A single position code indicating whether an adapter interconnection

device is required to provide mechanical and electrical connection between

the Automatic Test Equipment (ATE)/Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic

Equipment and a unit under test.

Required Y

Not Required N

006 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER (ARN) 32XLA drawing or interchangeable reference number related to the reference

number of the item under analysis. Only those ARNs that are known and

available as a result of the contractor's design and production experience

should be provided. This requirement is not intended to burden the

contractor with the additional work load of searching for ARNs. When more

than one manufacturer's reference number identifies a single design item,

the additional reference number(s) which have been validated by the

contractor as completely interchangeable for the specific application and

whose use will not invalidate the end item warranty shall be furnished.

007 ADDITIONAL SKILL REQUIREMENT: SKILL 65X--

REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL CODE

A narrative description identifying the new skills that are required in

order to operate/maintain the equipment.

008 ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL 65X--

TRAINING REQUIREMENTS

A narrative description identifying the new skills required to operate/

maintain the equipment, and the additional training required for operator,

maintenance, and instructor personnel. Includes the estimated lengths of

courses, recommended site, justification for training, and prerequisite

requirements for students.

009 ADDITIONAL SPECIFICATIONS/REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description of any specifications or requirements (related to

the anticipated operation of the system, or the environment in which the
404 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

system will be operated and maintained) that cannot be documented under

the detailed specification/requirements data.

010 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS 65X--

A narrative description of LSA modeling considerations which cannot be

documented in the discrete supportability data elements. It may include

such information as acceptable models, program or model specific information, etc.

011 ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS 65X--

A narrative including a listing and description of specific data elements

for which discrete fields are not provided. The documentation should also

include the data element title, associated value to be recorded, associated

units, and a description as necessary to define the scope and purpose of the

data element and its use.

012 ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description identifying the additional training required for

operator, maintenance, and instructor personnel. Includes the estimated

length of courses, recommended site, justification for training and

prerequisite requirements for students.

0l3 ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC 3NRDELAY TIME (ALDT)

The total time in days the system/equipment is inoperable due to delays in

maintenance that are attributable to administration and logistics.

REQUIRED ALDT. An ALDT representing the requirement/specification ALDT.

014 ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME 2NR–

The administrative time (in days) required to prepare, advertise and

award a contract for wholesale supply reorder actions.

015 ALLOCATION DATA 60X--

The support equipment allocation information consisting of seven

subfields:

a. Allowance (DED 016) 10XL–

b. Station Identification Code 5XL–

An alpha-numeric code to identify a specific automatic test equipment

station or location with the associated allowance list. The code is provided by the requiring authority.

c. Maintenance Level Function 2XL-
 405 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A two-character code specifying the level of maintenance at which a

particular task employing the support equipment will be accomplished. Codes

are as follows:

NAVY

Organizational level O

Organizational and intermediate land and vessel OI

Intermediate I

Intermediate weapon station IW

Depot level D

Three degrees of intermediate propulsion

system maintenance I1, I2 or I3

Transient/bingo sites T

ARMY, AIR FORCE, AND FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION

Organizational level O

Intermediate level, on equipment F

Intermediate level, off equipment H

Depot level D

d. Land Vessel Code 1AFA code (primarily used by the Navy) to restrict and control the selection of

support equipment end items required for different environmental conditions.

Codes are as follows:

Land L

Vessel V

Both B

e. Allowance Range 30 N AS –

A 10 block spread format (Allowance Range 1-10 used to record the allowance

for the end item, ATE item, or depot overhaul requirements). The Allowance

Code (DED 016) will distinguish whether the allowance ranges are for end

items, ATE items, or depot overhaul requirements. These 10 blocks may be

labeled 1-4 through 251-450 to describe the number of end articles to be

supported by the quantity of support equipment end items entered in the

three (3) position subfield. Block headings are: 1-4, 5-8, 9-12, 13-16, 17-

24, 25-32, 33-64, 65-125, 126-250 and 251-450, respectively. For example:

For SE end items, the quantity of end items required to support a range of 5

to 8 end articles is identified in the block labeled 5-8.

(1) For ATE items, the 10 blocks are associated with 1, 2, 3...10 to

describe the number of ATE items to be supported by the quantity of

support equipment items entered in the three position subfield.

(2) For depot overhaul requirements/entries, associate the first three

blocks with workload rates of 20, 50, 100 end articles per month to be

supported by the quantity of support equipment items entered in the threeposition subfield.
406 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

f. Extended Range 3XRA field designating the quantity of SE items required to support

quantities of end articles exceeding 450.

g. Designation Description 9XFA nine-position code that identifies the method of allowancing items.

The codes include the following:

Inventory Record INVRECORD

No longer applies for this list code NOTAPPLIC

Per crash crew PERCRACRW

Where 99 represents quantity of end articles and PER99XXXX

XXXX represents specific entities, e.g., PER02ACFT

indicates an allowance based on supporting two

aircraft. Entries for XXXX include:

Aircraft ACFT

Missile MISL

Engine ENGN

Metrology Labs LABS

Targets TRGT

016 ALLOWANCE 10XLAllowance identifies the Army Table of Organization and Equipment (TO&E),

the Navy List Code, or the Air Force Table of Authorization that will be

the allowance source document for the article requiring support.

017 ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE (AIC) 2XFConsists of two subfields: Allowance Type and Allowance Code.

a. Allowance Type lAF–

A code which indicates the type of item.

Basic issue item category code (Army) A

Allowance note code (Navy) B

Technical override (TOR) code (Navy) C

Allowance factor code (Air Force) D

Stockage list category (Marine Corps) E

b. Allowance Code lXFA code which further defines and categorizes the allowance type.

(l) When an Allowance Type code of "A" is specified, one of the

following codes must be used for Allowance Code.
407 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Basic issue item A

Component of end item C

Expendable/durable supplies and materials D

Additional authorization list items (modified E

table of organization and equipment)

Additional authorization list items (other) F

(2) When an Allowance Type code of "B" is specified, one of the

following codes must be used for Allowance Code.

Indicates an operating space item regardless of vessel type. 1

The Stock Number Sequence List (SNSL) reflects a quantity for each

application.

REFER TO YOUR ALLOWANCE PARTS LIST (APL) to determine if the 2

Repair Part is required (since exceptions are annotated on

the APL when the repair part may not be required) or where

a choice must be made to select the correct repair part.

Represents the superseding repair part due to redesign or 3

material change. The superseded stock number appears as

alternate information in part III, section D, of the

Coordinated Shipboard/Allowance List (COSAL). The

superseded item, presently on board, can be used without

adverse effect to the component, if the superseded item

is presently on board, utilize the stock under the

superseded number before ordering deficiencies.

An item with an NSN for bulk material that is to be used 4

in the fabrication of the item listed in the parts list.

Requisition as required.

Denotes CLASSIFIED PART and should be requisitioned 5

and stored IAW current security regulations.

An RSS (Ready Service Spare) which will appear in the 6

COSAL section III CR of the SNSL. This item may also

appear in section IIIA of the SNSL as a storeroom item

for this APL application if anticipated usage warrants

backup support.

Denotes an item that is to be requisitioned and stowed 7

IAW confidential instructions. This note applies to

operating frequency control crystals allowance.

Indicates an accessory component/components applicable to 8

a parent equipment.

Item(s)/part(s) for which only the Commanding Officer 9

or his designated representative is specifically responsible

for the physical custody and safekeeping thereof.

Represents an item that has been coded to deviate from A

the NORMAL MAINTENANCE POLICY expressed by the Lead APL.
408 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The responsible hardware command authorizing this deviation

will be annotated in the characteristic portion of the APLs.

Indicates that the ORDNANCE alternation has been performed C

and repair parts are not required.

Applicable to S/O/S (SHIPALT/ORDALT/SPALT) items, indicates D

the quantity by which the effected APL population of the item

has been decreased after accomplishment of the S/O/S.

Indicates that a Technical Override (TOR) or Planned Maint- E

enance Requirement (PMR) is included in the allowed quantity.

Indicates that note codes 3 and E, above, apply to the item. F

Indicates that note codes 2 and E, above, apply to the item. G

Represents an item listed on Allowance Equipage Lists H

(AELs) to provide technical information only and is not

an authorized allowance.

Indicates that Note Code l or X and Note Code 2 both J

apply to the item.

Represents a module required to execute an approved mainte- N

nance plan which calls for identifying the fault or failed

module through progressive/selective module substitution.

Maintenance Assistance Modules (MAM) will be

included as an Operating Space Item (OSI) in the COSAL,

section III CF of the Stock Number Sequence List (SNSL).

The item may also appear in section IIIA of the SNSL as a

storeroom item for this APL application if anticipated usage

warrants backup support.

Represents the preferred item in a situation where two or S

more items are interchangeable. The alternate nonpreferred

item(s), if presently on board, may be utilized to satisfy

the allowance requirement; however, when a shortage exists

the preferred item of stock should be requisitioned. The

alternate item of stock will appear in the Preferred-to

Alternate Substitute Cross-Reference List.

Select at test. All NSNs required for the selection are T

listed for each circuit symbol. Item needed must be

selected from among the listed NSNs based on equipment

operating requirements. A suffix has been assigned to

the circuit symbol for identification.

Variable. See the characteristics portion of APL. V

APL will state: NSN...has been cancelled -- it cannot W

be procured. When part fails, replace with the next higher

assembly.
409 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Indicates an operating space item. The SNSL quantity is X

established by the highest single application quantity in all

of the items X code applications.

On Board Repair Part (OBRP) Kits. OBRP quantities are Z

included in the APPL (Application) column of section B and

the QTY in one equip/comp columns of section A. These kits

should be retained as OBRP even if not listed in the COSAL

SNSL/Integrated Stock List (ISL).

(3) When an Allowance Type code of "C" is specified, one of the

following codes must be used for Allowance Code.

Operational Availability Override Requirement. A

Indicates that the Allowance Override

quantity (COO7A) finite quantities determine the

allowance quantity for the Operational Availability

computational math model. For a given item, a

comparison between the single highest "A" quantity,

other overrides, the sum of all PMR, and the computed

demand-based quantity, is made and the highest single

quantity is selected as the authorized allowance.

Critical Candidate. Identifies items to be stored C

as higher supply echelons (see Note l below).

Disapproved Technical Override. TOR reviewed and D

disapproved by the cognizant Hardware Systems

Command for .25 Fleet Logistic Support Improvement

Program (FLSIP) computations, under .l5 computation

item allowance determined by the C007A finite quantities

(see Note 2 below).

Early Supply Support (ESS). Indicates that the E

finite quantity in C007A is used in place of the

quantity per allocation for allowance computation.

Approved TOR Mission Override. TOR accepted to M

support primary mission. The C007A finite quantity

determines the allowance for a particular item.

Planned Maintenance Requirement (PMR). Indicates P

that the C007A finite quantities for an item are

additive across all applications, and the summarized

PMR quantity determines the authorized allowance

when compared with other overrides and the computed

demand-based allowance.

Requisition as Required. Indicates that "AR" R

is printed in the quantity field for an item.

Programs disregard quantities in C007A. "R"

overrides all other populations for an item.
 410 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Safety Equipment. Specified C007A quantity is S

justified allowance to ensure safety and preserve life.

Technical Override. Indicates that the highest T

finite C007A quantity for a given item is compared

with the summarized PMR quantity, other override

quantities, and the demand-based computed quantity,

the highest of these quantities becomes the

authorized allowance. Applies to .l5 FLSIP only.

Disapproved TOR. Justification reserved for future V

use.

Operational Availability Underride. Indicates that Y

the item population for this application is not used

to determine allowance quantities. No finite quantity

is loaded in C007A (used to exclude items from the

Operational Availability model).

Zero Override. Indicates that the item population Z

for this application is not used to determine

allowance quantities. No finite quantity is loaded

in C007A. Used to exclude items from FLSIP model.

NOTE:

l. An informational code designed to assist in the future selection

of items to be stocked at higher echelons. Instructions for the use of this

code will be provided by the requiring authority. C-coded items will be

processed in the same manner as D-coded items.

2. D-coded items will still be considered as valid candidates for onboard stocking and can be included on allowances if other support

criteria is met.

(4) When an Allowance Type code of "D" is specified, the requiring

authority will specify the code to be used for Allowance Code.

(5) When an Allowance Type code of "E" is specified, one of the following

codes must be used for Allowance Code:

Principal end item A

Using unit responsible item C

Supply system responsible item D

Collateral Equipment E

018 ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY 3NRA quantity which is defined by the Allowance Item Code.

019 ALTERNATE LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS 2NLCONTROL NUMBER CODE (ALC)
411

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code used to allow documentation of multiple models of a system/

equipment, or alternate design considerations of an item, using the same

Logistic Support Analysis Control Number (LCN) breakdown. See appendix C

for detailed guidance on the ALC, its usage, and relationship to LCN and

Usable on Codes (UOC).

Note: ALC of zero zero "00" will always be used as the basic system. There

are no blanks allowed. ALC's will be assigned from 01 to 99 in ascending

order.

AOR ALC. An ALC against which the AORs are documented.

FMT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the failure mode which has

either a corrective or preventive task documented against it.

FUNCTIONAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the functional

system/equipment breakdown.

PHYSICAL ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the hardware breakdown of

the system/equipment.

REFERENCED ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC used to identify the referenced

task information.

REFERENCED SUBTASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC used to identify the

referenced subtask information.

S/N ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the item under analysis

having a serial number (S/N) relationship.

S/N PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the provisioned

item under analysis having a S/N relationship.

S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the provisioned

system/end item having a S/N relationship.

S/N SYSTEM/END ITEM ALC. An ALC representing the system/end item having a

S/N relationship.

TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the item under task analysis.

TASK PROVISION ALC. An ALC of the item which is to be provisioned based on

the task analysis of the Task LCN.

TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the item undergoing task

analysis.

UOC ITEM ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the item under analysis having a Usable On Code (UOC) relationship.

UOC PROVISIONING ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC representing the provisioned

item under analysis having a UOC relationship.
412

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the provisioned

system/end item having a UOC relationship.

UOC SYSTEM/EI ALC. An ALC representing the system/end item having a UOC

relationship.

UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE. An ALC of the Unit Under Test (UUT).

020 ANNUAL MAN-HOURS 12 N - AS

The sum of the working time of each SSC required for the performance of a

unit of work accumulated for a period of a year. This field is divided into

two subfields of Scheduled and Unscheduled.

a. Scheduled 6NRl

The number of annual man-hours expended for preventive maintenance.

MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS. The scheduled annual manhours

for a given maintenance level.

b. Unscheduled 6NRl

The number of annual man-hours expended for corrective maintenance.

MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS. The unscheduled annual

man-hours for a given maintenance level.

021 ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS 6NRThe estimated or specified mean number of missions an item will be expected to accomplish in one year.

022 ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS 3NRThe mean number of days per year that a mission demand will be placed on an

item.

023 ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENTS (AOR) 6NRThe estimated or required yearly rate of usage of an item.

024 ANNUAL OPERATING TIME 4NR–

The total hours that the item under analysis is expected to be operated

during a calendar year.

025 APPORTIONED UNIT COST 16N--

The amount in U.S. dollars given, paid, charged, or engaged to be paid or

given for items or service on a nonrecurring (one time occurrence) and

recurring (repeating occurrence) cost basis, that is assigned the material

or equipment required to test a particular UUT.
413

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Nonrecurring 8NR–

AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the

adapter interconnector device.

OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the

operational test program.

TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING. The nonrecurring cost of the

test program instruction.

b. Recurring 8NRAID APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the adapter

interconnector device.

OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the operational test program.

TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING. The recurring cost of the test

program instruction.

026 ARMED SERVICES VOCATIONAL APTITUDE 24 X - AS

BATTERY (ASVAB) SCORE

Data documenting the ASVAB scores for the skill specialty under analysis.

This field is composed of the following subfields.

a. Armed Forces Qualification Test (AFQT) 10 N - AS

This is a measure of general trainability compiled from the ASVAB test.

This field is composed of five subfields:

(1) ASVAB AFQT Score 2NF-

(2) ASVAB AFQT Expected Range Low 2NF–

(3) ASVAB AFQT Expected Range High 2NF–

(4) ASVAB AFQT Lowest Percent Low 2NF-

(5) ASVAB AFQT Lowest Percent High 2NFb. Armed Service Aptitude Battery (ASVAB) 14 N - AS

This is a battery of tests given to identify the aptitudes of the

personnel being tested. These tests are used in performing trade-offs

of personnel aptitude and training in the prediction of performance of

military systems.

This field is composed of five subfields:

(1) ASVAB Aptitude Element 2AF-
414

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

(2) ASVAB Element Expected Range Low 3NF-

(3) ASVAB Element Expected Range High 3 N F

(4) ASVAB Element Lowest Percent Low 3 N F

(5) ASVAB Element Lowest Percent High 3NF–

027 AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING lNFEQUIPMENT CODE

A code which identifies an item of automatic data processing equipment

(ADPE) or containing ADPE, regardless of Federal Supply Classification

(FSC) to provide visibility for compliance with unique manager requirement

established for ADPE by Public Law 89-306. Applicable codes are contained

in DOD 4l00.38-M.

028 AVAILABLE MAN-HOURS 6NRThe total annual number of man-hours for which a SSC is available to

perform assigned tasks.

029 AXLE LENGTH 16 N - AS

The inside and outside track width of both the front and rearaxles

measured in tenths of inches.

a. Front Inside (FI). 4NR1

The distance from the inside of the innermost front tire to the inside of

the opposite front innermost tire.

b. Front Outside (FO). 4NR1

The distance from the outside of the outermost front tire to the outside of

the opposite front outermost tire.

c. Rear Inside (RI). 4NR1

The distance from the inside of the innermost rear tire to the inside of the

opposite rear innermost tire.

d. Rear Outside (RO). 4NR1

The distance from the outside of the outermost rear tire to the outside

of the opposite rear outermost tire.

030 BASIS OF ISSUE (BOI) 15X--

This field is composed of the following four subfields:

a. Quantity Authorized (QTY-AUTH) 5NR-
415

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The quantity of an item (special tool), authorized for the end item density

spread or for the unit level specified.

b. End Item 8XLThe density spread of the end items.

c. Level lAF–

A code which indicates the unit level authorized for the QTY-AUTH.

QTY-AUTH per lettered company A

QTY-AUTH per battalion (BN) headquarters (HQ) B

when BN has a service (SVC) company

QTY-AUTH per HQ of units above BN level C

QTY-AUTH by BN and brigade (BDG) type HQ D

(except when BN or BDG has SVC company)

QTY-AUTH by SVC battery/company E

QTY-AUTH by numbered battery/company and similar F

HQ performing ORG maintenance for other units

d. Control lNFA code l-9 used for sequencing and controlling BOI entries.

031 BUILT-IN-TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE 2NR–

The percent of all Built-in-Test (BIT) indicated malfunctions provided

during usage of the equipment that cannot be verified by maintenance

personnel performing on-equipment troubleshooting.

032 BUILT-IN-TEST DETECTABILITY 2NRLEVEL PERCENTAGE

A BIT consists of an integral capability of the mission equipment which

provides an onboard automated test capability to detect, diagnose, or

isolate system failures. The fault detection/isolation capability is

used for momentary or continuous monitoring of a system's operational

health, and for observation/diagnosis as a prelude to maintenance action.

BIT subsystems may be designed as an analysis tool for the overall system,

integrated with several subsystems, or may be designed as an integral

part of each removable component. Detectability Level Percentage is the

probability that the malfunction or failure of the UUT will be detected

by BIT multiplied by l00.

033 BUILT-IN-TEST RETEST OK PERCENTAGE 2NRThe percent of items removed from an end item as a result of BIT indicated

malfunction that subsequently pass all related testing

at the next maintenance level (e.g., intermediate shop).

034 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1AFSUMMARY PARAMETER CODE
416 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code specifying whether or not a specific parameter is to be included in

the Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS).

Parameter is included in the CMRS Y

Parameter is not included in the CMRS N

035 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1XFSUMMARY RECOMMENDED

A field depicting whether or not a Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary is recommended. Codes are as follows:

Calibration and Measurement Requirements Y

Summary (CMRS) recommended

Not recommended for CMRS N

UUT CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY RECOMMENDED CODE.

A CMRS recommendation code for the unit under test.

036 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS 1AFSUMMARY STATUS

A code to indicate if a Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary

(CMRS) has been previously developed or is in process for the subject item.

Codes are as follows:

Yes Y

No N

UUT CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY STATUS. The CMRS

status of the UUT.

SE UUT CMRS STATUS. The CMRS status of the SE UUT.

037 CALIBRATION INTERVAL 2NRThe frequency in months between which a support/test equipment must be

calibrated in order to operate within specified tolerances.

038 CALIBRATION ITEM lAFA single position code indicating that the item recommended is itself an

item of calibration equipment.

Item is a calibration item Y

Item is not a calibration item N

039 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 20XLThe technical manual/order number or instructions that specifies the

calibration procedure. For items of TMDE that have an approved method of

support, list the applicable military department approved calibration

procedure, technical order, or maintenance technical order in the item

name block.
417

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

040 CALIBRATION REQUIRED 1AFA single position code indicating whether the support/test equipment

recommended or procured requires calibration.

Calibration required Y

Calibration not required N

041 CALIBRATION STANDARD 1AFIndicates the requirement of the support/test equipment to be calibrated

using a standard.

Standard required Y

Standard not required N

042 CALIBRATION TIME 5NR1

The time, in hours, required to calibrate the support/test equipment.

043 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER l5XLA number to uniquely identify an authority for an engineering change. The

change authority and a numbering sequence will be provided by the requiring

authority.

044 CHARACTERISTICS OF SUPPORT 240X--

EQUIPMENT

Narrative information about the operational characteristics of the

SE, including minimum and maximum capabilities, of the selected selected

support and test equipment or training device. Any critical or limiting

characteristics that must be considered before substitution of a similar

item must also be included. Narrative specifics might include equipment

type; units of measurement; degrees of measurement; and parameters ranges

and tolerances. If operational characteristics are classified, state so

in this block.

045 CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURE 1XFA code which identifies the procedure for removing soil from parts and the

procedure to accomplish the subsequent drying of the cleaned part. For

applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

046 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE 5XFA five-character code assigned by the Defense Logistics Services Center

(DLSC) to the design control activity or actual manufacturer of an item as

contained in the Cataloging Handbook H4/H8 Series.

ADAPTER INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the adapter

interconnector device used in conjunction with the SE.

ARN CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the additional reference number.
 418 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

ARN ITEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the primary item reference number.

ATE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the automated test equipment.

CTIC CAGE CODE. A CAGE associated with the CTIC.

INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the interoperable item.

ITEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the primary item reference number.

OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the operational test

program used in conjunction with the SE.

PACKAGING DATA PREPARER CAGE. A CAGE of the packaging data preparer.

S/N PROVISIONING CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the provisioned item under

analysis having a serial number relationship.

SUPERCEDURE CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE that is superceding or being

superceded by the SE under analysis.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE under analysis.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE that is

also a calibration and measurement requirements summary category II item.

SYSTEM CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the system equipment item which is

identical to the SE.

TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the SE identified for a given task.

TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the support item which is being

provisioned.

TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the test program instruction

used in conjunction with the operational test program.

TESTING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the support equipment

(SE) which measures the SE unit under test.

UOC PROVISIONING CAGE CODE. A CAGE of the provisioned item under

analysis having a UOC relationship.

047 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY 102X--

CODE ADDRESS

The manufacturer or government address represented by the CAGE Code.

It is divided into 6 subfields.

a. CAGE name 25XL–

b. CAGE P.O. box number/street 25XL–

c. CAGE city 20XL-
 419 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

d. CAGE state 2AFe. CAGE nation 20XL–

f. CAGE postal zone 10XL–

048 COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST 2 N R

The number of UUTs with which the adapter, interconnection device or

signal conditioning circuitry can be used.

049 COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS 65X--

A narrative description identifying design provisions which circumvent or

mitigate the effects of the failure. A record of the true behavior of the

item in the presence of an internal malfunction or failure. Features of the

design at any indenture level that will nullify the effects of a malfunction

or failure, control or deactivation system items to halt generation or

propagation of failure effects, or activate backup or standby items or

systems. Redesign compensating provisions include:

a. Redundant items that allow continued and safe operation.

b. Safety or relief devices such as monitoring or alarm provisions

which permit effective operation or limit damage.

c. Alternate models of operation such as backup or standby items or

systems.

050 COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS 65XLA narrative description describing operator actions to circumvent or

mitigate the effect of the postulated failure. Describes the

compensating provision that best satisfies the indication(s) observed by

an operator when the failure occurs, and the consequences of any

probable incorrect action(s) by the operator in response to an abnormal

indication.

051 CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE (CPC) lAF–

A code to indicate if the unit of measure or issue price and lot quantity

are based on concurrent production of the spare item with the weapon

system/end item production.

Based on concurrent production Y

Not based on concurrent production N

UI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE. The CPC associated with the UI

price.

UM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE. The CPC associated with the UM

price.

052 CONTACT TEAM DELAY TIME 3NR-
420 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The time (in hours) required for a contact team to travel from the

intermediate maintenance location to the organizational location.

053 CONTAINER LENGTH 2NRThe smallest standard container, in feet, that can be used to transport

the system/equipment.

054 CONTAINER TYPE 36XLThe designation of the standard container used to transport the system/

equipment, e.g., ANSI/ISO, European.

055 CONTRACT NUMBER 19XLThe unique number assigned to the contract in question, by which it can be

specifically identified.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CONTRACT NUMBER. The contract number of the SE

development/procurement.

TRANSPORTATION CONTRACT NUMBER. The contract number for shipping.

056 CONTRACTOR FURNISHED EQUIPMENT/ 1AFGOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT (CFE/GFE)

A single-position code indicating the contractor's recommendation for

supply action.

Contractor Furnished C

Government Furnished G

057 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 1AFA code to signify whether or not the corresponding requirements are

contractor recommended. Codes are as follows:

YES "Y"

NO "N"

058 CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION CODE 2A--

(CTIC)

A code which indicates specific information regarding the technical

process/data required to procure or produce the support item.

a. The first position of the CTIC contains a Breakout Recommendation

Code. For a Navy acquisition program the only applicable code is "C",

which does not relate to first position code "C" of this DED.

Recommended for Breakout A

Not Recommended for Breakout - Safety B

Not Recommended for Breakout - Warranty C

Not Recommended for Breakout - Unstable Design D
 421 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Not Recommended for Breakout - Value Added E

Not Recommended for Breakout - Other/Combination F

Note: If code "F" is used, remarks block of provisioning list will contain

elaboration.

b. Codes for the second position are as follows:

Source(s) are specified on "Source Control", B

"Altered Item", or "Selected Item" drawings/documents.

(The contractor shall furnish a list of the sources

with this code as additional reference numbers and CAGEs.)

Requires engineering source approval by the design C

control activity in order to maintain the quality

of the part. An alternate source must qualify IAW

the design control activity's procedures, as approved

by the cognizant government engineering activity

There are no technical restrictions to competition. G

Produced from class lA castings (e.g., class l of K

MIL-C-602l) and similar type forgings. The process

of developing and proving the acceptability of

high-integrity casting and forgings requires

repetitive performance by a controlled source.

Each casting or forging must be produced along

identical lines to those which resulted in initial

acceptability of the part. The contractor shall

furnish a list of known sources for obtaining

casting/forgings with this code.

Master or coordinated tooling is required to pro- M

duce this part. This tooling is not owned by the

government or, where owned, cannot be made available

to other sources. The contractor shall furnish a

list of the firms possessing the master or

coordinated tooling with this code.

Requires special test/inspection facilities N

to determine and maintain ultra-precision quality

for function or system integrity. Substantiation

and inspection of the precision or quality cannot

be accomplished without such specialized test or

inspection facilities. Other sources in industry do

not possess, nor would it be economically feasible for

them to acquire facilities. The contractor shall furnish

a list of the required facilities and their locations

with this code.

The rights to use the data needed to purchase this P

part from additional sources are not owned by the

Government and cannot be purchased.
422

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A high reliability part under a formal reliability V

program. Probability of failure would be unacceptable

from the standpoint of safety of that personnel/

equipment. The cognizant engineering activity

has determined that data to define and control reliability

limits cannot be obtained, nor is it possible to draft

adequate specifications for this purpose. Continued

control by the existing source is necessary to ensure

acceptable reliability. (The contractor shall identify

the existing source with this code as additional

numbers and CAGEs.)

The design of this part is unstable. Engineering, Y

manufacturing, or performance characteristics indicate

that the required design objectives have not been

achieved. Major changes are contemplated because

the part has a low process yield or has demonstrated

marginal performance during tests or service use.

These changes will render the present part obsolete

and unusable in its present configuration. Limited

acquisition from the present source is anticipated

pending configuration changes. The contractor shall

identify the existing source with this code as a

reference/additional reference number and CAGE.

059 CONVERSION FACTOR 5N--

A factor (with a decimal locator code) used to convert the AOR

of the system/equipment to the AOR of the item under analysis. The

factor is obtained by dividing the rate of usage of the item under

analysis (expressed in cycles, miles, rounds, hours, or any other

appropriate measurement base) by the rate of usage of the system/

equipment (also expressed in the same Measurement Base). Consists of

the following subfields:

a. First Position: lNFDecimal Locator Code

The location, from the right, of the implied decimal point for the multiplier entered in positions 2 through 5, i.e., the number of decimal places.

Integer Number (no decimal places) 0

l Decimal place 1

2 Decimal places 2

3 Decimal places 3

4 Decimal places 4

b. Positions 2 through 5: 4 N R AS

Multiplier

The multiplier used in the conversion.

060 COORDINATED TEST PLAN (CTP) lAF-
 423

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A single-letter code which indicates whether the CTP is adequate to verify

the suitability of the requested item for military application.

Adequate Y

Not Adequate N

061 COST PER REORDER ACTION 4NR2

The administrative cost in dollars and cents to prepare, advertise, and

award a contract/purchase order/basic order agreement for wholesale

supply reorder actions.

062 COST PER REQUISITION 4NR2

The administrative cost in dollars and cents to prepare and submit a

requisition for a replenishment spare/repair part.

063 CREST ANGLE 2NRThe angle in degrees that a wheeled vehicle can approach, negotiate, and

depart a ramp 15-feet long connecting two horizontal surfaces.

064 CREW SIZE 4NRThe number of personnel assigned to operate a system/equipment.

065 CRITICAL ITEM CODE 13XLA series of codes assigned at item assembly level when one or more components comprising the assembly item contain critical/strategic material or

when the assembly item as a purchased part meets one or more reasons for

criticality IAW MIL-STD-295. When two or more reasons for criticality

apply all applicable codes will be provided.

a. Position 1 Component Designator

Purchased part P

Material content M

Both purchased part and material content B

b. Positions 2-13 Reason for Criticality

Surge capacity CA

Cost CO

Foreign dependency FD

Foreign source FS

Long lead time LL

Production quality PQ

Sole/single source qualified SQ

066 CRITICALITY CODE 1AFA code which indicates that an item is technically critical by reason of

tolerance, fit restrictions, application, nuclear hardness properties or

characteristics which affects identification of the item.
 424 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The item has critical features such as tolerance C

fit restrictions or application. Nuclear hardness

properties have not been determined.

The item does not have a critical feature such as N

tolerance, fit restrictions, or application. Nuclear

hardness properties have not been determined.

The item is specifically designed to be selected as H

being nuclear hard (i.e., it will continue to perform

its designed function in an environment created by

nuclear explosion). The item does not have other

critical features.

The item is specifically designed to be selected as M

being nuclear hard. In addition the item has other

critical features such as tolerance, fit restrictions,

or application.

The item does not have a nuclear hardened feature or X

any other critical feature such as tolerance, fit

restriction, or application.

The item does not have a nuclear hardened feature Y

but does not have other critical feature(s) such as

tolerance, fit restrictions or application.

067 CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL CODE 2XFA code which identifies resilient material employed for the purpose of

absorbing shock and preventing damage to the item or material used for

preventing movement of the item within the package. For applicable codes,

see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

068 CUSHIONING THICKNESS lXFA code which indicates the minimum thickness of material used to cushion

the item. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

069 CUSTODY CODE 1AFA one-character code identifying calibration management and usage of

support equipment to be obtained from the supporting intermediate

maintenance activity. The codes are as follows:

Items used infrequently (less than once per month), E

and indicates the item is available from the supporting intermediate maintenance activities as required.

Items weighing over 200 pounds (over 300 pounds for P

wheeled equipment), exceeding any one of the following

dimensions in a stowed configuration: 6' X 3' X 2',

fragile or subject to misalignment or loss of calibra-
425 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

tion through transportation, or not coded for infrequent

use.

All items requiring calibration and management, L

designated for use at the organizational level of

maintenance, and not already coded "E" or "P".

Items listed only in a detachment list code requiring D

management, and having a custody code of "E" or "P".

Noncalibratible items requiring management that are M

not otherwise custody coded.

Items that do not require calibration or management N

and consequently not otherwise custody coded.

070 DATA STATUS CODE lAFA code indicating the status of the data for provisioning.

Contractor reviewed C

Government approved G

Completed-Ready for provisioning R

071 DATE 6NFThe date of an event, expressed as the year (last two positions), month

and day of the event, e.g., YYMMDD.

DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY. A date when the first SE under analysis is

delivered and available for use.

REVISION DATE. A date when the transportability data was last revised.

SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION. A date when the support equipment

recommendation data (SERD) was initially submitted.

SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION. A date of disposition action by the

government.

SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION. A date when a revised SERD was

submitted.

072 DECK STOWAGE 1AFA code indicating if the deck stowage is permissible.

Yes Y

No N

073 DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER 1AFSCREENING REQUIREMENT CODE
426

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code which is used to categorize items and to determine whether or not

the item requires DLSC screening IAW DOD 4100.38-M.

New Design Item/New Reference Number not requiring A

DLSC screening

Item previously screened through DLSC B

Military Specification Type Item C

Government Furnished Equipment D

Vendor/Commercially Furnished Item E

074 DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE 1AF–

A code to indicate the level of protection which the package requirement

provides the item during shipment, handling, and storage. For code

explanations, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

Level A A

Level B B

Level C C

075 DELIVERY SCHEDULE 1AFA code that indicates if the transportation by fiscal year is needed.

Required Y

Not required N

076 DEMILITARIZATION CODE (DMIL) lAFA code which indicates the degree of demilitarization required for an

item. For applicable codes, see DOD 4l00.38-M.

077 DEMILITARIZATION COST 2NRThe estimated cost to demilitarize an item expressed as a percentage of

the cost of the item.

078 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT 65X--

EQUIPMENT

A narrative description of the SE required to satisfy the functional requirements of the end article. The specific operating critical and

functional performance characteristics, corresponding tolerance of accuracy, and design criteria necessary to satisfy the functional

requirements. Information regarding material finish, fragility, service

requirements, etc., shall be included. For items representing or

containing peculiar material requiring special treatment, precautions, or

management control of the item, enter the Special Material Content Code

(listed in DOD 4100-38-M).
427

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

079 DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE 1AFA code indicating the design data being considered, which are recommended or

not recommended by the contractor or government. Codes are as

follows:

Support Equipment (SE) Standardization A

SE Specification B

Design Engineering C

Configuration Control D

Reliability E

Maintainability F

Quality Assurance G

Safety H

Human Engineering I

Test and Evaluation J

Computer Resources K

SE Illustration L

Other M

080 DESIGN DATA PRICE 8NRThe total expected price, for budgetary planning, associated with

contractor-recommended hardware/software design activities.

081 DESIGNATED REWORK POINT (DRP) 12X--

A code which identifies the depot level repair facility responsible/

designated for repair, rework, or renovations of a repairable item. The

DRP field is composed of two subfields, allowing entry of two codes.

a. First subfield 6XLb. Second subfield 6XL082 DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE 65XL–

A narrative identification of all disaster response force requirements for

a transportation disaster encountered while transporting the item (e.g.,

security, firefighting, medical).

083 DISCOUNT RATE 3NR2

The effective rate of return on an investment after adjusting for inflation

to discount future costs.

084 DISPOSITION 10 X AS -

This is a 10 block spread format, each disposition will consist of a one 1 

position block. The conclusions reached as the outcome of the Reliability

Centered Maintenance (RCM) analysis; specifically, the maintenance

requirements that have been determined to be appropriate for the referenced

Failure Mode, as the result of the application of a particular set of RCM

logic.
 428 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

085 DISTANCE 4NRThe geographical distance, in miles between two points.

086 DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY CODE (DAC) 1XF–

A code which indicates the availability of technical documentation for

the reference number as an item of identification IAW table 5 of

DOD 4l00.38-M.

087 DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE (DIC) 3AFA code that identifies the match conditions resulting from prescreening

reference number searches outlined in DOD 4l00.38-M. These codes are

commonly referred to as Match Indicator Codes. Following are the type of

match conditions to be output as the result of reference number searches,

and the DIC under which the output will be produced.

Actual Match. Output against "P" type LSR screening KMH

requests only. The input matched only one National

Stock Number (NSN)/Permanent System Control

Number (PSCN) in the Defense Logistics Services

Center (DLSC) files under the rules of the Defense

Integrated Data System (DIDS) Reference Number Category

Code (RNCC)/Reference Number Variation Code (RNVC)

validation criteria. No probable matches were

encountered and no possible matches encountered

will be output (only the highest degree of match

encountered will be output).

Probable Match. Output against "P" type LSR KMQ

screening request only. The input matched more

than one NSN/PSCN in the DLSC files under the

rules of the DIDS RNCC/RNVC validation criteria.

An actual match was not encountered and no possible

matches encountered will be output.

Possible Match. Output against "P" type LSR KMG

screening request only. The input matched a

NSN/PSCN in the DLSC files, but the match did not

meet the DIDS RNCC/RNVC criteria required to produce

either an actual or probable match condition.

Exact Match. Output against "F" and "S" type KME

screening requests only. All CAGE codes/

PSCNs and reference numbers submitted under the

same submitter's control number, matched a single

NSN/PSCN to which there were no additional or

fewer reference numbers credited, than those

submitted.

Association Match. The input matches an NSN/PSCN KMA

in the DLSC files by a CAGE (through a corporate

association relationship code) other than the CAGE
429

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

submitted. Association matches will be considered

to be the same degree of match as possible or

partial matches.

NATO NSN Match. Input matched against a stock KMN

number assigned by a NATO country other than the

United States. The NSN only is provided.

Partial Match. Output against "F" and "S" type KMP

screening only. CAGE and reference numbers submitted under the same Submitter's Control Number

matched one or more NSN/PSCN to which there were

more or fewer reference numbers credited than

those submitted.

Security Classified Item Match. This output DIC KMS

indicates that the submitted reference number matched

an item that is security classified. No file data

will be output.

Preferred Item Data. Total Item Record (TIR) data KMT

is forwarded for the standard or replacement NSN/PSCN,

which is related to a nonstandard NSN identified by

the screening. TIR data is provided for review of the

adequacy of the substitute item.

No Match. The input did not match an NSN/PSCN KNR

in the DLSC files; or, for "P" type screening

request, the degree of match was not relevant

to the type of match requested.

088 DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 3X--

A three-position code used to indicate the category and form or level of

the engineering drawings used in the analysis. The code is divided into

three subcategories as follows:

a. Position 1. Intended Use Categories

Design evaluation A

Interface control B

Service test C

Logistic support D

Procurement (identical items) E

Procurement (interchangeable items) F

Installation G

Maintenance H

Government manufacture I

Interchangeability control J

b. Position 2. Drawing Level
430 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Conceptual and development design 1

Production prototype and limited production 2

Production 3

c. Position 3: Proprietary Status. Facility drawings will not be

coded as proprietary without prior review and approval of the requiring

authority.

Proprietary Y

Nonproprietary N

FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION. The drawing classification of the

facility drawing.

089 DRAWING NUMBER 32XL–

A designation assigned to a particular drawing by the design activity for

identification purposes. The drawing number may include numbers, letters,

and dashes with the following limitations:

Letters "I", "O", "Q", "S", "X", and "Z" shall not be used; however,

letters "S" and "Z" may be used only if they are a part of the existing

drawing numbering system. They shall not be used in the development of

new drawing numbering systems. Letters shall be upper case (capital

letters).

Numbers shall be Arabic numerals. Fractional, decimal, and Roman

numerals shall not be used.

Blank spaces are not permitted.

Symbols such as: parenthesis ( ), asterisk *, virgule /, degree ', plus +,

minus -, shall not be used, except when referencing the government or

nongovernment standardization document whose identification contains such

a symbol.

The CAGE, drawing format size letter, and drawing revision letter

(see DOD-STD-l00, paragraphs 503.2 and 602.3) are not considered part

of the drawing number or part number.

A system based on a significant numbering system or a sequentially assigned

nonsignificant numbering system designed to preclude duplication is

acceptable.

FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER. The drawing number of the facility.

090 DUTY 240XLA set of operationally related tasks within a given JOB, DED 185, e.g.

driving, weapon servicing, communicating, and operator maintenance.

091 DUTY CODE 4XLAn assigned code which is associated with a specific duty.
431 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

092 DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW 19XLOR REVISED SKILL

The title of an occupation for which a new SSC is required.

093 ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 1AFA single letter which indicates whether a systematic approach to employing

scarce resources in a most efficient and effective manner has been

performed.

Analysis completed Y

Analysis not completed N

094 EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS 65X--

A narrative description identifying the educational prerequis ites recommended to acquire the skill necessary to perform the task or attain the

SSC (i.e., academic, subjects, specialized subjects, specialized degrees,

and licenses, etc.)

095 ELEMENT INDICATOR 1AFA single-position code to indicate whether or not the procedural step is

a task element.

Task Element: The smallest logically and reasonably E

definable unit of behavior required to complete

a task or subtask.

Not a Task Element Blank

096 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE (EIAC) 10XL–

A code which uniquely identifies the system/equipment end item. This code

will be assigned by the requiring authority. It will remain constant

throughout the item's life cycle (e.g., TOW, PATRIOT, Tomahawk, Sparrow,

and ALCM).

REFERENCED END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains referenced task

information.

REFERENCED SUBTASK END ITEM ACRONYM CODE. An EIAC that contains

referenced subtask information.

097 ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN 10D--

FAILURE (EFM-MTBF)

That portion of an item's MTBF (DED 229) that is attributable to an

Engineering Failure Mode (Failure Cause, DED 124). EFM-MTBF may be

calculated by the following formula:

_ 1

EFM-MTBF = FMR X FR
432 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Where: FMR = Failure Mode Ratio (DED 136) for the particular failure

mode under analysis.

FR = Failure Rate for the LCN/ALC item under analysis.

098 ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND 1AF–

AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR

A code which indicates if an item will require special consideration to

meet all environmental packaging, handling, storage, and transportation

requirements.

Special consideration required Y

No special consideration required N

099 ENVIRONMENTAL/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS 65XLCONSIDERATIONS

A narrative description identifying any special environmental considerations when an item is being transported or being designed for

transportation. For each item classified as a hazardous material state

the class of hazardous material as specified in Title 49, Code of Federal

Regulations, parts 100-179, Transportation; AFR 71-4, Preparing Hazardous

Materials for Military Air Shipments; International Maritime Good Code;

or, International Civil Dangerous Goods by Air. Also state which of

these documents where used to acquire the code(s).

100 ESSENTIALITY CODE 1NFA code to indicate the degree to which the failure of the part affects

the ability of the end item to perform its intended operation.

Failure to this part will render the end 1

item inoperable.

Failure to this part will not render the end 3

item inoperable.

Item does not qualify for the assignment 5

of code l, but is needed for personnel safety.

Item does not qualify for assignment of 6

code l, but is needed for legal, climatic, or

other requirements peculiar to the planned

operational environment of the end item.

Item does not qualify for the assignment of 7

code l, but is needed to prevent impairment

of or the temporary reduction of operational

effectiveness of the end item.

101 ESTIMATED PRICE 8NRAn estimated cost associated with each contractor-recommended requirement

for budgeting and planning.
433

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

102 ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE 2NRThe estimated end of life salvage value expressed as a percentage of the

cost of the item.

103 EXTENDED UNIT PRICE 8NRThe total proposed or estimated price for an item. The extended unit

price is calculated by multiplying the Total Quantity Recommended by the

Recurring Cost per unit, adding the Nonrecurring Cost to their

product, then dividing the sum by the Total Quantity Recommended.

104 EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR 1AFA code which indicates how the aircraft/helicopter will transport the

system/equipment.

External A

Internal B

Both external and internal C

105 FACILITIES DESIGN CRITERIA 65X--

A narrative description identifying the facility design requirements

necessary to support a specific task code applicable to the item under

analysis. The design criteria are in terms such as axle loads, hoist

requirements, and special handling, installation, storage, electrical,

environmental, or service requirements.

106 FACILITIES INSTALLATION LEAD TIMES 65X--

A narrative description identifying facilities installation lead time

schedules for contractor produced and installed support and test equipment

or training devices. Lead times are referenced to system/equipment

delivery schedules rather than to calendar dates (expressed in days,

weeks, or months).

107 FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description identifying the maintenance concept for the system,

e.g., number of maintenance levels, and identifying the facilities that are

required to maintain the system at the applicable maintenance levels.

108 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description identifying the location of and the functions to

be performed in the facility. Identifies environmental consideration

affecting health, sanitation, or the surrounding community.

109 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS 65X--

A narrative description identifying if the system is to be used or

operated in garrison or on a day-to-day basis and if such, what
 434 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

facilities are needed to support the system in its daily use, i.e., runways,

helipads, clear zones, commercial power, operational pads, etc.

110 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINING 65X--

A narrative description identifying what facilities are required for

training; classrooms, ranges, maneuver areas; and, facilities for

simulators or other training devices.

111 FACILITIES UTILIZATION 65X--

A narrative description identifying the facility utilization rate in

terms of number of tasks performed in the facility, training sessions,

flying hours, number of maintenance hours, and other appropriate

designators per specified time period.

112 FACILITY AREA 6NRA numeric value describing the size of a designated space such as a shop,

building, or land parcel in units contained in the associated Unit of

Measure.

113 FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the facility baseline narrative.

Facilities maintenance requirements, DED 107 A

Facilities requirement for operations, DED 109 B

Facility requirements for training, DED 110 C

Facility requirements: special considerations, DED 120 D

Facility requirements: supply/storage, DED 121 E

114 FACILITY CAPABILITY 65XLA narrative description identifying the capacity impact of the work load

upon the facility.

115 FACILITY CATEGORY CODE 6NLProvides a method for identifying and classifying real property from the

initial planning stages through the complete cycle of programming,

budgeting, accounting, and reporting in the areas of acquisition, construction, inventory, and maintenance. Every reportable item of real

property is considered a facility. A parcel of land is a facility, as is

each building, structure, and utility constructed on or in the land. The

three-digit DOD Basic Category codes have been extended within the

services by additional digits. The more definitive categorization is

authorized by DOD for internal use within the DOD components (see

AR 4l5-28, NAVFAC P-72, or AFM 86-l for codes).

BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE. The facility category code of the

baseline facility.

- - 
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- 435 - 

NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE. The facility category code of

the new or modified facility.

116 FACILITY CLASSES 19XLThis is the short name used in conjunction with the facility category

code within AR 415-28, NAVFAC P-72, and AFM 86-1 for identifying facility

real property.

117 FACILITY LOCATION 65XLA narrative description identifying the existing, new, or modified

facility in terms of where the facility is located (e.g., depot name,

building, post, bay, etc.).

118 FACILITY NAME 32XLAn identification of the name of the facility type that the system/

equipment requires.

BASELINE FACILITY NAME. The name of the baseline facility.

NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME. The name of the new or modified facility.

119 FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the facility narrative.

Facility capability, DED 114 A

Facility location, DED 117 B

120 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL 65X--

CONSIDERATIONS

A narrative description identifying any special considerations which

impact facilities. It is used to describe special problems which apply

to facilities requirements. Such items may consist of item weight,

turning radius, environmental impacts, and security requirements. Also,

information concerning facility requirement interrelationships which

identifies advantages of close proximity to other facilities from a

functional/ efficiency standpoint or site restrictions such as quantity

distance criteria is identified.

121 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/ 65X--

STORAGE

A narrative description identifying where the system will be stored, e.g.,

arms room, motor pool; if there are any special storage requirements for the

system or components; e.g., security, environmental controls, warehouse,

covered, uncovered, or if there is any impact in other storage facilities;

e.g., petroleum, oil, lubricants, munitions.

122 FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN 65X--
 436 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A narrative description identifying the breakdown of a facility area by

individual tasks at the job level to determine maximum use of space.

123 FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE 65X--

A narrative description identifying variations to the appropriate unit

cost contained in military construction pricing guides, in terms of differences because of unusual utilities requirements, or other special features. When a suitable unit cost is not available, provide a unit cost

estimate for each facility item.

124 FAILURE CAUSE 65X--

All probable independent causes for each failure mode shall be identified

and described. The failure causes within adjacent indenture levels shall

be considered. For example, failure causes at the third indenture level

shall be considered when conducting a second indenture level analysis.

125 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: END EFFECT 65X--

A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/

damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage

effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by

the condition under consideration. End effects evaluate and define the

total effect a failure/damage mode has on the operation, function, or

status of the uppermost system. The effect of each failure/damage mode

upon the essential functions(s) affecting system/equipment operating

capability and mission completion capability shall be determined. The

end effect described may be the result of a double failure. For example,

failure of a safety device may result in a catastrophic end effect only in

the event that both the prime function goes beyond the limit for which the

safety device is set, and the safety device fails.

126 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL 65X--

A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/

damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage

effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by

the condition under consideration. Local effects concentrate specifically

on the impact a failure/damage mode has on the operation and function of

the item in the indenture level under consideration. The consequences of

each postulated failure/damage mode affecting the item shall be described

along with any second order effects which result. Potential conditions

where the failure/damage of one item results in a change of the conditional

failure probability, or effect of a second item shall be identified. It

is possible for the "local effect" to be the failure/ damage mode itself.

127 FAILURE/DAMAGE EFFECTS: NEXT HIGHER 65X--

A narrative description identifying the consequences of each failure/

damage mode, on item operation, function, or status. Failure/damage effects focus on the specific block diagram element, which is affected by
437

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

the condition under consideration. These effects concentrate on the

impact a failure/damage mode has on the operation and function of the

items in the next higher indenture level above the indenture level under

consideration. The consequences of each failure/damage mode affecting

the next higher indenture level shall be described.

128 FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE 65X--

1. Failure modes: The manner by which a failure occurs. All predictable failure modes for each indenture level analyzed shall be identified

and described. Potential failure modes shall be determined by examination

of item outputs and functional outputs identified in applicable block

diagrams and schematics. Failure modes of the individual item function

shall be postulated on the basis of the stated requirements in the system

definition and the failure definitions included in the ground rules

developed to support the Failure Modes, Effects, and Criticality Analysis

(FMECA) approach. Where functions shown on a block diagram are

performed by a replaceable module in the system, a separate Failure Modes

and Effects Analysis (FMEA) shall be performed on the internal functions

of the module, viewing the module as a system. The effects of possible

failure modes in the module inputs and outputs describe the failure modes

of the module when it is viewed as an item within the system. Each failure

mode and output function is examined in relation to the following typical

failure conditions:

a. Premature operations

b. Failure to operate at a prescribed time

c. Intermittent operation

d. Failure to cease operation at a prescribed time

e. Loss of output or failure during operation

f. Degraded output or operational capability

g. Other unique failure conditions, as applicable, based upon system

characteristics and operational requirements or constraints

2. Damage Modes: A narrative description identifying all possible

damage modes which could result from exposure to specified threat

mechanism(s) determined through analysis of each subsystem, component,

or part. The analysis includes both primary and secondary damage effects.

Damage modes of individual item functions are postulated on the basis of

the stated mission requirements, specified threats, and system descriptions. The effects of the possible damage modes include performance

degradation, as well as total item failure. Each damage mode and

function is examined in relation to the following typical damage

conditions:

a. Penetrated

b. Severed

c. Shattered, cracked

d. Jammed

e. Deformed

f. Ignited, detonated

g. Burned out (i.e., electrical overload)

h. Burned through (i.e., threat-caused fires)
 438 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

129 FAILURE DETECTION METHOD 65X--

The method(s) by which occurrence of a specific failure mode is detected

by the operator or maintenance technician. Describes warning devices, if

applicable, and other indications which make evident to the operator or

technician that a system/equipment has malfunctioned or failed. If no

indication exists, states if the undetected failure will jeopardize the

mission objectives or personnel safety, and if the undetected failure

allows the system to remain operational in a safe state, explores

possible resulting second failure situations. Proper correlation of a

system malfunction or failure may require identification of normal, as

well as abnormal indications. Normal indications are those that are

evident to an operator when the system is operating normally. Abnormal

indications are those that are evident to the operator when the system

has malfunctioned or failed.

130 FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY (B) 3NR2

The values are the conditional probability that the failure effect will

result in the assigned Safety Hazard Severity Code (DED 354) given

that the failure mode occurs. The values represent the analyst's

judgment as to the conditional probability the loss will occur, and are

quantified in general accordance with the following:

Failure Effect Value

Actual loss l.00

Probable loss 0.l0 to l.00

Possible loss 0.00 to 0.l0

No effect 0.00

131 FAILURE MODE AND RELIABILITY CENTERED 1 A F

MAINTENANCE (RCM) NARRATIVE CODE

A code that indicates the failure mode and RCM narrative.

Failure/damage mode effect end effect, DED 125 A

Failure/damage mode effect local, DED 126 B

Failure/damage mode effect next higher, DED 127 C

Failure cause, DED 124 D

Failure/damage mode, DED 128 E

Failure mode detection method, DED 129 F

Failure mode predictability, DED 138 G

Failure mode remarks, DED 137 H

Redesign recommendations, DED 426 I

RCM age exploration, DED 343 J

RCM reasoning, DED 346 K

RCM redesign recommendations, DED 426 L

132 FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION 1AFA one-position code that categorizes the failure resulting from the identified failure mode as a technical or an operational failure.
439 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Technical T

Operational O

133 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER l0D--

(Cm)

Cm is that portion of the criticality number for an item, which accounts for

a specific one of its failure modes under a particular severity

classification. For a particular severity classification

and operational phase, the Cm for a failure mode may be calculated with

the following formula:

Cm = (B a F t) (1,000,000)

Where:

Cm = Criticality Number for Failure Mode

B = Failure Effect Probability, DED l30

a = Failure Mode Ratio, DED 136

F = Part Failure Rate, DED l40

t = Operating Time, DED 269

134 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR 4XFThe first position of the code describes whether the indicator is a failure

mode (F) or damage mode (D). The next three positions of the code are

alphanumeric, but not special characters. This four-position code links

information on a table to a particular failure or damage mode.

FMT FAILURE MODE INDICATOR. A failure mode indicator against which

either a corrective or preventive task is documented.

135 FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE 1AFCHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE

A code that indicates the failure mode indicator mission phase

characteristics narrative.

Compensating design provisions, DED 049 A

Compensating operator actions provisions, DED 050 B

136 FAILURE MODE RATIO (a) 4NR3

The fraction of the failure rate of the part, related to the particular

failure mode under consideration. The failure mode ratio is the

probability expressed as a decimal fraction that the part or item will

fail in the identified mode. If all potential failure modes of a

particular part or item are listed, the sum of the "a" values for the

part or item will equal one. Individual failure mode multipliers may

be derived from failure rate source data or from test and operational

data. If failure mode data are not available, the "a" values represent

the analyst's judgment based upon an analysis of the item's functions.

137 FAILURE MODE REMARKS 65X--
440

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Narrative clarification of data pertaining to failure modes.

138 FAILURE PREDICTABILITY 65X--

Information on known incipient failure indicators (e.g., operational performance variations), which are peculiar to the item failure trends and

permit predicting failures in advance.

139 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL 1AFA single-position code identifying the qualitative level assigned to the

failure probability of occurrence. The levels are as follows:

Level A - Frequent. A high probability of occurrences A

during the item operating time interval. High

probability may be defined as a single failure mode

probability of occurrence equal to or greater than

0.20 of the overall probability of failure during the

item operating time interval.

Level B - Reasonably Probable. A moderate B

probability of occurrence during the item

operating time interval. Reasonably probable

may be defined as a single failure mode

probability of occurrence which is 0.10 or more,

but less than 0.20 of the overall probability

of failure during the item operating time interval.

Level C - Occasional. An occasional probability C

of occurrence during item operating time interval.

Occasional probability may be defined as a single

failure mode probability of occurrence which is

0.01 or more, but less than 0.10 of the overall

probability of failure during the item operating time.

Level D - Remote. An unlikely probability of D

occurrence during item operating time interval.

Remote probability may be defined as a single failure

mode probability of occurrence which is 0.001 or more,

but less than 0.0l of the overall probability

of failure during the item operating time.

Level E - Extremely Unlikely. A failure whose E

probability of occurrence is essentially zero during

item operating time interval. Extremely unlikely

may be defined as a single failure mode probability

of occurrence, which is less than 0.00l of the overall

probability of failure during the item operating time.

140 FAILURE RATE 10D--
441

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

For a particular interval, the total number of failures within a

population of an item divided by the total functional life of the population during the measurement interval. The definition holds for time,

rounds, miles, events, cycles, or other measures of life units.

141 FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE 32XLThe source of the failure rates used in the calculation of criticality

numbers. Failure rate data can be obtained from sources such as appropriate reliability predictions, test and evaluation results, field

data from past systems of similar design and environmental use, or

failure rate data sources such as MIL-HDBK-2l7.

142 FAMILY GROUP l0XLThe noun name which describes the measurement requirements by functional

category for the support/test equipment is abbreviated: sig gen, elec

count, etc., for signal generator, electronic counter, etc., respectively

(see DOD-STD-2l2l).

143 FAULT ISOLATION 5N--

Fault Isolation is a procedure employed to determine which particular unit

or group of units is at fault for a malfunction or failure. Specific

information related to the BIT capability to fault isolate is provided in

the subfields of this block.

a. Ambiguity Group 2NR–

A set of items at the same level of indenture having properties such that

BIT can determine that at least one of the set is faulty, but is unable to

determine which particular one.

b. Percent Failure 3NR1

The percent of an item's probable malfunctions, which can be isolated

within a specific ambiguity group by means of BIT.

144 FIGURE NUMBER 4XRA number assigned to identify a specific illustration contained in a

manual.

145 FISCAL YEAR (FY) 2NFThe period beginning October l of one calendar year and ending on September

30 of the following calendar year. The fiscal year is designated by the

calendar year in which it ends.

TRANSPORTED FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year for which transportation is

required.

UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year the UI price was developed.
442 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR. The fiscal year the UM price was developed.

146 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION 7XL–

The recommended freight classification of the item corresponding to the

particular mode of transportation that will be used to transport the item.

147 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 65X--

A statement shall give, in technical and quantitative terms, a precise

description of the function requiring support, including, the specific

operating critical and fundamental performance characteristics, corresponding tolerance or accuracy, and design criteria necesary. Also

describe the required interval for performance of the function; required

input and output characteristics and measurements; and, environmental

conditions under which the piece of SE is to be used.

148 GENERIC CODE 5XL–

Identifies the support/test equipment by functional group (i.e., Oscilloscope, Multimeter) (see DOD-STD-2l2l).

149 GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 20XL–

The government-type designator, as obtained form MIL-STD-196, MIL-STD875(ASG), and MIL-N-18307(ASG).

ATE GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR. The government designator of the ATE.

150 GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 1AF–

Entry specifying whether or not the corresponding requirements are

imposed by the government. Enter a "Y" for yes, "N" for no.

151 HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM (HCI) 1AFA code which identifies an item at any assembly level which is mission

critical and could be designed, repaired, manufactured, installed or maintained for normal operation and yet degrade system survivability in a

nuclear, biological, or chemical hostile environment, if hardness were not

considered.

Hardness critical Y

Not Hardness critical N

152 HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCESS (HCP) lAFA single-position code indicating whether or not the particular maintenance task under analysis has a bearing on an item which is mission

critical. Nuclear HCPs are procedures, finishes, specifications,

manufacturing techniques/procedures which are hardness critical and,

if changed, could degrade nuclear hardness. Code "S" should be used if

unsure whether or not a task is hardness critical at that point in time.
443 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Hardness critical Y

Hardness critical surveillance S

Not hardness critical N

153 HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE 8NRThe estimated cost in dollars of hardware development of the SE. This

price does not include the cost of deliverable hardware.

154 HAZARDOUS CODE lAFA code which indicates whether the item is regulated or nonregulated.

For regulated items, see Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) 49 and the

United Nations Transport of Hazardous Goods. Hazardous Code is

required by MIL-STD-2073-1.

Regulated hazardous in accordance with CFR 49 D

Nonhazardous item N

155 HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES lAFCODE

A code which denotes whether the performance of the maintenance action

identified by the task code will potentially expose assigned maintenance

personnel to hazardous conditions.

Potential loss of life consequences resulting A

from the incorrect or improper performance of

maintenance.

Potential severe injury resulting from the B

incorrect or improper performance of

maintenance.

Potential minor injury resulting from the C

incorrect or improper performance of

maintenance.

No potential danger to maintenance personnel D

conducting maintenance.

156 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST 8NRThe projected annual cost in dollars to store hazardous material

required for one end item. This figure reflects an annual storage

cost averaged over an item's expected useful life.

157 HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST 8NRThe projected annual cost in dollars to dispose of the hazardous

waste generated due to operating/supporting one end item. This figure

reflects annual disposal costs averaged over an item's expected useful

life.
444

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

158 HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST 8NRThe projected annual cost in dollars to store hazardous waste generated

due to operating/supporting one end item. This figure reflects an annual

storage cost averaged over an item's expected useful life.

159 HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS 19X--

Mission requirements is divided into five subfields indicating the worst

(e.g., highest, coldest, longest, and heaviest) mission scenario.

a. Altitude. The highest 5NRaltitude in feet above sea level.

b. Temperature. The coldest 3NRtemperature in degrees Fahrenheit.

c. Distance. The longest 3NRdistance in nautical miles.

d. Time. The longest time in 3NR1

hours

e. Payload. The heaviest 5NRpayload in pounds.

160 HOLDING COST PERCENTAGE 2NRA percentage of inventory value to account for storage, loss,

obsolescence, and interest cost incurred as a result of maintaining

inventory.

161 HOURLY LABOR RATE PER SSC 4NR2

The basic hourly rate expressed in dollars and cents for a repairman

with a specific SSC.

162 INDENTURE CODE lXFA code which illustrates a lateral and descending "family tree"

relationship of each line item to and within the system or end item

and its discrete components (units), assemblies and subassemblies, and

subsubassemblies beginning with "A" for the system, "B" for the system

components, "C" for assemblies, "D" for subassemblies, etc.

a. Attaching Part/Hardware. Attaching part hardware shall be listed

according to the following options as specified by the requiring authority.

Option 1. Indentured with a "Z" below the item it attaches.

Option 2. Indentured with a "Z" and listed as a bulk item within each

appropriate level component where it appears.
 445 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Option 3. Indentured with a "Z" and listed as a bulk item at the end of

the provisioning list.

Option 4. All parts indicated on drawing will be listed in the breakdown

in proper indenture without specific identification that the parts are

utilized as "attaching parts".

Option 5. Attaching hardware need not be listed.

b. Indenture for kits. Whether or not kits will be included in the

provisioning parts list (PPL) will be indicated on the LSAR Data

Requirements Form (DD Form 1949-3). When maintenance plans/

practices require that a group of parts be replaced in one maintenance or

overhaul operation, these items shall be listed as a kit IAW with one of

the following options:

Option 1. Kits shall be assigned an indenture lower than the

subassembly/assembly/component/end item for which it is used and parts of

the kit shall be identified by entering an asterisk.

Option 2. The kit reference number shall be listed at the end of the

subassembly/assembly/component/end item breakdown.

Option 3. All kit parts shall be listed in the PPL in proper indenture

without specific identification that the parts are kit components. The kit

part number is to be listed as the last item of the applicable next higher

assembly, end item/assembly/subassembly breakdown.

163 INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPACITY 19XL–

(IMAC)

A series of codes, per MIL-STD-295, applied to identify and track selected forms and parts which are critical due to material content or

other industrial planning impacts. The IMAC Code contains three subfields, i.e., item category (form, mechanical part, electrical part,

etc.), item characteristics, and the strategic/critical materials contained in the item.

a. IMAC Category 1AFb. IMAC Characteristics 12XLc. IMAC Materials 6XL164 INHERENT AVAILABILITY (Ai) 8NR6

The probability that, when used under stated conditions in an ideal support

environment without consideration for preventive action, a system will

operate satisfactorily at any time. The "ideal support environment"

referred to, exists when the stipulated tools, parts, skilled manpower,

manuals, SE and other support items required are available. Ai excludes

whatever ready time, preventive maintenance downtime, supply downtime, and

administrative downtime may require. Ai may be expressed by the following

formula:
 446 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Ai = _ MTBF _

MTBF+MTTR

where MTBF = Mean Time Between Failures, DED 229

MTTR = Mean Time To Repair, DED 236

NOTE: The measurement bases for MTBF and MTTR must be consistent when

calculating Ai.

REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY. An Ai representing the requirement/

specification Ai.

165 INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR 2NR1

A factor derived from historical information, that identifies the percent of

No Defect maintenance actions that have been included in the MTBM Inherent

parameter. This factor is used to relate the MTBM Inherent parameter to the

MTBF parameter. The IMF may be calculated using the following formula:

IMF = ((MTBF-MTBM INHERENT)/MTBF)100

where:

MTBF = Mean Time Between Failures, DED 229

MTBM Inherent = Mean Time Between Maintenance Inherent, DED 232

166 INITIAL BIN COST 4NRThe initial cost in, whole dollars, of entering an item into the retail

supply system. This includes the administrative cost of setting up a bin

for the item at the wholesale supply point.

167 INITIAL CATALOGING COST 4NRThe initial cost of in, whole dollars, of entering a new item into the

wholesale supply system. This is generally considered to be the cost of

screening the item and assigning an NSN.

168 INPUT POWER SOURCE 25 X - AS

The operating power requirements necessary for the TMDE to function and

operate properly. Consists of the following subfields.

a. Operating Range, 6N--

The voltage range which the Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment

(TMDE) requires to function properly. Subfields are:

(1) Minimum 3NR–

The minimum voltage which the TMDE requires

to function properly.

(2) Maximum 3NR-
447

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The maximum voltage which the TMDE requires

to function properly.

b. Alternating Current/ lAFDirect Current

A code indicating the type of voltage required to operate the Automatic

Test Equipment/Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment, support/test

equipment.

Alternating Current A

Direct Current D

c. Frequency Range 6N--

The number of periods or cycles, in hertz, for a given voltage or voltage range.

Consists of following subfields:

(1) Minimum 3NRThe minimum frequency which the TMDE requires to function properly.

(2) Maximum 3NRThe maximum frequency which the TMDE requires to function properly.

d. Phase lNFThe number of simultaneously applied AC voltage sources for a given voltage range.

Single phase 1

Double phase 2

Triple phase 3

e. Watts 5NRThe unit of power equivalent to the current of one ampere flowing across a

potential difference of one volt.

f. Percent Maximum Ripple 4NR2

The percent maximum ripple allowable of the output voltage of the power source

available to operate the TMDE.

g. Source Option Number 2NRA number sequentially assigned from 1 to 99 that is used to distinguish between

different sets of values of input power requirements for a specific piece of

support equipment.

l69 INSTALLATION FACTORS OR 65X--

OTHER FACILITIES
 448 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A narrative description identifying any considerations required for the

installation of support and test equipment, or training material, such as

vibration and shock mounting requirements, special foundations, utilities

connections, and environmental factors. Also, includes any equipment

necessary to install the item, e.g., cranes, hoists, lift trucks, transits,

etc. When new or modified facilities are required to house the support,

test equipment, or training materials, facilities data table(s) may also be

required.

170 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE 8NRThe total cost associated with ILS deliverable recommendations made by

the contractor.

171 INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS 1AFCATEGORY CODE

A code indicating the ILS requirements. Codes are as follows:

Integrated logistic support plan A

Logistic support analysis B

Maintenance plan C

Support materials list D

Repair of repairables E

Provisioning technical documentation F

Master index of repairables G

Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary H

Facilities data I

Technical manuals J

Maintenance requirements card K

Instrument calibration procedures L

Phased support plan M

Component pilot rework/repair N

Rework standard O

New start P

Training Q

Contractor engineering and technical services R

Packaging, handling, storage and transportation S

Other T

Estimated total ILS price U

l72 INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 2AFA code which indicates relationship of items.

a. Signifies one-way (OW) interchangeability as follows:

(l) When used for a change to the original OW

item, means that the original item may be used

until exhausted.
 449 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

(2) When used for the replacement item, OR

"OR" means that the new item may be used to

replace the original item.

b. Signifies that the original item and TW

replacement item are interchangeable with each other.

c. Signifies that the item is not interchangeable

(NI) as follows:

(l) When used for the original item, NI NI

means that the item is not interchangeable

with the replacement item.

(2) When used for the replacement item, NR

NR means that the replacement item is not

interchangeable with the original item.

d. Signifies that the original item is OM

interchangeable with the replacement item only

if modified to the replacement item configuration

and only in the new application.

e. Signifies that the original item is TM

interchangeable in both the old and new application

only if the original item is modified to the

replacement configuration.

SUPERCEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE. An interchangeability code used to

identify whether the SE replacing or being replaced by the SE under analysis

is interchangeable with it.

173 INTEREST RATE 3NR2

The rate of interest used to account for the time value of money when

performing cost analyses and converting expenditures over a period of time

to a common point.

l74 INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE 2XF–

A code to identify a container which holds two or more unit packs of

identical items. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and

MIL-STD-2073-2.

l75 INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER QUANTITY 3AF3NRThe quantity of unit packs contained in the Intermediate Container. For

quantities over 999, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

176 INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST 4NR2

The cost of storing repairable item inventory at the designated maintenance

facility. This cost is in dollars per cubic foot per month.
450 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

l77 ITEM CATEGORY CODE (ICC) 2XLA code which identifies a type of item and indicates categories into which

support and test equipment, spares, repairs parts, etc. may be divided.

Note: ICCs of "A", "B", and "C" should not be assigned to hardware items

since these codes are reserved for grouping and selecting similar ICCs,

during ADP processing.

Peculiar SE and tools not currently

in the DOD inventory (ICC Group A):

Peculiar SE (Other) 7

Peculiar tools 8

Peculiar test equipment M

Peculiar handling equipment D

Peculiar automatic test equipment (ATE) 1

Common SE and tools currently in the

DOD inventory (ICC Group B):

Common SE (Other) H

Common tools 4

Common test equipment 5

Common handling equipment 6

Common ATE 2

Common SE and tools currently in the DOD

inventory but not assigned to a unit/ship

(ICC Group C):

Common SE (Other) G

Common tools N

Common test equipment P

Common handling equipment R

Common ATE 3

Bulk items Q

Training material not currently in the S

DOD inventory

Training material currently in the DOD inventory T

End item W

Spare (repairable support item) X

Repair part (a nonrepairable consumable support Y

item, component, assembly)

Repair parts kit Z

A repair part, component or assembly 9

contained in a kit/set.

Tool kit/set V

Program (embedded software) E

Tech manuals F

Forms or records J

Electrostatic discharge sensitive item K
451 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Electromagnetic sensitive item L

Facilities U

System peculiar spare part AA

Maintenance significant consumable AB

Modified hand tool AC

Maintenance assist module AD

Attaching hardware AE

Training Equipment AF

l78 ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER (Cr) l0 D - -

The sum of the Failure Mode Criticality Numbers related to the failure

modes of an item within specific severity classifications and mission

phases. The following formula may be used to calculate Item Cr:

j

Cr = Σ (Cm)n n = l,2,3 .....j

n=l

where

Cr = Criticality number for the item

Cm = Failure mode criticality number, DED l33

n = The failure modes in the items that fall under a particular

severity classification/mission phase combination

j = Last failure mode in the item under the severity

classification/mission phase combination

l79 ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE 26X--

A part of nomenclature which provides a method for identifying equipment,

usually by broad performance and use characteristics and general configuration. It is a data chain consisting of all or part of the data

elements type, model, and series designators, in that order. A suffix may

be added for use with the Joint Electronics Type Designation System.

Instructions for coding the type, model, and series designators are contained in MIL-STD-482, appendix II, CM5l and consists of the following

subfields:

a. Type designator 7XLA broad categorization of equipment based upon function or use.

b. Model designator 10XLIdentifies equipment within a particular type designator having

essentially the same performance characteristics.

c. Series designator 2XLIdentifies equipment within a particular model designator having the

same basic design, but not necessarily the same configuration.

d. Suffix designator 7XL-
452

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Supplemental information used with type, model, series designators for

items using the Joint Electronics Type Designation Systems. Instructions

for coding suffix designator can be found in the following publications:

MIL-STD-l55 Joint Photographic Type Designation

System

MIL-STD-l96 Joint Electronics Type Designations

System

MIL-STD-8l5 Designation System for Liquid, Solid

and Liquid-solid (Hybrid) Propellant

Rocket Engines and Motor

MIL-STD-875 Type Designation System for

Aeronautical and Support Equipment

MIL-STD-879 Designation for Aircraft Propulsion

Gas Turbine Engines

AR 700-26 Designating and Naming Military Aircraft

NAVAIRINST l3l00.3

AFR 66-ll

AR 70-50 Designating and Naming Defense Equipment,

NAVMATINST 8800.4 Rockets, and Guided Missiles

AFR 82-5

ANA Bulletin 306 Engines, Aircraft Reciprocating,

Designation of

ANA Bulletin 395 Naval Ordnance Requirements, Mark

and Mod Nomenclature System

END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR. The item designator code of the end article

used in the 070 Report.

SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR. The item designator code of the system

equipment item.

SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE. The item designator code of the system/ end

item.

l80 ITEM FUNCTION 65X--

A narrative description identifying the function, specifications, and

tolerances of the item under analysis (e.g., supply 10 gallons per minute of

hydraulic fluid at 3,000 psi for normal activation of pilot's canopy, hose,

main landing gear extension, wheel brakes, and flap extension).

181 ITEM MANAGEMENT CODE (IMC) 1AF–

A single character indicating whether an item of supply shall be subject to

integrated management or shall be retained by the individual military
453

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

services or other DOD components. The IMC is applicable to all NSN items in

those commodity areas assigned for integrated material management.

Definitions of IMC are contained in DOD-4100.38-M.

l82 ITEM NAME 19XLAn identifying noun with appropriate adjective modifier, as contained in

Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging, H6-l. Item Names contained in Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging, H6-l, cannot

be abbreviated unless approved by the requiring authority. When abbreviation is approved by the requiring authority, the nonapproved

item names can be abbreviated IAW MIL-STD-l2.

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME. The name of the item that the end item under

analysis is expected to interoperate with.

SUPERCEDURE ITEM NAME. An item name of the SE being superceded by or

superceding the support equipment under analysis.

183 ITEM NAME CODE 5NFA number which serves as a cross-reference to each approved item name as

contained in the Federal Item Name Directory for Supply Cataloging, H6-1.

Names and noun concepts other than approved item names or noun concepts

are assigned Item Name Code "77777".

l84 ITEM NUMBER 4XRAn index number assigned to an item for a specific illustration.

185 JOB 40 X L -

The combination of all human performance required for operation and

maintenance of one personnel position in a system (e.g. driver).

186 JOB CODE 2XFAn assigned code which is associated with a specific job.

187 JULIAN DATE 5NF–

The julian date consists of the last two numbers of the calendar year and

the numeric day of the year, i.e., February 5, 1990, would be 90036.

l88 JUSTIFICATION 65X--

A narrative description identifying major factors which: (a) led to the

decision that additional facilities, personnel, training, training material,

support and test equipment, etc., are required; or, (b) provided the basis

for establishing the maintenance concept or making a major program decision.

189 LABOR RATE 4NR2
 454 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The average direct labor rate per hour for an Operations/Maintenance

(O/M) Level. Labor rate is in units of dollars and cents.

l90 LIFE CYCLE STATUS lAF–

The current life cycle phase of an item of equipment. The life cycle of a

hardware item, extending from "cradle to grave", is divided into four

phases: exploration; acquisition; deployment/operations; and, disposal

(includes storage and reclamation). The acquisition phase subdivides into

the following four phases:

Concept Exploration and Definition C

Demonstration and Validation D

Engineering and Manufacturing Development F

Production and Deployment P

Operations and Support S

l91 LIFE SPAN 2NRThe estimated useful life, in years, of the support/test equipment.

l92 LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REQUIREMENT FOR 65XLTRANSPORTATION

Narrative information of the number, location by dimensions, and strength

(rated, yield, and ultimate) of lifting and tiedown provisions for the item

and major components removed for transport. Identified are the locations of

hardpoint lifting provisions provided for aerial recovery. State if the

lifting provisions meet criteria of MIL-STD-209 and interface with all

aerial recovery and sling component.

l93 LINE ITEM NUMBER (LIN) 6XLA unique number assigned by the requiring authority to all items of

equipment for which a specific service has proponency (see SB 700-20).

l94 LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT (LRU) lAFAn LRU is an essential support item which is removed and replaced at field

level to restore the end item to an operationally ready condition.

Conversely, a non-LRU is a part, component, or assembly used in the repair

of an LRU, when the LRU has failed and has been removed from the end item

for repair.

Item is an LRU Y

Item is not an LRU N

195 LOADING FACTOR 3NR2

A factor which is applied to the hourly and annual manpower costs to

account for overhead, benefits, permanent change of station moves, hazardous duty, etc.

l96 LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 13A--
 455

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A checklist consisting of 13 individual logistics factors impacting upon

the attainment of specified maintainability goals for the item under

analysis. An entry of Y, N, or Z is entered against each factor as

depicted below.

Yes Y

No N

Not applicable Z

The individual factors that constitute the subfields are:

Standardization. A logistic consideration indicating whether the design

of the item under analysis meet the DOD policy to adapt, when possible, to:

(a) common or compatible operational, administrative and logistic procedures;

(b) common or compatible technical procedures and criteria; (c) common,

compatible, or interchangeable supplies, components, weapons, or equipment;

and, (d) common or compatible tactical doctrine with corresponding

organizational compatibility (JCS PUB l).

Accessibility. A logistic consideration indicating whether admission to

the various areas of the item under analysis can be achieved with

relative ease.

Maintenance Ease. A logistic consideration indicating whether required

maintenance can be performed without physical difficulty.

Safety. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate design provisions have been made to ensure the conservation of human life and

effectiveness, and the prevention of damage to items, consistent with

mission requirements.

Test Points. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate

design considerations have been made for test points on the item under

analysis.

Skills. A logistic consideration indicating whether existing skills are

available and sufficient to perform required maintenance on the item under

analysis.

Training. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate training

programs have been planned for the performance of O/M tasks on the item

under analysis.

Connectors for Ease of Removal. A logistic consideration indicating

whether the item design includes the use of connectors to facilitate

removal.

Packaging and Transportation. A logistic consideration indicating

whether the packaging material and transportation mediums, designed for

the item under analysis, will adequately protect it during transport.

Fault Location. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate

design provisions have been made to facilitate the location of the causes

of failures or malfunctions of the item under analysis.
456

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Labeling. A logistic consideration indicating whether adequate parts

associated with maintenance are identified and visible with respect to

circuit symbol or part identification.

Design for Self Protection Against Damage After Failure. A logistic

consideration indicating whether provisions have been made to restrict

the progress of deterioration after failure of the item under analysis.

Corrosion/Rust Control. A logistic consideration indicating whether

adequate corrective or preventive actions have been developed to deter

corrosion or rust damage to the item under analysis.

l97 LOGISTIC CONTROL CODE 1AF–

A single-position code assigned to adopted items and other items of

material selected for authorization to provide a basis for logistical

support decisions; i.e., procurement, overhaul, repair parts provisioning,

requisitioning, and distributing.

Standard A A

Standard B B

Item previously type-classified under earlier C

regulations and is still in the inventory

(item has not yet been reclassified)

Developmental D

Contingency and training-contingency F

Not separately type-classified N

Obsolete O

Items exempt from Army type classification R

Contingency and training S

Limited production-test T

Limited production-urgent U

198 LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE 15XLIdentifies the activity name and code or office symbol responsible for

logistics management decisions, or the system program manager/end article

item manager.

l99 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS 18XLCONTROL NUMBER (LCN)

A code that represents a functional or hardware generation breakdown/

disassembly sequence of system/equipment hardware including SE, training

equipment, and installation (connecting) hardware. For additional information on assignment of LCN, refer to appendix C.

ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT LCN. An LCN migrated from table AG that is

required to identify the AORs measurement base.

FAILURE MODE TASK LCN. An LCN representing the failure mode against

which a corrective or preventive task is documented.
457 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

FUNCTIONAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the functional

system/equipment breakdown.

PHYSICAL LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the hardware breakdown of

the system/equipment.

REFERENCED LCN. An LCN that contains referenced task information.

REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN. An LCN that contains referenced subtask

information.

S/N ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the item under analysis

having a serial number relationship.

S/N PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the provisioned

item under analysis having a serial number relationship.

S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the provisioned

system/end item having a serial number relationship.

S/N SYSTEM/END ITEM LCN. An LCN representing the system/end item having a

serial number relationship.

TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN of the item under task analysis.

TASK PROVISION LCN. An LCN of the item which is to be provisioned,

based on the task analysis of the task LCN.

TASK REQUIREMENT LCN. An LCN of the item under task analysis.

UOC ITEM LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the item under analysis having a UOC relationship.

UOC PROVISIONING LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN representing the provisioned

item under analysis having a UOC relationship.

UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the provisioned

system/end item having a UOC relationship.

UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN. An LCN representing the system/end item having a UOC

relationship.

UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER. An LCN of the Unit Under Test.

200 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL 1AFNUMBER - INDENTURE CODE (LCN-IC)

A single-position code which reflects the relationship of the item to

the total LSAR system. The LCN-IC depicts an item's relationship based

upon the assigned LCN, not to a subordinate, provisioned end item.

201 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL 19XLNUMBER (LCN) NOMENCLATURE
458 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

An identifying noun with an appropriate adjective modifier identifying the

LCN item. When using the modified classical LCN assignment method, then

"REPAIR PARTS" is used to identify an LCN representing more than one

reference number and CAGE combination.

202 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL 18NLNUMBER STRUCTURE (LCN STRUCTURE)

A number signifying the number of indenture levels represented by the LCN

when the LCNs are assigned using the classical or modified classical

assignment method. The first digit of the LCN structure is the number of

digits used in the LCN to identify the first indenture level. The second

digit is the number of digits used to identify the second indenture level,

etc.

203 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS CONTROL 1AFNUMBER TYPE (LCN-TYPE)

A code indicating whether the LCN is representative of either a physical

or functional breakdown.

Physical P

Functional F

AOR LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE against the AORs.

FMT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the failure mode against which

either a corrective or preventive task is documented.

FUNCTIONAL LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the functional system/

equipment breakdown.

PHYSICAL LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the hardware breakdown of

the system/equipment.

REFERENCED LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE that contains referenced task

information.

REFERENCED SUBTASK LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE that contains referenced

subtask information.

S/N ITEM LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the item under analysis

having a serial number relationship.

S/N SYSTEM/EI LCN-TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the system/end item

having a serial number relationship.

TASK LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item under task analysis.

TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item which is to be

provisioned, based on the task analysis.

TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the item under task analysis.
 459 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

UOC ITEM LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the item under analysis

having a UOC relationship.

UOC SYSTEM/EI LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE representing the system/end item

having a UOC relationship.

UUT LCN TYPE. An LCN-TYPE of the Unit Under Test.

204 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS 1AFRECOMMENDATION CODE

A single-position code that indicates whether the support/test equipment

is recommended as an LSA candidate.

Recommended Y

Not recommended N

205 LOT QUANTITY l2N--

A two-part sequence identifying the purchase/production lot quantity

ranges to which the UM or UI price apply. The field is divided into two

subfields for beginning and ending lot size.

a. From 6NRThe beginning Lot Quantity of the item to which the UM/UI PRICE applies.

UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UI price beginning lot quantity.

UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY FROM. The UM price beginning lot quantity.

b. To 6NRThe ending Lot Quantity of the item to which the UM/UI PRICE applies.

UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UI price ending lot quantity.

UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY TO. The UM price ending lot quantity.

206 MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE 1AF–

(MAC)

A code which indicates the required action to be taken at the expiration of

the Maximum Allowable Operating Time (MAOT).

Calibrate B

Condemn C

Scheduled maintenance (as specified in the S

technical manual of planned maintenance

system (PMS) and not covered by another MAC)

Repair R

Test and Repair T

207 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT 65X--
 460

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A narrative description identifying the broad, planned approach to be

employed in sustaining the system/equipment at a defined level of readiness,

or in a specified condition in support of the operational requirement.

Initially stated by the requiring authority for design and support planning

purposes and is expanded by performing activity prepared inputs during fullscale development. Provides the basis for the maintenance plan. Usually

includes guidelines pertaining to projected maintenance tasks, levels, and

locations: organic/contractor maintenance work load mix; condition

monitoring, fault isolation and testing approach; and, compatibility with

existing support and test equipment, etc. May be influenced or modified as

system/equipment development proceeds.

208 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL 10D--

The number of operational units (e.g. rounds, miles, hours) between

preventive maintenance derived as an outcome of RCM analysis.

209 MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 23XLA number assigned by the government to identify an approved maintenance

plan.

210 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE 65X--

A narrative description of support data and analysis used in preparation of

the maintenance plan. The impact of LSA including FMECA; RCM; and, level of

repair analysis should be documented. In addition, the use of data from

like and similar equipment and lessons learned in formation should also be

identified.

211 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I 8NR4

(MRRI)

The MRRI is defined as the peacetime replacement rate factor for the item

indicating the number of expected failures, which will require removal and

replacement of the support item below depot level in a given next higher

assembly per equipment/end item per year. This factor is to be based on the

known/estimated end item usage and mature failure rates.

The MRRI can be calculated using the following formula:

For an assembly:

N

MRR (assembly) = Σ TFi X Quantity per taski

i=1

Where:

N = Number of H function tasks for a given LCN/ALC combination

(except D O/M levels)

TFi = Task frequency

For a repair part:
461

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

N

MRR (repair part) = Σ TFi X Quantity per taski

i=1

Where:

N = Number of J function tasks performed against the next higher

assembly of the repair part

TFi = Task frequency

212 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II 8NR3

(MRRII)

The MRRII can be defined by each of the following options:

Option 1. The MRRII is the replacement rate of the item calculated as

follows:

MRRII = MRRI X annual operating program wartime

annual operating program peacetime

When this computation results in zero, use the following definition:

The MRRII is the replacement rate of the line item per wartime operating

program. The wartime operating program will be provided by the requiring

authority. The MRRII will consider secondary failures, idleness, operator error, preventive/planned maintenance, handling and storage.

Option 2. The MRRII is the wartime replacement rate for the item

indicating the number of expected failures, which will require removal

and replacement of the support item below depot level in a given next

higher assembly per equipment/end item per year. This factor is to be

based on the known/estimated end item usage and will include

consideration of intensified rate of usage; increased stress due

to combat operations; accident rate; ballistic damages; and,

differences in turnaround time.

213 MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER 7XF-

(MRR MOD)

A series of codes used to modify (multiply) the MRR for environmental

conditions by area of system/equipment deployment. Consists of seven

subfields. The first six subfields identify the multiplier to use for

the following geographic areas: CONUS (C); Europe (E); Pacific (P);

Southern Command (S); Mideast (M); and, Alaska (A), respectively.

Multiplier Code

0.25 A

0.50 B

0.75 C

l.00 l

l.25 2

l.50 3

l.75 4
462 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

2.00 5

2.25 6

2.50 7

2.75 8

3.00 9

No requirement 0

The seventh subfield is a code to indicate if the item is subject to a

wearout failure pattern, in which case it is coded "W".

214 MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION 14N--

The percentage of a repairable item expected to be repaired and returned to

stock by a specified maintenance level. The field is divided into

subfields by maintenance level (for definitions of the Operations/

Maintenance levels, see DED 277).

a. Maintenance Task Distribution at 2 N R

Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organizational

b. Maintenance Task Distribution at 2NRIntermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/Third Echelon/Off Equipment/

Intermediate-Forward

c. Maintenance Task Distribution at 2NRIntermediate/General Support/Ashore/Fourth Echelon/Intermediate-Rear

d. Maintenance Task Distribution at 2NRSpecialized Repair Activity

e. Maintenance Task Distribution 2NRat Depot/Shipyards

f. Maintenance/Task Distribution 2NRat Condemnation Below Depot

g. Maintenance Task Distribution 2NRat Condemnation At Depot

215 MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR 16N--

The ratio of maintenance man-hours expended to the operating interval

(as defined by the measurement base) of the system/equipment. The item

contains two components:

a. Scheduled 8NR5

Total maintenance man-hours expended for preventive maintenance divided

by the total operating hours.

b. Unscheduled 8NR5

Total maintenance man-hours expended for corrective maintenance divided

by the total operating hours.

- - 
 463

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

216 MANAGEMENT PLAN 1AFA code entered by the government that directs contractor action on a

general management/milestone plan.

Milestone plan to be developed IAW the CDRL Y

Milestone plan not required N

217 MANAGING COMMAND/AGENCY l0XLThe name or official abbreviation, as contained in JCS Publication 1 of the

DOD agency, Federal Agency, or major command which has the integrated

commodity management of the support/test equipment or training material,

e.g., MICOM, TACOM, NAVAIR, NAVELEX, AFLC, SAALC.

218 MATERIAL 240XL–

A narrative description identifying the chemical compound or mechanical

mixture properties of which the item is fabricated.

219 MATERIAL LEADTIME 3NRThe order and ship time, in weeks, for critical/strategic materials used in

manufacture of the item. This data is required for items assigned an IMAC

code (DED 163).

220 MATERIAL WEIGHT 6NR3

The amount, in pounds, of critical/strategic material contained in an item.

This data is required for items assigned an IMAC code (DED 163).

221 MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME 4X--

(MAOT)

The expressed period of time after which certain items will be maintained in

accordance with the Maintenance Action Code. The MAOT is composed of the

following:

a. First two-positions. Number of applicable program units; i.e.,

0l-99.

b. Third-position. Appropriate multiplier code.

l X program units Blank

l0 X program units X

l00 X program units C

l000 X program units M

c. Fourth-Position. Code to designate the program units.

Arrestments A

Launches C

Hours H

Miles M
 464 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

Rounds R

Starts S

Landings L

Days D

Months (for provisioning purposes only) T

Steaming/underway hours U

Years Y

222 MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 5NR2

(MAXTTR)

The maximum corrective maintenance downtime within which a specified

percent (normally 90 or 95 percent) of all corrective maintenance actions

can be accomplished.

MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR. An MAXTTR for a specified O/M

level.

REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR. An MAXTTR specified as a supportability

requirement/specification.

223 MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME 6NR1

(MAMDT)

The statistical mean of the individual elapsed times for all maintenance

tasks during a specified period of time (clock hours). The MAMDT, or M,

is the weighted average of the mean time to repair (MTTR), and mean preventive maintenance action time (MTPM). When the number of corrective

maintenance actions, (NC) and the number of preventive maintenance

actions (NP) have been determined for a common reference time, the

following formula may be used to calculate MAMDT:

(MTTR X NC) + (MTPM X NP)

M = MAMDT = NC + NP

MAMDT is documented as both technical and operational characteristics.

Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/

equipment must demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all

failures and resultant actions to restore the item (e.g., a broken tail

light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational

parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability

characteristics that the system must demonstrate. Only operational

mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (e.g., engine

failure will result in mission abort which is both an operational and

technical failure).

224 MEAN ELAPSED TIME 5NR2

The average time expended, regardless of the number of personnel

working simultaneously, required to perform a task. This does not

include logistics delay time. The time can be predicted or measured,

or can be specified as requirements as depicted below:

- - 
 465

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Predicted - The estimated time required in the performance of a

task expressed in hours and hundredths.

b. Measured - The actual clock time recorded in the completion of a

task from start to finish, expressed in hours and hundredths. Measured

mean elapsed times are calculated by summing mean minute elapsed times

for all subtasks. The following formula is used to calculated measured

mean elapsed time:

N

Measured Mean Elapsed Time = Σ MMETi

60

i=1

Where: N = Total number of subtasks per task

MMETi = Mean minute elapsed time

c. Required. The maximum time allowed to accomplish a task.

225 MEAN MAN-HOURS 5NR2

The average number of man-hours required to perform a unit of work. The

man-hours can be predicted or measured as defined below, or can be specified

as requirements as depicted below:

a. Predicted - The estimated time required in the performance of a

task expressed in hours and hundredths.

b. Measured - The actual total clock time recorded in the performance of a task expressed in hours and hundredths. Measured mean manhours

are calculated only if mean man-minute per person identifier are entered for

the given task. The following formula is used to calculate Measured Mean

Man-Hours (MMMH) for a given task:

N

MMMH = Σ MMMi

60

i=1

Where: N = Total number of person ID

MMMi = Mean man-minutes

c. Required. The maximum man-hours allowed to accomplish a task.

226 MEAN MAN-MINUTES 4NR1

The mean man-minutes required for each person identified to perform a

step within a task expressed in minutes and tenths.

227 MEAN MINUTE ELAPSED TIME 5NRl
 466 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The mean minute elapsed time required for each subtask, expressed in minutes

and tenths, regardless of the number of personnel working simultaneously.

This does not include logistic delay time.

228 MEAN MISSION DURATION 6NR1

The average length of a mission for an item.

229 MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 10D--

(MTBF)

For a particular interval, the total functional life of a population of an

item divided by the total number of failures within the population during

the measurement interval. The definition holds for time, rounds, miles,

events, or other measure of life units.

MTBF is documented as both technical and operational characteristics.

Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/

equipment must demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all

failures and resultant actions to restore the item (e.g., a broken tail

light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational

parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability

characteristics that the system must demonstrate. Only operational mission

failures and the resultant tasks are included (e.g., engine failure will

result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical failure).

REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES. An MTBF representing the

supportability requirement/specification MTBF.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MTBF - An MTBF of the support equipment.

230 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS 10D--

(MTBMA)

The mean of the distribution of the time intervals between actions or groups

of actions required to restore an item to, or maintain it in, a specified

condition. This entry will be composed of the MTBF, Mean Time Between

Maintenance Induced (MTBM INDUCED), Mean Time Between Maintenance No Defect

(MTBM NO DEFECT), and Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance (MTBPM)

values (see DED 229, DED 231, DED 233, and DED 234). MTBMA may be

calculated by the following formula:

-1 [ 1 1 1 1 _ ]

MTBMA = MTBF + MTBM INDUCED + MTBM NO DEFECT + MTBPM

MTBMA is documented as both technical and operational characteristics.

Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/

equipment must demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all

failures and resultant actions to restore the item (e.g., a broken tail

light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational

parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability

characteristics that the system must demonstrate. Only operational mission

failures and the resultant tasks are included (e.g., engine failure
467

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical

failure).

REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS. A MTBMA representing the

supportability requirement/specification MTBMA.

231 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED 10D--

(MTBM INDUCED)

One of four categories of maintenance events contributing to the Mean

Time Between Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230). Induced

malfunctions are those induced in the system/equipment under analysis

from external sources (i.e., other equipment, personnel, etc.).

232 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT 10D--

(MTBM INHERENT)

The average time (or other measurement base) between on-equipment

maintenance events that are classified as inherent malfunctions, i.e.,

those malfunctions that are assumed to result from internal design/

manufacturing defects. Engineering failure analyses are not performed to

verify validity of this assumed (and reported) classification.

Note: MTBM INHERENT is not the same as MTBF. MTBM INHERENT is derived

from maintenance records which are automatically processed and

categorized into types of maintenance actions/events. Failures are

generally only a subset of all the events that are categorized as

inherent maintenance events. The relationship between MTBM INHERENT

and MTBF may be calculated by the following formula:

100 - IMF

MTBM INHERENT = 100 X MTBF

233 MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE 10D--

NO DEFECT (MTBM NO DEFECT)

One of the four categories of maintenance events contributing to the

Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230).

These events consist of removals, replacements, and reinstallations of

equipment due to erroneous failure indication. The MTBM NO DEFECT shall

be developed by using historical data and field feedback information from

similar items to establish the number of maintenance events that are the

result of erroneous failure indication. An alternative procedure

approved by the requiring authority may be used in lieu of the above

procedure.

234 MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 10D--

(MTBPM)

The mean of the distribution of intervals, measured in hours, rounds,

etc., between preventive maintenance actions. This is one of the four

categories of maintenance events contributing to the Mean Time Between

Maintenance Actions (MTBMA) value (see DED 230). MTBPM may be calculated

by the following formula:
 468 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

AOR X CON FAC

MTBPM = N

Σ TFi

i=1

Where:

i = Preventive maintenance action

TFi = Task frequency of the "i" preventive maintenance action

N = Total number of preventive maintenance actions charged

against the LCN/ALC item under analysis

AOR = Annual operating requirement

CON FAC = Conversion factor for the LCN/ALC item under analysis

235 MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS (MTBR) 10D--

A measure of the system reliability parameter related to demand for

logistics support. The total number of operational units (e.g., miles,

rounds, hours) divided by the total number of items removed from that

system during a stated period of time. This term is defined to exclude

removals performed to facilitate other maintenance and removals for

product improvement. MTBR may be calculated by the following formula:

AOR X CON FAC

MTBR = N

Σ TFi

i=1

Where:

AOR = Annual operating requirement

CON FAC = Conversion factor for the LCN/ALC item under analysis

Tfi = Task frequency of the "i" applicable maintenance action

N = Total number of applicable maintenance actions

I = Applicable maintenance action (See note below)

Note: For a particular task to be applicable, it must meet ALL of the

following criteria:

a. It must be either a "remove" or a "remove and replace" task.

b. It must be categorized as either an "emergency" or an "unscheduled" task.

c. The task must be performed by "operator/crew/unit-crew" or

"organizational/on equipment/unit-organizational" or by a maintenance

contact team.

d. The task can not be performed to facilitate other maintenance or

for product improvement.

REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS. An MTBR representing the supportability requirement/specification MTBR.

236 MEAN TIME TO REPAIR (MTTR) 5NR2
 469 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The total elapsed time (clock hours) for corrective maintenance divided

by the total number of corrective maintenance actions during a given

period of time. MTTR may be calculated by the following formula:

N

Σ (TFi) X (ETi)

i=1 _

MTTR = N

Σ TFi

i=1

Where:

i = On equipment corrective maintenance actions

TFi = Task frequency of "i" on equipment maintenance action

N = Total number of on equipment corrective maintenance actions

charged against the LCN/ALC item under analysis

ETi = Mean elapsed time of the "i" on equipment corrective

maintenance action

MTTR is documented as both technical and operational characteristics.

Technical parameters reflect the technical reliability that the system/

equipment must demonstrate. In determining these parameter values, all

failures and resultant actions to restore the item (e.g., a broken tail

light is a technical, but not operational characteristic). Operational

parameters reflect operational reliability and maintainability

characteristics that the system must demonstrate. Only operational mission failures and the resultant tasks are included (e.g., engine failure

will result in mission abort which is both an operational and technical

failure).

REQUIRED MEAN TIME TO REPAIR. An MTTR representing the supportability

requirement/specification MTTR.

237 MEANS OF DETECTION 2A--

The means by which a system, subsystem, assembly, or subassembly is

checked to verify its operational state or condition consisting of both

a primary and secondary means of detection.

a. Primary means of detection 1AFThe primary means of detection of operational state or condition.

b. Secondary means of detection 1AF–

The secondary means of detection of operational state or condition.

Built-in-test (BIT) B

Manual test equipment (MTE Common) M

Manual test equipment (MTE Peculiar) N

Automatic test equipment (ATE Common) A

Automatic test equipment (ATE Peculiar) P

Human detection H

238 MEASUREMENT BASE (MB) 1AF-
 470 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A single position code which identifies the measurement unit for a

particular operating time period or number of events.

Message units A

Cycles C

Days D

Flight hours F

Minutes G

Hours H

Kilometers K

Landings L

Miles M

Operating hours O

Rounds R

Starts S

Months T

Underway/steaming hours U

Years Y

Arrestments E

Catapults B

ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB associated with the

AOR.

ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB

for the engineering failure mode MTBF.

FAILURE RATE MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the failure rate.

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the maintenance

interval.

MEAN MISSION DURATION MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the mean mission

duration.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the

operational mean time between failure.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the

technical mean time between failure.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL MEASUREMENT BASE. An

MB for the operational mean time between maintenance actions.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for

the technical mean time between maintenance actions.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the

mean time between maintenance induced.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the

mean time between maintenance no defect.
471

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the

mean time between preventive maintenance.

MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the mean time

between removals.

OPERATING TIME MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the operating time.

TASK AOR MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB which corresponds to the AOR and is

associated with the task frequency.

WEAROUT LIFE MEASUREMENT BASE. An MB for the wearout life.

239 METHOD OF PRESERVATION 2XFA code which defines the preventive measures to forestall deterioration

resulting from exposure to atmospheric conditions during storage and

shipment. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

240 MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION 65XLIdentification of the military quantity distance class and storage

compatibility groups for the item being transported. Reference AFR 71-4,

Preparing Hazardous Materials for Military Air Shipments, for

instructions.

241 MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION (EMPTY/ 4 N - AS

LOADED)

Identification of the military load classification number (for military

bridges). The classification number empty is against the operational

weight empty, DED 276. The classification number loaded is against the

operational weight loaded, DED 276.

Classification number empty 2NRClassification number loaded 2NR242 MILITARY UNIT TYPE 240XLThe specific types of military units that will use or transport the

system/equipment.

243 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR 1AFA one-position code which indicates whether the end item can be dispatched

on its assigned mission with the item under analysis inoperative.

End item can be dispatched. Y

End item can not be dispatched. N or blank

244 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE 65X--
 472 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Narrative specifying any limitations on the end item when dispatched on

its assigned mission with the analysis item inoperative.

245 MINIMUM REPLACEMENT UNIT (MRU) 3NRA minimum replacement unit quantity indicating the minimum quantity of an

item that is normally replaced/installed upon failure or scheduled

replacement.

246 MISSION PHASE CODE (MPC) 1XFA one-position code developed by the performing activity that uniquely

identifies a Mission Phase/Operational Mode, DED 247. Codes are A-Z, 0-9

and *. The asterisk indicates that the information contained for a

particular item is applicable to all mission phases.

247 MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE 65X--

A concise statement of the mission phase/operational mode in which the

failure occurs. Where subphase, event, or time can be defined from

the system definition and mission profiles, the most definitive

timing information should also be described for the assumed time of failure

occurrence.

248 MOBILE FACILITY CODE 1AFA code which expresses the applicability of the SE to mobile facilities.

The following codes may be used:

SE required for mobile facility only V

SE not suitable for mobile facilities X

Support not restricted to mobile facilities or other N

site categories

249 MOBILITY TYPE 1AFA code which indicates the system/equipment type of mobility.

Skid A

Tracked B

Wheeled C

Other D

250 MODEL LOAD (HIGHWAY) 1AFThe payload capacity of the transporter (truck, trailer, etc.)

Less than 5-ton payload capacity A

Five-ton to 10-ton payload capacity B

Greater than 10-ton payload capacity C

251 MODEL TYPE (HIGHWAY) 19XLThe model type and number of the transporter.
473 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

252 MODIFICATION OR CHANGE 1AF–

A single-letter code indicating whether the need for TMDE is a result of a

modification or change to the end item.

Yes Y

No N

253 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER AND 20X--

RELATED DATA

A number assigned under the Federal Cataloging Program/North Atlantic

Treaty Organization (NATO) codification of equipment system to each approved

item identification which provides a unique identification of an item of

supply within a specified Federal Supply Classification (FSC). The field

consists of a three-character prefix, a 13-character National Stock Number

(NSN) and a four-character suffix code as follows:

a. Prefix

Cognizance code 2XFMateriel control code lXFb. NSN

Consists of the following subfields:

Federal supply classification (FSC) 4NFNational item identification number (NIIN) 9XFNOTE: An alphanumeric NIIN is used to document management control or

temporarily assigned numbers prior to final NSN assignment. Final NSNs are

completely numeric.

ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION. The FSC of

the NSN for an item which may be used in lieu of the SE under analysis.

ALTERNATE NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The NIIN portion of the

NSN for an item which may be used in lieu of the SE under analysis.

CONTAINER NSN. A number which provides a unique identification to a

reusable (long file) container within the appropriate FSC.

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER. The NIIN of the

interoperable equipment.

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION.

The FSC of the interoperable equipment.

c. Suffix

Special materiel identification code/ 2XFMateriel management aggregation code

Activity code 2XF-
 474 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

For applicable codes, see DOD 4l00.38-M.

254 NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT 10NR–

The next explosive weight, in pounds per package or per pallet, of the

item for all Department of Transportation class A or B explosives. The

next explosive weight for class C explosives is required for items

shipped to Hawaii, Italy, and United Kingdom per DOD 4500.32R and

AFR 71-4.

255 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the new or modified facility narrative.

Facility design criteria, DED 105 A

Facility installation lead time, DED 106 B

Facility task area breakdown, DED 122 C

Facilities utilization, DED 111 D

Facilities requirement, DED 108 E

Facility unit cost rationale, DED 123 F

Facility justification, DED 188 G

Type of construction, DED 482 H

Utilities requirement, DED 502 I

256 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the new or modified skill narrative.

New or modified skill additional requirements, DED 007 A

Educational qualifications, DED 094 B

Skill justification, DED 188 C

Additional training requirements, DED 012 D

257 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY 7XLCODE (SSC)

The SSC which is new or modified.

258 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING 5XLLIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER (NHA PLISN)

The PLISN assigned to the item's next higher assembly. This may be the

PLISN assigned to the item's kit, or the PLISN assigned to a major

component which is a planned overhaul candidate for which the item is

required.

259 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY PROVISIONING 1XFLIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR

(NHA IND)

A code which indicates the type of data entered in NHA PLISN, DED 258.

NHA N

Major component C
 475

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Both NHA and major component B

Kit *

Fabricated item F

Assembled item A

End item E

260 NON-OPERABILITY, FRAGILITY FACTOR (NOFF) 2NRThe maximum force acceleration or deceleration, expressed in units of

gravity (Gs) that can be applied to an item in its non-operating state

without causing physical damage or change in its operational characteristics. The NOFF should only be completed for an item that has been

determined, or assumed to have a non-operational fragility tolerance of

less than 40 Gs.

261 NOT REPARABLE THIS STATION (NRTS) 3NRThe percent of estimated reparable generations which the intermediate

repair shops will be unable to repair and therefore, will be processed

to a technical repair center (depot).

262 NUMBER OF OPERATING LOCATIONS 4NRThe number of locations which will receive and operate the item under

analysis.

263 NUMBER OF SHOPS 2NRThe number of maintenance locations available to perform repair at each

maintenance echelon.

264 NUMBER OF SKIDS 2NRThe total number of skids of the system/equipment that is being

transported.

265 NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 6NRThe average number of systems or end items supported by a maintenance

level.

266 NUMBER TYPE 1AFA code that specifies whether the item is an interoperability item or a

mode of transport item.

Interoperability item I

Mode of transport item M

267 OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST 8NRThe projected annual ownership cost in dollars per end item of ATE/TMDE

averaged over its expected useful life.
 476 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

268 OPERATING DIMENSIONS 14 X - AS

Dimensions of an item of support/test equipment or training material while

it is in the operational configuration mode. Composed of the following

subfields:

a. Length 4NRl

b. Width 4NRl

c. Height 4NRl

269 OPERATING TIME 6NR2

The operating time of the item under analysis per use/mission derived

from the system definition.

270 OPERATING WEIGHT 6NR1

The operating weight, in pounds, of the item under analysis.

271 OPERATION LEVEL 2NR–

The number of days worth of stock intended to sustain normal operations

during the interval between receipt of replenishment shipment and

submission of subsequent replenishment requisition. Does not include

either safety level or order ship time quantities.

272 OPERATION LIFE 2NRThe number of years the item is expected to be in service.

273 OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY (Ao) 8NR6

The probability that, when used under stated conditions, a system will

operate satisfactorily at any time. This differs from achieved

availability in that Ao includes standby time and administrative and

logistic delay time. Ao may be expressed by the following formula:

_ OT + ST __

Ao = OT + ST + TPM + TCM + ALDT

Where: OT = Operating time per calendar year

ST = Standby time

TPM = Total preventive maintenance time per calendar year

TCM = Total corrective maintenance time per calendar year

ALDT = Administrative and logistics delay time spent waiting

for parts, maintenance personnel, or transportation per

calendar year

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY. An Ao representing the supportability

requirement/specification Ao.

274 OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION 65X--
477 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A narrative description of the guidelines to be followed to identify

operational mission failures for the system/equipment being documented.

Operational mission failures are those failures which, upon occurrence,

would prevent the system/equipment from performing mission essential

functions. Mission essential functions are the minimum operational tasks

which the system must be capable of performing to complete its mission

successfully.

275 OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR 1AFA code indicating whether the operational requirement specified pertains to

a wartime or peacetime scenario.

Wartime W

Peacetime P

RELIABILITY OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR. An ORI specified for the

reliability of an item.

276 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT (EMPTY AND 8 N - AS

LOADED)

The operational weight in tons of the system/equipment being transported. It

is divided into two subfields:

Empty 4NR1

Loaded 4NR1

277 OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE (O/M) LEVEL 1 A F

Codes that are assigned to indicate the maintenance levels authorized to

perform the required maintenance function.

Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew. Operations and maintenance which are the

responsibility of and performed by the using organization by the system

equipment operator/crew on its assigned equipment. Its phases

normally consist of inspecting, servicing, lubricating, adjusting,

and replacing of parts, minor assemblies, and subassemblies.

Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew C

Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organizational. Maintenance which is

the responsibility of and performed by the using organization on its

assigned equipment. Its phases normally consist of inspecting,

servicing, lubricating, adjusting and replacing of parts, minor

assemblies and subassemblies.

Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organizational O

Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/Third Echelon/Off Equipment/

Intermediate-Forward. The next higher maintenance level after

Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organization. Titles of "Direct Support" and "Third Echelon" are associated with ground support forces;
478 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

"Intermediate" and "Off Equipment" are with nautical and aviation

organizations. Maintenance at this level is the responsibility of, and

performed by, designated maintenance activities for direct support of

using organizations. Its phases normally consist of: calibration,

repair or replacement of damaged or unserviceable parts, components or

assemblies; emergency manufacture of nonavailable parts; and technical

assistance to using organizations.

Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/ F

Third Echelon/Off Equipment/Intermediate-Forward

Intermediate/General Support/Ashore/Fourth Echelon/Intermediate-Rear.

Maintenance performed on material requiring major overhaul or a complete

rebuild of parts, subassemblies and end items, including manufacture of

parts, modification, testing and reclamation as required. Includes

capabilities described in Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/Third

Echelon/Off Equipment/Intermediate-Forward.

Intermediate/General Support/Ashore/ H

Fourth Echelon/Intermediate-Rear

Intermediate/Ashore and Afloat. A maintenance level used to identify those

maintenance tasks which can be accomplished at the intermediate level both

Ashore and Afloat.

Intermediate/Ashore and Afloat G

Depot/Shipyards (D). The highest level of maintenance activities. Maintenance performed on material requiring major overhaul or a complete

rebuild of parts, subassemblies or end items, including manufacture of

parts, modification, testing and reclamation as required. Depot maintenance serves to support lower categories of maintenance by providing

technical assistance and performing whatever maintenance is beyond their

responsibility. Depot maintenance provides stocks of serviceable

equipment by using more extensive facilities for repair than are

available in lower level maintenance activities.

Depot/Shipyards D

Specialized Repair Activity (SRA). A level of maintenance usually

characterized by the capability to perform maintenance functions requiring specialized skills, disciplined quality control, highly sophisticated

and expensive special tools, and TMDE. Its phases normally consist of

adjustments, calibration, alignment, testing, troubleshooting, assembly,

disassembly, fault isolation, and repair of unserviceable parts, modules,

and printed circuit boards (PCB).

Specialized Repair Activity L

MODELING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level associated

with supportability modeling information.

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM. The O/M level from which a spare/

repair part is shipped.
 479 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO. The O/M level where a spare/repair

part is received.

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level

at which PCBs of the SE under analysis are repaired.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M

level at which the SE under analysis is calibrated.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REPAIR OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVEL. The O/M level at

which the SE under analysis is repaired.

278 OPERATOR'S MANUAL 16XLThe Technical manual/technical order designation of the military

operators manual, or the number of the commercial manual applicable

to the item.

279 OPTIONAL PROCEDURE INDICATOR lXFA code which indicates whether various types of optional packaging

procedures are allowable or whether no deviations from the packaging

data are permitted. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and

MIL-STD-2073-2.

280 ORGANIZATIONAL/ON EQUIPMENT/UNIT 60 N - AS

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE

REQUIREMENTS

Data documenting the operations and organizational maintenance requirements

for the system/equipment under development. It consists of the following

subfields.

a. Daily Inspection 10 N – AS

An inspection for latent defects to a greater depth than the

Preoperative/Preflight/Postflight Inspection. It includes the elements of

the Preoperative/Preflight/Postflight Inspection and satisfies the

requirement for Preoperative/Preflight/Postflight Inspection if it is

conducted against the same hardware item. Daily inspections are

performed before the first operation/flight of the day or after the

last flight of the day.

This field is composed of two subfields:

(1) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-hours, DED 225 5NR2

b. Mission Profile Change 10 N – AS

The process of changing the operational configuration of the end item

in order to accomplish a different mission. Consists of the following

subfields:
 480 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

(l) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224. 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-hours, DED 225. 5NR2

c. Periodic Inspection 10 N – AS

An inspection with a regular or recurring interval other than daily,

preoperational, post-operational or calendar. Consists of the following

subfields:

(1) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 5NR2

d. Post Operative Inspection 10 N - AS

An inspection conducted immediately after each operation to determine

defects that may have developed during the operation. Consists of the

following subfields:

(1) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 5NR2

e. Preoperative Inspection 10 N - AS

An inspection conducted before each operation to verify that the

equipment has been properly serviced and to detect defects that would

have an adverse affect on the operation. Consists of the following

subfields:

(1) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 5NR2

f. Turnaround 10 N - AS

The time required to return item for use between missions. Consists of the

following subfields:

(l) Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

(2) Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 5NR2

281 OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE (ORR) 3NR2

A rate that represents an estimate of the percent of time that a

particular support item will be replaced in the next higher repairable

assembly/end item during overhaul.

282 PACKAGING CATEGORY CODE 4XF-
481

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code which indicates physical and chemical characteristics of an item

and identifies weight/fragility and preservative relative to the

packaging of an item. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and

MIL-STD-2073-2.

283 PACKING CODE 3X--

A series of codes which identify packing requirements. Consists of the

following subfields:

a. Level A Packing (A) lXF–

A code assigned to identify level "A" packing requirements. For

applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

b. Level B Packing (B) lXFA code assigned to identify level "B" packing requirements. For

applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

c. Minimum Packing (C) lXFA code assigned to identify minimum packing requirements. For applicable

codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

284 PARAMETERS 63X--

A field divided into nine subfields which describes technical

capabilities/characteristics that an item of operational equipment, TMDE,

or calibration equipment/standard is capable of measuring/generating, or

which are to be measured on the UUT. Classified parameters and transistor

logic levels are not listed in the CMRS. Classified parameters are listed

in a classified supplement or appendix to the CMRS and that document

appropriately controlled.

a. Parameter Grouping Code (PGC) 2AFA two character code linking the requirements set by the unit under test to

the capabilities of the SE.

SE PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the SE.

SE UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the SE UUT which must match the

PGC of the corresponding SE.

UUT PARAMETER GROUP CODE. A PGC of the unit under test (UUT) which must

match the PGC of the corresponding SE.

b. Input/Output (I/O) 1AFA code specifying the corresponding parameter of the equipment in question

(SE or UUT) as an input into equipment or output from the equipment. Codes

are as follows:
482 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Input into equipment I

Output from equipment O

SE UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the SE UUT.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT INPUT OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the SE.

UUT PARAMETER INPUT/OUTPUT CODE. An I/O code of the UUT.

c. Parameter 12XL–

The characteristic (e.g., volts, DC, Hertz, etc.) which an item of TMDE is

capable of measuring or which are to be measured on the UUT.

SE UUT PARAMETER. A parameter of the SE UUT which requires measurement by

the SE under analysis.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER. A parameter which the SE under analysis is to

measure.

UUT PARAMETER. A parameter of the SE UUT which requires measurement by the

SE under analysis.

d. Range-From 10D--

The lowest value of a particular parameter which can be measured or

generated.

SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter of the SE

UUT that the SE under analysis must measure.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter

that the SE is capable of measuring.

UUT PARAMETER RANGE FROM. The lowest value of the parameter of the UUT that

the SE under analysis must measure.

e. Range-To 10D--

The highest value of a particular parameter which can be measured or

generated.

SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter of the SE UUT

that the SE under analysis must measure.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter

that the SE is capable of measuring.

UUT PARAMETER RANGE TO. The highest value of the parameter of the UUT that

the support equipment under analysis must measure.

f. Accuracy 26XL–

A narrative description of the tolerances of the corresponding parameter.
 483 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

SE UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the parameter of

the SE UUT that the SE under analysis must measure.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the

parameter that the SE is capable of measuring.

UUT PARAMETER ACCURACY. The amount of accuracy of the parameter of the

UUT that the support equipment under analysis must measure.

g. Range/Value Code (R/V) 1AFA code used to identify specific parameters as either a "range" or a

specific "value". List specific value parameters in the "Range-From"

block.

Range R

Value V

SE UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE. The R/V of the SE UUT.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE CODE. The R/V of the SE.

UUT PARAMETER RANGE/VALUE. The R/V of the UUT.

h. Operational/Specification 1AFParameter

A code indicating whether the associated parameter is operational or

specification parameter of the UUT.

Operational parameter O

Specification parameter S

285 PASS THROUGH PRICE 8NRThe cost added to items bought by a prime contractor which are delivered to

the government with little or no value added by the prime contractor.

286 PERCENTILE 2NFThe percentage of all corrective maintenance actions that can be

accomplished within a specified maximum time to repair.

MAINTENANCE LEVEL PERCENTILE. The percentile within the specified maximum

time to repair for a given operations/maintenance level.

REQUIRED PERCENTILE. The percentile associated with the requirement

maximum time to repair.

287 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS 3ALSignifies when the following performance standards are required for an

individual task.
484 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Supervision required - A Y or N

Precision required - B Y or N

Time standard - C Y or N

288 PERSON IDENTIFIER 3XLA three-position code identifying each person required to perform the

subtask (codes "A" through "999"). Within a task, a given Person ID relates to a specific "Job" and a specific Skill Specialty Code.

289 PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE 4 N – AS

The portion of personnel, expressed in percent per year, leaving their

SSC which will be replaced by new personnel requiring training.

a. Military 2NRThe military turnover rate.

b. Civilian 2NRThe civilian turnover rate.

290 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description identifying any unique physical or mental

personnel attributes required or recommended as prerequisites to full

qualification in the applicable task.

291 PHYSICAL SECURITY/PILFERAGE CODE 1XF–

A code which indicates the security classification or pilferage control

for physical assets. For applicable codes, see DOD 4l00.38-M.

292 PILOT REWORK/OVERHAUL CANDIDATE 1AF–

A code indicating selection status of certain complex assemblies/

components considered for pilot rework/overhaul (PR/O) as part of the

preoperational support program.

Item is nominated for PR/O program Y

Item is not nominated for PR/O program N

Item is approved as an PR/O candidate by the A

requiring authority

Items nominated are those which require additional skills, training,

support and test equipment, facilities, and technical data to ensure a

rework/overhaul capacity concurrent with government support of the end

item. Consideration shall be given to both intermediate rework and depot

level overhaul items.

293 PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE 1XF-

(PMIC)
 485 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code which indicates the amount and type of precious metal contained in

a specific reference numbered item. For applicable codes, see DOD

4l00.38-M.

294 PREPARING ACTIVITY 25XLThe name of the activity preparing SE data.

295 PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE 2XFA code which indicates the material used to prevent or inhibit corrosion or

deterioration of an item. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073 series.

296 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND 1AFSERVICES (PMCS) INDICATOR CODE

A code which indicates whether or not the task code is applicable to the

PMCS tables.

Task is applicable to PMCS table Y

Task is not applicable to PMCS table N

297 PRIOR ITEM PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 5XLSEQUENCE NUMBER

(PRIOR ITEM PLISN)

The PLISN which appeared on the Interim Support Items List, the Long

Lead Times Items List, or first appearance of item in incremental pro

visioing submittals.

298 PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 3NRThe number of systems/equipment being procured.

299 PRODUCTION LEAD TIME 2NR-

(PLT)

The computed or expected time interval in months between placement of a

new contract and shipment of the first deliverable quantity.

300 PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR 3NR2

This factor is used to account for nonproductive time and has the effect

of increasing manpower requirements for performing maintenance. For

instance, if the soldier's scheduled work day is 8 hours, he may only be

available for 6 hours to do maintenance due to other duty assignments,

in this case, the productivity factor is ((8-6)/8)+1= 1.25.

301 PROGRAM ELEMENT 3XL–

A code consisting of up to three alphanumeric characters identifying the

applicable SE program element specified by the requiring authority.
486 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

302 PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST 1AF-

(PPSL)

A code indicating whether the part is included within contractually

controlled Federal Supply Classes (FSC), as outlined in MIL-STD-965,

Parts Control Program. Codes assigned are as follows:

Part is included in contractually controlled A

FSCs and approved for use in PPSL

Part is included in contractually controlled N

FSCs and not approved for use in PPSL

303 PROGRAM SUPPORT INVENTORY CONTROL 2XFPOINT

A government code to identify the service supporting Inventory Control

Point (ICP) where the using SE weapon/inventory manager is located. Codes

are as follows:

Service/Agency ICP Code

Marine Corps Marine Corps Logistics Base, Albany, GA PA

USAF Sacramento ALC, CA TA

Warner Robins ALC, Robins AFB, GA TG

San Antonio ALC, Kelly AFB, TX SE

Ogden ALC, Hill AFB, UT SU

Oklahoma City ALC, Tinker AFB, OK SX

AF Cryptologic Support Center (ESC), SJ

San Antonio, TX

Army Communications and Electronics Materiel CL

Readiness Command, Fort Monmouth, NJ

Tank Automotive Command, Warren, MI AZ

Missile Command, Redstone Arsenal, AL BD

Armament Munitions & Chemical Command BF

Rock Island, IL

Aviations Systems Command, St. Louis, MO CT

Troop Support Command, St. Louis, MO AJ

COMSEC Logistics Activity, Fort Huachuca, AZ CM

Navy Ships Parts Control Center, Mechanicsburg, PA HD

Aviation Supply Office, Philadelphia, PA KE

FAA Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center 48

Oklahoma City, OK

304 PROPER SHIPPING NAME 60XL–

The proper shipping name of the item to be transported, if this item is

categorized as a hazardous material (e.g., CFR 49, UNTDF).
487 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

305 PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM NUMBER 6X--

(PRORATED ELIN)

The ELIN which was assigned to the previous item procurement on an item

affected by proration.

306 PRORATED QUANTITY 6NRThe specific quantity remaining on order for the Prorated Exhibit Line

Item Number.

307 PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER 6XF-

(PCCN)

A number assigned by the requiring authority to identify a specific contract

or a group of end items/components that can have many configurations/models.

NOTE: The first position shall be alphabetic and will identify the

applicable military service/agency provisioning designator having responsibility for the item(s) being processed.

First position codes are as follows:

Army A-I

National Security Agency J

Federal Aviation Administration K

Marine Corps L&M

Navy N-R

Air Force S-X

Coast Guard Y

Defenese Logistics Agency Z

SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER. The PCCN of the system/

end item as a model (A indenture code) item.

308 PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE 1AF-

(PLCC)

A code which indicates whether the item is documented on another list or is

a government furnished item.

Government furnished A

Interim support items B

Long lead time item C

Tools and test equipment D

Common and bulk item E

Repairable items F

Interim released item G

Installation and checkout item H

Authorization stockage list item J

Recommended buy list item K

Prescribed load list item L

System support package component list item M
 488 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

309 PROVISIONING LIST ITEM 5XLSEQUENCE NUMBER (PLISN)

A sequentially assigned value for all items contained in the system/

equipment breakdown. The codes are as follows:

AAAA through 9999 (less I and O)

The numbering of line items shall begin with AAAA and progress through

9999, or as specified by the requiring authority.

a. When an item is contained in both a common and bulk items list

(CBIL) and a provisioning parts list (PPL), it may be assigned the same

PLISN on both lists. When an item appears on a CBIL only, the PLISN may be

unique (i.e., will not duplicate any PLISN in the PPL).

b. The fifth position of the PLISN shall be used to indicate addi

tions to the breakdown. For this purpose, the letters A through Z,

inclusive (except I and O) and the numbers 0 through 9, inclusive, shall

be used starting with the letter A for the first addition and continuing

sequentially through the alphabet and then through the numeric

characters. An add entry, identified by the letters A, B, C, etc., in

the fifth position of the PLISN, is sequenced for inserting new items in

the provisioning list either as a first or subsequent (same as) item

entry, which will be used for either regular additions or replacement

items. If the item listed is not an addition, the fifth position shall

be left blank.

SYSTEM/EI PROVISIONING LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER. The PLISN of the

system/end item as a model (A indenture code) item.

310 PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE 65X--

A description in narrative form used to provide additional identification

of an item to be included in a repair parts manual.

311 PROVISIONING REMARKS 65X--

Narrative clarification of provisioning data.

312 PROVISIONING SYSTEM IDENTIFIER 3XLCODE

A unique code assigned to a system/end item. The code will be assigned

by the requiring authority.

313 PROVISIONING TECHNICAL 11A--

DOCUMENTATION SELECTION CODE

A code which indicates that an item is to be selected for a specific

provisioning technical documentation list. If the item applies to a particular list, a "Y" is entered. Leave blank if the item does not apply. The

lists for which items can be selected are as follows:
489

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL) lAFb. Provisioning Parts List (PPL) lAFc. Short Form Provisioning Parts lAFList (SFPPL)

d. Common and Bulk Items List (CBIL) lAFe. Repairable Items List (RIL) 1AFf. Interim Support Items List (ISIL) 1AFg. Post Conference List (PCL) lAFh. Tools and Test Equipment lAFList (TTEL)

i. System Configuration lAFProvisioning List (SCPL)

j. As designated by requiring lAFauthority (one)

k. As designated by requiring lAFauthority (two)

Note: Design Change Notice processing occurs against an established list

(normally the PPL or PCL).

314 PROVISIONING UNIT OF MEASURE/ 1AFISSUE PRICE CODE

A code used to indicate the Unit of Measure (UM) or Unit of Issue (UI)

Price, which will be used for provisioning technical documentation, when

multiple UM PRICEs are entered.

UM/UI Price used Y

UM/UI Price not used N

UI PRICE PROVISIONING. The provisioning UI price.

UM PRICE PROVISIONING. The provisioning UM price.

315 QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE 65X--

MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS:

NUCLEAR HARDENED CHARACTERISTICS,

FAIL SAFE, ENVIRONMENTAL, ETC.

A narrative description identifying maintainability design constraints and

characteristics that must be considered during the design process, to

include:
 490

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Fail Safe Requirements. A narrative description identifying

required fail safe characteristics (i.e., redundancy, back-up systems,

built-in-test and warning equipment, fail safe provisions necessary to

protect the equipment from serious damage after failure, and design

features to prevent injury to personnel subsequent to equipment failure).

b. Environmental Considerations. A narrative description identify

ing the applicable environmental conditions within which the item can

operate satisfactorily. This information should include limitations,

sensitivity factors, etc., that can affect the performance and

reliability of the item installed in the system/equipment. Limiting

factors such as the following should be considered: shock limits;

vibration limits; ambient temperature ranges; operating temperatures

in area (compartment) where item is installed in the system/equipment;

humidity factors; altitude factors; magnetic interference; dust and dirt

factors; salts or other corrosive atmosphere; and, light sensitivity.

The narrative should include that portion of the system/equipment

environmental impact statement which relates to the effects of the

support system on the environment.

c. Nuclear Hardened Characteristics. A narrative description

identifying the design characteristics which provide minimum nuclear

survivability of the item. No design changes should be made without survivability/vulnerability evaluation to avoid inadvertent degradation of

nuclear hardness.

316 QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 4AL-

(QTY/ASSY) 4NR–

The total number of times a line item is used in the assembly of which it

is a part. If the quantity is unknown or cannot be determined, specify

the quantity by "V" (variable) or as specified by the provisioning

activity.

Option 1. The contractor shall enter the total number of times the

line item is used in the assembly of which it is a part. Note: Option 1

QTY/EI can only be used with Option 1 QTY/ASSY.

Option 2. For provisioning parts lists (PPLs) in reference

designation format, enter the number of times the item appears at the

location in the end item documented by the PPL. When an assembly is

broken down by individual piece parts at its first appearance, the

quantity for the assembly and for each piece part at each location shall

be the number of times it appears in the assembly multiplied by the

number of appearances of the assembly in the end item. For other

provisioning lists under option 2, the QTY/ASSY can be considered as

the QTY/EI.

Option 3. The contractor shall enter the total number of times

the line item is used in the assembly of which it is a part. An assembly

only needs to be broken out to its piece parts at its first occurrence on

a list. Subsequent appearances of the same assembly shall not be broken

out.
 491

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY. The quantity per assembly of the

system/end item as a model (A indentured) item.

317 QUANTITY PER END ITEM 5AL-

(QTY/EI) 5NRThe total number of times the line item is used in the complete system/

equipment. If the quantity is unknown or cannot be determined specify the

quantity by "V" (variable) or as specified by the provisioning activity.

Note: The Greek "Σ" or SIGMA represents the mathematical symbol for a

series summation while the symbol "TT" or TAU is the mathematical

expression for a series multiplication.

Option 1. The quantity per equipment or end item shall be entered

only on the first appearance of the line item on the list. Subsequent

appearances of the same item should be indicated by printing the letters

"REF" in positions 1-3 to indicate that the total number of uses of the

item in the equipment or end item has previously been listed. Note: This

option can only be used with Option 1 QTY/ASSY.

The following formula applies to option 1:

N M

QTY/EI = Σ [ TT QTY/ASSYj ] i

i=1 j=1

Where:

N = Number of applications for unique part

i = Application of unique part

M = Number of indenture levels

j = Indenture level of application

Option 2. The QTY/EI shall be entered only on the first appearance

of the item on the list. Subsequent appearances of the same assembly

or subassembly should be indicated by printing "REFX" in positions

1-4. Subsequent appearances of the same repair part (i.e., a part which

has no lower indentured parts) should be indicated by printing the

letters "REF" in positions 1-3. This option can only be used with

option 2, QTY/ASSY.

Examples of provisioning lists with a single assembly breakdown using

the option 2 QTY/ASSY follow: Note that a separate application (PLISN

and LCN) is required for each identical item in the same NHA.

1. For reference designation (RD) oriented equipment.

RD Reference No. QTY-ASSY QTY-EI
 492 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

1A1 ABC 0003 0003

1A1 R1 PDQ 0003 0006

1A1 R2 PDQ 0003 REF

1A1 MP2 XYZ 0006 0006

1A2 ABC 0000 REFX

1A3 ABC 0000 REFX

2. For nonreference designation oriented equipment:

Indenture Code Reference No. QTY-ASSY QTY-EI

B ABC 0001 0003

C PDQ 0003 0006

C PDQ 0003 REF

C XYZ 0006 0006

B ABC 0001 REFX

B ABC 0001 REFX

The following formula applies to option 2:

N

QTY/EI = Σ QTY/ASSYi

i=1

Where:

N = Number of applications for unique part

i = Application of unique part

Option 3. The QTY/EI shall be entered only on the first appearance of

the line item on the list for system/equipment for which the list is

prepared, and should equal the total number of appearances of the item in

that system/equipment (all appearances of an item may not appear on the

list). Subsequent appearances of the same assembly or subassembly should

be indicated by printing "REFX" in position 1-4. Subsequent appearances

of the same repair part (i.e., a part which has no lower indentured parts)

should be indicated by printing the letters "REF" in positions 1-3. This

option can only be used with option 3 of the QTY/ASSY.

The following formula applies to option 3:

N M P-1 Q

QTY/EI = Σ [ [ TT QTY/ASSYj ] + Σ [ TT QTY/ASSY1]k]i

i=1 j=1 k=1 l=1

Where:

N = Number of applications of unique part (first appearance of NHA

only)

i = Application of unique part

M = Number of indenture levels

j = Indenture level of application at first appearance

P = Number of applications of unique assembly containing unique part
 493 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

k = Application of unique part (other than first appearance of a

higher assembly)

Q = Number of indenture levels at assembly application (other than

first appearance of a higher assembly)

l = Indenture level of application (other than first appearance of

a higher assembly)

Note: The first product and summation in this formula are performed

against the first appearance of an item. These applications are

documented in the LSAR hardware breakdown. The second product and

summation are performed against subsequent appearances of an item which

are not documented in the LSAR (e.g., will not appear on a provisioning

list). These item applications are identified by the first appearance of

the item in an assembly (either NHA or higher) and the reference number of

the higher assembly containing the unique part appearing in multiple

applications.

SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM. The quantity per end item of the

system/end item as a model (A indentured) item.

318 QUANTITY PER FIGURE 3NR–

The total quantity of an item which is depicted by a specific

illustration. Quantity per figure is left blank, if the quantity per

assembly (DED 316) equals the quantity per figure.

319 QUANTITY PER TASK 5NR2

The number of items used to perform the task. For tasks where the items

are not used for every occurrence of the task, the quantity per task is

the expected average number of items per task.

PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK. A quantity of the support item being

provisioned required for the task.

SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK. A quantity of the SE required for the

task.

320 QUANTITY PER TEST 3NRThe number of end article system(s)/subsystem(s) or components required

to enable the SE end item to perform properly (e.g., other components/

subsystems may be required to be intact in order to use the SE.

321 QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK 3NR3AFThe number of units of an item packaged as a unit pack (see

MIL-STD-2073-2 for codes and explanations).

322 QUANTITY PROCURED 6NRThe total quantity of the provisioned item order.
 494 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

323 QUANTITY SHIPPED 6NRThe quantity of items affected by the design change notice that have been

shipped.

324 QUANTITY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 5NRAVAILABLE

The maximum number of personnel of a given SSC, which will be available

to each maintenance unit at a specified level of maintenance, to perform

all tasks required for the item under analysis.

325 RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY 240X--

The foreign country(ies) where rail transportation is required.

326 RAIL USE 5AL–

A code indicating the type of rail use applicable to transport the

system/equipment.

Continental United States (CONUS) only C

Gabaret International De Chargement (GIC) Europe G

Envelope A (Europe) A

Envelope B (Europe) B

AAR Diagram (North America) U

Rail transportation not required N

327 REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE/DELETION 2XFA two-position code identifying the reason for an item being superseded

by another or deleted. Supersedure codes are F1, F2, and F3. All other

codes shall be used only in the case of an item being deleted.

Evaluation pending, original SERD only A1

Not Essential (luxury item), original SERD only B1

Not essential (no maintenance required), original SERD only) B2

Not essential (system redesign), SERD revision only B3

Not essential (component redesign), SERD revision only B4

Not essential (revised maintenance concept), SERD B5

revision only

Not essential (end article not in configuration) B6

Not essential (application already included in basic B7

end article)

Commercial rework ("D" maintenance level only, original SERD) C1

Contractor resubmit, an original SERD must be approved/deleted D1

Deleted from inventory F1

Superseded for future procurement, use for ECP F2

changed items only

Alternate F3

SERD item is a part of another SE item G1

Deletion of an equivalent SERD H1

Not SE I1

SE for GFE, for CFE end articles only J1
 495 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

328 RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM 3NRSTOCK BUY

A numeric quantity representing the recommended minimum quantity to be

bought for system stock.

329 RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM 3NRSTOCK LEVEL

A numeric value representing the recommended minimum level of system

stock required to support initial deployment of a system/equipment.

330 RECOMMENDED RANK/RATE/PAY PLAN/GRADE 7X--

Identifies the recommended military rank/rate/civilian grade which is

necessary to operate, test, or repair the system/equipment. Consists of

the following subfields:

a. Military Rank/Rate 3XF–

Identifies military personnel by rank/rate. Data chain is composed of

two data elements, Military Personnel Class and Pay Level Serial Number,

in that order (DOD-5000.l2-M, Reference number PA-SN).

Enlisted - E0l through E09

Warrant - W0l through W04

Officer - O0l through Oll

Cadet/midshipman - C00

b. Civilian Grade 4XFA plan prescribed by law or other authoritative source that governs the

compensation paid an employee (e.g., WG06, WDll, and GS07).

331 RECOMMENDED TENDER LOAD 3NRLIST QUANTITY (RTLL)

A numeric value representing the recommended quantity required by a

tender to provide support to assigned hulls.

332 RECURRING 8NRThe cost which is subsequent to technical data package availability and

does not include developmental costs.

333 RECURRING BIN COST 4NRRecurring administrative cost expressed in whole dollars of maintaining a

bin for an item in the retail supply system for one year.

334 RECURRING CATALOGING COST 4NRRecurring administrative cost expressed in whole dollars of maintaining

an item in the wholesale supply system for one year.
 496 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

335 REFERENCE DESIGNATION 64XLLetters or numbers, or both, used to uniquely identify and locate

discrete units, portions thereof, and basic parts of a specific

component. The reference designation should result in the arrangement of

provisioning lists for electronic and electronic related equipment being

in alpha-numeric reference designation order IAW ANSI Y 32.16, or in

top-down or disassembly order as directed by the requiring authority.

Parts for which reference designations have not been assigned, and for

which disassembly sequencing is not possible shall be listed in alphanumeric part number or related data sequence. (Note: Compression (gang

listing) of reference designations under one PLISN: Identical items

identified by separate reference designators shall not be combined under

a single PLISN unless authorized by the requiring authority). For commercially designed, controlled, and commercially available electronic

equipments, compliance with ANSI Y 32.16 is desired, but not mandatory.

For reference designation oriented equipments, the reference designation

shall be developed IAW ANSI Y 32.16, utilizing option 1 or 2 as

prescribed by the requiring authority.

Option 1. Unit Numbering Method. When the unit numbering method is

used, unit and subassembly portion (prefix) of the reference designation

shall consist of up to 19 positions. The first 19 positions relate to

assemblies and subassemblies.

Option 2. Block Numbering Method. When the block numbering method is

used, the Joint Electronics Type Designation System (JETDS) nomenclature,

(type designation) for the unit shall be entered IAW the block numbering

method. For nonelectronic items appearing in electronic equipment, use

the identifying number or other symbol used to identify the item (e.g.,

figure and item number, up to 29 positions).

For nonreference designation oriented equipment, the requiring authority

may request one of the following options be used:

Option 3. The volume, figure, and item number from the equipment

technical manual will be used in lieu of the reference designation.

Option 4. The plan and piece number (drawing and piece identification)

shall be used in lieu of the reference designation.

Option 5. The first precedence reference number (see DED 337, reference

number).

336 REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE 1AF-

(RDC)

A code which indicates the type of data entered in reference designation

block.

Assemblies that are separable or reparable A

identified with a reference designation

IAW ANSI Y 32.l6 (does not apply to detail

parts within the assembly).
 497 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Same as A, except this code is to be assigned U

to assemblies that are inseparable or

nonreparable.

Items identified with a volume, figure, and index F

number in the reference designation block.

Installation and checkout items that are C

inseparable or nonreparable.

Installation and checkout items that are Z

separable or reparable.

Equipment assemblies/subassemblies identified H

by drawing or assembly part numbers, with

parts identified by circuit reference

designator, number, part number or

ship's plan and piece number.

Repairable accessories, tools, test, and T

support equipment identified as specified

for Code "H".

Repairable accessories, nonrepairable R

assemblies, and material, including common

and bulk items, not required to be

identified with reference designation.

Nonrepairable accessories, tools, test S

and support equipment not included in

code "T" breakdown.

337 REFERENCE NUMBER 32XLAny number, other than a government activity stock number, used to

identify an item of production, or used by itself or in conjunction with

other reference numbers to identify an item of supply. Reference numbers

include manufacturer's part, drawing, model, type, or source controlling

numbers; manufacturer's trade name; specification or standard numbers;

and, specification or standard part, drawing, or type numbers (for applicable formats see DOD 4100.38-M). The following precedence for

reference number assignment should be used.

a. First Precedent Reference Number. The line item is identified

by a government or industry association specifications, drawing, or

standard number, e.g., FED, MIL, JAN, AN, NEMA, SAE, which completely

identifies the item including its physical, mechanical, electrical and

dimensional characteristics. (If the government or industry association

specification or standard number does not fully identify the item, then

the actual manufacturer's identifying reference number becomes the first

precedent reference number.) If the government or industry

specification, drawing or standard completely identifies the item, at

least one additional reference number (DED 006) citing a manufacturer

or vendor reference number must be provided.
 498

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

b. Second Precedent Reference Number. When the line item is

identified as "source control", "altered", or "selected" (MIL-T-3100),

the contractors assigned number is used.

c. Third Precedent Reference Number. The item identifying part,

drawing, or catalog number of the actual manufacturer who supplies the

item. The manufacturer is the company or government activity exercising

design control over the item.

AID REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the adapter/interconnector

device used in conjunction with the SE.

ARN ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the primary item under

analysis.

AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the

automatic test equipment.

INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the interoperable

item.

ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the primary item under

analysis.

OTP REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the operational test program

being used in conjunction with the SE.

SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is also a

category II calibration and measurement requirements summary item.

S/N PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the provisioned item under analysis having a serial number relationship.

SUPERCEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is

superceding or being superceded by the SE under analysis.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE under

analysis.

SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER. The reference number of the system equipment

item which is identical to the piece of SE.

TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE identified

for a given task.

TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the support

item which must be provisioned.

TESTING SE REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the SE that is

measuring the SE Unit Under Test.

TPI REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the test program instruction

used in conjunction with the SE.
 499 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

UOC PROVISIONING REFERENCE NUMBER. A reference number of the provisioned item under analysis having a Usable On Code relationship.

338 REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 1XF-

(RNCC)

A code assigned to the reference number to indicate the category or

relationship of the number to an NSN or another reference number (for

applicable codes see DOD 4l00.38-M).

339 REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 1NF-

(RNVC)

A code assigned to a reference number to indicate that the cited number

is item identifying, is not item identifying or is a reference number for

information only (for applicable codes see DOD 4l00.38-M).

340 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 65X--

Narrative information stating compliance with the regulatory requirements (Title 49, Code of Federal Regulations).

341 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY 1AFCHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE

A code that indicates the reliability, availability, and maintainability

(RAM) characteristics narrative.

RAM item function, DED 180 A

RAM maintenance concept, DED 207 B

RAM minimum equipment list narrative, DED 244 C

RAM qualitative and quantitative maintainability D

requirements, DED 315

RAM maintenance plan rationale, DED 210 E

342 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY 1AF-

(RAM) INDICATOR

A code that signifies whether RAM information is to be documented against

the LCN item.

RAM Information is documented against the LCN Y

RAM Information is not documented blank

343 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE 65X--

AGE EXPLORATION

Narrative information stating or describing that an item needs to be

considered for age exploration.

344 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE 25 X AS -

LOGIC RESULTS
500 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

This is a 25 block spread format, each logic result will consist of

one 1 position block. The results of the decision logic of a reliability

centered maintenance (RCM) analysis. Codes will denote a yes or no

answer, respectively, to each corresponding question in the RCM logic

tree utilized, or a codeas specified by the requiring authority.

Yes Y

No N

Not Applicable Blank

345 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE 32 X --

LOGIC UTILIZED

The source document or specification in compliance with which the

reliability centered maintenance (RCM) analysis has been conducted

(e.g., MIL-STD-2173(AS) and MIL-STD-1843).

346 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE 65X--

(RCM) REASONING

A narrative describing the reasoning behind the RCM logic results and

disposition choices.

347 RELIABILITY/MAINTAINABILITY 1AFINDICATOR CODE

A code used to indicate whether the reliability and maintainability

parameters entered on the card are allocated, predicted, or measured

analysis values.

Comparative Analysis C

Allocated A

Predicted P

Measured M

348 REMAIN-IN-PLACE INDICATOR (RIP) 1AF -

A single character identifying an item for which an unserviceable unit

will be turned-in on an exchange basis after receipt of a serviceable

unit. Codes and definitions are as follows:

No remain-in-place authority granted N

Safety consideration S

Partial mission capable P

Maintenance consideration M

Mobility constrained V

Has not been screened for RIP worthiness X

Containerization C

349 REMARKS REFERENCE CODE 2XFA code used to uniquely identify a specific remark. Once associated

with a remark, a code may not be associated with any other remark,

regardless of LCN and task code. However, once assigned, the same code
501

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

shall be used to identify subsequent occurrences of that remark,

regardless of LCN and task code.

350 REPAIR CYCLE TIME 18N--

The elapsed time, in days, of the complete repair cycle for a reparable

item expected at each maintenance level (for definition of O/M level,

see DED 277) and at contractor facility.

a. First Subfield 3NRRepair Cycle Time at Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organizational

level.

b. Second Subfield 3NRRepair Cycle Time at Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/Third Echelon/Off

Equipment/Intermediate-Forward level.

c. Third Subfield 3NRRepair Cycle Time at Intermediate/General Support/Ashore/Fourth Echelon/

Intermediate-Rear level.

d. Fourth Subfield 3NR–

Repair Cycle Time at Specialized Repair Activity (SRA).

e. Fifth Subfield 3NRRepair Cycle Time at Depot/Shipyard.

f. Sixth Subfield 3NRContractor. An expressed period of time measured in days from

receipt of a failed item at the contractor's facility until the item is

returned to the designated receiving point (e.g. repair cycle time at

contractor facility).

Option 1.

a. For O, F, H, and SRA, the elapsed time in days, beginning with

the removal and replacement of an item to be repaired below depot level,

and ending with the pickup of the serviceable item on the appropriate

supply records.

b. For D, the number of days includes the time involved in the

following:

(1) Removal and preparation of unserviceable items for shipment

to CONUS air terminal or oversea aerial port

(2) Shipment to air terminal/aerial port
 502 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

(3) Shipment from aerial port of embarkation to CONUS aerial

port of disembarkation (oversea activities only). This entry should be

weighted if the item is applicable to a variety of activities

(4) Shipment from CONUS air terminal/aerial port to CONUS depot

level maintenance activity

(5) Receiving/shop planning/batching

(6) Shop flow-time, including inspection

(7) Packaging

(8) Pickup on accountable records

c. For contractor repairable items, the elapsed time in days from

time of receipt of the failed item at the contractor's facility, until

the item is returned to the designated receiving point.

Option 2. The elapsed time in days from receipt of a failed item at the

maintenance level, until the item is ready for issue as a serviceable

item.

351 REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE (RSR) 3NRThe percentage of depot repairable assets which, through rework, will be

returned to serviceable condition.

352 REPAIR WORK SPACE COST 4NR2

The cost in dollars of repair work floor space for a maintenance facility

for a specific level of maintenance. It is based on dollars per square

foot per month.

353 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING 5XLPROVISIONING LIST ITEM

SEQUENCE NUMBER

The Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) which is replacing or

is being replaced in relationship to another PLISN.

354 REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING 1AFPROVISIONING LIST ITEM

SEQUENCE NUMBER INDICATOR

(RS/IND)

A code to indicate type of data entered in the Replaced or Superseding

Provisioning List Item Sequence Number.

Replaced PLISN R

Superseding PLISN blank

355 REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION 15N--
 503 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The estimated percentage of the removals and replacements of an item that

will be accomplished at each specified maintenance level. For definition of

each Operations/Maintenance level, see DED 277.

a. First Subfield 3NRReplacement Task Distribution at Organizational/On Equipment/UnitOrganizational level.

b. Second Subfield 3NRReplacement Task Distribution at Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/Third

Echelon/Off Equipment/Intermediate-Forward level.

c. Third Subfield 3NRReplacement Task Distribution at Intermediate/General Support/Ashore/

Fourth Echelon/Intermediate-Rear level.

d. Fourth Subfield 3NRReplacement Task Distribution at Specialized Repair Activity.

e. Fifth Subfield 3NRReplacement Task Distribution at Depot/Shipyard.

356 REPORTABLE ITEM CONTROL CODE 1NF–

A single-numeric code assigned by the Government Item Manager to those

items for which the field is required to report their asset position.

357 REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK 3NRThe number of days required to operate a maintenance facility at a

specific level of maintenance without resupply of resources depleted

during daily maintenance.

358 REQUIREMENTS FOR 3X--

Indicates a requirement for operations/maintenance facilities, training

equipment/SE. Consist of the following subfields:

a. Facilities Requirement Code lAF–

A code used to designate the facilities requirement for the performance

of subject task.

Facility required Y

Not required N

b. Training Equipment Requirement lAFCode
 504 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Denotes whether training material is required to prepare the operator or

maintenance person to perform a given task.

Required Y

Not required N

c. Tool/Support Equipment lAFRequirements Code

Indicates tool/SE requirements and whether the Tool/SE are common or

peculiar.

Peculiar tool/SE S

Common tool/SE C

Both Peculiar/common tool/SE B

Not required N

359 RETAIL STOCKAGE CRITERIA 2NRThe number of demands per year required to allow stockage of an item.

360 REVISION 2AR–

An alphabetic code of one or two positions identifying a revision, such

as A, B, ..., ZZ.

FACILITY DRAWING REVISION. The revision number for the facility drawing.

361 REVOLVING ASSETS 4XFThe quantity of support equipment end items to be procured to offset the

out-of-service requirements of the user's end item due to such factors

as planned maintenance and calibration. These "loaner" assets are under

custody of the intermediate maintenance department/management level.

For example:

No revolving assets required Q000

One revolving asset required Q001

362 SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE (SHSC) 1NFA one-digit code assigned to each identified failure mode for each item

analyzed IAW the loss statements below. These codes are assigned to

provide a qualitative measure of the worst potential consequences

resulting from design deficiency or item failure. Severity

classification categories, which are consistent with MIL-STD-882,

are defined as follows:

Category l, Catastrophic. A failure which may cause 1

death or system loss (i.e., aircraft, tank,

missile, ship, etc.).

Category 2, Critical. A failure which may cause 2

severe injury, major property damage, or major

system damage, which will result in mission loss.
 505 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Category 3, Marginal. A failure which may cause 3

minor injury, minor system damage which will

result in delay or loss of availability or

mission degradation.

Category 4, Minor. A failure not serious 4

enough to cause injury, property damage, or system

damage, but which will result in unscheduled

maintenance or repair.

RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE. The specified SHSC used to sum the

associated failure mode criticality numbers.

363 SAFETY LEVEL 2NRThe number of days of stock in addition to operating level to compensate

for unexpected demands, repair cycle times, pipeline, and procurement

lead time, and unforeseen delays.

364 SAME AS PROVISIONING LIST 5XLITEM SEQUENCE NUMBER

(SAME AS PLISN)

The PLISN assigned to a reference number and CAGE combination at its

first appearance in a provisioning list for a PCCN. This PLISN is

entered on each subsequent appearance of the reference number and

CAGE combination in the provisioning list.

365 SCOPE 40X--

A brief description of recommended or required data in question or data

item description number.

DDCC SCOPE. A short narrative describing the design data category.

IRCC SCOPE. A short narrative describing the integrated ILS requirement.

366 SECTIONALIZATION IDENTIFICATION 2NR–

A counter applied to each sectionalized portion of the system/equipment

for transportation. The same number may be applied to different LCNs if

the LCNs are grouped together for transport. A unique counter is applied

against each separately sectionalized grouping of the system/equipment.

367 SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION 1AFINDICATOR

A code which identifies whether the item is a sectionalized portion of

a transported end item.

A sectionalized item for transportation Y

Not a sectionalized item for transportation blank

368 SECTIONALIZED REMARKS 65X--
506 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The sectionalization requirements for the system/equipment transporting.

Narrative information about whether the item can be sectionalized, folded

or reduced for transport, including the following for each component or

subassembly.

a. The time required to disassemble at departure site and

reassemble at destination site (man-hours and elapsed time).

b. Special equipment or tools required for sectionalization (e.g.,

cranes, forklifts, wrecker trucks, pallets, nitrogen, calibration

equipment, fixtures, etc.).

Note: If a task code is assigned to this operation, then these

requirements should be referenced using the appropriate LCN, ALC, and

task code.

369 SECURITY CLEARANCE lNF–

A single-position code indicating the type of clearance required to

access classified information.

Top Secret 1

Secret 2

Confidential 3

Unclassified 4

370 SELF TEST 1AFA single-position code indicating if a support/test equipment or a unit

under test can perform upon itself a test or series of tests, which shows

whether it is operating within designed limits, and to indicate if the

test function is automatic or must be manually induced.

Manually induced M

Automatic A

No self test N

TPI SELF TEST. A code identifying whether the test program instruction

has self test capabilities.

371 SENSORS OR TRANSDUCERS 1AFA single-letter code indicating whether the TMDE has permanently installed sensors or transducers.

Sensors installed Y

No sensors N

372 SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 65X--

A narrative description of the complete effort expended to accomplish a

specific operational or maintenance subtask. The following taxonomy

will be used to inventory and analyze tasks:
 507 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Job: See DED 185 for definition.

b. Duty: See DED 090 for definition.

c. Task: A composite of related activities (perceptions,

decisions, and responses) performed for an immediate purpose, written

in operator/ maintainer language (e.g., change a tire).

d. Subatsk: Activities (perceptions, decisions, and responses)

which fulfill a portion of the immediate purpose within a task (e. g.,

remove lug nuts).

e. Task Element: The smallest logically and reasonably definable

unit of behavior required in completing a task or subtask (e.g., apply counterclockwise torque to the lug nuts with a lug wrench).

373 SERIAL NUMBER 20X--

A two-part sequence identifying the range of serial numbers of a specific

model of end item or basic system. Consists of the following subfields:

a. From l0XLThe beginning serial number in the range of serial numbers defined for

the end item or basic system.

b. To l0 X L -

The ending serial number in the range of serial numbers defined for the

end item or basic system.

S/N SERIAL NUMBER FROM, S/N SERIAL NUMBER TO. The serial number of the

item under analysis having a serial number relationship.

S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER FROM, S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER TO.

The serial number of the provisioned item under analysis having a serial

number relationship.

374 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY 20X--

A two-part sequence identifying the range of serial numbers of a specific

group of end items or basic systems to which the item applies. Consists

of the following subfields:

a. From l0XLThe beginning serial number in the range of serial numbers defined by

Serial Number Effectivity.

b. To l0 X L -

The ending serial number in the range of serial numbers defined by

Serial Number Effectivity.
 508 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

375 SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE 3ALCodes will be assigned in sequence A-Z, then AA-ZZ, followed by AAA-ZZZ

(less Is and Os). A blank UOC indicates full effectivity/applicability.

A statement shall be attached to the provisioning list defining UOC

usage. An example of the use of this option is as follows:

Model

Designator UOC Serial Number

J-l00-54 A 5625l-56300

J-l00-54 B 5630l-56500

J-l00-54 C 5650l-56750

J-l00-54 D 5675l, 56755, 5780l, 57802

J-l00-54 E 56752, 56790, 57000

-------- etc. ------

J-100-60 Z 5925l-59500

J-l00-65 AA 5750l-57800

J-l00-65 AB 5790l-58000

-------- etc. -----

J-l00-95 BZ 5950l-59575

J-l00-95 CA 5950l-59575

376 SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE (SER) 1AF–

A single-position code identifying the military service or nonmilitary

major governmental agency having jurisdiction over, or executive

management responsibility for, the acquisition.

Army A

Air Force F

Coast Guard Y

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) T

National Security Agency S

Navy N

Marine Corps M

All military X

FAA/all military J

Other O

MODELING SERVICE DESIGNATOR. A service designator code associated with

modeling information.
 509 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR. A service designator responsible for the SE under

analysis.

USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE. Multiple service designators which are

users of the support equipment under analysis.

377 SHELF LIFE (SL) 1XFA code assigned to an item to indicate a storage or shelf-life time

period for an item possessing deteriorative or unstable characteristics

(see DOD 4l00.38-M for applicable codes).

378 SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE (SLAC) 2XFA two-position code assigned to a shelf life item to specify the type of

inspection, test, or restorative action to be taken when the item has

reached its storage shelf life, and to specify the extension of the shelf

life time period after the test/restorative action has been completed.

Check/inspect/test IAW CO

inventory manager`s instructions.

Incorporate all mandatory changes. If found Csatisfactory, extend the previously established

shelf life by an appropriate time period. The

first position will always be "C". The second

position, shown by a dash (-), will be filled in

with a shelf life code from DOD 4100.38-M. This

code will be used to indicate the time period that

the shelf life may be extended after incorporation

of the changes.

Incorporate all mandatory changes, perform CT

minor adjustment required, clean and

relubricate bearings, reassemble, test to

post overhaul standards, and correct any

observed discrepancies. Items which pass

tests shall be returned to stock as RFI

(Ready For Issue). Exterior package marking

of such items shall indicate the latest check

and test date and the original date of manufacture.

Items which fail test shall be placed in "F" condition.

To be tested by the laboratory/activity Lafter the initial shelf life has expired and at

specified time intervals thereafter. The

first position will always be "L". The

second position, shown by a dash(-), will be

filled in with a shelf life code from

DOD 4l00.38-M. This code will be used to

indicate the time period at which samples

should be periodically submitted to the

laboratory/activity for testing
 510 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

after the initial shelf life has expired. If

item fails test, take disposal action.

Replace all deteriorated and nonmetallic RD

components subject to deterioration

(disassemble and process to the level

required to permit replacement of deteriorable

items; test to post-overhaul standards and

return to stock as RFI item with fully

restored storage time limitations). Exterior

package marking of such items shall indicate

the latest date of overhaul.

Provides for equipment that has been tested RN

with fluids indicated by Specification

MIL-F-7024 and has not subsequently been

operated with other fluids. (Use for fuel

metering equipment only.)

This is assigned to fuel metering equipment, RJ

which has been tested by other than

MIL-F-7024.

Salvage SA

Request cannibalization/salvage instructions SB

from inventory manager.

Identification of Safety Items. A safety S9

item designated by the requiring authority

that is subject to a 5 year age limitation

when used for purposes involving safety

of personnel. Material in this category

that is over 5 years old will not be used

for repair or modification of personnel,

drag, or special parachutes, or others used

directly involving personnel safety. Use

advice code 2H unless material is being used

for cargo parachutes, or other uses not involving

personnel safety.

Test, if OK, extend previously established Tshelf life by an appropriate time period and

process IAW with code RD. The first

position will always be "T". The second

position, shown by a dash (-), will be filled in

with a shelf life code from DOD 4l00.38-M. This

code will be used to indicate the time period

that the shelf life may be extended after passing

test and processing IAW code RD.

NOTE: For flight clothing, the second position of

the code will be used to indicate the time interval

at which periodic testing should be performed.

If OK, return to stock as an

RFI item; if not OK, make necessary repairs
 511 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

to the extent economically feasible and

return to stock as RFI item.

Unsuitable for restoration to issuable status. UU

At end of shelf life period, material will be

disposed of IAW existing instructions.

Test. If item passes a test, extend the Xpreviously established shelf life by an appropriate

time period. The first position will always be "X".

The second position, shown by a dash (-), will be

filled in with a shelf life code from DOD 4l00.38-M.

This code will be used to indicate the time period

that the shelf life may be extended. If item

fails tests, dispose of it IAW existing instructions.

Non-deteriorative. When the shelf life is coded 0, 00

then the shelf life action code of 00 is mandatory.

379 SHIP TIME 3NRThe number of days from the time a requisition for a spare/repair part is

placed with the supply system until the item is received at the

maintenance shop.

380 SHIPPING CONFIGURATION 2ALA code that identifies the shipping configuration of the item being

reported. A complete listing of the codes may be found in DOD-4500.32-R,

volume I, chapter 7. Frequently used codes are as follows:

Carboy CB

Container, MAC ISO lightweight 8 x 8 x 20 ft. air CM

Can CN

Crate CR

Case CS

Carton CT

Container, Navy cargo transporter CU

Cylinder CY

Drum DR

Engine container EC

Engine cradle or dolly ED

Keg KE

Loose, not packaged LS

Multi-walled container secured to a warehouse pallet MW

Mixed (more than one type of shipping container) MX

Palletized unit load, other than code MW PT

Reel RL

Toll on, roll off RT

Skid, box SB

Skid SD

Vehicle VE

Vehicle in operating condition VO
512

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

381 SHIPPING WEIGHT (EMPTY/LOADED) 4NR1

The shipping weight in tons of the system/equipment being transported.

382 SHOCK AND VIBRATION REMARKS 65XLA narrative stating the fragility, shock, and vibration considerations

required for the system/equipment under analysis (e.g., MIL-STD-810 rail

impact test, drop test).

383 SKETCH 1AFIndicates whether a sketch or line art drawing accompanies the SERD

product to clarify descriptive.

"Y" for yes

"N" for no

384 SKID AREA 6NR1

A numeric value describing the size of the skid of the transported item

in units contained in the associated UM.

385 SKID REMARKS 65X--

A narrative description pertaining to skid(s) and skid areas for the item

under analysis being transported.

386 SKILL LEVEL CODE 1AFA single-position code indicating the skill level of a given SSC.

Basic Applies to the qualifications of B

personnel of pay grades E-4 and

below.

Intermediate Applies to the qualifications of I

personnel pay grade E-5.

Advanced Applies to the qualifications of A

personnel of pay grades E6 and

above.

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE. The skill level code of the new or

modified SSC.

387 SKILL SPECIALTY CODE (SSC) 7XL–

Describes the maintenance or operator skill required to accomplish the

task. Codes are specified in publications listed below:

ARMY NAVY AIR FORCE MARINE CORPS
513

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Officer AR 611-101 NAVPERS AFR 36-1 MCO P 1200.7

15839

Warrant AR 611-112 NAVPERS - - - MCO P 1200.7

Officer 15839

Enlisted AR 611-201 NAVPERS AFR 39-1 MCO P 1200.7

18068D

Civilian: DA CPR 502, AFR 36-1, AFR 39-1

FPM Supplement 5l2-l, Civil Service

Commission, Job Grading Standard

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR. The SSC required to

operate the SE under analysis.

388 SKILL SPECIALTY EVALUATION CODE 1AFA single-position code denoting the adequacy of the identified SSC with

regard to the specific skills and knowledge required to accomplish the

identical task. Used as a flag to indicate the requirement for

additional training.

SSC is adequate A

SSC needs modification (additional training) M

New SSC should be established E

389 SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND 6XLRECOVERABILITY CODE (SMR)

SMR codes are a series of alpha or alphanumeric symbols used at the time

of provisioning to indicate the source of supply of an item, its maintenance implications, and recoverability characteristics. The provisioning activity may require the contractor to recommend these codes.

a. Source Codes. These codes are assigned to support items to

indicate the manner of acquiring support items for maintenance, repair,

or overhaul of end items. Source codes are entered in the first and

second position of the Uniform SMR Code. Applicable codes are as

follows:

Definition Code

Item procured and stocked for anticipated or PA

known usage.

Item procured and stocked for insurance purposes PB

because essentiality dictates that a minimum

quantity be available in the supply systems.

Item procured and stocked and which otherwise PC

would be coded PA except that it is deteriorative

in nature.

Support item, excluding support equipment, PD
 513 a

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

procured for initial issue or outfitting and

stocked only for subsequent or additional initial

issues or outfittings. Not subject to automatic

replenishment.

Support equipment procured and stocked for initial PE

issue or outfitting to specified maintenance repair

activities.

Support equipment which will not be stocked but PF

which will be centrally procured on demand.

Item procured and stocked to provide for sustained PG

support for the life of the equipment. It is

applied to an item peculiar to the equipment which

because of probable discontinuance or shutdown of

production facilities would prove uneconomical to

reproduce at a later time.

An item of depot overhaul/repair kit and not KD

purchased separately. Depot kit defined as a kit

that provides items required at the time of

overhaul or repair.

An item of a maintenance kit and not purchased KF

separately. Maintenance kit defined as a kit that

provides an item that can be replaced at

organizational or intermediate levels of maintenance.

Item included in both a depot overhaul/repair kit KB

and a maintenance kit.

Item to be manufactured or fabricated at MO

organizational level.

Item to be manufactured or fabricated at MF

intermediate maintenance levels.

Air Force-Intermediate(*) Marine Corps-3rd Echelon

Army-Direct Support(*) Navy-Afloat

Item to be manufactured or fabricated at MH

intermediate maintenance levels.

Air Force-Intermediate(*) Marine Corps-4th Echelon

Army-General Support(*) Navy-Ashore

Item to be manufactured or fabricated at both MG

afloat and ashore intermediate maintenance

levels-Navy use only.

Item to be manufactured or fabricated at depot MD

maintenance level.

Item to be assembled at organizational level. AO
 513 b 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Item to be assembled at intermediate maintenance AF

levels.

Air Force-Intermediate(*) Marine Corps-3rd Echelon

Army-Direct Support(*) Navy-Afloat

Item to be assembled at intermediate maintenance AH

levels.

Air Force-Intermediate(*) Marine Corps-4th Echelon

Army-General Support(*) Navy-Ashore

Item to be assembled at both afloat and ashore AG

intermediate maintenance level-Navy use only.

Item to be assembled at depot maintenance levels AD

Item is not procured or stocked becuase the XA

requirements for the item will result in the

replacement of the next higher assembly.

Item is not procured or stocked. If not available XB

through salvage, requisition.

Installation drawing, diagram, instruction sheet, XC

field service drawing, that is identified by

manufacturer's part number.

(*) NOTE: For USAF and the USA Safeguard Program, only Code "F" will be

used to denote intermediate maintenance. On joint programs,

use either codes "F" or "H" by the joining service will

denote intermediate maintenance to USAF and the USA Safeguard

Program.

b. Maintenance codes. These codes are assigned to indicate the

levels of maintenance authorized to USE and REPAIR support items. The

maintenance codes are entered in the third and fourth position of the

Uniform SMR Code. Applicable codes are as follows:

USE (Third Position): The maintenance code entered in the third position

will indicate the LOWEST maintenance level authorized to remove, replace,

and use the support item. The decision to code the item for removal and

replacement at the indicated maintenance level will require that all

capabilities necessary to install and ensure proper operation after

installation of a replacement item (i.e., preinstallation inspection,

testing, and post-installation checkout) are provided. The maintenance

code, entered in the third position, will indicate one of the following

levels of mantenance.

Application/Explanation Code

Support item is removed, replaced, used at the O

organizational level of maintenance.

Note (1): To distinguish between the organizational

maintenance capabilities on different classes of

ships, the following codes may be used intra-Navy
 513 c 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

only. On joint programs, Navy will receive and

transmit an O to indicate organizational maintenance

level.

2-Minesweeper, Yardcraft, Patrol Boat

3-Submarines

4-Auxiliary/Amphibious Ships

5-Major Combatant (Destroyer, Frigate)

6-Major Combatant (Cruiser, Carrier)

Note (2): On Army programs, a code of "C" may be

used in the third position to denote crew or

operator maintenance performed within organizational

maintenance. On joint programs, the Army will

receive or transmit an O to indicate organizational

level.

Support item is removed, replaced, used at the F

following intermediate levels.

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-Direct Support (*)

USN-Afloat

USMC-Third Echelon

Support item is removed, replaced, used at both G

afloat and ashore intermediate levels:

Navy only

Support item is removed, replaced, used at the H

following intermediate levels:

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-General Support (*)

USN-Ashore (only)

USMC-Fourth Echelon

* Note: For the USAF program and USA safeguard

program, Code F will be used to denote intermediate

maintenance. On joint programs, use of either

Codes F or H by the joining service will denote

intermediate maintenance to USAF and the USA

Safeguard program.

Support Items that are removed, replaced, used at D

Depot only:

USAF-Depot, Mobile Depot, and Specialized Repair

Activity

USA-Depot, Mobile Depot, Specialized Rpair Activity

USN-Aviation Rework, Avionics and Ordnance Facilities,

Shipyards

USMC-Depot

REPAIR (Fourth Position): The maintenance code entered in the fourth

position indicates whether the item is to be repaired and identifies the

lowest maintenance level with the capability to perform complete repair

(i.e., all authorized maintenance functions). The decision to code the

support item for repair at the indicated maintenance levels requires that
 513 d 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

all maintenance capability (remove, replace, repair, assemble, and test)

for the support items be provided to that level. This does not preclude

some repair which may be accomplished at a lower level of maintenance.

However, because of service differences in communicating maintenance

repair level information, a maintenance code entry in this position is

not required by all services. When a maintenance code is not used, a

dash (-) sign will be entered. For multi-service equipment/systems, or

when a code is entered, this position will contain one of the following

maintenance codes as assigned by the service(s) that require the code:

Application/Explanation Code

The lowest maintenance level capable of complete O

repair of the support item is the organizational

level.

Note: To distinguish between the organizational

maintenance capabilities on different classes

of ships, the following codes may be used intra-Navy

only. On joint programs, Navy will receive and

transmit an O to indicate organizational

maintenance level.

2-Minesweeper, Yardcraft, Patrol Boat

3-Submarines

4-Auxiliary/Amphibious Ships

5-Major Combatant (Destroyer, Frigate)

6-Major Combatant (Cruiser, Carrier)

The lowest maintenance level capable of complete F

repair of the support item is the following

intermediate level:

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-Direct Support (*)

USN-Afloat

USMC-Third Echelon

The lowest maintenance level capable of complete H

repair of the support item is the following

intermediate level:

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-General Support (*)

USN-Ashore (Only)

USMC-Fourth Echelon

* Note: For USAF program and the USA safeguard

program, Code F will be used to denote intermediate

maintenance. On joint programs, use of either

Codes F or H by the joining service will denote

intermediate maintenance to USAF and the USA

Safeguard program.

Both afloat and ashore intermediate levels are G

capable of complete repair of support item: Navy

only.
 513 e 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The lowest maintenance level capable of complete D

repair of the support item is the depot level:

USAF-Depot, Mobile Depot, and Specialized Repair

Activity

USA-Depot, Mobile Depot, Specialized Repair Activity

USN-Aviation Rework, Avionics, and Ordnance

Facilities, Shipyards

USMC-Depot

Repair restricted to designated Specialized Repair L

Activity.

Nonreparable. No repair is authorized. Z

No repair is authorized. The item may be B

reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating, etc., at

the user level. No parts or special tools are

procured for the maintenance of this item.

c. Recoverability Codes. These codes are assigned to support items

to indicate the disposition action on unserviceable items. The

recoverability code is entered in the fifth position of the Uniform SMR

Code. Applicable codes are as follows:

Definition Code

Nonreparable item. When unserviceable, condemn Z

and dispose at the level indicated in column 3.

Reparable item. When uneconomically repairable, O

Condemn and dispose at organizational level.

Reparable item. When uneconomically repairable, F

condemn and dispose at the following intermediate

levels:

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-Direct Support (*)

USN-Afloat

USMC-Third Echelon

Reparable item. When uneconomically repairable, H

condemn and dispose at the following intermediate

levels:

USAF-Intermediate (*)

USA-General Support (*)

USN-Ashore

USMC-Forth Echelon

* Note: For USAF program and the USA safeguard

program, Code F will be used to denote intermediate

maintenance. On joint programs, use of either

Codes F or H by the joining service will denote

intermediate maintenance to USAF and the USA

Safeguard program.
 513 f 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Reparable item. When beyond lower-level repair D

capability, return to depot. Condemnation and

disposal not authorized below depot level.

Reparable item. Repair, condemnation, and disposal L

not authorized below depot/Specialized Repair

Activity level.

Item requires special handling or condemnation A

procedures because of specific reasons (i.e.,

precious metal content, high-dollar value,

critical material, or hazardous material). Refer

to appropriate manuals/directives for specific

instructions.

d. Service Peculiar Codes. These codes are peculiar to each

service/program and are assigned accordingly. These codes are entered in

the sixth position of the Uniform SMR Code.

SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE. The SMR of the support

equipment under analysis.

390 SPARE FACTOR 4XFA specific quantity or percentage developed to guide the government's

determination of requirements (procurement of end items over and above

operational quantities) to provide replacement for an item(s) subject to

damage, survey/disposal. An example follows:

A specific quantity QXXX

Percentage of operational assets PXXX

quantity (for consumables only)

No spares required Q000

391 SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH 1AFPRODUCTION (SAIP)
514 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

An alphabetic code indicating that the item is a candidate for an SAIP

list.

Item is an SAIP list candidate Y

Item is not an SAIP list candidate blank

392 SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE (SMIC) 1AFA code which indicates any special maintenance category applicable to the

line item. Codes assigned are as follows:

Nonrepairable A

Factory repairable B

Matched set C

Select at test D

MAMS (Maintenance Assistance Modules). An item F

authorized or recommended by the government/

contractor for procurement and location with

the end item as the sole means of fault isolation

in the event of failure. Contractor recommendations

shall be IAW the maintenance philosophy approved

by the government. (e.g., modules employed in

diagnostic circuitry used for "built-in"

fault isolation).

Remain in Place. A repairable item which, upon G

removal without an immediate replacement,

would: a. Destroy structural integrity;

b. Endanger operating or maintenance personnel;

or, c. If partially degraded, cause total

degradation of an essential function of the

end item.

Safety. An item which, upon failure, would H

jeopardize the direct safety of operating or

maintenance personnel.

393 SPECIAL MANAGEMENT 1AF–

A code to flag an SE end item for special management attention. Codes

are as follows:

Management Concern Code Criteria

Time T SE end item will not be available

concurrently with end article,

SE ILS, or the development lead

time is excessive.

Price P SERD identified development prices

or recurring unit price are sub-
 515 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

stantially above the average

SE end item.

State of the art A SE end item is state-of-the-art

and required the development of

an end item specification/

requires reliability

qualification.

Safety S SE end item is proposed to correct a

safety defect.

Mission essentiality M SE end item is essential to conduct

of the end article's mission.

N Not applicable

394 SPECIAL MARKING CODE 2XF–

A code which identifies special markings which are required as an integral

part of the total pack to protect the contained item during preservation,

packing, storage, transit, and removal from the pack. For applicable

codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

395 SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE 1XF-

(SMCC)

A code indicating that an item represents or contains peculiar material

requiring special treatment, precautions, or management control of the item

(see DOD 4l00.38-M for applicable codes).

396 SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION l0XLNUMBER

A number which identifies a specific special packaging instruction

prepared IAW MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

397 SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION (SPI) 1AFNUMBER REVISION

A code which identifies the SPI revision.

Codes A through Z

398 SPECIALIZED SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT 65X--

REQUIREMENTS

Narrative information concerning the requirements for special rail cars,

highway vehicles, or material handling equipment such as spreader bars or

slings.

399 SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION 71X--

Identifies the type of activity, number of type activities, and the

quantity of support/test equipment or training material which is to be
 516 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

supported at each activity. Unless otherwise advised by the requiring

authority, the support period shall be for one year beginning with the

scheduled delivery of the first end item. This shall be confirmed or

changed by the government. Consists of the following subfields:

a. Number of activities 3NRThe specific number of activities of a type (e.g., 6 depots,

2 squadrons).

b. Type of activity l5XLThe activities by type. Examples of these activities are: training,

specialized repair activity, depot, etc., including preoperational activities whose allowances are not derived from the Basis of Issue.

c. Name/location of activity 50XL–

The name and location of the activity to be allocated support equipment to

include the activity address indicator.

d. Quantity per activity 3NR–

The quantity of support/test equipment or training materiel to be

provided to each activity.

400 SPEED 3NR–

The maximum speed of the system/equipment in miles per hour.

401 STANDARD INTERSERVICE AGENCY SERIAL 7XFCONTROL NUMBER (SIASCN)

A seven-position alphanumeric code assigned to executive service managed

items in support of provisioning of multiservice systems and equipment.

The SIASCN is assigned to all items which require NSN assignment/

supported service(s) user registration. The SIASCN is composed of a

specific alphabetic prefix designating the executive service Inventory

Control Point (ICP) followed by six numeric characters as specified by

the requiring authority. Alphabetic prefixes have been assigned to

specific ICPs as follows:

Service/Agency ICP Managing Activity Prefix

Marine Corps Marine Corps Logistics Base, A

Albany, GA

U.S. Air Force Sacramento ALC, CA B

Warner Robins ALC, Robins AFB, GA C

San Antonio ALC, Kelly AFB, TX D

Ogden ALC, Hill AFB, UT E

Oklahoma City ALC, Tinker AFB, OK F

AF Cryptologic Support Center (ESC), J

San Antonio, TX
 517 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Army Communications and Electronics Materiel G

Readiness Command, Ft. Monmouth, NJ

Tank Automotive Command, Warren, MI K

Missile Command, Redstone Arsenal, AL L

Armament, Munitions, and Chemical M

Command, Rock Island, IL

Troop Support Command, St. Louis, MO N

Aviation Systems Command, St. Louis, MO Q

Electronic Material Readiness Activity, P

Warrenton, VA

Communications Security Logistics U

Activity, Ft. Huachuca, AZ

Navy Ships Parts Control Center, H

Mechanicsburg, PA

Aviation Supply Office, Philadelphia, PA O

FAA Mike Monroney Aeronautical Center, R

Oklahoma City, OK

402 STANDARDS FOR COMPARISON 1AFA single-position code indicating a standard was identified against which

the support/test equipment was compared for testing of the UUT.

Standard identified Y

Standard not identified N

403 STANDBY TIME 4NRThe time, in hours per calendar year, that a system/equipment is not

operating, but is assumed to be operable.

REQUIRED STANDBY TIME. The standby time representing the supportability

requirement/specification standby time.

404 STATUS 1AFA one-position alphabetic code to describe the status of the dispositioning action applied to the SERD. Codes are as follows:

Approved A

Deleted D

Pending further information from the contractor C

Pending further government evaluation G

Contractor recommended R

SERD will be approved when funding is available U

Disapproved X

405 STORAGE DIMENSIONS 12 N - AS

Dimensions of an item of support/test equipment or training material

while it is in the storage configuration mode. Consists of the

following subfields:
 518 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

a. Length 4NRl

b. Width 4NRl

c. Height 4NRl

406 STORAGE WEIGHT 6NR1

The weight of an item of support/test equipment or training material

while it is in the storage configuration mode.

407 SUBTASK NUMBER 3NF–

A three-position code to indicate sequence of the procedural step as a

subtask. Subtask numbers shall begin with 001 through 999, and are

assigned to each sequential subtask required to perform a given task. A

subtask is an activity (perception, decisions, and responses) which

fulfills a portion of the immediate purpose within a task.

REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER. A subtask number of referenced subtask

narrative.

408 SUPERSEDURE TYPE 1AFA code indicating the impact an SERD end item has on other end items.

Codes are as follows:

SERD item supersedes an existing item A

SERD item is replaced by another SERD item B

SERD item neither supersedes nor is superseded C

by another item

SERD item is deleted D

409 SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA 59XLConcise remarks or statements which are pertinent to the packaging process and are required in addition to that specific data documentation.

410 SUPPORT CONCEPT lAF–

A code indicating the status of the indepth analysis conducted to

determine if Contractor Logistic Support (CLS), Interim Contractor

Support (ICS), or Organic Support is the preferred support concept

for the item.

Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for ICS A

Item approved/selected by the government for ICS B

Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for CLS C

Item approved/selected by the government for CLS D

Item reviewed and nominated by the contractor for organic E

support

Item approved/selected by the government for organic support F

Item not reviewed G
 519 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

411 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION 65X--

Narrative statements used to explain a condition not readily identified

in a given data element within the support equipment (E) tables, or a

particular element which requires additional comment. When the

information is related to a specific data element, the explanation should

be prefaced with a reference to that element. Place a "C" or "G" in

parenthesis after the entry to indicate the source to contractor or

government, respectively.

412 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME 42XLThe name of the support equipment.

413 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING 3NF–

A contractor-assigned number to facilitate the aggregation of

requirements for similar or identical support or test equipment types,

including automatic test equipment.

414 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the type of support equipment narrative.

Functional analysis (DED 147) A

Description and function of support equipment (DED 078) B

Support equipment non-proliferation effort (DED 415) C

Characteristics of support equipment (DED 044) D

Installation factors or other facilities (DED 169) E

Additional skills and special training requirements (DED 008) F

Support equipment explanation (DED 411) G

Justification (DED 188) H

415 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION 65X--

EFFORT

A brief narrative by the contractor on his efforts to standardize SE/

limit its proliferation by selecting DOD inventory equipment or

modifying existing Government or commercial, and shall include a list of

documents and databases screened (see MIL-STD-2097, paragraph 5.3.2.1).

416 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION 10X--

DATA NUMBER (SERD NUMBER)

A 10-position code assigned to each item of support equipment having a

unique Reference Number and Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code.

It consists of the following subfields:

a. System/Subsystem/Sub-subsystem 6XFCode.

The first six-positions of the SERD Number comprise this subfield and

identify support equipment to the system/subsystem/sub-subsystem which the

support equipment supports. This code will be based on a combination
 520 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

of characters from MIL-M-83495, Preparation of Manuals, Technical,

Organizational Maintenance Manual Set.

b. Sequence Number 4NFThe last four digits of the 10-position SERD number indicates the number

assigned sequentially to each unique SE item which is proposed for the

system, subsystem, or sub-subsystem. Sequence numbers shall begin with

0001 and run through 9999.

AID SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the

adapter interconnector device.

OTP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the

operational test program.

TPI SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER. The SERD number of the

test program instruction.

417 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION 65X--

DATA REVISION REMARKS

If the support equipment recommendation data (SERD) being prepared is a

revision, enter the revision letter, revision date, action date (G), and

revision remarks which summarize the reason for revision. For SERDs that

have been revised more than once, this block shall include the revision

date and revision remarks of all previous revisions.

418 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED lAFA single-letter code indicating whether the support/test equipment or

training material itself needs SE to test or maintain its operational

capability.

SE Y

Not required N

419 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS 12 N - AS

The dimensions of an item of support/test equipment as it is configured

for shipment. Consists of the following subfields:

a. Length 4NR1

b. Width 4NR1

c. Height 4NR1

420 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT 6NR1

The weight of an item of support/test equipment as configured for

shipment.

421 SUPPORT OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT COST FACTOR 3NR2
521

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A decimal value which expresses the cost factor for supporting SE. This

factor is derived from the ratio of the yearly SE costs to the SE unit

costs.

422 SUPPRESSION INDICATOR CODE 1AFA code to indicate the item is to be provisioned separately by either a

separate PCCN, or under a different time schedule than the overall

provisioning.

Provisioned separately Y

423 SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER 1AF–

A code that signifies whether the LCN represents a system, end item, or

not a system/end item. A system or end item is an item capable of in

dependent operation, or is a class or group of equipments that is

managed and provisioned under a separate Provisioning Contract Control

Number.

System S

End Item E

Not a system/end item N

PROVISIONING SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER. An identifier for the

system/end item being provisioned.

424 SYSTEM/END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the system/end item narrative.

Additional supportability parameters A

Additional supportability considerations B

Operational mission failure definition C

425 SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS 1XFCONSIDERATIONS CODE

A one-position code indicating whether the information is related to

system redesign or logistics considerations narrative. Codes are as

follows:

System redesign (standardization) A

System redesign (accessibility) B

System redesign (maintenance ease) C

System redesign (safety) D

System redesign (test points) E

System redesign (skills) F

System redesign (training) G

System redesign (connectors for ease of removal) H

System redesign (packaging and transportation) J

System redesign (fault location) K

System redesign (labeling) L

System redesign (design for self protection against M
522 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

damage after failure)

System redesign (corrosion and rust control) N

Narrative (standardization) P

Narrative (accessibility) Q

Narrative (maintenance ease) R

Narrative (safety) S

Narrative (test points) T

Narrative (skills) U

Narritive (training) V

Narrative (connectors for ease of removal) W

Narrative (packaging and transportation) X

Narrative (fault location) Y

Narrative (labeling) Z

Narrative (design for self protection against 1

damage after failure)

Narrative (corrosion and rust control) 2

426 SYSTEM REDESIGN/LOGISTICS 65X--

CONSIDERATION RECOMMENDATION,

DISPOSITION, RESULTS

A narrative of either system or reliability centered maintenance (RCM)

redesign considerations.

System Redesign. A narrative description identifying recommended design

changes, disposition of each recommendation, and the results of each

recommendation for which analysis indicates a redesign might be

warranted. Shall include appropriate feasibility and cost benefit

analysis results performed to validate the redesign recommendations.

RCM Redesign. A narrative description identifying recommended design

changes, that come from the RCM analysis, the disposition of each recommendation and results of each recommendation for which analysis

indicates a redesign might be warranted. Shall include appropriate

feasibility and cost benefit analysis results performed to validate

the redesign recommendations.

427 TASK CODE 7XFA data chain of six separate data subfields which uniquely identify each

operator/maintenance task associated with particular items under

analysis. The first five subfields provide information relative to the

performance of the task itself. The sixth subfield is a task sequence

code provided to differentiate tasks with identical entries in the first

five subfields. The individual subfields that comprise the task code

are described as follows:

a. Task Code (FUNCTION) 1XF–

A code that denotes specific maintenance, operator, or supporting

functions necessary to the operation and maintenance of an item.
 523 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Access. To perform operations necessary to gain access to an item of the

next lower level of indenture or an item blocking accessibility to the

item under analysis.

Access W

Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing

into proper or exact position, or by setting the operating characteristics

to specified parameters.

Adjust D

Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring

about optimum or desired performance.

Align E

Calibrate (CAL). To determine accuracy, deviation or variation by

special measurement or by comparison with a standard.

Calibrate F

Camouflage. To conceal or disguise.

Camouflage 9

Clean. To rid of dirt, impurities or extraneous matter from the item.

Clean Q

Debug. To detect and remedy an inadequacy in software.

Debug 2

Disassemble/Assemble. To take to pieces; to take apart to the level of

the next smaller unit, or down to all removable parts.

Disassemble/Assemble S

Dispose. To get rid of including those actions to prepare an item for

disposal, e.g., demilitarization.

Dispose 3

End of Runway Inspection. The inspection which is a visual/operational

check of designated systems and components performed at end of runway.

End-of-Runway Inspection Z

Evaluate. To determine the importance, size or nature of; to appraise;

to give value or appraisal to on the basis of collected data.

Evaluate 8
 524 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Fault Location (FAULT LOCAT). The process of investigating and detecting

the cause of equipment malfunctioning; the act of isolating a fault

within a system or Unit Under Test.

Fault Location N

Inspect. To determine the serviceability or detect incipient failures

by comparing an item's physical, mechanical, and/or electrical

characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g.,

by sight, sound, or feel).

Inspect A

Install. To perform operations necessary to properly fit a spare part

into the next higher assembly.

Install G

Load/Unload. To place or insert in or take out of, a device or piece of

equipment; to place or remove or components on an airplane or other

vehicle.

Load/Unload 4

Lubricate. To apply a substance (e.g.,oil, grease, graphite) to reduce

friction.

Lubricate P

Mission Profile Change. The function performed to enable the end item to

perform a different type mission.

Mission Profile Change M

Monitor. To attend to displays continually or periodically to determine

equipment condition or operating status.

Monitor 6

Operate. To control equipment in order to accomplish a specific purpose.

Operate O

Overhaul. That maintenance effort (service/action) prescribed to restore

an item to completely serviceable/operational condition as required by

maintenance standards in appropriate technical publications. Overhaul is

normally the highest degree of maintenance performed.

Overhaul K

Package/Unpackage. The action required to prepare system and equipment

for storage and transportation. Also includes the action required to

unpack.
MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- 525 - 

Package/Unpackage U

Preserve. The action required to treat systems and equipment whether in

stalled or stored, to keep them in a satisfactory condition.

Preserve V

Process. To submit to a series of actions or operations leading to a

particular end.

Process 7

Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the

restoration of unserviceable equipment to a like-new condition in

accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the

highest degree of materiel maintenance applied to equipment. The rebuild

operation includes the act of returning to zero those age measurements

(hours/miles, etc.) considered in classifying equipments/components.

Rebuild L

Remove. To perform operations necessary to take a spare part out of the

next larger assembly.

Remove R

Remove and Replace. To substitute a serviceable spare part for a

malfunctioned, damaged, or worn-out part. This function should only be

used when the item represented by the LCN against which the task is

being documented is being replaced. Remove and Replace actions will

include discrete sequences for fault location, correction of the fault

or malfunction by removal of the item and replacing it with a spare, and

verification that the fault has been corrected. The fault location and

verification may be documented one indenture above the Remove and

Replace action.

Remove and Replace H

Repair. Utilized as a corrective maintenance action or task function

to restore to a serviceable condition an end item, assembly,

subassembly, module, or component. Also to be utilized as maintenance

action or task function to restore an item removed from the end item

through replacement of lower-order nonrepairable items and through rework

such as patching, welding, grinding, straightening, facing, machining,

or resurfacing to correct a specific fault. Repair actions will include

discrete sequences for fault location, correction of the fault or

malfunction, and verification that the fault has been corrected.

Repair J

Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper

operating condition, i.e., to clean (includes decontaminate, when

required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel,

lubricants, chemical fluids, or gases.
 526 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Service C

Set Up. To prepare or make an item ready for operation.

Set up 5

Test. To verify serviceability by measuring the mechanical, pneumatic,

hydraulic, or electrical characteristics of an item and comparing those

characteristics with prescribed standards.

Test B

Transport. The action required to move systems and equipment from one

place to another.

Transport Y

Transportation Preparation. The actions required to prepare an item for

transportation.

Transportation Preparation T

b. Task Interval Code (INTERVAL) lAF–

A code that identifies the scheduled or unscheduled timing of the task

occurrence.

Battlefield Damage Assessment and Repair. Occurring on the system/

equipment in a battlefield environment as a result of battle damage.

Battlefield damage assessment and repair Y

Calendar. Occurring as a period of time equal in length to 365 days.

Calendar Q

Daily. Occurring every day; operation of the day.

Daily C

During Operation. Occurring during each operation.

During Operation D

Emergency. Resulting from an unforeseen combination of circumstances

that calls for immediate action to prevent injury to personnel and/or

damage to equipment.

Emergency J

Monthly. Occurring approximately every 4 weeks or 30 days.

Monthly P
 527 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Normal. Inspection according with, or not deviating from a norm.

Normal K

Overhaul Cycle. That period of time at which an overhaul maintenance

task becomes due, as a result either of completion of a given period of

time in a Standard Service Tour, or of receiving damage of a severity

that warrants overhaul.

Overhaul Cycle R

Periodic/Phase Inspection. Inspection to be accomplished at a specified

interval or multiple of the specified intervals.

Periodic/Phase E

Postoperative/Post Flight. Inspection accomplished after each operation/

flight.

Postoperative/Post Flight H

Preoperative/Preflight. Inspection accomplished prior to the first

operation/flight of the day.

Preoperative/Preflight A

Quarterly. Recurring at 3-month intervals.

Quarterly M

Scheduled. Periodic prescribed inspection/servicing based on an elapsed

time, mileage, hours of operation, etc., criteria.

Scheduled B

Semiannually. Occurring every 6 months or twice a year.

Semiannually N

Special. Inspection which supplements other inspections (daily, preoperational, periodic, flying hours, operating hours, or calendar) and is

undertaken because of specific circumstances.

Special F

Turnaround. Performance of the maintenance task occurs during normal

turnaround operations and does not affect the operability of the system.

Turnaround T

Unscheduled. Those unpredictable maintenance requirements that had not

been previously planned, but require prompt attention to maintain the

system in or restore it to operating condition. These tasks may be added

to, integrated with, or substituted for previously scheduled work loads.
 528 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Unscheduled G

Weekly. Occurring in one of a series of seven-day cycles.

Weekly L

c. Operations/Maintenance Level lAF-

(O/M Level)

Codes that are assigned to indicate the maintenance levels authorized to

perform the required maintenance function (see DED 277 for definitions

of the individual O/M Levels).

Operator/Crew/Unit-Crew C

Organizational/On Equipment/Unit-Organizational O

Intermediate/Direct Support/Afloat/ F

Third Echelon/Off Equipment/IntermediateForward

Intermediate/General Support/Ashore/ H

Fourth Echelon/Intermediate-Rear

Intermediate/Ashore and Afloat G

Depot/Shipyards D

Specialized Repair Activity L

d. Service Designator Code lAFA single-position code identifying the military service or nonmilitary

major governmental agency having jurisdiction over, or executive

management responsibility for, the acquisition (DED 376).

Army A

Air Force F

Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) T

National Security Agency S

Navy N

Marine Corps M

All military X

Coast Guard Y

FAA/all military J

Other O

e. Operability Code lAFA code used to indicate the operational status and mission readiness of

the item during the maintenance task.

Full Mission Capable. Performance of the maintenance task does not de grade

any mission capability. To be Full Mission Capable, a system must have the

capability to perform all missions under both peacetime and wartime

conditions.

Full Mission Capable C
 529 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Partial Mission Capable. Performance of the maintenance task degrades

the mission capability of the system. To be in Partial Mission Capable

status the system must have the capability to perform at least one war

time mission. Systems with no wartime mission must be able to perform

any one mission to be in this status.

Partial Mission Capable D

System Inoperable During Equipment Maintenance. During the performance

of the maintenance task the system is not available to perform all normal

operations.

System Inoperable during Equipment Maintenance A

System Operable During Equipment Maintenance. During performance of the

maintenance task the system is available to perform normal operations.

System Operable during Equipment Maintenance B

Not Mission Capable. During performance of the maintenance task the

system cannot perform any wartime mission. Systems which have no wartime

mission must not be capable of performing any mission in order to be in

the Not Mission Capable status.

Not Mission Capable E

Off Equipment Maintenance. Maintenance task is performed after the

item under analysis has been removed from the system.

Off Equipment Maintenance G

Turnaround. Performance of the maintenance task occurs during normal

turnaround operations and does not affect the operability of the system.

Turnaround F

f. Task Sequence Code 2XF–

A two-position code assigned to each task. If the combination of the

previous task code fields (task function, task interval, service

designator, O/M level, and Operability Code) are unique, the entry will

be "AA". If the first five fields are duplicated, within an LCN/ALC

combination, the follow-on task sequence codes will be AB through 99 to

differentiate the tasks.

REFERENCED TASK CODE. A task code that contains referenced task

information.

REFERENCED SUBTASK TASK CODE. A task code that contains referenced

subtask information.

TASK PROVISION TASK CODE. A task code of the item under analysis.

428 TASK CONDITION 3AL-
 530 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Indicator that special considerations must be taken into account during

analysis of the task.

TM/Technical Order use not feasible (inadequate

lighting, space constraints, or time constraints) - A Y or N

TMDE/ATE/BIT/BITE required - B Y or N

Special tools required - C Y or N

429 TASK CRITICALITY 1AFA single-position code keyed to task level entries in sequential

descriptions and used to indicate whether or not the task is critical. A

task is critical if failure to accomplish it IAW system requirements

would result in adverse effects on system reliability, efficiency, effectiveness, safety, or cost. A task will also be designated as critical

whenever system design characteristics approach human limitations, and

thereby, significantly increase the likelihood of degraded, delayed, or

otherwise impaired mission performance.

Critical Y

Not critical N

430 TASK FREQUENCY 7NR4

The frequency of performance or occurrence of the task identified by the

task code and expressed as the number of annual occurrences. For

corrective tasks the following formula applies:

M N

_1_ _1_

TF = [ Σ [ Σ FM Ratioi ( FR + MTBM-IN + MTBM-ND ) X CON FAC ]] X AOR

j=1 i=1

Where: TF = Task frequency

FM Ratio = Failure mode ratio, DED 136

FR = Failure rate, DED 140

MTBM-IN = Mean time between Maintenance (induced), DED 231

MTBM-ND = Mean time between maintenance (no defect), DED 233

i = Failure mode referencing task under analysis

N = Number of failure modes referencing task under analysis

j = Unique LCN/ALC referencing task under analysis

M = Number of LCN/ALCs referencing task under analysis CON

FAC = Conversion factor against each LCN/ALC referencing the

task under analysis, DED 059

AOR = Annual operating requirement, DED 023

For preventive tasks, one of the following procedures applies:

Method 1. Annual Operating Requirement X Conversion Factor _

TF = Maintenance Interval
 531 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Note: Measurement bases for AOR and maintenance interval (DED 208) must

be identical. The task frequency calculation is performed for the task

reference associated with the maintenance interval.

Method 2. When the frequency of performance of a preventive task is

based on calendar time, the task frequency is a numeric expression of

the task code, task interval code (DED 427), established as a result of

RCM analysis.

Example: Interval Task Frequency

Daily (C) 365.0000

Weekly (L) 52.0000

431 TASK IDENTIFICATION 36XLA task is a composite of related activities (perceptions, decisions, and

responses) performed for an immediate purpose, written in operator/

maintainer language. Task identification requires a brief narrative

entry consisting of: (a) an action verb which identifies what is to be

accomplished in the task or subtask; (b) an object which identifies what

is to be acted upon in the task/subtask; and, (c) qualifying phrases

needed to distinguish the task from related or similar tasks.

Recommended action verbs to be used in preparing task or subtask

identifications may be drawn from following list. Some specialized

verbs, not listed below may be needed for a particular system/equipment.

Many verbs are synonymous. The preparing activity should select one verb

which appears closest to the intended meaning for the system/equipment

under analysis, and use that verb consistently throughout the analysis.

Some verbs are more appropriate for writing statements of tasks, while

some verbs are exclusive to subtask elements.

Access. (a) To gain visibility of or the ability to manipulate.

(b) To cause to be displayed, as with a computer menu.

Accomplish. To do, carry out, or bring about; to reach an objective.

Achieve. To carry out successfully.

Acknowledge. To make known the receipt or existence of.

Actuate. To put into mechanical motion or action; to move to action.

Adjust. (a) To bring to a specified position or state. (b) To bring to

a more satisfactory state; to manipulate controls, levers, linkages,

etc., to return equipment from an out of tolerance condition to an in

tolerance condition.

Administer. To manage or supervise the execution, use, or conduct of.

Advance. To move forward; to move ahead.
 532 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Advise. To give information or notice to.

Alert. To warn; to call to a state of readiness or watchfulness; to

notify (a person) of an impending action.

Align. To bring into line; to line up; to bring into precise adjustment,

correct relative position; or coincidence.

Allocate. To apportion for a specific purpose or to particular persons

or things.

Allow. (a) To permit; to give opportunity to. (b) To allot or provide

for. (c) To carry out a procedure.

Analyze. To examine and interpret information.

Annotate. To append explanatory information to a text or graphic summary

of information.

Announce. To make known.

Apply. (a) To lay or spread on. (b) To energize.

Approve. To give offical sanction.

Archive. To make an archival copy of.

Arrange. To group according to quality, value, or other characteristics;

to put in proper order.

Assault. Close combat phase of an attack.

Assemble. To fit and secure together the several parts of; to make or

form by combining parts.

Assess. To determine the importance, size, or value of; to evaluate.

Assign. To apportion to for a specific purpose or to particular persons

or things; to appoint to a duty.

Assist. To give support or help; to aid.

Attach. To join or fasten to.

Authenticate. To prove or serve to prove the authenticity of.

Balance. To equalize in weight, height, number, or proportion.

Breach. (a) To break through. (b) To secure passage through.

Brief. To give final precise instructions; to coach thoroughly in

advance; to give essential information to.
 533 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Bypass. Maneuver around an obstacle, position, or enemy force to

maintain momentum of advance.

Calculate. To determine by arithmetic processes.

Calibrate. To determine accuracy, deviation, or variation by special

measurement or by comparison with a standard.

Camouflage. To conceal or disguise.

Cancel. To cause not to occur, as in canceling a command.

Categorize. To put into categories or in general classes.

Center. (a) To adjust so that axes coincide. (b) To place in the middle

of.

Check. (a) To confirm or establish that a proper condition exists; to

ascertain that a given operation produces a specified result; to examine

for satisfactory accuracy, safety, or performance; to confirm or

determine measurements by use of visual or mechanical means. (b) To per

form a critical visual observation or check for specific conditions; to

test the condition of.

Chock. To place a blocking device adjacent to, in front of, or behind a

wheel to keep it from moving.

Choke. To enrich the fuel mixture of a motor by partially shutting off

the air intake of the carburetor.

Choose. To select after consideration.

Chunk. To cause the association of several entities.

Classify. To put into categories or general classes.

Clean. To wash, scrub, or apply solvents to; remove dirt, corrosion, or

grease.

Clear. (a) To move people/objects away from. (b) To open the throttle

of an idling engine to free it from carbon.

Close. (a) To block against entry or passage; to turn, push, or pull in

the direction in which the flow is impeded. (b) To set a circuit breaker

into the position allowing current to flow through.

Collect. To bring together into one body or place; to accumulate.

Command. To direct authoritatively.

Communicate. (a) To exchange information. (b) To make known.

Compare. To examine the character or qualities of two or more items; to

discover resemblances or differences.
 534 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Complete. (a) To bring to an end. (b) To supply missing or needed

information, normally in a prescribed format.

Comply. To conform with directions or rules; to accept as authority; to

obey.

Compute. To determine by arithmetic process.

Condense. TO make denser, more brief, or more compact.

Connect. (a) To bring or fit together so as to form a unit; to couple

keyed or matched equipment items. (b) To attach or mate (an electrical

device) to a service outlet.

Construct. (a) To make or form by combining parts; to fit and secure

together the several parts of. (b) To assemble information elements or

entities in a specified fashion.

Control. To exercise restraining or directing influence over; to fix or

adjust the time, amount, or rate of.

Coordinate. To bring into a common action, movement, or condition.

Correct. To make or set right, to alter or adjust so as to bring to some

standard or required condition.

Correlate. To establish a mutual or reciprocal relation between.

Cover. To protect or shelter by placing something over or around.

Create. To cause or come into being, normally based on some established

criterion.

Debug. To detect and remedy an inadequacy in software.

Decide. To arrive at a solution.

De-energize. To take energy from.

Define. (a) To determine or identify the essential qualities or meaning.

(b) To fix or mark the limits of.

Deflate. To release air or gas from.

Delete. To remove from association with or cause no longer to exist.

Deliver. (a) To hand over. (b) To send to an intended target or

destination.

Demonstrate. To show clearly.

Depart. To go away; to leave.

Depressurize. To release gas or fluid pressure from.
 535 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Derive. To infer or deduce.

Describe. To represent or give an account of in words.

Destroy. To ruin, demolish, or put out of existence; to make unfit for

further use.

Detect. To discover or determine the existence, presence, or fact of.

Determine. (a) To obtain definite and first-hand knowledge of, to confirm,

or establish that a proper condition exists. (b) To investigate and decide

to discover by study or experience.

Develop. To set forth or make clear by degrees or in detail.

Diagnose. To recognize and identify the cause or nature of a condition,

situation, or problem by examination or analysis.

Disassemble. To take to pieces; to take apart to the level of the next

smaller unit or down to all removable parts.

Disconnect. (a) To sever the connection between; to separate keyed or

matched equipment parts. (b) To detach or separate (an electrical

device) from a service outlet.

Discriminate. To distinguish or differentiate by discerning or exposing

differences.

Disengage. To release or detach interlocking parts; to unfasten; to set

free from an inactive or fixed position.

Dismantle. To take apart.

Dismount. (a) To get. (b) To take off.

Displace. To leave one position and take another.

Display. To cause a visual image to be presented on some medium.

Dispose of. To get rid of.

Disseminate. To distribute or disperse to more than one.

Distinguish. To perceive a difference in.

Distribute. To deliver.

Drain. To draw off (liquid) gradually or completely.

Draw. To produce a likeness or representation of.

Drive. To direct the course and motions of a vehicle.
 536 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Edit. To correct errors of grammar, syntax, and content in text

material.

Effect. To cause the desired result or outcome.

Egress. To go out.

Elaborate. To provide more detail regarding.

Elevate. To lift up; to raise.

Eliminate. To expel; to ignore or set aside as unimportant.

Emplace. To put into position.

Employ. To put into action or service; to carry out a purpose or action

by means of; to avail oneself of.

Energize. To impart energy to.

Enforce. To compel or constrain.

Engage. (a) To cause to interlock or mesh. (b) To enter into conflict.

Ensure. (a) To make sure or certain. (b) To guarantee.

Enter. (a) To go or come in. (b) To put on record. (c) To put in

information or data.

Erect. To put up by fitting together.

Establish. To set on a firm basis.

Estimate. To judge or determine roughly the size, extent, or nature of.

Evacuate. To move from an area.

Evade. To avoid.

Evaluate. To determine the importance, size, or nature of; to appraise;

to give a value or appraisal to on the basis of collected data.

Exchange. To part with or substitute.

Execute. To carry out fully.

Explain. To make something plain and understandable.

Express. To represent in words; to state.

Extract. To draw forth; to pull out forcibly.

Fill out. To enter information on a form.
537 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Find. (a) To discover or determine by search; to indicate the place,

site, or limits of. (b) To discover by study or experiment; to

investigate and decide.

Fire. To launch a missile or shoot a gun.

Format. To produce in a specified form or style.

Fuel. To provide with fuel.

Harden. To protect.

Hold. To have or keep in the grasp.

Hypothesize. To develop a prediction or speculation, of some degree of

uncertainty, based on incomplete factual information or theory.

Identify. (a) To establish the identity of. (b) To determine the

classification of.

Illustrate. To make clear or clarify.

Implement. To place into effect.

Indicate. To point out.

Inform. To make known to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.

Initialize. To place in an initial or beginning condition.

Input. To enter information into a computer or data system.

Insert. To put or thrust in, into, or through.

Inspect. To perform a critical visual observation or check for specific

conditions; to test the condition of.

Install. (a) To perform operations necessary to properly fit an equipment

unit into the next larger assembly or system. (b) To place or attach.

Instruct. To provide with authoritative information or advice.

Integrate. To bring together information from two or more different

sources for the purpose of combining analysis or presentation.

Intercept. To stop or interrupt the progress or course of.

Interchange. To remove one item from an assembly and install a like

item in the same assembly.

Interpret. (a) To conceive in the light of individual belief, judgment,

or circumstance. (b) To explain the meaning of.
 538 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Investigate. To observe or study by close examination and systematic

inquiry.

Isolate. To use test equipment to identify or select a source of

trouble.

Issue. To put forth or distribute.

Lead. To go at the head.

Lift. To move or cause to be moved from a lower to a higher position; to

elevate.

List. To enumerate; to write the names of a group of items together.

Listen. To hear something with thoughtful attention.

Load. To place in or on; to place cargo or components on an airplane or

other vehicle.

Locate. (a) To find, determine, or indicate the place, site, or limits

of. (b) To set or establish in a particular spot; to station.

Log. (a) To record for purposes of keeping records. (b) To gain access

to a computer system or terminate interaction with a computer system.

Lubricate. To put lubricant on specified locations.

Maintain. (a) To hold or keep in a particular state or condition, especially in a state of efficiency or validity. (b) To sustain or keep up.

Manage. To handle or direct with a degree of skill.

Maneuvar. To make a series of changes in direction and position for a

specified purpose.

Measure. To determine the dimensions, capacity, or amount by use of

standard instruments or utensils.

Modify. To alter or change somewhat the form or qualities of.

Monitor. (a) Visually to take note of or to pay attention to in order to

check on action or change. (b) To attend to displays continually or

periodically to determine equipment condition or operating status.

Mount. To attach to a support.

Move. To change the location or position of.

Name. To identify by name.

Navigate. To operate and control course of.

Neutralize. To destroy the effectiveness of; to nullify.
 539 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Notify. To make known to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.

Observe. (a) To conform one's actions or practice to. (b) To take note

of visually; to pay attention to.

Obtain. (a) To get or find out by observation or special procedures.

(b) To gain or attain.

Occupy. (a) To reside. (b) To control.

Open. (a) To move from closed position; to make available for passage

by turning in an appropriate direction. (b) To make available for entry

or passage by turning back, removing, or clearing away.

Operate. To control equipment in order to accomplish a specific purpose.

Organize. To arrange elements into a whole of interdependent parts; to

form into a coherent unity; to integrate.

Orient. (a) To acquaint with the existing situation or environment.

(b) To set or arrange in a determinate position.

Originate. To give rise to, to set going, to begin.

Pack. To gather.

Park. To bring a vehicle to a stop and leave it standing for a time in

a specified area.

Perform. To do, carry out, or bring about; to reach an objective. Place.

To put or set in a desired location or position.

Plan. To devise or project the achievement of.

Plot. To mark or note on or as if on a map or chart; to locate by means

of coordinates.

Police. (a) To make clean. (b) To put in order.

Position. To put or set in a given place. Post. To station at a given

place.

Prepare. To make ready; to arrange things in readiness. Prescribe. To

lay down as a guide, direction, or rule of action; to specify with

authority.

Press. To act upon through thrusting force exerted in contact.

Pressurize. To apply pressure within by filling with gas or liquid.

Prevent. To keep from happening or existing.
 540 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Prioritize. To arrange or list in order of priority or importance.

Process. To submit to a series of actions or operations leading to a

particular end.

Procure. (a) To bring about. (b) To acquire or obtain.

Produce. To cause to come into being or visibility.

Program. To work out a plan or procedure or a sequence of operations to be

performed.

Protect. To shield from damage, injury, or destruction.

Provide. To supply what is needed, to equip.

Publish. To produce for distribution.

Pull. To exert force upon an object so as to cause motion toward the force.

Pump. (a) Raise or lower by operating a device which raises, transfers, or

compresses fluids by suction, pressure or both. (b) To move up and down or

in and out as if with a pump handle.

Purge. (a) To expel unwanted fluids from. (b) To cause to be eliminated or

disassociated from.

Push. (a) To press against with force so as to cause motion away from the

force. (b) To move away or ahead by steady pressure.

Qualify. To declare competent or adequate.

Queue. To cause to be placed in a queue or ordered sequence of similar

processes.

Raise. To move or cause to be moved from a lower to a higher position; to

elevate.

Reach. To arrive at.

React. To respond.

Read. To derive information from written material.

Recall. To bring forth information from memory.

Receive. To come into possession of; to get.

Recognize. To perceive to be something previously known or designated.

Recommend. To counsel and advise that something be done.
 541 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Reconnoiter. To obtain information by visual observation, or other

detection methods.

Record. To set down in writing. Recover. To get back; to regain.

Redistribute. To reallocate.

Refuel. To put fuel into the tanks of a vehicle again.

Release. (a) To set free from an inactive or fixed position; to unfasten or

detach interlocking parts. (b) To let go of. (c) To set free from

restraint or confinement.

Relocate. To change the place or position of.

Remove. (a) To perform operations necessary to take an equipment unit out

of the next larger assembly or system. (b) To take off or eliminate. (c) To

take or move away. (d) To take off devices for closing off the end of a

tube.

Reorganize. To organize again.

Repair. To restore damaged, wornout, or malfunctioning equipment to a

serviceable, usable, or operable condition.

Repeat. To make, do, or perform again.

Replace. (a) To restore to a former place of position. (b) To substitute

serviceable equipment for malfunctioning, wornout, or damaged equipment.

Replenish. To fill again.

Report. (a) To describe as being in a specified state. (b) To make known

to; to give notice or report the occurrence of.

Represent. To cause information to be conveyed in a fashion different from

the original.

Request. To ask for.

Reset. To put back into a desired position, adjustment, or condition.

Resolve. To eliminate discrepancies from two or more sources of

information.

Respond. To react.

Resume. To begin again.

Retrieve. To cause to be removed from storage or other unavailable state

and made accessible.
 542 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Review. To examine again; to go over or examine critically or

deliberately.

Rotate. To cause to revolve about an axis or center.

Route. To send by a selected course of travel; to divert in a

specified direction.

Run. To cause a computer program to be executed by a computer.

Save. To cause to be stored or placed in an accessible location.

Scan. To make a wide, sweeping search of; to look through or over

hastily.

Schedule. To appoint, assign, or designate for a fixed future time;

to make a timetable of.

Search. To examine a context to determine the presence of a particular

entity or type of entity.

Secure. To make fast or safe.

Select. To take by preference or fitness from a number or group; to pick

out, to choose.

Send. To dispatch by means of communication.

Service. To perform such operations as cleanup, lubrication, and

replenishment to prepare for use.

Set. (a) To put a switch, pointer, or knob into a given position; to put

equipment into a given adjustment, condition or mode. (b) To put or

place in a desired orientation, condition, or location.

Set up. To prepare or make ready for use.

Show. To point out or explain.

Shut down. To perform operations necessary to cause equipment to cease

or suspend operation.

Sight. (a) To look at through or as if through a sight. (b) To aim by

means of sights.

Signal. To notify or communicate by signals (i.e., a prearranged sign,

notice or symbol conveying a command, warning, direction or other

message).

Solve. To find a solution for.

Specify. To name or state explicitly or in detail.

Squeeze. To force or thrust together by compression.
 543 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Start. To perform actions necessary to set into operation; to set going; to

begin.

State. To express the particulars of in words.

Stay. To remain; to continue in a place.

Steer. To direct the course of.

Stop. To perform actions necessary to cause equipment to cease or

suspend operation.

Store. To cause to be placed in an accessible location.

Stow. To deposit or leave in a specified place for future use.

Strike. To deliver or aim a blow or thrust; to hit.

Submit. To make available; to offer.

Summarize. To tell in or reduce to a summary.

Supervise. To oversee; to have or exercise the charge of.

Support. To assist; help.

Sweep. To clean.

Synthesize. To combine or produce by synthesis.

Take. (a) To get into or carry in one's hands or one's possession. (b)

To get or find out by observation or special procedures.

Tap. To strike lightly.

Task. To assign responsibility.

Tell. To express in words.

Test. To perform specified operations to verify operational readiness of a

component, subcomponent, system, or subsystem.

Tighten. (a) To perform necessary operations to fix more firmly in place.

(b) To apply a specified amount of force to produce a rotation or twisting

motion to fix more firmly in place.

Trace. To follow or study out in detail or step by step.

Transfer. To cause an entity to change location or association with other

entities.

Transmit. (a) To convey or cause to pass from one place to another. (b) To

send out a signal by radio waves or wire.
 544 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Transport. (a) To convey or cause to pass from one place to another. (b) To

carry by hand or in vehicle or hoist, or in a container, etc.

Traverse. To move from side to side.

Treat. To care for medically.

Troubleshoot. To localize and isolate the source of a malfunction or break

down.

Turn. To cause to revolve about an axis or center.

Type. To enter information into a device by means of a keyboard.

Unload. To take off.

Update. To replace older, possibly invalid, information with more current

information.

Use. To put into action or service; to avail oneself of; to carry out a

purpose or action by means of.

Utilize. To put into action or service; to avail oneself of; to carry out a

purpose or action by means of.

Validate. To ascertain the correctness of, using an independent source of

information.

Verify. (a) To confirm or establish that a proper condition exists. (b) To

establish the truth or accuracy of.

Visualize. To create a mental picture or concept of.

Wait. To suspend activity in a sequence of activities until a given

condition occurs or a set time has elapsed.

Write. To inscribe words on a surface.

Zero. To bring to a desired level or null position.

SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION. A brief narrative identification of a subtask.

432 TASK REMARKS 240XL–

A very brief description of peculiar or unusual maintenance requirements

associated with a specific task. These statements are included in section

IV of the maintenance allocation chart (MAC).

433 TASK TYPE 1AFA code that categorizes a maintenance task as being either corrective, a

preventive based on calendar time, or a preventive based on a rate of

use.
 545 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Corrective C

Preventive (calendar) P

Preventive (usage) U

434 TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE 1AF-

(TDP)

A single-position code indicating whether or not an adequate TDP is

available for procurement of TMDE test programs and TPIs to test the UUT.

Available Y

Not available N

435 TECHNICAL EVALUATION PRIORITY CODE 3XFA code indicating the technical evaluation status. Level of test, and

asset requirement associated with each item of support equipment.

436 TECHNICAL MANUAL CHANGE NUMBER 2NR-

(TM CHG)

A change number reflecting the current edition of a specific manual.

437 TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE 3XF-

(TM CODE)

The identification code assigned to a specific manual.

438 TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP 11XLGROUP CODE (TM FGC)

An alphanumeric code used to identify a particular system, subsystem,

component/assembly, or part of the system/equipment used for development

of maintenance allocation charts, narrative technical manuals, and repair

parts and special tools lists. Codes will be as specified by the

requiring authority.

TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART).

The TM FGC required for maintenance allocation identification.

TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (REPAIR PARTS MANUAL). The TM

FGC required for repair parts manual identification.

439 TECHNICAL MANUAL INDENTURE CODE 1NF-

(TM IND)

A code used to indent item names in the repair part description column in

a manual to depict disassemby parts relationship within a figure of the

text. Codes are: "1" through "5", which indents the item in the parts

manual listing by the number specified.

440 TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER 30XL-
 546 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The technical manual, technical order or manual controlling number

assigned by the requiring authority.

INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER. The technical manual number

for the interoperable item.

441 TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIRED CODE(S) 17XLA series of a maximum of six, two-character codes separated by commas.

Codes may range from "01" to "30", and are provided by the requiring

authority. Codes are specified in DI-ILSS-80118C.

442 TEST ACCURACY RATIO (TAR) 1XFA one-position code specifying a ratio. The TAR is determined by

dividing the maximum permitted error of the unit to be measured or

calibrated by the maximum known error of the measuring or generating

device used to perform the measurement. The codes can be used for the

desired TAR or the actual TAR.

TAR Greater Than or Equal To Code

1:1 1

2:1 2

3:1 3

4:1 4

5:1 5

6:1 6

7:1 7

8:1 8

9:1 9

10:1 0

SE UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED. The desired TAR of the TMDE in conjunction

with the SE UUT.

SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO ACTUAL. The actual TAR of the TMDE

in conjunction with the SE UUT.

UUT PARAMETER TAR DESIRED. The desired TAR of the TMDE in conjunction

with the UUT.

UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO ACTUAL. The actual TAR of the TMDE in

conjunction with the UUT.

443 TEST LANGUAGE 6ALThe language used for expressing the test specifications and procedures.

The particular test-oriented language, used in the preparation and

documentation of test procedures, independent of particular test

equipment used. A test language can be implemented either manually or

with automatic or semiautomatic test equipment.
 547 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

444 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC 1AFEQUIPMENT REGISTER CODE (TMDE CODE)

A code which further defines the TMDE Register Index Number. Codes are

as follows:

Preferred Item List Item A

Nearest Preferred Item List Item B

TMDE Register Item C

Nearest TMDE Register Item D

Register contains no usable item E

445 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC 7XFEQUIPMENT REGISTER INDEX NUMBER

A seven-digit index number assigned to each item in DA Pamphlet 700-20,

DA TMDE Register.

446 TEST POINTS 1AFA single-letter code indicating whether test points are available on the

support/test equipment to test for integrity utilizing additional

support/test equipment.

Test points Y

No test points N

447 TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR lAFA single-letter code indicating whether the fault isolated replaceable

unit has a test requirements document assigned to it.

Assigned Y

Not assigned N

448 TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER (TRD) 15XLThe number assigned to the Test Requirements Document in accordance with

the convention specified in MIL-STD-l5l9.

SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER. A TRD number of the support

equipment unit under test.

UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER. A TRD number of the unit under

test.

449 TEST SCORE 3NRThe minimum acceptable skill level test score necessary to qualify an

individual for regular training. The specific skill level tests will be

supplied by the requiring authority.

450 TEXT SEQUENCING CODE (TSC) 5NR-
 548 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

A code used to sequence text within the applicable Text Data Element

Definitions. Codes begin with "1" and continue through "99999".

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with additional

requirements narrative.

BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with four

baseline facility narratives.

FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with two facility

narratives.

FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with six

failure and reliabiity centered maintenance narratives.

FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT

SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with two failure mode/mission phase

narratives.

NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with

nine new or modified facility narratives.

PARTS MANUAL TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with provisioning

nomenclature.

PROVISIONING TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with provisioning remarks.

PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with

physical and mental requirements.

RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with five

reliability, availability, and maintainability characteristics

narratives.

SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with

subtask narratives.

SERD REVISION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with SERD revision

remarks.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with each

of the eight SE narrative.

SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with three

system end item narratives.

TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with

five transported end item narratives.

TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with 13

transportation narratives.

UUT EXPLANATION TEXT SEQUENCING CODE. A TSC used with Unit Under Test

narrative.
 549 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

451 THEATER OF OPERATION 5ALThe theater of operation for the system/equipment.

Pacific P

Atlantic A

European E

Southern S

Central C

452 TOTAL ITEM CHANGES 2NR-

(TIC)

The number of times the item is affected by the design change or the

cumulative total number of design changes affecting the item.

Option 1. The total number of times the line item is affected by the

design change.

Option 2. The cumulative total number of design changes affecting the

PLISN.

453 TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED 6NR–

A recommended quantity of an item required to support a specific number

of applications for a specific period of time. The applications may be

to a weapon system, end item, component or combinations thereof, which

are contained in the applicable contract.

454 TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED 6NRThe total number of systems intended for operational use.

455 TOWING SPEED 3NRThe maximum towing speed of the system/equipment in miles per hour.

456 TRACKED GROUND CONTACT PRESSURE 7NRSpecify the ground pressure created by the heaviest pad (pounds per

square inch).

457 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA 6NR1

A numeric value describing the size of the tracked shoe pad actually in

contact with the ground of the transported item in units contained in

the associated UM.

458 TRACKED PADS TOUCHING 2NRThe number of tracked shoe pads actually in contact with the ground.

459 TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT 6NR1
 550 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

The weight in pounds supported by the road wheel of the tracked item.

460 TRAINING COST 7NR2

The cost in dollars, of training a single SSC.

461 TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE 4AL–

Denotes any of the following reasons for recommending the training

location to be classroom or on job training:

Field equipment available for training purposes A

Field equipment not available for training purposes B

Task learning difficulty C

Theory, principles, or verbalized concepts required D

Probability of deficient performance E

Percent of work force performing the task F

Percent of total time spent performing the task G

462 TRAINING RATIONALE 4ALDenotes any of the following reasons for recommending training for a

task:

Frequency of Performance. Training required due to task A

frequency; i.e., the task might rate low for training

priority if it is rarely performed.

Probable Consequence of Inadequate Performance. Points to B

the need for selecting tasks for training that are essential

to job performance. Consequences of inadequate performance

on certain tasks could result in injury to personnel, loss

of life, or damage to equipment.

Task Delay Tolerance. A measure of how much delay can be C

tolerated between the time the need for task performance

becomes evident and the time actual performance must begin.

This is based upon known time constraints associated with the

equipment, which, if ignored, will result in equipment loss

or damage, e.g., loss of power to a computer must be restored

within a set time interval or stored memory is lost.

Task Learning Difficulty. The learning difficulty of a D

task refers to the time, effort, and assistance required

to achieve performance proficiency.

Probability of Deficient Performance. Used to ensure that E

training is given in those essential job skills in which

job incumbents frequently perform poorly.

Immediacy of Performance. The criteria of the immediacy F

of performance are:
 551 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

1. Whether or not there is a high probability of the

graduate encountering the task on the job fairly soon after

completing training. "Fairly soon" means, in this context,

that task encountered within the first year after training.

2. The predicted or measured amount of decay of the

skill that will take place during the time interval.

Percent of Work Force Performing the Task. Points to the G

need for training tasks that are most often performed on

the job.

Percent of Total Work Time Spent Performing the Task. H

Points to a need for providing training to assist job

incumbents in efficient performance of those tasks on

which they spend the most time.

463 TRAINING RECOMMENDATION 1AFA single-position code indicating when a task is recommended for training

and what type of training is needed. Training, in this context, does not

include equipment familiarization.

Class and on the job training (OJT) B

Class C

OJT J

No training necessary N

464 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS MODE TYPE 1AFA code which describes how the system/equipment can be transported.

Air A

Helicopter B

Highway C

Lighterage D

Rail E

Ship F

465 TRANSPORTATION CHARACTERISTICS NUMBER 2NRA code which identifies each different way that a system/equipment can be

transported. This is a numeric character assigned in sequence.

466 TRANSPORTATION COST 4NR2

The cost per pound per mile, expressed in dollars and cents, for

transportation of material.

467 TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR 1AFA code that signifies whether the LCN represents a system/end item

requiring transportation requirements documentation.
 552 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

System/End Item requires transportation Y

documentation.

System/End Item does not require transportation N

documentation.

468 TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 1AFA code that signifies whether the shipping modes for the item or the

transport end items itself is being analyzed.

Shipping modes S

Transported end item E

Both shipping modes and transported end item B

469 TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR 26XL-

(SHIP, LITERAGE, AIRCRAFT, HELICOPTER)

The Item Designation (DED 179) of the transport vehicle.

470 TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE 1AF–

A code that indicates the transportation narrative.

Transportation shock vibration remarks, DED 382 A

Lifting and tiedown remarks, DED 192 B

Transportation projection remarks, DED 471 C

Regulatory requirements, DED 340 D

Transportation remarks, DED 472 E

Special service and equipment, DED 398 F

Sectionalized remarks, DED 368 G

Transport to and from, DED 476 H

Environmental considerations, DED 099 I

Military distance classification, DED 240 J

Unusual and special requirements, DED 500 K

Venting and protective clothing, DED 504 L

Disaster response force, DED 082 M

471 TRANSPORTATION PROJECTION REMARKS 65X--

Narrative explanation of the projection points of the item to be

transported.

472 TRANSPORTATION REMARKS (HANDLING, 65X--

TOWING, AIR DROP, SELF-PROPELLED)

Narrative explanation of any of the handling characteristics, towing

characteristics, self-propelled characteristics, or air drop information.

473 TRANSPORTATION CONFIGURATION NUMBER 2NRA code which differentiates each mobility type. This is a sequentially

assigned number beginning with 1 through 99.
 553 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

474 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE 1AFA code that indicates the transported end item narrative.

Wheeled tire requirements, DED 511 A

Skid remarks, DED 385 B

Turning information, DED 477 C

Wheeled axle and suspension remarks, DED 506 D

Transported other equipment, DED 475 E

475 TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT 65X--

Narrative explanation of any equipment being transported other than

wheeled, tracked, or skid mounted.

476 TRANSPORT TO AND FROM 65X--

Narrative explanation of where the item is being transported to and from.

477 TURNING INFORMATION 65X--

For wheeled vehicles only, in narrative format the 90 degree and 180

degree turning radius in both wall-to-wall and curb-to-curb.

478 TYPE ACQUISITION 1AFThe type of acquisition for the system/equipment.

Research, development test and evaluation R

Nondevelopmental item N

Product improvement item P

Commercial construction equipment C

Rebuy B

Foreign source F

479 TYPE CLASSIFICATION 1AFA single-position code which indicates the status of a material support

system in relation to its overall life history as a guide to procurement,

authorization, logistical support, asset, and readiness reporting.

Contingency C

Exempt from type classification E

Limited production L

Not separately type classified N

Obsolete O

Standard S

480 TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE 4XLA government supplied code identifying an end item in the maintenance

data collection subsystem (MDCS) by its application to the specific

type/model/series of aircraft or equipment which it supports.
 554 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

481 TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 1AF-

(TOCC)

NOTE: When preparing or updating relational tables, only TOCC "D" can be

used. Other codes listed are associated with a manual LSA-036 summary

preparation. These codes are assigned to the appropriate LSA-036 card by an

automated LSA-036 summary.

This block, which is blank on initial submissions of provisioning data,

shall be used as a type of change code to indicate deletions,

modifications, typographical errors, quantity changes (increase,

decrease), and limited part applications as follows:

Indicates a deleted item D

Deletion of a data element G

Item is replaced during production and L

support of the old part may be required

for prior production quantities

Indicates a modified item. Required to M

identify entries for those items changed as

a result of either administrative or

engineering requirements (not for initial

entry of NSN) before or during production.

Examples of changes follow:

a. Prime contractor's reference number

b. Commercial and government entity code

c. Manufacturer's reference number

d. Item name.

e. Other data elements as may be subsequently

defined, wherein the hardware is not affected.

Used to make quantity field changes Q

Used to make a typographical error correction (not automatic- T

ally assigned)

SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE. The TOCC of the system/end item as a

model (A indenture code) item.

482 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 65X--

A narrative description of the construction type required. Included are

estimated number of years the facility will be needed, required or preferred locations, and need for relocatability, and identification of any

estimated future expansion. Provided information on any special construction, such as shock, hardness, and special floor loads.

483 TYPE OF FACILITY 1AF–

A code identifying the facility type either operational, test, training or

depot.
 555 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Test facility A

Operational facility B

Training facility C

Depot facility D

484 TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM CODE 1AFA letter code indicating the type of supply system to be employed.

Nonvertical N

Vertical V

Direct exchange X

485 TYPE OF UNIT OF MEASURE/ISSUE PRICE CODE 1AFA code used to define the type of UM or UI Price.

Engineering estimate A

Federal catalog price B

Vendor catalog price C

Negotiated price D

UI PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE. The type of UI price.

UM PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE. The type of UM price.

486 UNIT CONTAINER CODE 2XF–

A code to identify the container used to hold the quantity unit pack.

For applicable code, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

487 UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL 1AFA code which indicates the highest level of packing protection provided by

the unit container.

Unit container not acceptable for shipping. O

Unit container acceptable and provides A

level "A" protection.

Unit container acceptable and provides B

level "B" protection.

Unit container acceptable and provides C

level "C" protection.

Unit container not required. D

Unit container is acceptable and provides X

minimum protection with commercial

packaging.
 556 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Unit container is acceptable and affords, Z

or is limited to, special consideration

(e.g., air only, inside storage only).

488 UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) 2AFA code which indicates the UI quantity of an item. The UI quantity is

the managing activity's established accounting unit upon which the

smallest unit pack is based, accountable records are maintained, and

requirements are computed. For applicable codes see DOD 4l00.38-M.

489 UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR 5N--

(UI CONVERSION FACTOR)

A quantitative multiplier used to convert the Unit of Measure (DED 491)

to the Unit of Issue (DED 488). The data element is composed of two

subfields:

a. First Digit. Decimal Locator 1NFCode

A digit (0, l, 2, 3, or 4) indicating the number of places that the

decimal must be moved from the right most position of the second subfield

to describe correct decimal placement in that field.

b. Digits 2 through 5. Factor 4 N R AS

The numerical value of the conversion factor.

490 UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE 10NR2

(UI PRICE)

The price for one UI of an item. The last two positions of the field

represent cents, and the decimal is understood.

491 UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) 2AFThe UM, as defined in DOD 4l00.38-M. The UM is abbreviated: dz, ea, ft,

gl, in, lb, oz, etc., for dozen, each, foot, gallon, inch, pound, ounce,

etc., respectively.

FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with area.

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the cost of

a facility construction project.

OPERATING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length,

width, and height of the SE in operational mode.

OPERATING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight of the

SE in operational mode.

PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM used in conjunction

with the provision quantity per task.
 557 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

SKID AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the skid area.

STORAGE DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the length,

width, and height of the SE in the storage mode.

STORAGE WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with the weight of the

SE in the storage mode.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated

with the length, width, and height of the SE in the shipping mode.

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with

the weight of the SE in the shipping mode.

SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM used in conjunction

with the support item quantity per task.

TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA UNIT OF MEASURE. A UM associated with tracked pad

shoe area.

492 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE 10NR2

(UM PRICE)

The best estimated price per UM. The last two positions of the field

represent cents, and the decimal is understood.

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE. The best estimated price

for facility construction per UM.

493 UNIT PACK CUBE 7NR3

The length times width times depth (or cubic dimensions) of the unit

container expressed in feet.

494 UNIT PACK SIZE 12N--

The length, width, and depth of the unit container or package expressed in

inches. Subfields are:

a. Length 4NRl

b. Width 4NRl

c. Depth 4NRl

495 UNIT PACK WEIGHT 5X--

The gross weight of the unit pack expressed in pounds. The field is

structured as follows:

a. For weights up to 9,999.9 pounds 5NRl

b. For weights over 9,999.9 pounds 5X--
 558 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

First subfield. lAF–

Multiplier code indicates that the number entered in the second subfield

should be multiplied by l0, l00 or l000 in order to correctly represent

the unit pack weight. Codes are as follow:

l0 X weight A

l00 X weight B

l000 X weight C

Second subfield. 4 N R AS

Numerical value of the weight expressed in pounds.

496 UNIT SIZE 12N--

The length, width, and height of the item, as configured for packaging,

expressed in inches. Subfields are as follow:

a. Length 4NRl

b. Width 4NRl

c. Height 4NRl

497 UNIT WEIGHT 5X--

The unpackaged weight of the item expressed in pounds. The field is

structured as follows:

a. For weights up to 9,999.9 5NRl

b. For weights over 9,999.9 5X--

First subfield. lAFMultiplier code indicates that the number entered in the second subfield

should be multiplied by l0, 100 or l000 in order to correctly represent

the unit weight. Codes are as follow:

l0 X weight A

l00 X weight B

l000 X weight C

Second subfield. 4 N R AS

Numerical values of the weight expressed in pounds.

498 UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION 65X--

Narrative statements which further explain, justify, or substantiate any

data entry concerning unit UUT related data (U) tables.

499 UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE 10 N - AS
 559 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

Maintenance requirements which cannot be scheduled for performance on a

regular, predetermined interval, and must be added to, integrated with,

or substituted for previously scheduled work loads. The data chain consists of the following data elements:

a. Mean Elapsed Time, DED 224 5NR2

b. Mean Man-Hours, DED 225 5NR2

500 UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL TRANSPORTATION 65X--

REQUIREMENTS

Identification of any unusual item characteristics to be considered for

transportation and packaging purposes. Some of these considerations

are: temperature limits; pressure limits; electrical sources required

during transit; humidity control required; escorts required; etc.

501 USABLE ON CODE (UOC) 3XLA code that indicates the configuration of a system/equipment on which

the item under analysis is used. The UOC represents only one configuration/model of equipment. It is a one, two, or three-character

alphanumeric entry with guidance for UOC assignment provided by the

requiring authority. When an item is applicable to multiple equipment

configurations, multiple UOCs representing each configuration are

assigned to the item.

502 UTILITIES REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description identifying an estimate of the total connected

load, or other gross quantity of utilities required for each facility.

Includes any unusual or critical requirements, energy conservation requirements, and continuous power requirements. Provides specific identification of the class of utility, e.g., electric power, hydraulic

power, compressed air, water, and sewage.

503 UTILIZATION RATIO 3NR2

The portion of time available for a repairman with a given skill

specialty to support the weapon system being documented. (This should

only be used if the repairman works on more than one system.)

504 VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 65X--

REQUIREMENTS

Identification of all venting and protective clothing requirements

necessary for the transportation of the item.

505 WEAROUT LIFE 6NRThe operational interval of flight hours, calendar time, or other

appropriate independent variable, from initial installation until an item

can no longer perform its intended mission, due to the depletion of some

physical property or material. For a family of items, wearout occurs
 560 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

when the conditional probability of failure (hazard rate) increases with

increases of the independent variable.

506 WHEELED AND AXLE REQUIREMENTS 65X--

The load ratings for each suspension and the axle loads for each axle for

the both an empty and loaded vehicle. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

507 WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE 3NRThe inflation pressure of the tire. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

508 WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES 2NRThe number of plies of the tire. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

509 WHEELED NUMBER OF TIRES 2NRThe number of tires for the vehicle. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

510 WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATING 10XLThe load ratings of the tire. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

511 WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS 65X--

A narrative description of the tire requirements. This may apply to both

tracked and wheeled vehicles.

512 WHEELED TIRE SIZE 10XLThe size of the tire. This may apply to both tracked and wheeled

vehicles.

513 WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS 10XLThe weight ratings of the tire. This may apply to both tracked and

wheeled vehicles.

514 WORK AREA CODE 4XLAn alphanumeric code assigned to the area of work (e.g., wheelwell) when

a maintenance function is to be performed at a specific location.

515 WORD PACKAGE REFERENCE 6XLA six-position entry identifying the technical manual/technical order

section showing all tools and SE used to maintain the articles requiring

support.
 561/562 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX E

- - 

SE UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE. The work package reference of the SE UUT.

UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE. The work package reference of the UUT.

516 WORK UNIT CODE 7XLAn alphanumeric code used to identify a particular system, subsystem,

component/assembly, or part of the system/equipment. Codes will be as

specified by the requiring authority.

517 WRAPPING MATERIAL 2XFA code which indicates the type of wrapping material to be used on the

item. For applicable codes, see MIL-STD-2073-1 and MIL-STD-2073-2.

518 YEAR 2NFThe calendar year depicted as decade and unit of year only.
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
563 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

Appendix F

LIST OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD ACRONYMS

10. PURPOSE. This appendix is to be used to reference and understand the

acronyms and expressions used in MIL-STD-1388-2B.

20. ACRONYMS.

a Failure Mode Ratio

Aa Achieved Availability

Ai Inherent Availability

Ao Operational Availability

A Allocated

AAL Additional Authorization List

AC/DC Alternating Current/Direct Current

ACT CD Activity Code

ADP Automated Data Processing

ADPE Automatic Data Processing Equipment

AELs Allowance Equipment Lists

AFM Air Force Manual

AFQT Armed Forces Qualifications Test

AFR Air Force Regulation

AIC Allowance Item Code

AID Adaptor Interconnect Device

ALC Alternate Logistic Support Analysis Control Number Code

ALDT Administrative and Logistics Delay Time

AMC Acquisition Method Code

AMSC Acquisition Method Suffix Code

AMSDL Acquisition Management Systems and Data Requirements Control

List

ANL M-H Annual Man-Hours

ANSI American National Standards Institute

AOR Annual Operating Requirements

APL Allowance Part List

AR Army Regulations

ARN Additional Reference Number

ARNSE Additional Reference Number Select

ASO Aviation Supply Office

ASVAB Armed Services Vocational Aptitude Battery

ATE Automatic Test Equipment

AVIM Aviation Intermediate Maintenance

AVUM Aviation Unit Maintenance

B Failure Effect Probability

BCD Binary Coded Decimal

BDAR Battle Damage Assessment and Repair

BDG Brigade

BDSR Below Depot Scrap Rate

BII Basis Of Issue Items

BIT Built-In-Test

BITE Built-In-Test-Equipment

BN Battalion

BOI Basis Of Issue
 564 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

Cm Failure Mode Criticality Number

Cr Item Criticality Number

C Comparative Analysis

CAD Condemnation At Depot

CAGE Commercial and Government Entity

CAL Calibration

CALS Computer-aided Acquisition and Logistic Support

CBD Condemnation Below Depot

CBIL Common and Bulk Item List

CD Cleaning and Drying Procedures

CDRL Contract Data Requirement List

CE Concept Exploration

CFE Contractor Furnished Equipment

CFI Card Format Indicator

CFR Code of Federal Regulations

CIC Critical Item Code

CLS Contractor Logistic Support

CMRS Calibrations Measurement Requirements Summary

COEI Components of End Item

CON FAC Conversion Factor

CONUS Continental United States

COSAL Coordinated Shipboard/Allowance List

CPC Concurrent Production Code

CR Contractor Recommended

CSN Card Sequence Number

CT Cushioning Thickness

CTIC Contractor Technical Information Code

CTP Coordinated Test Plan

CTRL Control

DAC Document Availability Code

DCN Design Change Notices

DD Design Development

DDCC Design Data Category Code

DED Data Element Definitions

DEST CD Destination Code

DIC Document Identifier Code

DID Data Item Description

DLSC Defense Logistics Service Center

DMIL Demilitarization Code

DOD Department of Defense

DOP Degree Of Protection

DRP Designated Rework Point

DS Direct Support

DSR Depot Scrap Rate

EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code

EC Essentiality Code

E-CAGE/PN Equivalent Commercial and Government Entity and Part Number

EFM-MTBF Engineering Failure Mode Mean Time Between Failure

EI End Item

EIAC End Item Acronym Code

ELIN Exhibit Line Item Number

ESML Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List

ESS Early Supply Support

F Part Failure Rate

FAA Federal Aviation Administration
 565

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

FDC Facility Drawing Classification

FGC Functional Group Code

FEP Failure Effect Probability

FI Front Inside

FIRU Fault Isolated Replaceable Unit

FLSIP Fleet Logistic Support Improvement Program

FM Failure Mode

FMEA Failure Modes and Effects Analysis

FMECA Failure Modes, Effects, and Criticality Analysis

FMI Failure Mode Indicator

FMR Failure Mode Ratio

FMT Failure Mode Task

FO Front Outside

FR Failure Rate

FSC Federal Supply Classification

FSD Full Scale Development

FY Fiscal Year

GFAE Government Furnished Aeronautical Equipment

GFE Government Furnished Equipment

GIC Gabaret International De Chargement

GR Government Required

HC Hazardous Code

HCI Hardness Critical Item

HCP Hardness Critical Procedures

HMI Hazardous Material Indicator Code

HMPC Hazardous Maintenance Procedures Code

HQ Headquarters

IA Inherent Availability

IAW In Accordance With

IC Indenture Code

ICC Item Category Code

ICP Inventory Control Point

ICQ Intermediate Container Quantity

ICS Interim Contractor Support

ID Identification

ILS Integrated Logistic Support

IMAC Industrial Materials Analysis of Capacity

IMC Item Management Code

IMF Inherent Maintenance Factor

IND CD Indenture Code

I/O Input/Output

I/R Interchangeability/Replaceability

IRCC Integrated Logistic Support Requirement Category Code

ISIL Interim Support Item List

ISL Integrated Stock List

ISO International Organization of Standards

ISS Initial Spares Support Listing

JETDS Joint Electronics Type Designation System

LCC Life Cycle Cost

LCN Logistic Support Analysis Control Number

LCN-IC Logistic Support Analysis Control Number - Indenture Code

LDO Logistic Decision Office

LIN Line Item Number

LLTIL Long Lead Time Items List

LORA Level of Repair Analysis
- 566 -

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

LRU Line Replaceable Unit

LSA Logistic Support Analysis

LSAR Logistic Support Analysis Record

M Measured

MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart

MAC Maintenance Action Code

MAM Maintenance Assistance Modules

MAMDT Mean Active Maintenance Downtime

MANPRINT Manpower and Personnel Integration

MAOT Maximum Allowable Operating Time

MARC Manpower Requirement Criteria

MAXTTR Maximum Time to Repair

MB Measurement Base

MDCS Maintenance Data Collection Subsystem

MDT Mean Down Time

MET Mean Elapsed Time

MIE Mission Item Essentiality Code

MH Man-Hour

M/L Maintenance Level

MMM Mean Man-Minutes

MMMH Measured Mean Man-Hours

MOS Method of Support

MOSM Method of Support Modifier

MPC Mission Phase Code

MRF Maintenance Replacement Factor

MRR Maintenance Replacement Rate

MRRI Maintenance Replacement Rate I

MRRII Maintenance Replacement Rate II

MRSA Materiel Readiness Support Activity

MRU Minimum Replacement Unit

MTBF Mean Time Between Failure

MTBM Mean Time Between Maintenance

MTBMA Mean Time Between Maintenance Actions

MTBPM Mean Time Between Preventive Maintenance

MTBR Mean Time Between Removals

MTBTMA Mean Time Between Task Maintenance Actions

MTCH Match Code

MTD Maintenance Task Distribution

MTE Manual Test Equipment

MTPM Mean Preventive Maintenance Action Time

MTTR Mean Time To Repair

NALC Navy Ammunition Logistic Code

NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization

NC Number of Corrective Maintenance Actions

NHA Next Higher Assembly

NHA IND Next Higher Assembly Provisioning List Item Sequence Number

Indicator

NHA PLISN Next Higher Assembly Provisioning List Item Sequence Number

NI Not Interchangeable

NIIN National Item Identification Number

NOFF Non-Operability Fragility Factor

NP Number of Preventive Maintenance Actions

NRTS Not Repairable This Station

NSN National Stock Number

NSO Numeric Stockage Objective
 567 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

OBRP On Board Repair Part

ODRC Output Data Research Code

OJT On the Job Training

O/M Operations and Maintenance

O/M LVL Operations and Maintenance Level

OP Operation Level

OPI Optional Procedures Indicator

ORR Overhaul Replacement Rate

OSI Operating Space Item

OT Operating Time

OTP Operational Test Program

OW One-Way

P Predicted

PCB Printed Circuit Board

PCCN Provisioning Contract Control Number

PCI Price Challenge Indicator

PCL Post Conference List

PCS Permanent Change of Station

PCT Percent

PCTL Percentile

PF Productivity Factor

PGC Parameter Grouping Code

PIC Priority Indicator Code

PICA Prime Inventory Control Activity

PII Procurement Instrument Identification

PIIN Procurement Instrument Identification Number

PL Provisioning List

PLCC Provisioning List Category Code

PLISN Provisioning List Item Sequence Number

PLT Production Lead Time

PMAC Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart

PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services

PMIC Precious Metal Indicator Code

PMR Planned Maintenance Requirements

PMS Planned Maintenance System

PPL Provisioning Parts List

PPLI Provisioning Parts List Index

PPSL Program Parts Selection List

PR/O Pilot Rework/Overhaul

PSCN Permanent System Control Number

PSICP Program Support Inventory Control Point

PS/PC Physical Security/Pilferage Code

PTD Provisioning Technical Documentation

PTLD Physical Teardown Logistic Demonstration

PUC Provisioning Unit of Measure/Issue Price Code

QPA Quantity Per Assembly

QPEI Quantity Per End Item

QTY/ASSY Quantity Per Assembly

QTY-AUTH Quantity Authorized

QTY/EI Quantity Per End Item

QUP Quantity Per Unit Pack

RAM Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability

RAM IC Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability Indicator Code

RCM Reliability Centered Maintenance

RCT Repair Cycle Time
 568 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

R&D Research and Development

RDC Reference Designation Code

RDOC Reference Designator Overflow Code

REP Repair

RI Rear Inside

RIL Repairable Items List

RIP Remain-In-Place Indicator

RISS BUY Recommended Minimum System Stock Buy

R&M Reliability and Maintainability

RMSS LVL Recommended Minimum System Stock Level

RNCC Reference Number Category Code

RNVC Reference Number Variation Code

RO Rear Outside

RPF Rotatable Pool Factor

RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List

RRR Rework Removal Rate

RS/IND Replace or Supersede Provisioning List Item Sequence Number

Indicator

RSR Repair Survival Rate

RSS Ready Service Spare

RTD Replacement Task Distribution

RTLL Recommended Tender Load List Quantity

R/V Range/Value

SAIP Spares Acquisition Integrated With Production

SAR System Attrition Rate

SC Support Concept

SCI Supplemental Card Indicator

SCPL System Configuration Provisioning List

SE Support Equipment

SEC Security Clearance

SER Service Designator Code

SERD Support Equipment Recommendation Data

SEUUT Support Equipment Unit Under Test

SFPPL Short Form Provisioning Part List

SHSC Safety Hazard Severity Code

SI Special Item Code

SIASCN Standard Interservice Agency Serial Control Number

SIC Suppression Indicator Code

SL Shelf Life

SL Skill Level

SLAC Shelf Life Action Code

SLC Skill Level Code

SMCC Special Material Content Code

SMIC Special Maintenance Item Code

SMR Source, Maintenance, and Recoverability Code

S/N System End Item Serial Number

SNSL Stock Number Sequence List

SOW Statement Of Work

SPCC Ship Parts Control Center

SPI Special Packaging Instruction

SPIIN Supplemental Procurement Instrument Identification Number

SPI REV Special Packaging Instruction Number Revision

SRA Special Repair Activity

SSC Skill Specialty Code

SSE Skill Specialty Evaluation Code
 569/570 

MIL-STD-1388-2B

APPENDIX F

- -

SSI Special Stockage Indicator

ST Standby Time

ST Status

SUB CONT NO Submitter's Control Number

SVC Service Company

SYS/EI System/End Item

t Operating Time

TAR Test Accuracy Ratio

TC Task Criticality

TCM Total Corrective Maintenance

TDP Technical Data Package

TF Task Frequency

TIC Total Item Changes

TIR Total Item Record

TM Technical Manual

TM CHG NO Technical Manual Change Number

TM CODE Technical Manual Code

TMDE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment

TMDE CODE Test, Measurement, and Diagnostic Equipment Code

TM FGC Technical Manual Functional Group Code

TM IC Technical Manual Indenture Code

TM IND Technical Manual Indenture Code

TOCC Type of Change Code

TO&E Table of Organization and Equipment

TOR Technical Override

TPI Test Program Instruction

TPM Total Preventive Maintenance

TPS Test Program Set

TRD Test Requirements Document Number

TSC Text Sequencing Code

TTEL Tools and Test Equipment List

TUC Type of Unit of Measure/Issue Price Code

UI Unit of Issue

UM Unit of Measure

UOC Usable On Code

USAMC United States Army Materiel Command

UUT Unit Under Test

WRMC War Readiness Material Code

WUC Work Unit Code
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
 571 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

GENERAL INFORMATION

Selection of a data element shall constitute the selection of all data keys

or data dependencies required to document the element in the LSAR. Where

more than one data element code applies to a data selection, the Code column

contains dashes (-). For narrative data, where each data element definition

is separately selectable to a common data table, the code column is blank.

This Form consists of two sections. The first section consists of government

furnished data. The second section consists of the LSAR Data Requirements

Form and is divided into three parts. Part I is LSAR data selected by an

entry in the required column. Part II is LSAR provisioning data selected by

an entry in the type of provisioning list. Part III is packaging data

selected by an entry under a packing categorization.

Explanation of codes appearing under the KEY column are provided below:

KEY KEY EXPLANATION

K Data table key. It is required when any data element of the

table is selected.

F Foreign key. It originates in another data table and is required

prior to a data element of the table being documented. Foreign keys

appear only once on the data requirements form within a major area,

e.g., Task Analysis and Personnel and Support Requirement.

M Mandatory data. It is a nonidentifying data element that is

required when entering information in the data table.

G Data element provided by the requiring authority.

B Data element that is both a key/foreign key and is provided by the

requiring authority.

A Army peculiar data element.

N Navy peculiar data element.

R Air Force peculiar data element.

C Marine Corps peculiar data element.

PART II Provisioning Requirements

|MEDIA

- -

___________________________________________________________________________________

| |

| |

|_________________________________________________________________________________|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

|_________________________________________________________________________________|

| |

| |

|

| |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

7-Track _____ Even Parity _____

_____

_____

________

BCD Coded _____

_____

_____

9-Track _____ Odd Parity EBCDIC Coded

800 BPI _____ 1600 BPI 6250 BPI

Number of records per block is:

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|_________________________________________________________________________________|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 572 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

___________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

GENERAL INFORMATION

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| The appropriate code(s) for the header data and sequence should be entered in

the appropriate spaces for the Type Provisioning Lists.

|

| |

| |

| HEADER DATA |

| |

| Procurement Instrument Identification (PIIN/SPIIN) P

Nomenclature or Model or Type Number N

Control Data

Prime Commercial and Government Entity E

Submission Control Code S

Date (YYMMDD)

|

| |

| C |

| |

| |

| Y |

| |

| Sequence (Provisioning List Item Sequence Number assignment): |

| Logistic Support Analysis Control Number Topdown T

Disassembly D

Reference Designation X

Reference Number

|

| |

| |

| R |

| |

| Conference

Required

(Y,N)

Type Provisioning Lists: Required

Specify (T,D,X,R) (P,N,C,E,S,Y)

Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL) _____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

_____ _________ ______

Provisioning Parts List (PPL)

Short Form PPL (SFPPL)

Common and Bulk Items List (CBIL)

Repairable Items List (RIL)

Interim Support Items List (ISIL)

Post Conference List (PCL)

Tools and Test Equipment List (TTEL)

System Configuration PPL (SCPPL)

Design Change Notices (DCN)

As Required (ARA) and specified in the SOW

As Required (ARB) and specified in the SOW

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

|

|

|

|

|

Required(Y,N)

______

_______

Time

______ ____________

______ ____________

Date (YYMMDD)

Provisioning Conference

Location _______________

______

______

________________

Provisioning Preparedness Review Conference

|

Provisioning Guidance Conference

Location ________________________

|

|

|

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| PART III, Packaging Requirements

Common, MIL-STD-2073-1B, paragraph 3.3.1

Selective, MIL-STD-2073-1B, paragraph 3.3.2

Special, MIL-STD-2073-1B, paragraph 3.3.3

__________________________________________________

Other Instructions

|

| |

| |

| |

|_ _______________________________|

| |

| |

| |

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 573 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

GENERAL INFORMATION

|

| |

|_________________________________________________________________________________

|

_|

Header Data should be documented for each type provisioning list identified. |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

Type Provisioning List _________________________________________________________

HEADER DATA

Procurement Instrument Identification (PIIN/SPIIN) ____________________________

Nomenclature or Model or Type Number __________________________________________

Control Data _________________________________________________________________

Prime Commercial and Government Entity ________________________________________

Submission Control Code _______________________________________________________

Date (YYMMDD) _________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

Provisioning Activity (Address and Zip Code)

__________________________________________________________________________

Contractor Name (Address and Zip Code)

__________________________________________________________________________

__________________________________________________________________________________

Answer these question as yes or no. (Y or N)

Interim Support Items (Required) _____________

_____________

_____________

_____________

_____________

_____________

_____________

Incremental Submission (Authorized)

Resident Provisioning Team (Established)

Interim Release (Authorized)

Provisioning Performance Schedule (Required)

Repair Kits and Repair Part Sets (Included)

Military Service/Agency Addendum (Attached)

__________________________________________________________________________________

Common and Bulk Items List (Options 1-5, Select 1) _____________

Delivery of Support Items Will Be (Concurrent, Scheduled, Not Scheduled, Select 1)|

_________________________________________________________________________ |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

_|

Engineering Data for Provisioning (Microfilm, Hard Copy, Aperture Cards,

Digital/CALS)

_________________________________________________________________________

Engineering Data for Provisioning (Will be sequenced by Reference Designation,

PLISN, Reference Number, Other, Select 1)

_________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 574 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

SECTION 1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED DATA

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| |

| This information should be filled out by the requiring authority and should

pertain to the End Item only.

Table XA

End Item Acronym Code, DED 096 _____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

Administrative Lead Time, DED 014

Contact Team Delay Time, DED 052

Contract Number, DED 055

Cost Per Reorder Action, DED 061

Cost Per Requisition, DED 062

Demilitarization Cost, DED 077

Discount Rate, DED 083

Estimated Salvage Value, DED 102

Holding Cost Percentage, DED 160

Intial Bin Cost, DED 166

Inital Cataloging Cost, DED 167

Interest Rate, DED 173

Inventory Storage Space Cost, DED 176

Loading Factor, DED 195

Operation Level, DED 271

Operation Life, DED 272

Personnel Turnover Rate Civ, DED 289

Personnel Turnover Rate Mil, DED 289

Productivity Factor, DED 300

Recurring Bin Cost, DED 333

Recurring Cataloging Cost, DED 334

Retail Stockage Criteria, DED 359

Safety Level, DED 363

Support of Support Equipment, DED 421

Transportation Cost, DED 466

Type Acquisition, DED 478

Type of Supply System Code, 484

Table AI

Modeling Service Des. Code, DED 376

Modeling O/M Level Code, DED 277

Labor Rate, DED 189

Number of Shops, DED 263

Repair Work Space Cost, DED 352

Required Days of Stock, DED 357

Table AJ

O/M Level From, DED 277

O/M Level To, DED 277

Ship Distance, DED 085

Ship Time, DED 379

Table AK

Add. Supportability Consids, DED 010 _____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

________________________________________

Add. Supportability Parameters, DED 011

Oper. Mission Failure Def., DED 274

________________________________________ _

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| _|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 575 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

SECTION 1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED DATA

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

This information should be filled out by the requiring authority and should |

|

|

|

pertain to the Item (LSA Control Number) under analysis.

Table XB

LSA Control Number, DED 199 _____________________________________ |

|

|

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

|

|

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

|

Table XC

Usable On Code, DED 501

System/End Item PCCN, DED 307

Table AA

Service Desginator Code, DED 376

Required MTTR, DED 222

Required Percentile, DED 286

Required Ach. Availability, DED 001

Required Inh. Availability, DED 164

Operational MAMDT, DED 223

Technical MAMDT, DED 223

Required Operational MTTR, DED 236

Required Technical MTTR, DED 236

Number of Operating Locations, DED 262

Crew Size, DED 064

Total Systems Supported, DED 454

RCM Logic Utilized, DED 345

Table AB |

Operational Reqt Indicator, DED 275 _____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

|

|

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

|

|

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

_____________________________________ |

___________________________________________|

Annual Number of Missions, DED 021

Annual Operating Days, DED 022

Annual Operating Time, DED 024

Mean Mission Duration, DED 228

Mean Mission Duration MB, DED 238

Required Op. Availability, DED 273

Required ALDT, DED 013

Required Standby Time, DED 403

Table AC

O/M Level, DED 277

Maintenance Level MaxTTR, DED 222

Maintenance Level Percentile, DED 286

Number of Systems Supported, DED 265

Maint. Level Scheduled AMH, DED 020

Maint. Level Unscheduled AMH, DED 020

Scheduled MH/Operating Hour, DED 215

Unscheduled MH/Operating Hour, DED 215

Unscheduled Maintenance MET, DED 499

Unscheduled Maintenance MMH, DED 499

Table AD

Daily Inspection MET, DED 280

Daily Inspection MMH, DED 280

Preoperative Inspection MET, DED 280

Preoperative Inspection MMH, DED 280

_______________________________________

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 576 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

SECTION 1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED DATA

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| Post Operative Inspection MET, DED 280 _____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

Post Operative Inspection MMH, DED 280

Periodic Inspection MET, DED 280

Periodic Inspection MMH, DED 280

Mission Profile Inspection MET, DED 280

Mission Profile Inspection MMH, DED 280

Turnaround Inspection MET, DED 280

Turnaround Inspection MMH, DED 280

Table AE

Available Man Hour, DED 028

Available Quantity, DED 324

Utilization Ratio, DED 503

Table AF

Additional Requirements, DED 009

Table AG

AOR MB, DED 238

Annual Operating Requirement, DED 023

Operational Reqt Indicator, DED 275

Required Operational MTBF, DED 229

Required Technical MTBF, DED 229

Required Operational MTBMA, DED 230

Required Technical MTBMA, DED 230

Required MTBR, DED 235

Table AH

Interoperable Item Name, DED 182

Interoperable Number Type, DED 266

Interoperable CAGE Code, DED 046

Interoperable Reference Number, DED 337

Interoperable Item NIIN, DED 253

Interoperable Item NSN FSC, DED 253

Interoperable Item TM Number, DED 440

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 577 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

SECTION 1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED DATA

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| |

| This information should be filled out by the requiring authority and should

pertain to a piece of Support Equipment that is supporting the item under

analysis.

Table EA and EB

Support Equipment Cage, DED 046 _____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

SE Reference Number, DED 337

Table EA

Acquisition Decision Office, DED 002

Logistics Decision Office, DED 198

Management Plan, DED 216

SMR Code, DED 389

Program Element, DED 301

Program Sup. Inv. Control Pt., DED 303

Revolving Assests, DED 361

Spare Factor, DED 390

Special Management Code, DED 393

SIASC Number, DED 401

SE Shipping Height, DED 419

SE Shipping Length, DED 419

SE Shipping Width, DED 419

SE Shipping Weight, DED 420

Type of Equipment Code, DED 480

Table EB

Allowance Document Number, DED 016

Allowance Range 1, DED 015

Allowance Range 2, DED 015

Allowance Range 3, DED 015

Allowance Range 4, DED 015

Allowance Range 5, DED 015

Allowance Range 6, DED 015

Allowance Range 7, DED 015

Allowance Range 8, DED 015

Allowance Range 9, DED 015

Allowance Range 10, DED 015

Allocation Designation Descr., DED 015

Allocation Extended Range, DED 015

Allocation Land Vessal Code, DED 015

Allocation Manit. Lvl Function, DED 015

Allocation Station ID Code, DED 015

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 578 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

____________________________________________________________________________________

| LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

SECTION 1 GOVERNMENT FURNISHED DATA

|

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

| |

| This information should be filled out by the requiring authority and should

pertain to the item under analysis.

Table UA

UUT LSA Control Number, DED 199 _____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

_____________________________________

UUT Maintenance Plan Number, DED 209

Table HA

CAGE Code, DED 046

Reference Number, 337

Acquisition Method Code, DED 003

Acquisition Method Suffix Code, DED 004

Table HG and HP

Cage Code, DED 046

Reference Number, DED 337

LSA Control Number, DED 199

Table HG

Provisioning Sys ID Code, DED 312

Table HP

Change Authority Number, DED 043

|

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

| |

|__________________________________________________________________________________|

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 579 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT

Table XA, END ITEM ACRONYM CODE

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE K 096 EIACODXA

LCN STRUCTURE 202 LCNSTRXA

ADMINISTRATIVE LEAD TIME G 014 ADDLTMXA

CONTACT TEAM DELAY TIME G 052 CTDLTMXA

CONTRACT NUMBER G 055 CONTNOXA

COST PER REORDER ACTION G 061 CSREORXA

COST PER REQUISITION G 062 CSPRRQXA

DEMILITARIZATION COST G 077 DEMILCXA

DISCOUNT RATE G 083 DISCNTXA

ESTIMATED SALVAGE VALUE G 102 ESSALVXA

HOLDING COST PERCENTAGE G 160 HLCSPCXA

INITIAL BIN COST G 166 INTBINXA

INITIAL CATALOGING COST G 167 INCATCXA

INTEREST RATE G 173 INTRATXA

INVENTORY STORAGE SPACE COST G 176 INVSTGXA

LOADING FACTOR G 195 LODFACXA

OPERATION LEVEL G 271 WSOPLVXA

OPERATION LIFE G 272 OPRLIFXA

PERSONNEL TURNOVER RATE G 289 --------

PRODUCTIVITY FACTOR G 300 PROFACXA

RECURRING BIN COST G 333 RCBINCXA

RECURRING CATALOGING COST G 334 RCCATCXA

RETAIL STOCKAGE CRITERIA G 359 RESTCRXA

SAFETY LEVEL G 363 SAFLVLXA

SUPPORT OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT COST FACTOR G 421 SECSFCXA

TRANSPORTATION COST G 466 TRNCSTXA

TYPE ACQUISITION G 478 WSTYAQXA

TYPE OF SUPPLY SYSTEM CODE G 484 TSSCODXA

Table XB, LCN INDENTURED ITEM

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) K 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE K 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE K 203 LCNTYPXB

LCN INDENTURE CODE 200 LCNINDXB

LCN NOMENCLATURE 201 LCNAMEXB

TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE (MAINT ALLOCATION CHART) 438 TMFGCDXB

SYSTEM/END ITEM IDENTIFIER 423 SYSIDNXB

SECTIONALIZED ITEM TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 367 SECITMXB

RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY MAINTAINABILITY INDICATOR 342 RAMINDXB

Table XC, SYSTEM/END ITEM (SEE ALSO PART II)

USABLE ON CODE G 501 UOCSEIXC

SYSTEM/EI PCCN G 307 PCCNUMXC

SYSTEM/EI ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE 179 ITMDESXC

TRANSPORTATION END ITEM INDICATOR 467 TRASEIXC

Table XD, SYSTEM/END ITEM SERIAL NUMBER (SEE ALSO PART II)

SERIAL NUMBER K 373 --------

SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE 375 SNUUOCXD

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 580 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

Table XE, LCN TO SERIAL NUMBER USABLE ON CODE

Table XF, LCN TO SYSTEM/END ITEM USABLE ON CODE

Table XG, FUNCTIONAL/PHYSICAL LCN MAPPING

Table XH, COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY

COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY (CAGE) CODE K 046 CAGECDXH

CAGE NAME 047 CANAMEXH

CAGE ADDRESS 047 --------

Table XI, TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE AND NUMBER INDEX

TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE K 437 TMCODEXI

TM NUMBER G 440 TMNUMBXI

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

Table AA, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE K 376 SERDESAA

REQUIRED MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR G 222 MAXTTRAA

REQUIRED ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY G 001 ACHAVAAA

REQUIRED INHERENT AVAILABILITY G 164 INHAVAAA

OPERATIONAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME G 223 OMAMDTAA

TECHNICAL MEAN ACTIVE MAINTENANCE DOWNTIME G 223 TMAMDTAA

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR G 236 OPMTTRAA

REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME TO REPAIR G 236 TEMTTRAA

NUMBER OPERATING LOCATIONS G 262 NUOPLOAA

CREW SIZE G 064 CREWSZAA

TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED G 454 TOSYSUAA

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE LOGIC UTILIZED G 345 RCMLOGAA

Table AB, WAR PEACE OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR K 275 OPRQINAB

ANNUAL NUMBER OF MISSIONS G 021 ANNOMIAB

ANNUAL OPERATING DAYS G 022 ANOPDAAB

ANNUAL OPERATING TIME G 024 ANOPTIAB

MEAN MISSION DURATION G 228 MMISDUAB

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY G 273 OPAVAIAB

REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME G 013 OPALDTAB

REQUIRED STANDBY TIME G 403 OSTBTIAB

Table AC, MAINTENANCE LEVEL REQUIREMENT

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE K 277 OMLVLCAC

MAINTENANCE LEVEL MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR G 222 MLMTTRAC

NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED G 265 MLNSSUAC

MAINTENANCE LEVEL SCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS G 020 MLSAMHAC

MAINTENANCE LEVEL UNSCHEDULED ANNUAL MAN-HOURS G 020 MLUAMHAC

SCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR G 215 MLSMHOAC

UNSCHEDULED MAN-HOUR PER OPERATING HOUR G 215 MLUMHOAC

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 581 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 499 MLUMETAC

UNSCHEDULED MAINTENANCE MEAN MAN-HOURS G 499 MLUMMHAC

Table AD, ORGANIZATIONAL LEVEL REQUIREMENT

DAILY INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 DINMETAD

DAILY INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 DINMMHAD

PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 PREMETAD

PREOPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 PREMMHAD

POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 POIMETAD

POST OPERATIVE INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 POIMMHAD

PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 PINMETAD

PERIODIC INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 PINMMHAD

MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 MPCMETAD

MISSION PROFILE CHANGE MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 MPCMMHAD

TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN ELAPSED TIME G 280 TINMETAD

TURNAROUND INSPECTION MEAN MAN-HOURS G 280 TINMMHAD

Table AE, SKILL OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE F 387 SKSPCDGA

AVAILABLE MAN HOUR G 028 AVAIMHAE

AVAILABLE QUANTITY G 324 QTYAVAAE

UTILIZATION RATIO G 503 UTRATIAE

Table AF, WAR PEACE ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS G 009 WPADDRAF

Table AG, RELIABILITY REQUIREMENT

ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIREMENT M 023 ANOPREAG

OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENTS INDICATOR M 275 OPRQINAB

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES G 229 OPMTBFAG

REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES G 229 TEMTBFAG

REQUIRED OPERATIONAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINT ACTIONS G 230 OPMRBMAG

REQUIRED TECHNICAL MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINT ACTIONS G 230 TMTBMAAG

REQUIRED MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS G 235 MTBRXXAG

Table AH, INTEROPERABILITY REQUIREMENT

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NAME K 182 IONAMEAH

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NUMBER TYPE K 266 IOINTYAH

INTEROPERABLE CAGE CODE G 046 IOCAGEAH

INTEROPERABLE REFERENCE NUMBER G 337 IOREFNAH

INTEROPERABLE ITEM NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER G 253 --------

INTEROPERABLE ITEM TECHNICAL MANUAL NUMBER G 440 IOITNMAH

Table AI, MODELING DATA

MODELING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE K 376 SERDESAI

MODELING OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODE K 277 OMLVLCAI

LABOR RATE G 189 LABRATAI

NUMBER OF SHOPS G 263 NOSHPSAI

REPAIR WORK SPACE COST G 352 RPWSCSAI

REQUIRED DAYS OF STOCK G 357 RQDSTKAI

Table AJ, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE SHIPPING REQUIREMENTS

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 582 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL FROM K 277 OMLVLFAJ

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL TO K 277 OMLVLTAJ

SHIP DISTANCE G 085 SHPDISAJ

SHIP TIME G 379 TIMESHAJ

Table AK, SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE

SYSTEM END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE K 424 SEINCDAK

ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY CONSIDERATIONS G 010

ADDITIONAL SUPPORTABILITY PARAMETERS G 011

OPERATIONAL MISSION FAILURE DEFINITION G 274

ITEM RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, AND MAINTAINABILITITY

REQUIREMENTS; FAILURE MODES EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS;

AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS

Table BA, RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILTY (RAM)

CHARACTERISTICS

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST INDICATOR 243 MEQLINBA

CONVERSION FACTOR 059 CONVFABA

FAULT ISOLATION 143 --------

BIT DETECTABILITY LEVEL PERCENTAGE 032 --------

BUILT IN TEST CANNOT DUPLICATE PERCENTAGE 031 BITNDPBA

BUILT IN TEST RETEST OK PERCENT 033 BITROPBA

FAILURE RATE DATA SOURCE 141 FRDATABA

PILOT REWORK OVERHAUL CANDIDATE 292 PREOVCBA

SECURITY CLEARANCE 369 SECCLEBA

SUPPORT CONCEPT 410 SUPCONBA

WEAROUT LIFE 505 WEOULIBA

LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 196 --------

Table BB, RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE K 341 RAMCNABB

ITEM FUNCTION 180

MAINTENANCE CONCEPT 207

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE 244

QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE MAINTAINABILTY RQMT 315

MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE 210

Table BC, RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS

LOGISTICS CONSIDERATION CODE K 425 LOCOCOBC

RAM LOGISTIC CONSIDERATIONS 426 LOGNARBC

Table BD, RAM INDICATOR CHARACTERISTICS

RAM INDICATOR CODE K 347 RAMINDBD

ACHIEVED AVAILABILITY 001 ACHAVABD

INHERENT AVAILABILITY 164 INHAVABD

FAILURE RATE 140 FAILRTBD

INHERENT MAINTENANCE FACTOR 165 INHMAFBD

MAXIMUM TIME TO REPAIR 222 MAXTTRBD

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 583 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

MEAN TIME TO REPAIR OPERATIONAL 236 MTTROPBD

MEAN TIME TO REPAIR TECHNICAL 236 MTTRTHBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES OPERATIONAL 229 OPMTBFBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES TECHNICAL 229 TEMTBFBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS OPERATIONAL 230 OMTBMABD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS TECHNICAL 230 TMTBMABD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INDUCED 231 INMTBMBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE INHERENT 232 INHMTBBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE NO DEFECT 233 NOMTBMBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE 234 MTBMPVBD

MEAN TIME BETWEEN REMOVALS 235 MTBRXXBD

Table BE, WAR/PEACE RAM INDICATOR CHARACTERISTICS

RAM OPERATIONAL REQUIREMENT INDICATOR K 275 OPRQINBE

ADMINISTRATIVE AND LOGISTIC DELAY TIME 013 ALDTXXBE

OPERATIONAL AVAILABILITY 273 OPAVAIBE

STANDBY TIME 403 STABYTBE

Table BF, FAILURE MODE AND RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE

(RCM) ANALYSIS

FAILURE MODE INDICATOR K 134 FAMOINBF

ENGINEERING FAILURE MODE MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURE 097 EFMTBFBF

FAILURE MODE CLASSIFICATION 132 FMCLASBF

FAILURE MODE RATIO 136 FMRATOBF

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE (RCM) LOGIC RESULTS 344 --------

RCM DISPOSITION 084 --------

Table BG, FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE

FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE CODE K 131 FMNCNABG

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT END EFFECT 125

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT LOCAL 126

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE EFFECT NEXT HIGHER 127

FAILURE CAUSE 124

FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE 128

FAILURE MODE DETECTION METHOD 129

FAILURE MODE PREDICTABILITY 138

FAILURE MODE REMARKS 137

REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 426

RCM AGE EXPLORATION 343

RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE REASONING 346

RCM REDESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS 426

Table BH, FAILURE MODE TASK

TASK REQUIREMENT LCN F 199 TLSACNBH

TASK REQUIREMENT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 TALCNCBH

TASK REQUIREMENT LCN TYPE F 203 TLCNTYBH

TASK CODE F 427 TTASKCBH

TASK TYPE 433 TATYPEBH

MAINTENANCE INTERVAL 208 MAININBH

Table BI, FAILURE MODE INDICATOR (FMI) MISSION PHASECODE (MPC)

CHARACTERISTICS

SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE M 362 FMSHSCBI

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 584 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

FAILURE EFFECT PROBABILITY 130 FEPROBBI

FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER 133 FACRNUBI

FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL 139 FPROBLBI

OPERATING TIME 269 FMOPTIBI

Table BJ, FMI MPC CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE

FMI-MPC CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE K 135 FMMPCNBJ

COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS 049

COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS 050

Table BK, RAM CRITICALITY

RAM SAFETY HAZARD SEVERITY CODE K 362 FMSHSCBK

RAM ITEM CRITICALITY NUMBER 178 RICRITBK

Table BL, MISSION PHASE OPERATIONAL MODE

MISSION PHASE CODE K 246 MISSPCBL

MISSION PHASE OPERATIONAL MODE 247 MPOPLDBL

TASK ANALYSIS AND PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENT

Table CA, TASK REQUIREMENT

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

TASK CODE K 427 TASKCDCA

REFERENCED TASK CODE 427 REFTSKCA

TASK ANNUAL OPERATING REQUIRMENT MEASUREMENT BASE 238 AORMSBCA

TASK IDENTIFICATION 431 TASKIDCA

TASK FREQUENCY 430 TSKFRQCA

TASK CRITICALITY CODE 429 TSKCRCCA

HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURE CODE 152 HRDCPCCA

HAZARDOUS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES CODE 155 HAZMPCCA

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES INDICATOR 296 PMCSIDCA

MEASURED MEAN ELAPSE TIME 224 MSDMETCA

PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSE TIME 224 PRDMETCA

MEASURED MEAN MAN HOURS 225 MSDMMHCA

PREDICTED MEAN MAN HOURS 225 PRDMMHCA

MEANS OF DETECTION 237 --------

FACILITY REQUIREMENT CODE 358 FTRNRQCA

TRAINING EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE 358 TRNRQCCA

TRAINING RECOMMENDATION TYPE 463 TRNRECCA

TRAINING LOCATION RATIONALE 461 TRNLOCCA

TRAINING RATIONALE 462 TRNRATCA

TOOL/SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENT CODE 358 TSEREQCA

TASK PERFORMANCE 287 --------

TASK CONDITION 428 --------

Table CB, SUBTASK REQUIREMENT

SUBTASK NUMBER K 407 SUBNUMCB

REFERENCED SUBTASK NUMBER 407 RFDSUBCB

SUBTASK MEAN MINUTE ELAPSE TIME 227 SBMMETCB

SUBTASK WORK AREA CODE 514 SUBWACCB

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 585 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

Table CC, SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION

SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION 372 SUBNARCC

ELEMENT INDICATOR 095 ELEMNTCC

Table CD, SUBTASK PERSONNEL REQUIREMENT

SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER K 288 SUBPIDCD

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 387 SKSPCDGA

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 257 MDCSSCGB

SUBTASK MEAN MAN MINUTES 226 SUBMMMCD

SKILL SPECIALTY EVALUATION CODE 388 SSECDECD

Table CE, TASK REMARK REFERENCE

TASK REMARK REFERENCE CODE K 349 TSKRRCCE

TASK REMARK K 432 TSKREMCE

Table CF, TASK REMARK

Table CG, TASK SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

TASK SUPPORT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 TSREFNCG

TASK SUPPORT CAGE CODE F 046 TSCAGECG

SUPPORT ITEM QUANTITY PER TASK 319 SQTYTKCG

Table CH, TASK MANUAL

TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE F 437 TMCODEXI

Table CI, TASK PROVISIONED ITEM

TASK PROVISION LCN F 199 PROLCNCI

TASK PROVISION ALC F 019 PROALCCI

TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE F 203 PROLTYCI

TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE F 046 PROCAGCI

TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 PROREFCI

PROVISION QUANTITY PER TASK 319 PQTYTKCI

Table CJ, JOB AND DUTY ASSIGNMENT

JOB CODE K 186 JOBCODCJ

DUTY CODE K 091 DUTYCDCJ

JOB 185 JOBDESCJ

DUTY 090 DUTIESCJ

Table CK, TASK INVENTORY

SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC FROM K 450 TSFROMCK

SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC TO K 450 TEXTTOCK

SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER K 288 SUBPIDCD

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND TRAINING MATERIEL REQUIREMENTS

Task EA, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE F 046 SECAGEEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME 412 FLITNMEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ITEM CATEGORY CODE 177 SEICCDEA

ACQUISITION DECISION OFFICE G 002 AQDCOFEA

END ARTICLE ITEM DESIGNATOR 179 ENDARTEA

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 586 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

ADAPTOR/INTERCONNECTION DEVICE REQUIRED 005 AIDRQDEA

DATE OF FIRST ARTICLE DELIVERY 071 DATFADEA

CALIBRATION INTERVAL 037 CALINTEA

CALIBRATION ITEM 038 CALITMEA

CALIBRATION REQUIRED 040 CALRQDEA

CALIBRATION STANDARD 041 CALSTDEA

CALIBRATION TIME 042 CALTIMEA

CALIBRATION MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY RECOMMENDED 035 CMRSRCEA

CONTRACT NUMBER 055 CNTRNOEA

CONTRACTOR FURNISHED/GOVERNMENT FURNISHED EQUIPMENT 056 CFEGFEEA

CUSTODY CODE 069 CUSTCDEA

DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 088 DRWCLSEA

ECONOMIC ANALYSIS 093 ECOANLEA

FAMILY GROUP 142 FAMGRPEA

GENERIC CODE 148 GENECDEA

GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 149 GOVDESEA

HARDWARE DEVELOPMENT PRICE 153 HDWRPREA

INTEGRATED LOGISTIC SUPPORT PRICE 170 ILSPRCEA

DESIGN DATA PRICE 080 DSNPRCEA

EXTENDED UNIT PRICE 103 EXUNPREA

PASS THRU PRICE 285 PASTHREA

OPERATING AND SUPPORT COST 267 OSCOSTEA

RECURRING COST 332 RCURCSEA

LIFE CYCLE STATUS 190 LICYSTEA

LIFE SPAN 191 LIFSPNEA

LOGISTIC CONTROL CODE 197 LGCTCDEA

LOGISTICS DECISION OFFICE G 198 LGDCOFEA

LSA RECOMMENDATION CODE 204 LSARCDEA

MANAGEMENT PLAN G 216 MGTPLNEA

MANAGING COMMAND/AGENCY 217 MGCOATEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME BETWEEN FAILURES 229 SEMTBFEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME BETWEEN MAINTENANCE ACTIONS 230 SMTBMAEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT MEAN TIME TO REPAIR 236 SEMTTREA

MOBILE FACILITY CODE 248 MOBFACEA

MODIFICATION OR CHANGE 252 MODCHGEA

OPERATING DIMENSIONS 268 --------

OPERATING WEIGHT 270 OPRWGTEA

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD REPAIR MAINTENANCE LEVEL 277 PCBLVLEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CALIBRATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL 277 CALLVLEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (SE) REPAIR MAINTENANCE LEVEL 277 RPRLVLEA

SE SOURCE, MAINTENANCE AND RECOVERABILITY CODE G 389 SMRCSEEA

TECHNICAL MANUAL REQUIRED CODE 441 TMRQCDEA

OPERATORS MANUAL 278 OPRMANEA

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATOR 387 SSCOPREA

PREPARING ACTIVITY 294 PREATYEA

PROGRAM ELEMENT G 301 PROELEEA

PROGRAM SUPPORT INVENTORY CONTROL POINT G 303 PSICPOEA

REPORTABLE ITEM CONTROL CODE 356 SERICCEA

REVOLVING ASSETS G 361 REVASSEA

SELF TEST CODE 370 SLFTSTEA

SENSORS OR TRANSDUCERS 371 SENTRAEA

SE SERVICE DESIGNATOR 376 SERDESEA

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 587 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

USING SERVICE DESIGNATOR CODE 376 USESEREA

SKETCH 383 SKETCHEA

SPARE FACTOR G 390 SPRFACEA

SPECIAL MANAGMENT CODE G 393 SPMGNTEA

STANDARD INTERSERVICE AGENCY SERIAL CONTROL NUMBER G 401 SIASCNE

STORAGE DIMENSIONS 405 -------

STORAGE WEIGHT 406 STOWGTEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING DIMENSIONS G 419 --------

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT SHIPPING WEIGHT G 420 SESHWTEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING 413 SEGRCDEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIRED 418 SEREQDEA

TECHNICAL EVALUATION PRIORITY CODE 435 TECEVLEA

TEST LANGUAGE 443 TSTLNGEA

TEST POINTS 446 TSTPTSEA

TMDE REGISTER CODE 444 TMDERCEA

TMDE REGISTER INDEX 445 TMDERIEA

TYPE CLASSIFICATION 479 TYPCLSEA

TYPE EQUIPMENT CODE G 480 TYPEEQEA

YEAR OF FIELDING 518 YRFLDGEA

Table EB, ALLOCATION DATA

ALLOWANCE DOCUMENT NUMBER B 016 ALDCNMEB

ALLOWABLE RANGE 1-10 AND EXTENDED RANGE G 015 --------

ALLOCATION DESIGNATION DESCRIPTION G 015 ALDNDSEB

ALLOCATION LAND VESSEL CODE G 015 ALLVCDEB

ALLOCATION MAINTENANCE LEVEL FUNCTION G 015 ALMLVLEB

ALLOCATION STATION IDENTIFICATION CODE G 015 ALSTIDEB

Table EC, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETERS

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT PARAMETERS K 284 --------

CALIBRATION PROCEDURE 039 CALPROEC

Table ED, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AUTHORIZATION

SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATION B 399 --------

Table EE, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE K 414 SENARCEE

FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS 147

DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 078

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT 415

CHARACTERISTICS OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 044

INSTALATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES 169

ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 008

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT EXPLANATION 411

JUSTIFICATION 188

Table EF, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) NUMBER K 416 SERDNOEF

SERD REVISION K 360 SRDREVEF

SERD STATUS 404 STATUSEF

SERD DATE OF INITIAL SUBMISSION 071 INTSUBEA

SERD DATE OF GOVERNMENT DISPOSITION G 071 DTGVDSEF

SERD DATE OF REVISION SUBMISSION 071 DTRVSBEF

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 588 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

Table EG, SERD REVISION REMARKS

SERD REVISION REMARKS 417 REVREMEG

Table EH, ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBERS

ALTERNATE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER K 253 --------

Table EI, INPUT POWER SOURCE

INPUT POWER SOURCE K 168 --------

Table EJ, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT DESIGN DATA

DESIGN DATA CATEGORY CODE (DDCC) K 079 DSNDATEJ

DDCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 057 CNTRECEJ

DDCC ESTIMATED PRICE 101 ESTPRCEJ

DDCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 150 GOVRQDEJ

DDCC SCOPE 365 DDCCSCEJ

Table EK, SUPERCEDURE DATA

SUPERCEDURE CAGE CODE K 046 SPRCAGEK

SUPERCEDURE REFERENCE NUMBER K 337 SPRREFEK

SUPERCEDURE TYPE M 408 SUTYPEEK

SUPERCEDURE ITEM NAME 182 SUPITNEK

SUPERCEDURE SERD NUMBER 416 SUSRNOEK

REASON FOR SUPERCEDURE/DELETION 327 REASUPEK

SUPERCEDURE INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 172 ICCODEEK

Table EL, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ILS REQUIREMENT CATEGORY CODE

ILS REQUIREMENT CATEGORY CODE (IRCC) K 171 IRCCODEL

IRCC CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED 057 CONRECEL

IRCC ESTIMATED PRICE 101 ESTPRCEL

IRCC GOVERNMENT REQUIRED 150 GOVRQDEL

IRCC SCOPE 365 IRCSCOEL

Table EM, SYSTEM EQUIPMENT

SYSTEM CAGE CODE F 046 SCAGECEM

SYSTEM REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SREFNOEM

SYSTEM EQUIPMENT QUANTITY PER TEST 320 QTYTSTEM

SYSTEM EQUIPMENT ITEM DESIGNATOR 179 GFAEIDEM

UNIT UNDER TEST REQUIREMENTS AND DESCRIPTION

Table UA, ARTICLE REQUIRING SUPPORT/UNIT UNDER TEST(UUT)

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

UUT LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 UUTLCNUA

UUT ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 UUTALCUA

UUT LCN TYPE F 203 UTLCNTUA

UUT ALLOWANCE 016 UTALLOUA

UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER G 209 UMNTPLUA

UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER 448 UTTRDNUA

UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 515 UTWPRFUA

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 589 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

Table UB, ARTICLE REQUIRING SUPPORT/UUT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE F 046 SECAGEEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SEREFNEA

UUT CMRS SUMMARY STATUS 036 UTSTCDUB

UUT CMRS RECOMMENDED CODE 035 UTCMRSUB

Table UC, OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM

OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM (OTP) CAGE CODE F 046 OTPCAGUC

OTP REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 OTPREFUC

OTP APPORTIONED UNIT COST 025 --------

OTP COORDINATED TEST PLAN 060 OTPCTPUC

OTP STANDARDS FOR COMPARISON 412 OTPSFCUC

OTP SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 OTPSRDUC

Table UD, UUT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT OPERATIONAL TEST PROGRAM

Table UE, TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION

TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION (TPI) CAGE CODE F 046 TPICAGUE

TPI REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 TPIREFUE

TPI APPORTIONED UNIT COST 025 --------

TPI SELF TEST 370 TPISTSUE

TPI TECHNICAL DATA PACKAGE 434 TPITDPUE

TPI SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 TPISRDUE

Table UF, UNIT UNDER TEST EXPLANATION

UUT EXPLANATION 498 UTEXPLUF

Table UG, UNIT UNDER TEST PARAMETER GROUP

UUT PARAMETERS K 284 --------

UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE 034 UUTPPCUG

UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO 442 --------

Table UH, UUT FAULT ISOLATED REPLACEABLE UNIT

TASK LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 TSKLCNCI

TASK ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC) F 019 TSKALCCI

TASK LCN TYPE F 203 TSKLTYCI

TASK PROVISION TASK CODE F 427 TSKTCDCI

TASK PROVISION LCN F 199 PROLCNCI

TASK PROVISION ALC F 019 PROALCCI

TASK PROVISION LCN TYPE F 203 PROLTYCI

TASK PROVISION CAGE CODE F 046 PROCAGCI

TASK PROVISION REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 PROREFCI

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CAGE CODE M 046 SECAGEEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER M 337 SEREFNEA

UUT FIRU FAULT ISOLATION 143 --------

UUT FIRU TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT INDICATOR 447 UUTFTDUH

Table UI, ADAPTER-INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE

ADAPTER INTERCONECTOR DEVICE (AID) CAGE CODE F 046 AIDCAGUI

AID REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 AIDREFUI

AID APPORTIONED UNIT COST 025 --------

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 590 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

AID SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA NUMBER 416 AIDSRDUI

AID COMMON UNIT UNDER TEST 048 AIDCUTUI

Table UJ, UUT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ADAPTER-INTERCONNECTOR DEVICE

Table UK, AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT TEST STATION

ATE CAGE CODE F 046 ATECAGUK

AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT (ATE) REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 ATEREFUK

ATE GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR 149 ATEGDSUK

Table UL, UUT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AUTOMATIC TEST EQUIPMENT

Table UM, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT ITEM UNIT UNDER TEST

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UNIT UNDER TEST (SE UUT) CAGE CODE F 046 SUTCAGUM

SE UUT REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 SUTREFUM

SE UUT ALLOWANCE 016 SUTALLUM

SE UUT CMRS STATUS 036 SUTSTCUM

SE UUT MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER 209 MNTPLNUM

SE UUT TEST REQUIREMENTS DOCUMENT NUMBER 448 TRDNUMUM

SE UUT WORK PACKAGE REFERENCE 515 WKPKRFUM

Table UN, SUPPORT EQUIPMENT UUT PARAMETER GROUP

SE UUT PARAMETERS K 284 --------

SE UUT CMRS PARAMETER CODE 034 UTPACMUN

SE UUT PARAMETER TEST ACCURACY RATIO 442 --------

FACILITIES CONSIDERATION

Table FA, FACILITY

FACILITY NAME K 118 FACNAMFA

FACILITY CATEGORY CODE K 115 FACCCDFA

FACILITY TYPE K 483 TYPFACFA

FACILITY CLASS 116 FACCLAFA

FACILITY DRAWING CLASSIFICATION 088 DRCLASFA

FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER 089 FADNUMFA

FACILITY DRAWING REVISION 360 FADREVFA

FACILITY AREA 112 FAAREAFA

FACILITY AREA UNIT OF MEASURE 491 FAARUMFA

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE 492 FACNCOFA

CONSTRUCTION UNIT OF MEASURE 491 CONUOMFA

Table FB, FACILITY NARRATIVE

FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 119 FNCODEF

FACILITY CAPABILITY 114

FACILITY LOCATION 117

Table FC, FACILITY BASELINE NARRATIVE

BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 113 FBNACDFC

FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT 107

FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS 109

FACILITIES REQUIREMENT FOR TRAINING 110

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 591 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

FACILITY REQUIREMENTS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 120

FACILITY REQUIREMENTS SUPPLY/STORAGE 121

Table FD, NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE

NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE K 255 NMFNCDFD

FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA 105

FACILITY INSTALLATION LEAD TIME 106

FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN 122

FACILITIES UTILIZATION 111

FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS 108

FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE 123

FACILITY JUSTIFICATION 188

TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION 482

UTILITIES REQUIREMENT 502

Table FE, OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE TASK FACILITY REQUIREMENT

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LCNCODXA

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA

PERSONNEL SKILL CONSIDERATIONS

Table GA, SKILL SPECIALTY

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE K 387 SKSPCDGA

SKILL LEVEL CODE 386 SKLVCDGA

HOUR LABOR RATE 161 HRLARTGA

TRAINING COST 460 TRNCOSGA

Table GB, NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL SPECIALTY CODE K 257 MDCSSCGB

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL CODE 386 MDSCLCGB

SKILL SPECIALTY CODE 387 SKSPCDGA

DUTY POSITION REQUIRING A NEW OR REVISED SKILL 092 DPRNRSGB

RECOMMENDED RANK/RATE/PAY PLAN/GRADE 330 --------

SECURITY CLEARANCE 369 SCRSSCGB

TEST SCORE 449 SSCTESGB

ASVAB AFQT SCORE 026 ABAFQTGB

ASVAB AFQT EXPECTED RANGE 026 --------

ASVAB AFQT LOWEST PERCENT 026 --------

Table GC, NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE

NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE K 256 NMSNCDGC

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS 007

EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS 094

SKILL JUSTIFICATION 188

ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS 012

Table GD, SKILL APTITUDE DATA

ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT K 026 ASVAPEGD

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 592 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT EXPECTED RANGE 026 --------

ASVAB APTITUDE ELEMENT LOWEST PERCENT 026 --------

Table GE, PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

TASK CODE F 427 TASKCDCA

SUBTASK NUMBER F 407 SUBNUMCB

SUBTASK PERSON IDENTIFIER F 288 SUBPIDCD

PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS NARRATIVE 290 PAMENRGE

TRANSPORTABILITY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS

Table JA, TRANSPORTATION

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 468 TRNINDJA

SECTIONALIZED IDENTIFICATION 366 SECTIDJA

ENVIRONMENTAL HANDLING AND TRANSPORTATION INDICATOR 098 ENHATCJA

DELIVERY SCHEDULE 075 DELSCHJA

CONTRACT NUMBER 055 CONNUMJA

PROPER SHIPPING NAME 304 PROPSNJA

SPEED 400 SPSPEDJA

TOWING SPEED 455 TWSPEDJA

MILITARY UNIT TYPE 242 MILUNTJA

REVISION DATE 071 TRCHRDJA

THEATER OF OPERATION 451 TRCHTHJA

NONOPERATIONAL FRAGILITY FACTOR 260 NOPRFFJA

NET EXPLOSIVE WEIGHT 254 NETEXWJA

Table JB, TRANSPORTATION SHIPPING MODE

TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER NUMBER K 465 TRANCNJB

TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE K 464 TRCHMTJB

TRANSPORTATION ITEM DESIGNATOR 469 TRITDRJB

SHIPPING CONFIGURATION 380 SHPCONJB

CONTAINER LENGTH 053 CONLENJB

CONTAINER TYPE 054 CONTYPJB

FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION 146 FRCLASJB

EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR 104 EOILINJB

HELICOPTER MISSION 159 --------

HIGHWAY MODEL LOAD 250 --------

HIGHWAY MODEL TYPE 251 --------

RAIL USE 326 RAILUSJB

RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY 325 RAILTCJB

SEA DECK STOWAGE 072 SDECKSJB

Table JC, TRANSPORTED END ITEM

TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER K 473 TRCONMJC

MOBILITY TYPE K 249 MOBTYPJC

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 593 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part I LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQUIRED

OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY/LOADED 276 --------

MILITARY LOAD CLASSIFICATION EMPTY/LOADED 241 --------

SHIPPING WEIGHT EMPTY/LOADED 381 --------

CREST ANGLE 063 CREANGJC

TRACKED GROUND PRESSURE 456 TRGRPRJC

TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT 459 TRRWWTJC

TRACKED PADS TOUCHING 458 TRNUPTJC

TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA 457 TRPSARJC

WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE 507 WHINPRJC

WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES 508 WHNUPLJC

WHEELED NUMBER TIRES 509 WHNUTIJC

WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATINGS 510 WHTLDRJC

WHEELED TIRE SIZE 512 WHTIFTJC

WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS 513 WHWERAJC

AXLE LENGTH 029 --------

SKID NUMBER OF SKIDS 264 SNUMSKJC

SKID AREA 384 SDSICGJC

Table JD, TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE

TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE K 474 TREINCJD

WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS 511

SKID REMARKS 385

TURNING INFORMATION 477

WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS 506

TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT 475

Table JE, TRANSPORT BY FISCAL YEAR

TRANSPORT FISCAL YEAR K 145 TRAFYRJE

FIRST QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 FIQPQTJE

SECOND QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 SQPQTYJE

THIRD QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 TQPQTYJE

FOURTH QUARTER PROCUREMENT QUANTITY 298 FQPQTYJE

Table JF, TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE

TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE K 470 TRANCDJF

TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATION REMARKS 382

LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REMARKS 192

TRANSPORTATION PROJECTION REMARKS 471

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 340

TRANSPORTATION REMARKS 472

SPECIAL SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT 398

SECTIONALIZED REMARKS 368

TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM 476

ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS 099

MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION 240

UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 500

VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING 504

DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE REQUIREMENTS 082

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 594 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

R L P S C R I P T S D A A

E L P F B I S C T C C R R

Q T L P I L I L E P N A B

D I P L L L L

L L

Part II

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

Section 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE

LSA

036

CARD

BLOCK

CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT

Table XC, SYSTEM/END ITEM (SEE ALSO

PART I)

USABLE ON CODE G 501 UOCSEIXC D-43

SYSTEM/EI PCCN G 307 PCCNUMXC A-1

SYSTEM/EI PLISN 309 PLISNOXC A-2

SYSTEM/EI TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 481 TOCCODXC A-3

SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 316 QTYASYXC C-32

SYSTEM/EI QUANTITY PER END ITEM 317 QTYPEIXC C-33

Table XD, SYSTEM/END ITEM SERIAL

NUMBER (SEE ALSO PART I)

PACKAGING AND PROVISIONING REQUIREMENT

Table HA, ITEM IDENTIFICATION (SEE

ALSO PART III)

CAGE CODE F 046 CAGECDXH A-5

REFERENCE NUMBER K 337 REFNUMHA A-6

ITEM NAME 182 ITNAMEHA A-12

ITEM NAME CODE 183 INAMECHA J-89

REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 338 REFNCCHA A-7

REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 339 REFNVCHA A-8

DLSC SCREENING REQUIREMENT CODE 073 DLSCRCHA

DOCUMENT IDENTIFIER CODE 087 DOCIDCHA

ITEM MANAGEMENT CODE 181 ITMMGCHA E-64

NSN PREFIX 253 -------- B-15

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) 253 -------- B-15

NSN SUFFIX 253 -------- B-15

UNIT OF ISSUE CONVERSION FACTOR 489 UICONVHA B-20

SHELF LIFE 377 SHLIFEHA A-13

SHELF LIFE ACTION CODE 378 SLACTNHA A-14

PROGRAM PARTS SELECTION LIST 302 PPSLSTHA A-10

DOCUMENT AVAILABILITY CODE 086 DOCAVCHA A-9

PRODUCTION LEAD TIME 299 PRDLDTHA B-24

SPECIAL MATERIAL CONTENT CODE 395 SPMACCHA D-47

SPECIAL MAINTENANCE ITEM CODE 392 SMAINCHA D-49

CRITICALITY CODE 066 CRITCDHA J-88

PRECIOUS METAL INDICATOR CODE 293 PMICODHA B-27

SPARES ACQ INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION 391 SAIPCDHA

PROVISIONING LIST CATEGORY CODE 308 -------- D-48

PHYSICAL SECURITY PILFERAGE CODE 291 PHYSECHA B-26

ADP EQUIPMENT CODE 027 ADPEQPHA B-28

DEMILITARIZATION CODE 076 DEMILIHA B-23

ACQUISITION METHOD CODE G 003 ACQMETHA E-62

ACQUISITION METHOD SUFFIX CODE G 004 AMSUFCHA E-63

HAZARDOUS MATERIALS STORAGE COST 156 HMSCOSHA

HAZARDOUS WASTE DISPOSAL COST 157 HWDCOSHA

HAZARDOUS WASTE STORAGE COST 158 HWSCOSHA

CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL INFORMATION CODE 058 CTICODHA E-61

UNIT OF MEASURE 491 UNITMSHA B-16

UNIT OF ISSUE 488 UNITISHA B-18

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 595 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

R

E

Q

D

L

L

T

I

L

P

P

L

S

F

P

P

L

C

B

I

L

R

I

L

I

S

I

L

P

C

L

T

T

E

L

S

C

P

L

D

C

N

A

R

A

A

R

B

Part II

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

Section 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE

LSA

036

CARD

BLOCK

LINE ITEM NUMBER 193 LINNUMHA

CRITICAL ITEM CODE 065 CRITITHA

INDUST MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPACIT Y 163 INDMATHA

MATERIAL LEADTIME 219 MTLEADHA

MATERIAL WEIGHT 220 MTLWGTHA

MATERIAL 218 MATERLHA M-92

Table HB, ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER

ARN CAGE CODE F 046 ADCAGEHB A-5

ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER K 006 ADDREFHB A-6

ARN REFERENCE NUMBER CATEGORY CODE 338 ADRNCCHB A-7

ARN REFERENCE NUMBER VARIATION CODE 339 ADRNVCHB A-8

Table HC, CONTRACTOR TECHNICAL

IFORMATION CODE CAGE

CTIC CAGE CODE F 046 CTCAGEHC

Table HD, UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE

UNIT OF ISSUE (UI) PRICE K 490 UIPRICHD B-19

UI PRICE LOT QUANTITY 205 --------

UI PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE 051 CURPRCHD

UI PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 485 TUIPRCHD

UI PRICE PROVISIONING 314 PROUIPHD

UI PRICE FISCAL YEAR 145 FISCYRHD

Table HE, UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE

UNIT OF MEASURE (UM) PRICE K 492 UMPRICHE B-17

UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY 205 --------

UM PRICE CONCURRENT PRODUCTION CODE 051 CURPRCHE

UM PRICE TYPE OF PRICE CODE 485 TUMPRCHE

UM PRICE PROVISIONING 314 PROUMPHE

UM PRICE FISCAL YEAR 145 FISCYRHE

Table HG, PART APPLICATION

PROVISIONING

END ITEM ACRONYM CODE F 096 EIACODXA

LSA CONTROL NUMBER (LCN) F 199 LSACONXB H-77

ALTERNATE LCN CODE F 019 ALTLCNXB H-78

LCN TYPE F 203 LCNTYPXB

PROV LIST ITEM SEQUENCE NO (PLISN) 309 PLISNOHG A-2

QUANTITY PER ASSEMBLY 316 QTYASYHG C-32

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 N

OPTION 3

SUPPRESSION INDICATOR 422 SUPINDHG

DATA STATUS CODE 070 DATASCHG

PROVISIONING SYSTEM IDENTIFIER CODE C 312 PROSICHG

PTD SELECTION CODE 313 --------

TYPE OF CHANGE CODE 481 TOCCODHG A-3

INDENTURE CODE 162 INDCODHG A-4

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 596 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

R

E

Q

D

L

L

T

I

L

P

P

L

S

F

P

P

L

C

B

I

L

R

I

L

I

S

I

L

P

C

L

T

T

E

L

S

C

P

L

D

C

N

A

R

A

A

R

B

Part II

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

Section 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE

LSA

036

CARD

BLOCK

ATTACHING PART/HARDWARE

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

INDENTURE FOR KITS

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

OPTION 3

QUANTITY PER END ITEM 317 QTYPEIHG C-33

OPTION 1

OPTION 2 N

OPTION 3 C

PRIOR ITEM PLISN 297 PIPLISHG C-39

SAME AS PLISN 364 SAPLISHG C-38

HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM 151 HARDCIHG B-25

REMAIN IN PLACE INDICATOR 348 REMIPIHG E-65

LINE REPLACEABLE UNIT 194 LRUNITHG J-90

ITEM CATEGORY CODE 177 ITMCATHG

ESSENTIALITY CODE 100 ESSCODHG A-11

SOURCE, MAINT AND RECOVERABILTY CODE 389 SMRCODHG B-22

MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE I 211 MRRONEHG C-34

MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE II 212 MRRTWOHG C-35

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

MAINTENANCE REPLACEMENT RATE MODIFIER A 213 MRRMODHG C-36

REPLACEMENT TASK DISTRIBUTION 355 -------- E-59

MINIMUM REPLACEMENT UNIT 245 MINREUHG D-52

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE OPERATING TIME 221 MAOTIMHG C-40

MAINTENANCE ACTION CODE 206 MAIACTHG C-41

RECOMMENDED INITIAL SYSTEM STOCK BUY 328 RISSBUHG D-54

RECOMMENDED MINIMUM SYSTEM STOCK LEVEL 329 RMSSLIHG D-53

RECOMMENDED TENDER LOAD LIST QUANTITY N 331 RTLLQTHG D-55

TOTAL QUANTITY RECOMMENDED 453 TOTQTYHG C-37

MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION 214 -------- E-57

REPAIR CYCLE TIME 350 -------- E-58

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

NOT REPAIRABLE THIS STATION R 261 NORETSHG C-42

REPAIR SURVIVAL RATE 351 REPSURHG D-56

DESIGNATED REWORK POINT 081 -------- E-60

WORK UNIT CODE 516 WRKUCDHG J-86

ALLOWANCE ITEM CODE 017 ALLOWCHG D-50

ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY 018 ALIQTYHG D-51

Table HH, OVERHAUL-KIT NEXT HIGHER

ASSEMBLY PLISN

NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY (NHA) PLISN K 258 NHAPLIHH C-29

NHA PLISN INDICATOR 259 NHAINDHH C-30

OVERHAUL REPLACEMENT RATE 281 OVHREPHH C-31

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 597 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

R

E

Q

D

L

L

T

I

L

P

P

L

S

F

P

P

L

C

B

I

L

R

I

L

I

S

I

L

P

C

L

T

T

E

L

S

C

P

L

D

C

N

A

R

A

A

R

B

Part II

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

Section 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE

LSA

036

CARD

BLOCK

Table HI, PROVISIONING REMARK

PROVISIONING REMARKS 311 REMARKHI H-79

Table HJ, PROVISIONING REFERENCE

DESIGNATION

REFERENCE DESIGNATION K 335 REFDESHJ D-44

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

OPTION 3

OPTION 4

OPTION 5

REFERENCE DESIGNATION CODE K 336 RDCODEHJ D-46

TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE 437 TMCODEXI

FIGURE NUMBER 144 FIGNUMHK

ITEM NUMBER 184 ITEMNOHK

Table HK, PARTS MANUAL DESCRIPTION

TECHNICAL MANUAL (TM) CODE F 437 TMCODEXI J-80

FIGURE NUMBER K 144 FIGNUMHK J-81

ITEM NUMBER K 184 ITEMNOHK J-82

TM FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE 438 TMFGCDHK J-86

TM INDENTURE CODE 439 TMINDCHK J-84

QUANTITY PER FIGURE 318 QTYFIGHK J-85

TM CHANGE NUMBER 436 TMCHGNHK J-83

Table HL, PARTS MANUAL PROVISIONING

NOMENCLATURE

PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE 310 PROVNOHL K-91

Table HM, BASIS OF ISSUE

BASIS OF ISSUE K 030 -------- J-87

Table HN, PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER

USABLE ON CODE

S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIHN

S/N PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC F 019 ALCSEIHN

S/N PROVISIONING SERIAL NUMBER F 373 --------

Table HO, PROVISIONING SYSTEM/END ITEM

USABLE ON CODE

UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI LCN F 199 LCNSEIHO

UOC PROVISIONING SYSTEM/EI ALC F 019 ALCSEIHO

Table HP, DESIGN CHANGE INFORMATION

CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER K 043 CANUMBHP F-66

REPLACED OR SUPERSEDING (R/S) PLISN 353 RSPLISHP F-70

R/S PLISN INDICATOR 354 RSPINDHP F-71

INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE 172 INTCHCHP F-67

TOTAL ITEM CHANGES 452 TOTICHHP F-69

OPTION 1

OPTION 2

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 598 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

R

E

Q

D

L

L

T

I

L

P

P

L

S

F

P

P

L

C

B

I

L

R

I

L

I

S

I

L

P

C

L

T

T

E

L

S

C

P

L

D

C

N

A

R

A

A

R

B

Part II

LSAR DATA REQUIREMENTS FORM

Section 2

PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE

LSA

036

CARD

BLOCK

QUANTITY SHIPPED 323 QTYSHPHP F-72

QUANTITY PROCURED 322 QTYPROHP F-73

PRORATED EXHIBIT LINE ITEM NUMBER 305 PROELIHP G-75

PRORATED QUANTITY 306 PROQTYHP G-76

Table HQ, SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY

SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY K 374 -------- F-68

Table HR, DESIGN CHANGE USABLE ON CODE F-74

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
 599/600 

MIL-STD-1388-2B 

- -

Part III

LSAR

DATA

REQUI

REMEN

TS

FORM

Section 2

DATA ELEMENT TITLE KEY DED CODE REQ'D COMMON SELECTIVE SPECIAL

PACKAGING AND PROVISIONING

REQUIREMENT

Table HA, ITEM IDENTIFICATION (SEE

ALSO PART II)

UNIT WEIGHT 497 UWEIGHHA

UNIT SIZE 496 --------

HAZARDOUS CODE 154 HAZCODHA

Table HF, Item Packaging

Requirement

CAGE CODE F 046 CAGECDXH

REFERENCE NUMBER F 337 REFNUMHA

DEGREE OF PROTECTION CODE K 074 DEGPROHF

UNIT CONTAINER CODE 486 UNICONHF

UNIT CONTAINER LEVEL 487 UCLEVLHF

PACKING CODE 283 PKGCODHF

PACKAGING CATEGORY CODE 282 PACCATHF

METHOD OF PRESERVATION CODE 239 MEPRESHF

CLEANING AND DRYING PROCEDURES 045 CDPROCHF

PRESERVATION MATERIAL CODE 295 PRSMATHF

WRAPPING MATERIAL 517 WRAPMTHF

CUSHIONING AND DUNNAGE MATERIAL 067 CUSHMAHF

CUSHIONING THICKNESS 068 CUSTHIHF

QUANTITY PER UNIT PACK 321 QTYUPKHF

INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER CODE 174 INTCONHF

INTERMEDIATE CONTAINER QUANTITY 175 INCQTYHF

SPECIAL MARKING CODE 394 SPEMRKHF

UNIT PACK WEIGHT 495 UNPKWTHF

UNIT PACK SIZE 494 --------

UNIT PACK CUBE 493 UNPKCUHF

OPTIONAL PROCEDURES INDICATOR 279 OPTPRIHF

SPECIAL PACKAGING INSTRUCTION

(SPI)

396 SPINUMHF

SPI NUMBER REVISION 397 SPIREVHF

SPI NUMBER JULIAN DATE 187 SPDATEHF

CONTAINER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 253 CONNSNHF

SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA 409 SUPPKDHF

PACKAGING DATA PREPARER CAGE 046 PKCAGEHF

Figure 71. Example of DD-Form 1949-3
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
601/602

MIL-STD-1388-2B

- -

CONCLUDING MATERIAL

Custodians: Preparing Activity:

Army – TM Army – TM

Navy – AS

Air Force – 95 (Project No. ILSS-0003)

Review Activities:

Army – ME, MI, AV, AT, GR

Navy – SH, YD, OS, MC

Air Force – 11, 13, 15, 16, 17

Miscellaneous DOD/NASA – DH, NS, NA, DS, DC
THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
- 603

-
- 604

-